R U S S I A N M A R I T I M E REGISTER OF S H I P P I N G

Electronic version of printed

document approved on 26.06.17

Corr.

RULES
FOR THE CLASSIFICATION
AND CONSTRUCTION
OF SUBSEA PIPELINES
ND No. 2-020301-005-E

Saint-Petersburg
2017
 T h e R u l e s f o r t h e C l a s s i f i c a t i o n a n d C o n s t r u c t i o n o f Subsea P i p e l i n e s o f R u s s i a n M a r i t i m e R e g i s t e r o f S h i p p i n g
h a v e b e e n a p p r o v e d i n accordance w i t h t h e established a p p r o v a l procedure a n d c o m e i n t o force o n 1 J u l y 2 0 1 7 .
T h e R u l e s c o v e r a l l t e c h n i c a l aspects o f design a n d c o n s t r u c t i o n o f o f f s h o r e subsea pipelines.
I n d e v e l o p m e n t o f t h e R u l e s experience o f o t h e r classification societies has b e e n t a k e n i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n .

I S B N 978-5-89331-260-7 © Российский морской регистр судоходства, 2 0 1 7

 CONTENTS

PART I.SUBSEA PIPELINES 7 Corrosion protection 73

7.1 General 73
1 General 5 7.2 Protection against internal corrosion 73
1.1 Scope o f application 5 7.3 Protection against external corrosion 74
1.2 Terms and definitions 5 7.4 Electrochemical protection 76
1.3 Classification 6 7.5 Electrical insulating joints 80
1.4 Scope o f surveys 7 7.6 Corrosion monitoring systems 81
1.5 Technical documentation 9 8 Pipeline installation a n d testing 82
2 Design loads acting on subsea pipelines . 12 8.1 General 82
2.1 General 12 8.2 Pipeline routes and seabed soils 82
2.2 D e s i g n pressure 12 8.3 A d d i t i o n a l measures for protection o f the pipeline
2.3 T e m p e r a t u r e effects 13 i n the areas o f intense ice g o u g i n g 85
2.4 W e i g h t effects 13 8.4 M a r i n e operations for pipeline laying . . . . 87
2.5 Current loads 13 8.5 M e t h o d s o f pipeline l a y i n g o n seabed . . . . 88
2.6 W a v e loads and w i n d loads 14 8.6 Subsea pipeline testing b y pressure 90
2.7 Variable h y d r o d y n a m i c loads 14 9 Maintenance a n d repair 92
2.8 Seismic loads 15 9.1 Maintenance 92
3 Strength of subsea pipelines 16 9.2 Repair o f subsea pipelines 93
3.1 General 16 10 Safety assessment 95
3.2 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f t h e steel p i p e l i n e w a l l t h i c k n e s s 16 10.1 Scope o f application 95
3.3 Steel subsea pipeline calculations f o r b u c k l i n g 10.2 Terms, definitions and explanations 95
(collapse) under hydrostatic pressure . . . . 17 10.3 Basic principles 96
3.4 Steel subsea pipeline local b u c k l i n g analysis 18 10.4 Basic requirements for risk analysis 97
3.5 S t e e l subsea p i p e l i n e p r o p a g a t i o n b u c k l i n g a n a l y s i s 18 10.5 M e t h o d s o f risk analysis 99
3.6 Steel subsea pipeline fatigue analysis. . . . 18
3.7 Steel subsea pipeline seismic forces analysis 19
3.8 Strenght calculation for structural components PART II. RISERS
o f the pipeline consisting o f flexible pipes . 20
4 Materials 23 1 General 100
4.1 General 23 1.1 Scope o f application 100
4.2 Survey and technical supervision 23 1.2 Definitions and abbreviations 100
4.3 Procedures o f testing pipes a n d steel r o l l e d 1.3 Classification 101
products 29 1.4 Scope o f surveys 101
4.4 Steel materials selection 34 1.5 Technical documentation 102
4.5 Steel for subsea pipelines 35 2 Design loads 103
4.6 Materials o f flexible polymer-metal pipes 3 Requirements for determining riser dynamic
and their end fittings 40 response to environmental conditions
4.7 Steel flanges 41 and loads 104
4.8 Steel bends and fittings 44 3.1 General 104
5 Welding 50 3.2 D e t e r m i n i n g riser elastic static l i n e . . . . 104
5.1 General 50 3.3 D e t e r m i n i n g dynamic response 104
5.2 W e l d a b i l i t y tests 51 3.4 L o c a l strength criteria o f riser pipes . . . . 105
5.3 Production requirements for manufacturing 4 Materials 106
processes o f subsea pipeline w e l d e d structures. 55 4.1 General 106
5.4 Inspection and defect acceptance limits 4.2 M e t a l riser pipes 106
for w e l d e d j o i n t s 60 4.3 Riser pipes o f composite materials 106
5.5 A p p l i c a t i o n o f engineering critical assessment 4.4 P o l y m e r - m e t a l riser pipes 107
to d e t e r m i n e the permissible defects 5 Corrosion protection 108
for g i r t h welds 64 6 Riser construction, installation a n d testing 109
6 Ballasting of subsea pipelines 70 7 Riser maintenancea n d repair 110
6.1 General 70 7.1 General 110
6.2 Continuous w e i g h t coatings 70
4 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

7.2 T e c h n i c a l supervision o f risers i n o p e r a t i o n . 110 A p p e n d i x 6 . D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f factors

7.3 R i s e r r e p a i r I l l to calculate w a v e loads 140
A p p e n d i x 1 . Recommendations on provision A p p e n d i x 7 . M o d e l s o f subsea pipeline d y n a m i c
o f reliability and safety o f subsea pipelines response to vortex-induced vibrations . . . 143
o n seabed soil 112 A p p e n d i x 8 . Basic requirements for subsea
A p p e n d i x 2 . Indices o f risk analysis 116 steel pipeline strength tested under seismic
A p p e n d i x 3 . M e t h o d s o f risk analysis. . . . 118 loads 145
A p p e n d i x 4 . Special test procedures f o r steeled A p p e n d i x 9 . Strength and stability o f riser
pipes and rolled products 125 pipes made o f composite materials . . . . 149
A p p e n d i x 5 . Determination o f values o f w a v e
particle velocities and accelerations
in b o t t o m layer 133
 PART I.SUBSEA PIPELINES
1 GENERAL
1.1 S C O P E O F A P P L I C A T I O N
See Circular 1.1.1 R e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e p r e s e n t P a r t o f t h e R u l e s
1216 for the Classification and Construction o f Subsea
P i p e l i n e s ( h e r e i n a f t e r r e f e r r e d t o as " t h e S P R u l e s " )
cover the pipelines designed, constructed and operated
offshore, subsea crossings o f sections o f shore m a i n
pipelines t o the i s o l a t i o n v a l v e nearest t o the shoreline
conveying liquid, gaseous and two-phase hydrocarbons
as w e l l as o t h e r m e d i a c a p a b l e o f b e i n g t r a n s p o r t e d
through the pipelines.
I n addition to the SP Rules during performance o f
the technical supervision Russian M a r i t i m e Register o f
S h i p p i n g ( h e r e i n a f t e r r e f e r r e d t o as " t h e R e g i s t e r " ) a l s o
applies the Guidelines o n Technical S u p e r v i s i o n D u r i n g
Construction and Operation o f Subsea Pipelines (here-
i n a f t e r r e f e r r e d t o as " t h e S P G u i d e l i n e s " ) , t h e G u i d e l i n e s
on Technical Supervision o f Industrial Safety o f
H a z a r d o u s P r o d u c t i o n F a c i l i t i e s a n d t h e i r E q u i p m e n t as
w e l l as t h e s t a n d a r d s a n d r u l e s o f t h e n a t i o n a l t e c h n i c a l
supervisory bodies.
1.1.2 I n e a c h p a r t i c u l a r c a s e t h e s c o p e o f t e c h n i c a l
supervision carried out b y the Register shall be stipulated
b y a special agreement w i t h the pipeline o w n e r and/or
operating organization and, i f necessary, agreed u p o n
w i t h the national technical supervisory bodies.
1.1.3 T h e S P R u l e s d o n o t c o v e r s h i p ' s h o s e s .
T h e hoses shall c o m p l y w i t h the requirements o f Section 6,
Part V I I I "Systems and Piping" o f the Rules for
the Classification and Construction o f Sea-Going Ships.
A d d i t i o n a l requirements m a y be imposed o n the hoses
w i t h i n the subsea pipelines depending o n the application.
1.1.4 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s s p e c i f i e d b y t h e S P R u l e s
cover the documentation o n subsea pipelines, the scope
o f surveys, strength, materials and w e l d i n g , o n - b o t t o m
stability, corrosion protection, laying methods, depth o f
burial into the seabed soil i n the freezing water, testing,
operation and safety assessment o f subsea pipelines.
1.1.5 T h e S P R u l e s a r e a p p l i c a b l e t o s i n g l e p i p e l i n e s ,
pipeline bundles and pipelines o f "pipe-in-pipe" type.
1.1.6 T h e S P R u l e s m a y b e a p p l i e d t o e x i s t i n g
pipelines built without the R S technical supervision for
the purpose o f carrying out survey o f technical condition
a n d e v a l u a t i n g the p o s s i b i l i t y o f the R S class assignment.
1.1.7 T h e R e g i s t e r m a y a l l o w t o u s e m a t e r i a l s ,
structures, arrangements and products, other t h a n those
r e q u i r e d b y t h e S P R u l e s p r o v i d e d t h a t t h e y a r e as
e f f e c t i v e as t h o s e s p e c i f i e d b y t h e S P R u l e s . I n t h e a b o v e
cases, data s h a l l b e s u b m i t t e d t o t h e R e g i s t e r e n a b l i n g t o
ascertain that the materials, structures, arrangements and
products i n question meet the requirements ensuring
the safety o f m e d i a transportation t h r o u g h the subsea
pipelines.
1.1.8 I n c a s e r e f e r r e d t o i n 1 . 1 . 6 , t h e R e g i s t e r m a y
r e q u i r e special tests t o b e carried o u t d u r i n g c o n s t r u c t i o n ,
and m a y reduce the intervals between periodical surveys
or extend the scope o f these surveys during operation.
1.1.9 T h e R e g i s t e r m a y a p p r o v e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s
constructed i n compliance w i t h other rules, regulations or
standards alternatively o r additionally t o the S P Rules. I n
j u s t i f i e d cases, t h e p i p e l i n e s s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h t h e
requirements o f the SP Rules w i t h i n the time period
agreed u p o n w i t h the Register.
1.1.10 D e s i g n , c o n s t r u c t i o n a n d o p e r a t i o n o f s u b s e a
pipelines shall meet the requirements o f national super-
visory bodies.
1.2 T E R M S A N D D E F I N I T I O N S
See Circular 1216
A t m o s p h e r i c z o n e means the part o f the
pipeline above the splash zone.
B u r i a l d e p t h means the difference between
the level o f the pipeline top and the natural level o f the
seabed soil.
S p l a s h z o n e h e i g h t means the vertical
distance b e t w e e n splash z o n e upper l i m i t and splash
zone lower limit.
Flexible pipes for subsea pipelines
m e a n p o l y m e r i c - m e t a l pipes w i t h end connecting
fittings, w h i c h a l l o w l a r g e d e f l e c t i o n s from s t r a i g h t n e s s
w i t h o u t a s i g n i f i c a n t increase i n b e n d i n g stresses
( g e n e r a l l y , t h e d e s i g n p r e s s u r e f o r flexible p i p e s s h a l l
c o m p r i s e a t l e a s t 1,6 M P a ) .
S e a d e p t h means the vertical distance measured
from t h e s e a b e d t o t h e a v e r a g e w a t e r l e v e l p l u s t h e t o t a l
height o f a s t r o n o m i c a l a n d s t o r m tides.
O v e r - p r e s s u r e means the difference between
t w o absolute pressures, n a m e l y , outside hydrostatic a n d
internal pressures.
F r e e s p a n o f p i p e l i n e means the length o f
the pipeline part n o t touching the seabed or supporting
facilities.
P e r m i s s i b l e s t r e s s e s mean the total
m a x i m u m stresses i n t h e p i p e l i n e ( l o n g i t u d i n a l , h o o p
a n d tangential) p e r m i t t e d b y standards.
P i p e l i n e b u r i a l means placing o f a subsea
pipeline b e l o w the natural level o f the seabed soil.
6 Rules for
S p l a s h z o n e means the pipeline section periodi-
cally f l o w n over b y the water due to w a v e and current
effects a n d w a t e r l e v e l f l u c t u a t i o n s .
T e s t p r e s s u r e means the rated pressure applied
to the pipeline d u r i n g testing before its c o m m i s s i o n i n g .
L e a k t e s t means a hydraulic pressure testing that
ascertains absence o f the transported m e d i u m leakage.
S t r e n g t h t e s t means a hydraulic pressure
testing that ascertains structural strength o f the p i p e l i n e .
I c e f o r m a t i o n is a n integral s o l i d substance
m a d e o f sea o r f r e s h w a t e r ice (e.g. s t a m u k h a , ridge,
iceberg etc.) f l o a t i n g o n the surface o f the water.
I c e f o r m a t i o n k e e l is a p o r t i o n o f a n ice
formation that extends b e l o w the water line.
M i n i m u m y i e l d s t r e s s means the m i n i m u m
y i e l d stress specified i n t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s certificate o r
standard, u n d e r w h i c h the steel pipes o r products are
supplied. I t is assumed i n calculations that the residual
elongation w i l l n o t exceed 0,2 % at the m i n i m u m y i e l d
stress.
P i p e n o m i n a l d i a m e t e r means an outside
pipe diameter specified i n the standard, under w h i c h
the pipes are supplied.
N o m i n a l pipe wall thickness means
the pipe w a l l thickness specified i n the standard, under
w h i c h the pipes are supplied.
Pipeline negative b u o y a n c y means
a force directed d o w n w a r d s and equal t o the w e i g h t o f
the pipeline structure i n the air m i n u s the w e i g h t o f the
water or watered soil displaced b y the pipeline
submerged into water or watered soil.
S u b s e a p i p e l i n e means the part o f the pipeline
transporting s y s t e m , w h i c h is located b e l o w the w a t e r
level, i n c l u d i n g the pipeline itself, corrosion protection
system o f the pipeline components and other technical
devices p r o v i d i n g transportation o f m e d i a under g i v e n
operational conditions.
P i p e l i n e c o n s t r u c t i o n m e a n s a set o f
operations related to manufacture, laying and burial, i f
any, o f a subsea pipeline.
W o r k i n g pressure means the m a x i m u m
excess pressure o f transported m e d i u m , under w h i c h
the prescribed o p e r a t i o n m o d e o f the p i p e l i n e is ensured.
S t i n g e r means a device installed o n the pipe-
laying vessel or barge and intended to provide a n o n -
hazardous curvature o f the pipeline and to reduce its
b e n d i n g stresses d u r i n g l a y i n g .
S t a n d p i p e means the vertical part o f subsea
pipeline system secured o n the supporting b l o c k
(supporting foundation) o f a fixed offshore platform.
T r a n s p o r t e d m e d i a m e a n liquid, gaseous and
two-phase hydrocarbons and other media capable o f
being conveyed through pipelines.
P i p e - b u r y i n g m a c h i n e s m e a n special sub-
s e a d e v i c e s , i n c l u d i n g floating f a c i l i t i e s w i t h d e d i c a t e d
attached equipment intended f o r b u r i a l o f the o n - b o t t o m
the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
pipelines into the soil or for the preliminary trench
excavation.
P i p e - l a y e r ( p i p e - l a y i n g vessel/
b a r g e ) means the special purpose vessel intended for
laying o f subsea pipelines.
S u b s e a p i p e l i n e l a y i n g m e a n s a set o f
operations, including assembly and w e l d i n g o f pipes,
as w e l l as o t h e r n e c e s s a r y o p e r a t i o n s t o f o r m a p i p e l i n e
string, and the process o f l o w e r i n g the string onto
t h e w a t e r surface and/or seabed b y a safe m e t h o d .
P i p e l i n e l a y i n g b y r e e l i n g means pipeline
l a y i n g from a p i p e - l a y i n g v e s s e l b y m e a n s o f r e e l i n g o u t
o f a preliminary reeled pipeline string.
Pipeline laying by directional dril-
l i n g means the combination o f directional drilling
operations and l a y i n g o f subsea pipeline.
Pipeline laying by J-method means
p i p e l i n e l a y i n g b y free i m m e r s i o n o n t h e s e a b e d , u s i n g
a s l o p e d o r v e r t i c a l frame a t s e a d e p t h s m o r e t h a n 3 0 0 m .
I t consists o f t w o stages: at t h e first stage t h e p i p e l i n e is
l o w e r e d from a p i p e - l a y i n g v e s s e l v e r t i c a l l y ( o r a l m o s t
vertically) w i t h tie-ins until the pipeline comes i n contact
w i t h t h e seabed; at t h e second stage t h e p i p e l i n e b e n d i n g
occurs and the pipeline is laid o n the seabed w h i l e
the p i p e - l a y i n g vessel is m o v i n g .
Pipeline laying by ^-method means
p i p e l i n e l a y i n g b y free i m m e r s i o n o n t h e s e a b e d , i n t h e
course o f w h i c h the pipeline section between the point o f
contact w i t h the seabed and the stinger takes f o r m o f the
S-curve.
O p e r a t i o n a l r e l i a b i l i t y l e v e l is a set o f
requirements to parameters o f a subsea pipeline and pipe
m a t e r i a l s m e e t i n g t h e certain safe o p e r a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s
and pipeline classification.
W e i g h t (ballasting) coating means
the coating applied o n the pipeline to p r o v i d e its negative
b u o y a n c y and protection against the m e c h a n i c a l da-
mages.
G o u g i n g ( e x a r a t i o n ) is a p l o u g h i n g o f
seabed soil b y keels o f ice f o r m a t i o n s .
1.3 CLASSIFICATION
1.3.1 T h e c l a s s n o t a t i o n a s s i g n e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r
to the subsea p i p e l i n e consists o f the character
o f classification, additional distinguishing marks
a n d descriptive notations d e f i n i n g its purpose a n d
structure.
1.3.2 T h e c h a r a c t e r o f c l a s s i f i c a t i o n a s s i g n e d b y t h e
Register t o the subsea pipeline consists o f the f o l l o w i n g
d i s t i n g u i s h i n g m a r k s : SP®, S P * o r S P * .
Depending o n the supervisory body, under w h i c h
s u p e r v i s i o n the subsea p i p e l i n e has b e e n constructed,
t h e c h a r a c t e r o f c l a s s i f i c a t i o n i s e s t a b l i s h e d as f o l l o w s :
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 1

.1 subsea pipelines constructed i n accordance w i t h 1.3.8 C l a s s o f p i p e l i n e i s g e n e r a l l y a s s i g n e d o r

the R S rules a n d under technical supervision o f t h e
Register, are assigned a class n o t a t i o n w i t h t h e character
o f c l a s s i f i c a t i o n SP®;
.2 s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s c o n s t r u c t e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h
the rules a n d under supervision o f a classification society
or national supervisory body recognized b y the Register
are assigned a class n o t a t i o n w i t h t h e character o f
classification S P * ;
.3 s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s c o n s t r u c t e d w i t h o u t s u p e r v i s i o n
o f the classification society o r national supervisory b o d y
r e c o g n i z e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r are assigned a class n o t a t i o n
w i t h t h e character o f classification S P * .
1.3.3 O n e o f a d d i t i o n a l d i s t i n g u i s h i n g m a r k s s h a l l
be added t o t h e character o f classification:
L , L I , L 2 , L 3 , G , G l , G 2 a n d G 3 assigned t o steel
subsea p i p e l i n e s i n accordance w i t h T a b l e 1.3.3;
F P f o r subsea pipelines m a d e o f flexible pipes.
1.3.4 T h e f o l l o w i n g d e s c r i p t i v e n o t a t i o n s s h a l l b e a d d e d
t o t h e character o f c l a s s i f i c a t i o n a n d d i s t i n g u i s h i n g m a r k :
g e o g r a p h i c a l area;
type o ftransported m e d i u m ;
w o r k i n g pressure, i n M P a ;
m a x i m u m t e m p e r a t u r e o f t r a n s p o r t e d m e d i u m , i n °C;
n o m i n a l pipe diameter, m m / n u m b e r o f runs, p e s .
F o r e x a m p l e , SP®L1, B a l t i c S e a , C r u d e O i l ,
6 M P a , 4 0 °C, 325/2.
1.3.5 T h e R e g i s t e r m a y a s s i g n a c l a s s t o t h e s u b s e a
p i p e l i n e o n c o m p l e t i o n o f its c o n s t r u c t i o n a n d assign o r
r e n e w a class o f the p i p e l i n e i n service.
1.3.6 A s s i g n m e n t o f t h e R S c l a s s t o t h e s u b s e a
pipeline means confirmation o fthe pipeline compliance
w i t h t h e applicable requirements o f t h e S P Rules, a n d
acceptance o f t h e pipeline under technical supervision
for t h e specified period o f t i m e w i t h performance o f all
surveys required b y the Register to confirm
t h e appropriate class.
1.3.7 C o n f i r m a t i o n o f c l a s s m e a n s c o n f i r m a t i o n b y
the Register o f compliance o f the pipeline technical
c o n d i t i o n w i t h t h e class assigned a n d e x t e n s i o n o f
the R S technical supervision f o r t h e set p e r i o d o f t i m e .
renewed b y the Register for 5 years, h o w e v e r , i n justified
cases t h e R e g i s t e r m a y assign o r r e n e w a class f o r
a lesser p e r i o d .
1.3.9 I n c a s e t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e i s n o t s u b m i t t e d t o a
mandatory survey w i t h i n the prescribed t i m e period, o r it
has n o t b e e n s u b m i t t e d t o s u r v e y after repair, o r struc-
tural alterations n o t agreed w i t h t h e R S have been m a d e
thereon, o r the pipeline has been repaired w i t h o u t the R S
supervision, the Classification Certificate o f Subsea
P i p e l i n e ceases i t s v a l i d i t y , w h i c h results i n s u s p e n s i o n
o f class (refer t o 1.4.5).
1.3.10 W i t h d r a w a l o f c l a s s m e a n s t e r m i n a t i o n o f
1
the R S technical s u p e r v i s i o n , a n d reinstatement o f class
is subject t o a special c o n s i d e r a t i o n b y t h e Register.
1.3.11 T h e R e g i s t e r m a y w i t h d r a w t h e c l a s s o r r e f u s e
t o p e r f o r m t e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n i n cases w h e n t h e
pipeline o w n e r o r a n operating organization regularly
b r e a k t h e S P R u l e s , as w e l l as i n cases w h e n t h e P a r t y ,
w h i c h has made a survey agreement w i t h t h e Register,
violates i t .
1.3.12 M a t e r i a l s a n d p r o d u c t s u s e d s h a l l b e s u b j e c t
t o necessary s u r v e y s a n d tests d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e i n
the order a n d t o t h e extent specified b y t h e Register.
1.4 S C O P E O F S U R V E Y S
1.4.1 G e n e r a l .
1.4.1.1 T h e s c o p e o f s u r v e y s a n d c l a s s i f i c a t i o n
covers t h e f o l l o w i n g stages o f activities:
review a n d approval o f technical documentation;
survey o f materials a n d products intended f o r
construction a n d repair o f pipelines;
supervision during construction a n d repair o f subsea
pipelines;
surveys o f subsea pipelines i n service;
assignment, confirmation, renewal a n d reinstatement
o f t h e class, m a k i n g appropriate entries a n d issue o f
the R S documents.

Table 1.3.3
A d d i t i o n a l distinguishing m a r k s t o b e a d d e d t o t h ec h a r a c t e r o f classification o f steel s u b s e a pipelines
See Circular 1216

T y p e o f transported m e d i u m
Operational reliability level
Liquids and two-phase flows Gas

B a s i c reliability level L G
H i g h e r operational reliability level LI Gl
Corrosive media transportation L2 G2
Seismically active regions a n d ice-resistant standpipes L3 G3
Note. W h e r e a package o f requirements is applied to a pipeline, a n additional distinguishing m a r k shall b e introduced b y means o f t w o
appropriate i n d i c e s (G2/3, f o r instance, f o r a pipeline d e s i g n e d f o r corrosive m e d i a transportation i n a s e i s m i c a l l y active region).

' H e r e i n a f t e r a s a d i f f e r e n t i a l r e q u i r e m e n t for t h e s t r e n g t h a n d m a t e r i a l s o f p i p e l i n e s h a v i n g a d d i t i o n a l d i s t i n g u i s h i n g m a r k s to t h e c h a r a c t e r o f
c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , o n e o r a n o t h e r a d d i t i o n a l m a r k s h a l l b e u n d e r s t o o d a s a c l a s s n o t a t i o n o f t h e p i p e l i n e for s h o r t ( f o r e x a m p l e , r e f e r to T a b l e 3.2.5, 3.2.6, etc.).
8 Rules for the Classification
1.4.1.2 A n y a l t e r a t i o n s m a d e o n t h e p a r t o f b u i l d e r s
and o w n e r s i n respect o f t h e pipeline materials a n d
structures, t o w h i c h t h e requirements o f t h e S P R u l e s
apply, shall b e approved b y t h e Register before t h e y are
put into service.
1.4.1.3 C o n t r o v e r s i a l i s s u e s a r i s i n g d u r i n g s u r v e y s
m a y b e transferred b y t h e pipeline owners directly t o
the Register H e a d Office ( R H O ) .
1.4.2 S u r v e y o f m a t e r i a l s a n d p r o d u c t s .
1.4.2.1 M a t e r i a l s a n d p r o d u c t s s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d
in accordance w i t h the technical documentation
approved b y t h e Register.
D u r i n g surveys t h eRegister m a y check compliance
w i t h structural, technological, manufacturing standards
and processes, w h i c h are n o t regulated b y t h e R u l e s , b u t
w h i c h influence the fulfillment o f the requirements o f the
SP Rules.
1.4.2.2 M a t e r i a l s , p r o d u c t s a n d m a n u f a c t u r i n g p r o -
cesses t h a t a r e n e w o r s u b m i t t e d t o s u r v e y f o r t h e first
t i m e shall b e approved b y t h e Register. Specimens o f
materials a n d products o r n e w m a n u f a c t u r i n g processes
shall b e tested according t o the p r o g r a m a n d i n t h e scope
agreed w i t h t h e Register subsequent t o their technical
documentation being approved b y t h e Register.
1.4.2.3 T h e R e g i s t e r m a y p e r f o r m s u p e r v i s i o n
during manufacture o f materials a n d products i n
the following forms:
survey b y a surveyor;
survey o f a f i r m b y t h e Register;
survey i n t h e f o r m o f review o f t h e technical
documentation b y t h e Register;
survey o n b e h a l f o f the Register.
T h e f o r m o f s u r v e y is selected b y t h e Register w h e n
an agreement o n technical supervision is made b y
the Register.
1.4.2.4 D u r i n g s u r v e y m a t e r i a l s a n d p r o d u c t s s h a l l
be subjected t o necessary tests according t o
the procedures a n d w i t h i n t h e scope prescribed b y
the Register. T h e materials a n d products shall b e
provided w i t h t h e documents specified b y t h e Register
and, w h e r e necessary, t h e brands c o n f i r m i n g t h e fact o f
their survey, a n d m a r k i n g enabling t o determine their
compliance w i t h the above documents.
1.4.3 T e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n d u r i n g c o n s t r u c t i o n ,
operation a n d repair o fsubsea pipelines.
1.4.3.1 T e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n d u r i n g c o n s t r u c t i o n o f
subsea pipelines is performed b y surveyors t o
the Register i n compliance w i t h t h etechnical documen-
tation approved b y t h e Register. T h e scope o f inspec-
tions, m e a s u r e m e n t s a n d tests t o b e conducted d u r i n g
technical supervision is established b y t h e Register w i t h
respect t o t h e specific conditions f o r t h e pipeline.
1.4.3.2 D u r i n g o p e r a t i o n o f t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e t h e i r
owners shall keep t h e terms o f periodical a n d other
surveys prescribed b y t h e Register a n d properly prepare
the pipeline f o rthe surveys.
and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
1.4.3.3 P i p e l i n e o w n e r s s h a l l n o t i f y t h e R e g i s t e r o f
emergencies a n d repairs o f t h e pipeline a n d pipeline
components covered b y the requirements o f the S P Rules
that have taken place b e t w e e n t h e surveys.
1.4.3.4 W h e r e t h e n e w c o m p o n e n t s c o v e r e d b y t h e
requirements o f the S P Rules have been installed o n t h e
pipeline d u r i n g its operation o r repair, t h e p r o v i s i o n s
o f 1.4.2, 1.4.3.1 t o 1.4.3.3 s h a l l b e applied.
1.4.4 T y p e s a n d f r e q u e n c y o f s u r v e y s .
1.4.4.1 S u b s e a p i p e l i n e s a r e s u b j e c t t o t h e f o l l o w i n g
surveys:
initial, periodical (special, annual a n d intermediate)
and occasional.
Initial surveys are divided into surveys carried o u t
during construction o f subsea pipelines under t h e R S
technical supervision a n d surveys o f subsea pipeline
constructed under supervision o f classification society
recognized b y the Register o r national supervisory body.
Special s u r v e y f o r class r e n e w a l s h a l l b e g e n e r a l l y
carried o u t at 5-year intervals o f t h e subsea pipeline
o p e r a t i o n i n case o f satisfactory results o f a n n u a l s u r v e y s
and o n e intermediate survey.
A n n u a l s u r v e y s f o r c o n f i r m a t i o n o f class s h a l l b e
carried o u tevery calendar year w i t h a deviation f r o m t h e
prescribed date o f t h e special survey w i t h i n 3 m o n t h s
b e f o r e a n d after t h i s date.
Intermediate survey shall b e carried o u t i n t h e
extended scope t o c o n f i r m t h e class v a l i d i t y b e t w e e n
special surveys.
Occasional survey shall b e carried o u t after
accidents, repairs a n d i n o t h e r necessary cases.
1.4.4.2 I n i t i a l s u r v e y i s p e r f o r m e d w i t h t h e a i m
t o assign a n appropriate class t o t h e subsea p i p e l i n e that
is i n i t i a l l y s u b m i t t e d t o t h e R e g i s t e r f o r classification.
T h e subsea pipelines that w e r e earlier classed b y t h e
Register, b u t w h i c h class w a s w i t h d r a w n b y w h a t e v e r
reason, are also subject t o initial survey. I n i t i a l s u r v e y
includes t h o r o u g h e x a m i n a t i o n , inspections, tests a n d
measurements, t h e scope o f w h i c h is specified b y t h e
R e g i s t e r i n each case depending o n t h e e n v i r o n m e n t a l
conditions o f the pipeline operation, age o f the pipeline,
measures o f its protection, technical condition o f t h e
pipeline, coatings, valves, etc.
1.4.4.3 S u b j e c t t o i n i t i a l s u r v e y a r e t h e s u b s e a
pipelines constructed n o t i n accordance w i t h t h e R S
rules, w i t h o u t technical supervision o f Classification
society recognized b y t h e Register o r national super-
v i s o r y b o d y . I n s u c h case, i n i t i a l s u r v e y w h i c h scope i s
determined b y t h e Register means close-up a n d n o r m a l
survey, w h i c h shall b e performed, w h e r e necessary,
together w i t h testing o f the pipelines a n d components
with the a i m t o confirm their compliance with
the requirements o f t h e S P Rules. W h e r e documents
issued f o r the subsea pipeline b y classification society o r
national supervisory body recognized b y the Register are
available, initial survey is performed w i t h i n t h e scope o f
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
special survey. I n case t h e required technical d o c u m e n t a -
t i o n is not available t o t h efull extent, t h e survey p r o g r a m
m a y be extended for the components, the documentation
on w h i c h is missing.
1.4.4.4 S u r v e y s p e r f o r m e d d u r i n g c o n s t r u c t i o n o f
subsea pipelines shall b e a i m e d at verifying compliance
o f the materials, components a n d manufacturing pro-
cesses w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e t e c h n i c a l d e s i g n a n d
detailed design documentation o n t h e subsea pipeline.
T h e scope o f s u r v e y is subject t o special consideration b y
t h e R e g i s t e r i n each p a r t i c u l a r case.
The date o f the pipeline survey u p o n c o m p l e t i o n o f
construction is t h e date o f actual c o m p l e t i o n o f
the s u r v e y a n d issue o f the Classification Certificate o f
Subsea P i p e l i n e ( S P ) (refer t o 1.4.5).
1.4.4.5 S p e c i a l s u r v e y f o r c l a s s r e n e w a l i s a i m e d
to ascertain that t h e subsea pipeline is i n a satisfactory
technical condition a n d meets therequirements o f the S P
Rules. I t is performed together w i t h testing o f t h e
pipeline, valves, automated control system, alarm,
protection a n d indication systems. Special surveys,
w h i c h scope is determined b y t h e Register, shall b e
carried o u t w i t h i n t h e intervals established b y
t h e Register, as a r u l e , once e v e r y f i v e years.
1.4.4.6 M a n d a t o r y a n n u a l s u r v e y m e a n s s u r v e y o f
the subsea pipeline, including valves, automated control
system, alarm, protection a n d indication system, other
components, i n t h e scope adequate t o c o n f i r m that
the pipeline a n d its components keep complying w i t h t h e
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e S P R u l e s , i t s class b e i n g t h u s c o n f i r m e d .
The scope o f annual surveys shall b e established b y
the Register.
1.4.4.7 D u r i n g s p e c i a l s u r v e y s o f p i p e l i n e s t h e i r
testing under pressure shall b e c o m b i n e d w i t h testing i n
operation o f their p u m p a n d compressor stations, shut-off
and safety valves, remote b y operated drives.
1.4.4.8 I n t e r m e d i a t e s u r v e y o f t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e
shall b e carried o u t b e t w e e n special surveys instead o f
the second o r third survey b y agreement with
the Register. T h e scope o f survey shall b e established
b y t h e Register.
1.4.4.9 O c c a s i o n a l s u r v e y s o f t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s o r
their individual components are p e r f o r m e d u p o n sub-
m i s s i o n f o r s u r v e y i n a l l cases o t h e r t h a n i n i t i a l a n d
periodical surveys. Occasional survey is carried o u t
to assess p e r m i s s i b l e detected defects o r d a m a g e s after
a n accident, i n c l u d i n g those that result i n p i p e l i n e leaks,
spillage o f fluids a n d emissions o f gaseous transported
media.
The scope a n d procedure o f the surveys are defined
b y t h e Register o n t h e basis o f the survey purpose, age
and technical condition o f the subsea pipeline.
1.4.4.10 O c c a s i o n a l s u r v e y a f t e r a n a c c i d e n t s h a l l b e
aimed at identifying t h e type a n d nature o f the damage,
scope o f w o r k t o b e done f o r e l i m i n a t i o n o f the accident
consequences a n d at determining a possibility a n d
9
c o n d i t i o n s o f r e t a i n m e n t o f class after e l i m i n a t i o n o f
the consequences.
1.4.5 D o c u m e n t s i s s u e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r u p o n
completion o fthe survey.
1.4.5.1 T h e R S d o c u m e n t s a r e i s s u e d u p o n c o n -
firmation o f the satisfactory assessment o f the technical
condition o f the item o f supervision made during surveys
a n d tests.
1.4.5.2 T h e d o c u m e n t t o c o n f i r m t h e c o m p l i a n c e
w i t h t h e S P Rules is t h e Classification Certificate o f
Subsea Pipeline ( f o r m 9.9.2).
1.4.5.3 R e p o r t s o n s u r v e y o f s u b s e a p i p e l i n e ( S P )
after construction ( f o r m 9.9.1), reports o n annual/
intermediate/special survey o f subsea pipeline ( S P )
( f o r m 9.9.3) a n d other documents, i f necessary, shall b e
issued b y t h e Register during t h e supervision o f subsea
pipelines.
1.4.5.4 T h e R e g i s t e r m a y r e c o g n i z e f u l l y o r p a r t i a l l y
the documents o f other classification societies, super-
visory bodies a n d other organizations.
1.4.5.5 T h e C l a s s i f i c a t i o n C e r t i f i c a t e o f S u b s e a See
Circular
P i p e l i n e b e c o m e s i n v a l i d i n t h e f o l l o w i n g cases: 1216
i f t h e subsea pipeline a n d its components are n o t
submitted for periodical survey i n terms w i t h regard t o t h e
delays provided for periodical surveys i n t h e S P Rules;
after repair conducted w i t h o u t t h e R S s u p e r v i s i o n o r
replacement o f the components covered b y the S P Rules;
i n c a s e t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e i s n o t i n fit t e c h n i c a l
c o n d i t i o n p r o v i d i n g i t s safety;
w h e n the pipeline is used for the purpose a n d under
o p e r a t i o n a l c o n d i t i o n s d i f f e r e n t from t h o s e i n d i c a t e d i n
t h e class n o t a t i o n .
1.5 T E C H N I C A L DOCUMENTATION
1.5.1 P r i o r t o c o m m e n c e m e n t o f t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e
construction, technical documentation, w h i c h allows
ascertaining that t h e requirements o f t h e R S rules f o r
this subsea pipeline are m e t , shall b e submitted t o
the Register for review.
T h e scope o f the technical documentation is specified
in 1.5.2 t o 1.5.11. T h e additional instructions o n
the documentation composition given i n the follow-up
sections o f the S P R u l e s shall b e also t a k e n i n t o a c c o u n t
1.5.2 G e n e r a l :
.1 specification;
.2 d r a w i n g s ( d i a g r a m s ) o f p i p e l i n e r o u t i n g ( r o u t
location) w i t h a l l data required f o r t h e design r e v i e w ;
.3 l i s t o f c o m p o n e n t s a n d e q u i p m e n t w i t h i n d i c a t i o n
o f t h e m a i n technical characteristics, manufacturer a n d
approval b y t h eRegister o r another competent body.
1.5.3 D o c u m e n t a t i o n o n p i p e s .
1.5.3.1 T h e t e c h n i c a l d o c u m e n t a t i o n t o b e s u b m i t t e d
shall contain t h e data o n dimensions, materials,
10 Rules for the Classification
technique a n d procedure f o r steel pipe w e l d i n g . T h e
f o l l o w i n g shall b e presented:
.1 certificates f o r pipes a n d test reports t h e r e o f
(specification for t h epipe delivery o r technical require-
ments for the pipe purchasing);
.2 d r a w i n g s o f p i p e e d g e p r e p a r a t i o n f o r w e l d i n g ;
.3 d r a w i n g s o f p i p e l i n e s e c t i o n s ;
.4 d r a w i n g s o f p i p e s t r i n g s ( w h e r e p i p e s a r e l a i d i n
strings);
.5 p r o c e d u r e f o r p i p e w e l d i n g ;
.6 t y p e s a n d s c o p e o f t e s t s ;
.7 m e t h o d s a n d s c o p e o f n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g ;
.8 i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h e m e d i u m t o b e t r a n s p o r t e d ;
.9 h y d r a u l i c c a l c u l a t i o n ;
.10 d r a w i n g s o f b e n d s , T - j o i n t s a n d r e d u c e r s ;
.11 d r a w i n g s o f s p o o l p i e c e s ;
.12 c a l c u l a t i o n s o f p e r m i s s i b l e f r e e - s p a n n i n g p i p e -
lines at t h e stages o f c o n s t r u c t i o n , testing a n d o p e r a t i o n .
1.5.3.2 T h e f o l l o w i n g p r o c e d u r e s a n d c a l c u l a t i o n s
shall b e submitted together w i t h t h e drawings:
.1 description o f t h e laying m e t h o d o f t h e subsea
pipeline o n the seabed;
.2 n e c e s s a r y i n f o r m a t i o n f o r d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f
external loads (forces a n d m o m e n t s ) d u e t o w i n d ,
currents, waves, i c e a n d other parameters including
accidental loads (caused b y t r a w l nets, anchors, etc.)
to b e taken into account i n the pipeline strength analysis;
.3 c a l c u l a t i o n o f t h e p i p e w a l l n o m i n a l t h i c k n e s s f o r
appropriate load combinations;
.4 r e s u l t s o f t h e r e q u i r e d m o d e l t e s t s , w h i c h m a y b e
used f o r c o n f i r m a t i o n o r m o r e accurate definition o f
substantiation a n d calculations;
.5 p i p e l i n e s t r e n g t h a n a l y s e s d u r i n g l a y i n g w i t h
assigned safe p a r a m e t e r s f o r w a v e s , currents a n d w i n d .
.6 c a l c u l a t t i o n s t o c o n f i r m t h e s e i s m i c r e s i s t a n c e o f
subsea pipeline;
.7 c a l c u l a t i o n s o f t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e b u r i a l d e p t h f o r
t h e i c e e x a r a t i o n areas;
.8 c a l c u l a t i o n s o f s t r e n g t h o f s p o o l p i e c e s a n d
flanged joints.
1.5.3.3 T h e f l e x i b l e p i p e d o c u m e n t a t i o n s h a l l
include t h e f o l l o w i n g particulars a n d calculations:
.1 certificates f o r pipes a n d test reports t h e r e o f
(specification for t h epipe delivery o r technical require-
ments for the pipe purchasing);
.2 d e s i g n o f p i p e s a n d c o n n e c t i n g e l e m e n t s ( e n d
fittings);
.3 p r o p e r t i e s o f t h e m e t a l a n d p o l y m e r m a t e r i a l s u s e d ;
.4 m e t h o d s o f c a l c u l a t i o n o f t h e p a r a m e t e r s o f a l l
pipe layers including determination o f design internal
and external pressure, tensile a n d torsional strength;
.5 s c o p e a p p l i c a t i o n o f flexible p i p e s , i n c l u d i n g
the parameters o f transported m e d i u m ;
.6 a l l o w a b l e t y p e s o f e x p o s u r e ( s t a t i c , d y n a m i c ,
requirements for cycle a n d t i m e resources) a n d permis-
sible parameters o f the environment;
and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
.7 m i n i m u m b e n d i n g r a d i u s d u r i n g s t o r a g e , l a y i n g
and operation;
.8 s t r e n g t h c a l c u l a t i o n s d u r i n g l a y i n g , o p e r a t i o n a n d
tests i n c l u d i n g calculations o f f a t i g u e resistance;
.9 p a r t i c u l a r s o n i n s p e c t i o n a n d m o n i t o r i n g , i n c l u -
ding t h e design forecast o f the pipe service life.
1.5.4 D o c u m e n t a t i o n o n w e i g h t s u s e d f o r
the pipeline ballasting:
.1 calculation o f subsea pipeline b u o y a n c y (buoyant
force);
.2 a r r a n g e m e n t p l a n o f b a l l a s t w e i g h t ;
.3 d e s i g n d r a w i n g s o f t h e b a l l a s t w e i g h t a n d / o r
weight coating construction;
.4 b a l l a s t i n g c a l c u l a t i o n s f o r t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e
w h e n using concrete coated pipes.
1.5.5 D o c u m e n t a t i o n o n v a l v e s a n d t h e i r d r i v e s :
.1 arrangement p l a n f o r s h u t - o f f and safety valves;
.2 c e r t i f i c a t e s a n d t e s t r e p o r t s o n v a l v e s t h a t c o n f i r m
their suitability f o r t h e media t o b e transported a n d
anticipated operational conditions;
.3 d i a g r a m o f t h e p i p e l i n e v a l v e s r e m o t e c o n t r o l ;
.4 d e s i g n d r a w i n g s o f d r i v e s .
1.5.6 D o c u m e n t a t i o n o n s h o r e c r o s s i n g s :
.1 description o f t h e subsea pipeline o n shore
landfall;
.2 d e s i g n d r a w i n g s o f s h o r e c r o s s i n g .
1.5.7 D o c u m e n t a t i o n o n l a y i n g t h e p i p e l i n e o n t h e
seabed:
. 1 l a y i n g m e t h o d s a n d p r o c e s s flow d i a g r a m s w i t h
indication o f basic parameters;
.2 d r a w i n g o f t h e t r e n c h o r l a y i n g z o n e ;
.3 d e s c r i p t i o n o f t r e n c h b a c k f i l l i n g ;
.4 d e s i g n o f c r o s s i n g s w i t h t h e p r e l i m i n a r y l a i d
pipelines a n d cables;
.5 c a l c u l a t i o n s o f p i p e l i n e s t r e n g t h d u r i n g s e a b e d
burial;
.6 s t r e n g t h c a l c u l a t i o n s o f p r e l a i d p i p e l i n e s t r i n g s
being lifted a n d connected afloat (tie-in);
.7 p r o c e d u r e s a n d c a l c u l a t i o n s f o r k e e p i n g p i p e l i n e
strings afloat, including string securing w h e n w a v e
height, current a n d w i n d velocity, water depth exceed
t h e safe v a l u e s .
1.5.8 D o c u m e n t a t i o n o n t h e a u t o m a t e d c o n t r o l a n d
alarm systems:
.1 diagram o f t h e a l a r m system that keeps under
control transported m e d i u m characteristics, leakages,
p u m p a n d compressor parameters; shut-off v a l v e posi-
tion;
.2 l i s t o f m o n i t o r e d p a r a m e t e r s w i t h t h e t y p e s o f
sensors a n d devices, a n d their characteristics specified;
.3 c e r t i f i c a t e s f o r i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n , s o u n d a n d l i g h t
sources f o r instruments a n d other components o f t h e
alarm system.
1.5.9 D o c u m e n t a t i o n o n c o r r o s i o n p r o t e c t i o n a n d
isolation:
.1 certificates f o r corrosion-protection coatings;
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
.2 s u b s t a n t i a t i o n f o r s e l e c t i o n o f t h e p i p e l i n e
corrosion-resistant coating;
.3 s c h e m e o f t h e p i p e l i n e c o r r o s i o n - p r o t e c t i o n c o a t -
ing a n d isolation;
.4 i n s t r u c t i o n o n p r e p a r a t i o n o f t h e p i p e l i n e s u r f a c e a n d
application o f corrosion-protection coatings a n d isolation;
.5 c a t h o d i c p r o t e c t i o n s c h e m e ( a n o d e s a r r a n g e m e n t ) ;
.6 d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f a n o d e s w e i g h t ;
.7 d o c u m e n t a t i o n f o r e l e c t r i c a l i n s u l a t i n g j o i n t s a n d /
or flanges.
1.5.10 D o c u m e n t a t i o n o n r i s k a n a l y s i s s h a l l b e
prepared i n compliance w i t h Section 10. I t is a l l o w e d t o
p e r f o r m risk analysis f o r t h e subsea pipeline t h r o u g h
t h e stages o f t h e o f f s h o r e f i e l d d e v e l o p m e n t p r o j e c t d e s i g n .
1.5.11 W h e r e n e w c o m p o n e n t s t h a t a r e s i g n i f i c a n t l y
d i f f e r e n t from t h e o r i g i n a l o n e s a n d m e e t t h e r e q u i r e -
ments o f t h e S P R u l e s are m o u n t e d o n t h e subsea
pipeline i n operation, i t is necessary t o submit t o
the Register f o r review a n d approval the additional
technical documentation o n n e w products i n t h e scope
required f o r the subsea pipeline under construction.
1.5.12 I n c a s e s r e f e r r e d t o i n 1 . 3 . 5 , t h e a m o u n t o f
technical documentation t o b e submitted t o the Register
is subject t o special c o n s i d e r a t i o n b y t h e R e g i s t e r i n e a c h
p a r t i c u l a r case.
1.5.13 T h e s t a n d a r d s f o r i n d i v i d u a l m a t e r i a l s a n d
products agreed u p o n w i t h the Register m a y substitute a n
appropriate part o f the technical documentation.
1.5.14 P r i o r t o t h e i r i m p l e m e n t a t i o n , a m e n d m e n t s
made i n the technical documentation approved b y
the Register a n d dealt w i t h t h e components a n d
structures covered b y t h e requirements o f the S P R u l e s
shall b e submitted t o t h eRegister for approval.
1.5.15 T h e t e c h n i c a l d o c u m e n t a t i o n s u b m i t t e d t o
the Register for r e v i e w and approval shall b e prepared i n
such a w a y o r supplied w i t h such additional information
that i t enables t o m a k e sure that t h e requirements o f
the S P Rules are met.
11
1.5.16 T h e c a l c u l a t i o n s n e c e s s a r y f o r d e t e r m i n a t i o n See
Circular
o f the parameters a n d values regulated b y t h e S P Rules
1216
shall b e made i n compliance w i t h t h e provisions o f
the S P Rules o r according t o the procedures agreed u p o n
w i t h t h e Register. T h e procedures a n dmethods used for
calculations shall provide a n adequate accuracy o f t h e
p r o b l e m solution. Computer-aided calculations shall be
made i n accordance w i t h t h e programs having a T y p e
Approval Certificate f o r Computer Program
(form 6.8.5). T h e Register m a y require performance o f
check calculations w i t h t h e a i d o f a n y programme.
T h e Register does n o t check t h e correctness o f c o m p u t -
ing operations i n calculations. T h e basic regulations
regarding approval o f the computeraided calculation
programmes and the calculation procedures are specified
in 12.2, Part I I "Technical Documentation" o f
the Rules for Technical Supervision during Construction
o f Ships a n d Manufacture o f Materials a n d Products
for Ships.
1.5.17 S t a n d a r d s a n d n o r m a t i v e d o c u m e n t s o n
materials a n d products shall b e agreed u p o n f o r
the period o f their validity. W h e n revising t h e standards
and normative documents, they shall b e verified t o take
into account t h e requirements o f t h e current rules a n d
regulations o f the Register.
1.5.18 T h e R S a p p r o v a l o f t h e t e c h n i c a l d o c u m e n t a -
tion is valid for a period o f six years. U p o n expiry o f this
t e r m o r i n case w h e r e t h e i n t e r v a l b e t w e e n t h e date o f
approval and commencement o f the pipeline construction
exceeds three years, t h e documentation shall b e verified
and updated to take account o f the amendments t o the R S
rules.
1.5.19 A p p r o v a l o f t e c h n i c a l d o c u m e n t a t i o n i s
acknowledged b y putting o n i t t h e appropriate stamps
o f the Register. T h e approval o f the documentation b y
the Register does n o t relate t o the elements and structures
contained therein, t o which the requirements o f
the S P R u l e s are n o t applicable.
12 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

2 DESIGN LOADS ACTING ON SUBSEA PIPELINES

2.1 GENERAL 2.2 D E S I G N PRESSURE

2.1.1 D e s i g n loads acting o n t h e subsea pipeline 2.2.1 Design pressure i n t h e pipeline p , i n M P a , 0

shall take into consideration operating conditions, test is d e t e r m i n e d b y the f o r m u l a

loads and loads during pipeline installation. E a c h type o f
loads defined i n 2 . 2 t o 2 . 8 shall b e multiplied b y Po = ( P i - P g min) + A P , (2.2.1)
s i g n i f i c a n c e f a c t o r y. T h e v a l u e s o f f a c t o r s a r e s p e c i f i e d
in Table 2.1.1. where p , = internal w o r k i n g pressure i n the pipeline a s s u m e d i n design,
in M P a ;
2.1.2 Considering the physical p h e n o m e n a l y i n g at p min - m i n i m a l e x t e r n a l h y d r o s t a t i c p r e s s u r e o n t h e p i p e l i n e ,
g

the base o f design loads, the latter m a y b e subdivided as in M P a ;

follows: A p = additional design pressure taking account o f touch-up
pressure o f the transported m e d i u m i n the pipeline and/or
functional loads; pressure o f a hydraulic impact i n the pipeline, i n M P a .
external (natural) loads; A d d i t i o n a l d e s i g n pressure i s determined o n the basis o f the
pipeline hydraulic calculation approved b y the Register.
pipeline installation, laying and test loads;
accidental and special (emergency) loads.
2.1.3 L o a d s due to target p u r p o s e o f subsea pipeline 2.2.2 T h e value o f is determined b y the formula
s y s t e m and its o p e r a t i o n i n accordance w i t h the p u r p o s e
shall b e regarded as functional loads (internal pressure, ^min=P™g(fiUn-V2)10- 6
(2.2.2)
t h e r m a l effects o f transported m e d i u m , seabed soil
3
response, etc.). A l l t h e functional loads affecting t h e where p = density o f sea water (kg/m );
w

g = acceleration d u e t o g r a v i t y (m/s2);
s y s t e m o p e r a b i l i t y at t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n a n d o p e r a t i o n stage dmm = t h e l o w e s t s t i l l w a t e r l e v e l a l o n g t h e p i p e l i n e r o u t e , i n m ,
shall b e considered. taking into account tides a n d storm surge effects
2
w i t h 10 ~ 1 / y e a r p r o b a b i l i t y ;
2.1.4 T h e e x t e r n a l (natural) l o a d s u p o n a subsea
h = design w a v e height o n the pipeline design section, i n m ,
w

pipeline s y s t e m are d u e t o e n v i r o n m e n t a l factors a n d 2

w i t h 10 ~ 1 / y e a r p r o b a b i l i t y .
cannot b e attributed to functional o r special (emergency)
loads. 2 . 2 . 3 T h e v a l u e o f t h e a d d i t i o n a l d e s i g n p r e s s u r e Др,
2.1.5 U n d e r n o r m a t i v e a m b i e n t conditions ( w i n d , in M P a , taking account o f the hydraulic impact shall b e
waves, currents, water a n d a i rtemperature) a n d given n o t less t h a n the v a l u e d e t e r m i n e d b y the f o r m u l a
standard assembly technique, pipeline assembly loads
shall b e determined o n the basis o f installation procedure,
PintEtJC
external (natural) conditions a n d pipeline location io- (2.2.3)
Etr+DintK
characteristics.
2.1.6 Occasional loads (due t o fallen items, fishing where V M - v e l o c i t y o f t h e m e d i u m to b e t r a n s p o r t e d i n t h e p i p e l i n e , i n m / s ;
E = Y o u n g ' s m o d u l u s o f the pipe material, i n M P a ;
gear, etc.) a n d special ( e x t r a o r d i n a r y ) l o a d s as w e l l as К = b u l k m o d u l u s o f the transported m e d i u m , in M P a ;
their emergence probability shall b e subject t o special p,„( = density o f the transported m e d i u m , i n k g / m 3 ;
consideration b y the Register. Dfr,, = internal diameter o f the pipe, i n m m ;
t -
c wall thickness o f the pipe, in m m .

T a b l e 2.1.1
Significance factors of load components у
Type of load Y

W e i g h t o f pipeline a n d auxiliary structures 1,1

Internal pressure:
for g a s pipelines 1,1
for oil- a n d petroleum product pipelines 1,15
E x t e r n a l water pressure w i t h r e g a r d to water level changes due t o tides a n d w a v e s 1,1
Pipeline crowning/burial soil pressure in trench 1,4
Pipeline icing i n case the m e d i a with temperature b e l o w zero are transported 1,4
Seismic 1,1
Current 1,1
Wave 1,15
Wind 1,1
Temperature 1,0
Part I . Subsea pipelines 13

2.2.4 W h e r e special structural measures a r e t a k e n

to reduce t h e h y d r a u l i c impact pressure ( l i m i t a t i o n o f F ,hc = cJf^D ; a (2.5.1-1)
shut-off speed f o r valves, application o f special devices
for protection o f the pipeline against transient processes,
e t c . ) t h e v a l u e o f Ap m a y b e r e d u c e d i n c a l c u l a t i o n s b y F CiV = c -^f^D ;
z a (2.5.1-2)
the value agreed w i t h t h e Register.
Fc = y/F% h +F% V (2.5.1-3)

where V - design current velocity projected o n the normal t o t h e

c
2.3 T E M P E R A T U R E EFFECTS
pipeline axis at the depth o f pipeline installation, i nm / s , a n d
- 2
determined for the given geographical region with 1 0 lfyear
probability dased o n the engineering survey;
3
p = sea water density, i n k g / m ;
2.3.1 F o r a steel subsea pipeline, a x i a l forces arising w

c = pipeline resistance factor determined i n accordance w i t h

x

as a r e s u l t o f p i p e w a l l t e m p e r a t u r e v a r i a t i o n s h a l l b e 2.5.2;
determined. T h e temperature variation i n pipe w a l l metal c = p i p e l i n e r e s i s t a n c e & c t o r i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 2.5.3;
z

D - pipeline outside diameter, i n m .

shall b e accepted equal t o t h e difference between a

the m a x i m u m a n d m i n i m u m possible w a l l temperature

during operation and laying. 2.5.2 T h e resistance factor c , o f a p i p e l i n e l y i n g o n x

2.3.2 T h e m a x i m u m a n d m i n i m u m temperature o f pipe the seabed shall b e determined f r o m t h e diagram

w a l l s d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d o n t h e basis o f i n F i g . 2 . 5 . 2 p r o c e e d i n g from t h e R e y n o l d s n u m b e r Re
ambient temperature, initial temperature o f transferred a n d t h e relative roughness o f e x t e r n a l p i p e surfaces k
m e d i u m a n d p i p e l i n e / m v i r o n m e n t t h e r m a l interface intensity. (corrosion protection o r weight coating) w h i c h shall be
T h e m i n i m u m a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e s h a l l b e deter­ determined b y the formulae:
2
m i n e d f o r a p i p e l i n e w i t h 1 0 ~ 1/year p r o b a b i l i t y based
on t h e engineering survey. Re = V D /v; c a (2.5.2-1)
2.3.3 A l l o w a n c e shall b e made for pipeline shifting
due t o a x i a l t h e r m a l e x p a n s i o n i n areas adjacent t o k = ko/D , a (2.5.2-2)
stationary platforms/subsea structures (subsea m a n i f o l d ,
- 6 2
for instance) a n d w h e r e the pipeline changes its direction w h e r e v = 1,2 - 1 0 m / s — t h e k i n e m a t i c a l v i s c o s i t y o f w a t e r ;
kg = t h e r e l a t i v e v a l u e o f r o u g h n e s s p r o j e c t i o n s o n p i p e e x t e r n a l
(for instance,spool pieces w i t h bends). surface, i n m .

2.4 W E I G H T EFFECTS

2 . 4 . 1 T h e t o t a l l i n e a r l o a d d u e t o w e i g h t forces s h a l l
a c c o u n t f o r t h e w e i g h t o f pipes, p r o t e c t i v e coatings, concrete
coatings a n d ballast, v a r i o u s p i p e l i n e c o m p o n e n t s (anodes,
fittings, T - j o i n t s , etc.), t r a n s p o r t e d m e d i u m , b u o y a n c y forces.
Besides, w h e r e a pipeline shall b e buried i n a trench and/or
c r o w n e d , t h e b u r i a l / c r o w n i n g s o i l pressure s h a l l b e considered.
2.4.2 W h e r e a gas-/air-filled p i p e l i n e h a v i n g p o s i t i v e Uf Re У
b u o y a n c y shall b e buried i n a trench, t h e shear strength
o f t h e burial soil shall be sufficient t o prevent
the pipeline floating-up.
F i g . 2.5.2
2.4.3 I n case a p i p e l i n e i s l a i d o n t h e g r o u n d a n d t h e D e p e n d e n c e o f c factor f r o m the R e y n o l d s n u m b e r
x

transported m e d i u m temperature m a y fall b e l o w zero, and relative roughness o f the pipeline surface:
possible pipeline icing shall b e considered w h e n 1 — k = 0 ; 2 — k = 5,0-Ю" ; 3 — к = 2,0-Ю" ; 4 3

d e t e r m i n i n g t h e b u o y a n c y forces. 4 — к - 4 , 0 - 1 0 ; 5 — к - 5 , 0 4 0 ; 6 — к= 7,0-Ю" ;
- 3 - 3 3

7 — к = 9 , 0 1 0 ; 8 — к= 2 , 0 - Ю "
_ 3 2

2.5 C U R R E N T LOADS
2.5.3 T h e resistance factor c o f a pipeline l y i n g o n z

the seabed shall b e adopted equal t o 0 , 8 . W h e r e

2.5.1 L i n e a r loads: horizontal F , vertical F c h c v
the distance b e t w e e n t h e pipeline a n d seabed is equal
a n d t o t a l F d u e t o current, i n N / m , are determined b y
c
t o d, t h e f a c t o r s c a n d c s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d from t h e
x z

the formulae: diagram i n F i g . 2.5.3.

14 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

2.6.4 V e r t i c a l linear w a v e load F W i V , in N/m,

•
is d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e f o r m u l a
1,2 i
u U 1
1,0
;
•
F _ =c ^^D
w v v a (2.6.4)
j
0,8 L j •
w h e r e c„ = r e f e r t o 2.6.5.

5? 0,6 •\. •
™ " ,—
"* 2 . 6 . 5 T h e f a c t o r s c с,- a n d s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d o n
d
0,4 •
the basis o f w a v e characteristics, subsea p i p e l i n e parameters
0,2 •
a n d l o c a t i o n , as stipulated i n A p p e n d i x 6 w h i c h also
0,0
considers t h e c o m b i n e d w a v e a n d current loads.
0,2 0,4 0,6 0,
dlD 2.6.6 L i n e a r w a v e loads F i n N / m , d u e t o w a v e s b
a

impacts o n t h e pipeline surface, i n t h e splash z o n e a r e

F i g . 2.5.3
determined b ythe formula
Factors c a n d c depending o n the relative distance o f the pipeline
x z

f r o m t h e s e a b e d d/D a

F a = l,6 P w VaD a (2.6.6)

2.6 W A V E L O A D S A N D W I N D LOADS
w h e r e Vi - d e s i g n surface w a v e particle v e l o c i t y p r o j e c t e d o n t h e
s

n o r m a l t o the pipeline axis, i n m/s, a n d determined for t h e

- 2
given geographical region with 1 0 1/year p r o b a b i l i t y f o r
2.6.1 Horizontal linear w a v e load o n the pipeline is the m o s t w a v e hazardous direction based o nthe engineering
survey.
calculated as superposition o f resistance forces F , a n d W i S

inertia forces F , i n N / m , according t o t h e f o r m u l a e :

W i 2.6.7 L i n e a r w i n d loads F , i n N / m , f o r t h e W t d

p i p e l i n e s e c t i o n s a t a d i s t a n c e z, i n m , a b o v e t h e s t i l l
water level are determined b ythe formula
F , w s = c a ^ - D . ; (2.6.1-1)
2
F , w d = 0 , 2 3 p X z°' D , d a (2.6.7)

F = c^f^Di (2.6.1-2) w h e r e p„ = a i r d e n s i t y , i n k g / m ;
W l i
V = d e s i g n w i n d velocity, determined for the g i v e n geographical
Kll
- 2
region whith 1 0 1/year p r o b a b i l i t y , i n m / s .
w h e r e p D - r e f e r t o F o r m u l a e (2.5.1-1) a n d (2.5.1-2).
m a

f o r V Oy, = r e f e r t o 2.6.2;
m

for с c, = resistance factors o fu n d u l a t o r y m o t i o n o f w a t e r particles,

л

r e f e r t o 2.6.5.
2.7 V A R I A B L E H Y D R O D Y N A M I C LOADS

2.6.2 T h e design w a v e particle velocity V i n m/s, m

2
and acceleration a , i n m/s , projected onto t h e n o r m a l
w 2.7.1 F o r subsea pipelines laid o n the seabed and not
to t h e pipeline axis at t h e depth o f pipeline installation b u r i e d t h e r e i n as w e l l as f o r those l a i d i n o p e n trenches
shall b e determined f o r t h e given geographical region a n d h a v i n g free s p a n s i n t h e i r l o c a t i o n , v a r i a b l e ( c y c l i c )
2
w i t h a n exceedance p r o b a b i l i t y o f 1 0 ~ 1/year f o r t h e dynamic loads d u e t o vortex induced vibrations,
m o s t w a v e hazardous direction according to the results o f i.e. v o r t e x s h e d d i n g b y t h e p i p e surface w h e n w a s h e d
a direct engineering survey lengthwise o f t h e subsea b y thewater flow, shall b e determined.
pipeline route. 2.7.2 F o r subsea pipelines, t h e p h e n o m e n o n o f the
A p p e n d i x 5 provides t h e recommended data o n t h e above variable hydrodynamic load emergence shall b e
above components o f t h e w a v e particle velocity a n d c o n t e m p l a t e d w i t h R e y n o l d s n u m b e r s Ле>300, as
acceleration depending o n t h e sea depth, height a n d determined b yF o r m u l a (2.5.2-1).
period o f waves w i t h a n exceedance probability o f 2.7.3 T o exclude resonance phenomena, in-line
2
1 0 ~ 1/year, w h i c h s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d a c c o r d i n g t o t h e m o t i o n a n d cross-flow variable h y d r o d y n a m i c loads,
results o f the engineering survey. T h e Register reference frequencies o f these loads application a n d eigen-vibra-
data o n w i n d a n d w a v e conditions m a y b e used f o r t i o n frequencies o f the pipeline shall b e determined f o r
specifying the w a v e height and period i n those regions o f subsea pipelines specified i n 2.7.2.
sea w a t e r areas w h e r e i n these v a l u e s w e r e d e t e r m i n e d . 2.7.4 W h e n d e t e r m i n i n g variable h y d r o d y n a m i c
2.6.3 T h e total horizontal w a v e load F , inN/m,
W i h loads, stationary components o f h y d r o d y n a m i c flow
is d e t e r m i n e d b y the f o r m u l a (current) a n d periodically changing wave-induced velo­
c i t i e s a n d a c c e l e r a t i o n s o f w a t e r flow i n t h e n e a r - b o t t o m
area shall b e considered.
F ,h —j F l , + F l j .
w s (2.6.3) 2.7.5 T o determine t h e d y n a m i c response o f subsea
pipelines under conditions o f vortex induced vibrations,
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 15

the f o l l o w i n g h y d r o d y n a m i c parameters shall b e calcu­ is a v a i l a b l e , s t r u c t u r a l m o d a l d a m p i n g r a t i o o f f ^ . = 0 , 0 0 5

lated: can be assumed, i f a concrete w e i g h t coating
.1 reduced v e l o c i t y o f £ЙГ = 0 , 0 1 — 0 , 0 2 i s p r e s e n t ;
.2 s o i l m o d a l d a m p i n g r a t i o , l^oti, m a y b e a d o p t e d a s
V R = {V + c V )/foD
w a (2.7.5.1) CsoiV = 0 , 0 1 i n a first a p p r o x i m a t i o n ;
.3 h y d r o d y n a m i c m o d a l d a m p i n g r a t i o C, ( w i t h i n t h e
h
_ 1
where f = natural frequency for a given vibration mode, i n s
0 ; lock-in region, £ = 0). A
V = t o b e d e t e r m i n e d b y F o r m u l a e (2.5.1-1) a n d (2.5.1-2);
c

f o r V = r e f e r t o 2.6.2.
w
2.7.7 T h e e f f e c t i v e m a s s , m , i n k g / m , s h a l l b e
e

determined b y the formula

.2 f o r K e u l e g a n - C a r p e n t e r n u m b e r — r e f e r t o F o r ­
m u l a (1), Appendix 6; m = \m(s)<$> (s)ds/
e
2 2
\<$> (s)ds (2.7.7)
.3 c u r r e n t f l o w v e l o c i t y r a t i o L L

w h e r e ф(л) = t h e a s s u m e d p i p e l i n e v i b r a t i o n m o d e s a t i s f y i n g t h e
«= V /(VC C + V );
w
(2.7.5.3) boundary conditions;
m(s) = t h e m a s s p e r u n i t o f p i p e l i n e l e n g t h i n c l u d i n g s t r u c t u r a l
mass, added m a s s a n d transported m e d i u m mass, i n k g / m ;
.4 t u r b u l e n c e i n t e n s i t y
L - free s p a n length, i n m .

I c =aJV c (2.7.5.4)

where a c - standard deviation o f perturbation o f the velocity 2.8 S E I S M I C LOADS

fluctuations, in m/s.

.5 r e l a t i v e a n g l e b e t w e e n f l o w a n d p i p e l i n e d i r e c t i o n , 2.8.1 T h e s t r e n g t h o f s t e e l s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s s h a l l b e
Э /, i n r a d . ;
ге checked under seismic loads. S e i s m i c resistance o f
.6 s t a b i l i t y p a r a m e t e r subsea pipelines t o factors m e n t i o n e d b e l o w shall b e
assessed b y c a l c u l a t i o n i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 3 . 7 , P a r t I
(2.7.5.6) "Subsea Pipelines" o f the S P Rules:
Strength L e v e l Earthquake ( S L E ) once i n 100-years
repeatability;
w h e r e £ = total m o d a l d a m p i n g ratio;
r

m = effective mass, i n kg/m.

e
Ductility L e v e l Earthquake ( D L E ) once i n 5 0 0 years.
2.8.2 T h e b a s i c r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r d e s i g n e x t e r n a l
2.7.6 T h e t o t a l m o d a l d a m p i n g r a t i o L, c o m p r i s e s :
T factors f o r t h e seismic resistance assessment o f subsea
. 1 s t r u c t u r a l d a m p i n g r a t i o , C^n i s d u e t o i n t e r n a l pipelines are specified i n A p p e n d i x 8.
friction forces o f t h e material. I f n o i n f o r m a t i o n
16 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

3 STRENGTH OF SUBSEA PIPELINES

3.1 G E N E R A L
3.1.1 T h e s t r e n g t h a n a l y s i s o f s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s
shall b e based o n classical o r semi-empirical procedures
and numerical methods that take into consideration
the c o m b i n a t i o n o f actual external loads, boundary
conditions a n d resistance parameters o f pipes deviating
from r e g u l a r r o u n d s h a p e .
3.2 D E T E R M I N A T I O N O F T H E S T E E L
W A L L THICKNESS
3.2.1 S e l e c t i o n o f t h e s t e e l s u b s e a p i p e l i n e w a l l
thickness, w h i c h is o n e o f t h e most important design
stages, shall b e based o n t h e necessity t o ensure
the pipeline strength (stability) a n d required safety level.
T h e calculations shall b e m a d e for the m o s t unfavorable
c o m b i n a t i o n o f possible loads.
3.2.2 T h e w a l l t h i c k n e s s o f t h e s t e e l p i p e l i n e s h a l l b e
determined based o n the f o l l o w i n g conditions:
local strength o f t h e pipeline characterized b y
t h e m a x i m u m v a l u e s o f h o o p stresses;
adequate local buckling o f the pipeline.
3.2.3 T h e w a l l t h i c k n e s s t o f t h e s t e e l p i p e l i n e , i n m m ,
c T h e values o f n и n b a s e d o n the p i p e l i n e class are
approved b y t h e Register a n d manufactured at t h e firms
recognized b y t h e Register.
F o r other welded expanded pipes (longitudinally
w e l d e d w i t h o n e o r t w o welds a n d spiral w e l d e d pipes),
t h e s t r e n g t h f a c t o r cp s h a l l b e a d o p t e d p r o c e e d i n g from
the w a l l thickness:
0,9 w h e r e t h e w a l l t h i c k n e s s d o e s n o t e x c e e d 2 0 m m ;
0,85 f o r b i g g e r w a l l t h i c k n e s s .
Application o f welded non-expanded pipes shall n o t
b e r e c o m m e n d e d . I f t h e y a r e u s e d , t h e s t r e n g t h f a c t o r cp
PIPELINE s h a l l b e e q u a l t o 0,85.
T h e v a l u e s o f s t r e n g t h f a c t o r cp m a y b e i n c r e a s e d a s
compared t o those mentioned above i f this opportunity is
p r o v e d b y a full-scale burst test o f t h e pipes i n
accordance w i t h t h e RS-approved program.
3.2.5 P e r m i s s i b l e s t r e s s a s h a l l b e t a k e n e q u a l t o t h e
least o f the f o l l o w i n g values:
{Re R m \ 1
(3.2.5)
a = mm^n ' n j
e
where R e - m i n i m u m yield stress o f the pipe metal, i n M P a ;
R - m m i n i m u m tensile strength o f the pipe metal, i n M P a ;
n - e strength factor i n terms o f yield stress;
n - m strength factor i n terms o f tensile strength.
e m

based o n local strength calculations, is determined b y the g i v e n i n T a b l e 3.2.5.

formula 3.2.6 T o t a l m a x i m u m s t r e s s e s i n t h e p i p e l i n e а , тгх

i n M P a , caused b y t h e internal a n d external pressures,

(3.2.3) l o n g i t u d i n a l forces ( e . g d u e t o t h e r m a l expansion and/or
elastic b e n d i n g o f t h e p i p e l i n e sections), as w e l l as t h e
where p 0 design pressure i n the pipeline, i n M P a , determined i n external loads referred t o i n Section 2 w i t h regard t o
a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 2.2;
outside diameter o f the pipe, i n m m ;
the pipeline out-of-roundness shall n o t exceed t h e
CT - p e r m i s s i b l e s t r e s s o f t h e p i p e m a t e r i a l ( r e f e r to 3.2.5), i n M P a ; p e r m i s s i b l e stresses:
Ф strength factor determined depending o n thepipe manufac­
:

t u r i n g m e t h o d ( r e f e r t o 3.2.4);
c\ - c o r r o s i o n a l l o w a n c e ( r e f e r t o 7.2.1), i n m m ;
c = manufacturing tolerance, i n m m .
2 cfmax - Jo 2
+ol —a ap x h p +3T 2
< k R
a e (3.2.6)
3.2.4 F o r s e a m l e s s p i p e s , t h e s t r e n g t h f a c t o r cp s h a l l
b e e q u a l t o 1,0 f o r s e a m l e s s p i p e s a n d w e l d e d p i p e s w h e r e rs = t o t a l l o n g i t u d i n a l s t r e s s e s , i n M P a ;
x

Table 3.2.5
Strength factors n e and n K

Pipeline Subsea section Shore a n d offshore sections

class in protected area
ne nm
ne nm

L, L I 1,18 1,75 1,23 1,78

L2 1,22 1,88 1,28 1,92
L3 1,25 2,0 1,33 2,05
G, G l 1,18 1,75 1,23 1,78
G2 1,20 1,78 1,27 1,81
G3 1,22 1,81 1,33 1,92

N o t e s : 1. T h e protected area o f the o n s h o r e pipeline sections i s the m a i n pipeline sections f r o m the isolation v a l v e nearest t o the shoreline
a n d f u r t h e r a l o n g t h e s e a b e d a t a d i s t a n c e n o t l e s s t h a n 500 m .
2. U p o n a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r s t r e n g t h f a c t o r s m a y b e r e d u c e d i n m a k i n g s p e c i a l o v e r a l l a n d l o c a l s t r e n g t h c a l c u l a t i o n s , h a v i n g
regard to the particular local conditions i n the area o f pipeline laying and pipeline position o n the seabed.
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 17

Ohp - t o t a l h o o p s t r e s s e s , i n M P a ; 3.3.4 D e p e n d i n g o n e l a s t i c a n d p l a s t i c p r o p e r t i e s o f
x = tangential (shear) stresses, i n M P a ;
k„ - strength factor i n terms o ftotal stresses. the pipe material a n d w i t h certain ratio between the pipe
diameter a n d w a l l thickness, the level o f hoop c o m ­
S t r e n g t h factors k based o n t h e p i p e l i n e class are
a
pressive stresses m a y reach t h e y i e l d stress w i t h
specified i n Table 3.2.6. a n increase o f t h e external load e v e n before b u c k l i n g
o c c u r s . T h e v a l u e o f b u c k l i n g p r e s s u r e Py, i n M P a ,
is d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e f o l l o w i n g f o r m u l a :
3.3 S T E E L S U B S E A P I P E L I N E C A L C U L A T I O N S
2Ret c
FOR BUCKLING (COLLAPSE) Py (3.3.4)
UNDER HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE Д int
where D - internal diameter o f the pipe, i nm m ;
i n t

R = r e f e r t o F o r m u l a (3.2.5);
e
3.3.1 A l o n g w i t h t h e c a l c u l a t i o n s f o r t h e i n t e r n a l t - wall thickness o fthe pipe, i n m m
c

pressure effect, t h e subsea p i p e l i n e s h a l l b e m a n d a t o r y

subjected t o strength analysis i n terms o f external 3.3.5 B e a r i n g c a p a c i t y o f t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e c r o s s -
hydrostatic pressurepe p (refer t o 3.3.3) capable t o
e section f o r pure b u c k l i n g under t h e external pressure
cause b u c k l i n g o f t h e pipeline w a l l at certain depths o r shall be determined b y the f o r m u l a
cause h o o p compressive stresses i n excess o f
the permissible values (refer t o 3.2.6). p ^k pg
c c Z (3.3.5-1)
3.3.2 S t r e n g t h a n a l y s i s o f s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s f o r p u r e
buckling shall be made for the most unfavorable where p - bearing capacity o f the pipeline cross-section, i nM P a ,
c

d e t e r m i n e d b y F o r m u l a (3.3.5-2);
conditions, i.e. f o r the m i n i m u m possible internal к - s t r e n g t h f a c t o r d e t e r m i n e d f r o m T a b l e 3.3.5;
с

pressure a n d t h e m a x i m u m hydrostatic pressure: Pgmax - m a x i m u m external pressure acting o n the pipeline, i n M P a ,

generally t h e m i n i m u m internal pressure takes place d e t e r m i n e d b y F o r m u l a (3.3.5-3);

during construction and drying o f the pipeline internal

surface after h y d r a u l i c tests ( i n s u c h cases, i t w i l l b e (3.3.5-2)
+

e q u a l t o t h e a t m o s p h e r i c pressure o r e v e n less w h e r e № РГ
v a c u u m is used f o r drying);
where p a n d p = critical loads i n terms o f elastic a n d plastic b u c k l i n g
e y
the m a x i m u m water depth corresponds t o the d e t e r m i n e d b y F o r m u l a e (3.3.3) a n d (3.3.4) r e s p e c t i v e l y ;
m a x i m u m hydrostatic pressure, t a k i n g into account t h e k f - p i p e out-of-roundness factor,
tides a n d s t o r m surges, seasonal a n d m a n y - y e a r fluctua­
tions o fthe sea level. kf= 1-0,043(88-f^)v% (3.3.5-3)
tc
3.3.3 T h e v a l u e o f t h e c r i t i c a l e x t e r n a l p r e s s u r e o n
the p i p e l i n e p , i n M P a , that causes b u c k l i n g o f the cross-
e
where f = p i p e o u t - o f - r o u n d n e s s a s d e t e r m i n e d b y F o r m u l a (3.3.5-5).
0

section b u t does n o t initiate plastic deformations i n 6

the pipe w a l l ( s o called elastic b u c k l i n g ) m a y b e P m *=

g a Pwg(fiUx + hJ2)lO~ (3.3.5-4)
3

determined b y formula where p = sea water density, i n k g / m ;

w
2
g = gravity acceleration, i n m / s ;
dmsoL — t h e h i g h e s t s t i l l w a t e r l e v e l a l o n g t h e p i p e l i n e r o u t e , i n m ,
- 2
taking into account tides a n d storm surges w i t h 1 0 1/year
3
2E ( t c \ probability;
2
(3.3.3) к,, = d e s i g n w a v e h e i g h t o n a c e r t a i n p i p e l i n e s e c t i o n , i n m ,
-Ц W 2
w i t h 1 0 ~ 1/year probability.

where E - Young's modulus o fthe pipe material, i n M P a ; Рд m a x Рд r

ц = Poisson's ratio; fo = (3.3.5-5)
D - a outside diameter o fthe pipe, i n m m ;
t -c wall thickness o fthe pipe, i n m . where D a m ! O L andD a - m a x i m u m a n d m i n i m u m outside diameter o f
m i n

the pipe respectively, i nm m .

Table 3.2.6
Strength factors i n terms o ftotal stresses k a

Pipeline
class F o r normal operational conditions F o r short-term loads during construction
a n d hydraulic tests
L, L I 0,8 0,95
L2 0,727 0,864
L3 0,696 0,826
G, G l 0,8 0,95
G2 0,762 0,905
G3 0,727 0,864
18 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

T a b l e 3.3.5 compression shall b e taken equal t o 0,8 o f the m i n i m u m

Strength factor k for pipeline pure buckling calculation
c
p i p e m a t e r i a l y i e l d stress.
Pipeline class К

L, L I 1,5 3.5 S T E E L S U B S E A P I P E L I N E P R O P A G A T I O N
L2 1,65 BUCKLING ANALYSIS
L3 1,8
G, G l 1,4
G2
3.5.1 P r o p a g a t i o n b u c k l i n g m e a n s p r o p a ­
1,5
G3 1,65 gation o f the local buckling o f the subsea pipeline cross-
section along t h e pipeline route. Propagation buckling
occurs w h e n t h e external hydrostatic pressure at large
depths exceeds t h e critical value
3.4 S T E E L S U B S E A P I P E L I N E L O C A L
3.5.2 T h e c r i t i c a l v a l u e o f h y d r o s t a t i c p r e s s u r e p , p
BUCKLING ANALYSIS
in M P a , at w h i c h propagation buckling m a y occur is
determined b y the formula
3.4.1 L o c a l b u c k l i n g means buckling o f
2A
the pipe initial shape i n the f o r m o f breaking o r distortion p p = 24R (jf) e (3.5.2-1)
under t h e external hydrostatic pressure, longitudinal
forces a n d b e n d i n g m o m e n t . where t - wall thickness o fthe pipe, i n m m ;
c

D - outside diameter o f the pipe, i n m m ;

a
3.4.2 A n a l y s i s o f t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e f o r b u c k l i n g Re - m i n i m u m y i e l d s t r e s s o f t h e p i p e m a t e r i a l , i n M P a .
during laying under the loads referred t o i n 3.4.1 shall b e
made according t o the inequality Propagation buckling m a y b e avoided provided that
the f o l l o w i n g inequality i s met:

< 3 A 2 1
О ^ Г + ^ Г + ф * * * . - » Pp > 1 , 2 / ^ m a x (3.5.2-2)

where p - critical external pressure, w h i c h causes local b u c k l i n g o f

c where p g i s d e t e r m i n e d b y F o r m u l a (3.3.5-4).
t h e p i p e , i n M P a , a n d d e t e r m i n e d b y F o r m u l a (3.3.5-2);
M c = critical b e n d i n g m o m e n t , i n k N m , determined b y the formula
M = ( Д „ + фА,™- ; 6
(3.4.2-2)
W h e r e inequality (3.5.2-2) is n o t m e t , structural
c (

T = critical longitudinal force, i nk N , determined b y the formula

c
measures shall b e taken t o prevent propagation buckling
T = к(р
c + дгАЮ" ; ш
3
(3.4.2-3) o f subsea pipeline o r its section.
P g ma* - refer t o F o r m u l a (3.3.5-4); 3.5.3 I n o r d e r t o p r e v e n t p r o p a g a t i o n b u c k l i n g ( f o r
M - d e s i g n b e n d i n g m o m e n t determined w i t h regard t o lateral
subsea pipeline protection) t h e f o l l o w i n g measures shall
forces d u e t o waves, wind, current and bending m o m e n t s
during pipeline laying b y various methods, i n k N m ; be taken:
T = d e s i g n l o n g i t u d i n a l f o r c e d e t e r m i n e d w i t h r e g a r d to l o n g i t u d i n a l increase i n w a l l thickness o f the pipeline along w i t h
forces during pipeline laying b y various methods, i n k N ;
p , M a n d T = bearing capacity o fthe pipeline with regard to certain
increase o f the sea depth;
c c c

t y p e s o f acting l o a d s (rated v a l u e s o f i n d i v i d u a l force factors, installation o f b u c k l e arresters.

p r o v i d e d there are n o other types o f loads);
D b , , , t a n d R = r e f e r t o F o r m u l a (3.3.4);
c e

n - s a f e t y & c t o r t a k e n f r o m T a b l e 3.4.2 m a y b e r e d u c e d u p o n
c

a g r e e m e n t w i t h the R e g i s t e r after p e r f o r m a n c e o f testing o n 3.6 S T E E L S U B S E A P I P E L I N E F A T I G U E A N A L Y S I S

the pipe specimens;
щ, n и л = & c t o r s d e t e r m i n e d e x p e r i m e n t a l l y o n t h e p i p e s p e c i m e n s
2 3

u n d e r the c o m b i n e d loads, u s i n g the procedure a p p r o v e d b y

t h e R e g i s t e r . W h e r e i n e q u a K l y (3.4.2-1) i s m e t a t щ - л = щ = 1 , 2 3.6.1 G e n e r a l
n o m o r e exact determination is Bather required.
3.6.1.1 P i p e l i n e s t r e n g t h s h a l l b e c h e c k e d i n t e r m s o f
fatigue criterion o n t h e basis o f t h e linear accumulated
T a b l e 3.4.2
damage hypothesis (Miner's Rule):
Safety factor n c

for pipeline local buckling analysis

3 6 u
Pipeline class 1 щ д | ) ^ < - - >
L, L I L2 L3 G, G l G2 G3
where m = n u m b e r o f stress blocks;
л,(Аст ) = n u m b e r o f s t r e s s c y c l e s i n e a c h s t r e s s b l o c k ;
(
1,2 1,4 1,6 1,1 1,3 1,5 iV,(AcT,) = a p p r o p r i a t e p o i n t s o n t h e p i p e m a t e r i a l & t i g u e c u r v e i n e a c h
stress block;
ACT, = c h a n g e i n stresses d u r i n g a stress cycle determined a s a n
3.4.3 I n t h e c a l c u l a t i o n s o f s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s f o r algebraic difference o f the highest a n d t h e lowest stresses
during a cycle;
b u c k l i n g (collapse), t h e v a l u e o f y i e l d stress i n
n = s a f e t y f a c t o r t a k e n i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h T a b l e 3.6.1.1.
y

c o m p r e s s i o n u n d e r t h e c o m b i n e d effect o f b e n d i n g a n d
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 19

Table 3.6.1.1 3.6.2.4 T h e e i g e n f r e q u e n c i e s a n d e i g e n m o d e s o f

Safety factor n for pipeline fatigue analysis
y
vibrations o f subsea p i p e l i n e w i t h free spans w i l l b e
Pipeline class d e t e r m i n e d o n t h e basis o f n u m e r i c a l m o d e l l i n g . I n this
L, L I L2 L3 G, G l G2 G3 case, i t w o u l d b e necessary t o :
establish t h e static e q u i l i b r i u m p o s i t i o n ;
3,0 5,0 8,0 3,0 4,0 5,5
determine t h e eigen frequencies o f pipeline v i b r a t i o n ;
linearize the pipe-to-soil interaction problem;
3.6.1.2 F a t i g u e s t r e n g t h a s s e s s m e n t s h a l l t a k e i n t o assess t h e g e o m e t r i c n o n - l i n e a r i t y effects u p o n t h e
account a s y m m e t r i c n a t u r e o f c y c l e stress a n d t w o - d y n a m i c response o f t h e s y s t e m u n d e r c o n s i d e r a t i o n .
d i m e n s i o n a l stress o f t h e p i p e m a t e r i a l . 3.6.2.5 T h e p i p e l i n e s t r e n g t h u n d e r v o r t e x - i n d u c e d
3.6.1.3 T h e p i p e m a t e r i a l f a t i g u e c u r v e m a y b e vibrations w i l l b e verified b y the fatigue criterion o n the
o b t a i n e d b y m e a n s o f s p e c i a l t e s t s o r t a k e n from a n basis o f 3 . 6 . 1 .
applicable international o r national standard (such
as G O S T 2 5 8 5 9 - 8 3 ) a n d a g r e e d w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r
(refer t o 5.5.7). 3.7 S T E E L S U B S E A P I P E L I N E S E I S M I C F O R C E S A N A L Y S I S
3.6.1.4 T h e f o l l o w i n g s h a l l b e t a k e n i n t o c o n s i d e r a ­
tion i n fatigue analysis:
operational cycles o f pressure fluctuations b e t w e e n 3.7.1 U n d e r S L E , a s u b s e a b u r i e d / c r o w n e d p i p e l i n e
start a n d stop; shall remain i n n o r m a l operating condition w i t h
stress cycles d u r i n g repeated pressure tests; the following provision met:
stress cycles caused b y c o n s t r a i n t o f t e m p e r a t u r e
deformation i n operation; e < 0,1 %
M (3.7.1)
vibration caused b y v o r t e x separation d u e t o under­
water currents; where e - total b e n d i n g strain o f pipe metal, a s determined b y
M

numerical m e t h o d s o n t h e basis o f t h e M i s e s criterion

periodical w a v e loads;
p i p e g e o m e t r y d e v i a t i o n s from t h e r e g u l a r r o u n d
shape (including pipelines i n operation f o l l o w i n g
the results o f inspections).
3.6.2 D y n a m i c r e s p o n s e m o d e l f o r s u b s e a p i p e l i n e
under variable hydrodynamic loads.
3.6.2.1 I n - l i n e v o r t e x - i n d u c e d v i b r a t i o n s ( V T V ) .
3.6.2.1.1 F o r a free s p a n , t h e i n - l i n e a m p l i t u d e
response d u e t o v o r t e x shedding depends o n t h e reduced
velocity, V , t h e stability parameter K, t h e turbulence
R s
intensity I a n d t h e f l o w angle 0 (refer t o 2.7.5 t o 2.7.7).
c r e /
3.6.2.1.2 T h e b a s i c r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r d y n a m i c r e s p o n s e
m o d e l o f free-span i n l i n e v i b r a t i o n s d u e t o v o r t e x s h e d d i n g
shall b e found i n Section 1 o f A p p e n d i x 7.
3.6.2.2 C r o s s - f l o w v o r t e x - i n d u c e d v i b r a t i o n s ( V T V ) .
( r e f e r t o S e c t i o n 4 o f A p p e n d i x 8).
3.7.2 U n d e r D L E , n o b r e a k s o r u n s e a l i n g a r e a s s h a l l
appear i n a subsea pipeline. T h e f o l l o w i n g damages are
permissible: pipe corrugation, local stability loss i n pipe
w a l l s , o v e r a l l pipeline stability loss, partial cracks i n
w e l d s , i f their size i s p e r m i t t e d b y p e r f o r m a n c e standards
(refer t o 4.1.3 o f the S P Guidelines).
3.7.3 T h e s e i s m i c r e s i s t a n c e o f a s u b s e a p i p e l i n e
under D L E shall be considered w e l l warranted, i f t h e
following conditions are m e t .
3.7.3.1 T h e m a x i m u m v a l u e o f t h e s t r u c t u r a l
bending strains o f pipe m e t a l under M i s e s c r i t e r i o n , ^ ,
s h a l l n o t e x c e e d 2 %.
3.7.3.2. M a x i m u m c o m p r e s s i v e s t r a i n , e , s h a l l n o t
N

3.6.2.2.1 F o r a free s p a n , t h e c r o s s - f l o w a m p l i t u d e exceed t h e axial pipe corrugation strains e : c

response d u e t o v o r t e x shedding shall b e affected b y

several parameters, i n t h e first place, t h e reduced (3.7.3.2)
v e l o c i t y , V , t h e K e u l e g a n - C a r p e n t e r n u m b e r , КС,
R

the current f l o w v e l o c i t y ratio, a , t h e stability parameter, K. s The pipe corrugation strain e shall correspond t o
c

3.6.2.2.2 T h e b a s i c r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r d y n a m i c r e s p o n s e the peak point o f the diagram 'longitudinal compression

m o d e l o f free-span cross-flow vibrations d u e t o v o r t e x force — axial pipe corrugation a n d shall b e determined
shedding shall b e found i n Section 2 o f A p p e n d i x 7. b y means o f pipe testing at the RS-recognized laboratory
3.6.2.3 T h e d i m e n s i o n l e s s a d d e d m a s s f a c t o r f o r or b y t h e R S - a p p r o v e d calculation procedure.
calculation, w h i c h applies f o r b o t h s m o o t h a n d r o u g h To simulate t h e pipe behaviour i n t h e process o f
p i p e s u r f a c e s , s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d from t h e f o r m u l a stability loss, a calculation shall b e m a d e b y n u m e r i c a l
methods (refer t o Section 4 o f A p p e n d i x 8 ) a n d bearing
1,6
°' 6 8 +
1 5(<Ю ) for
^<0,8 the physical a n d geometrical non-linearity i n m i n d .
+ а

(3.6.2.3) 3.7.3.3 T h e m a x i m u m t e n s i l e s t r a i n s h a l l n o t
1 for d/D > 0 , 8 a e x c e e d 2 %.
I n t h i s case, t h e f o l l o w i n g general r e q u i r e m e n t s h a l l
w h e r e d / D - r e f e r t o 2.5.3 a n d A p p e n d i x 6.
a met:
20 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

(3.7.3.3) pipeline sections shall b e m a d e w i t h d u e regard f o r

eventual soil displacement.
where R , - m i n i m a l yield stress o fw e l d metal, i n M P a ;
e w
3.7.7 T h e r e s u l t s o f a n a l y t i c a l a n d n u m e r i c a l
R = m i n i m a l yield stress for base m e t a l o fthe pipe, i n M P a .
e
solutions considered above shall b e substantiated b y
3.7.3.4 F o r t h e c a s e o f p i p e b e n d i n g s t r a i n , t h e l a b o r a t o r y o r full-scale tests as r e q u i r e d b y t h e Register.
following proportion shall b e observed between t h e
s t r u c t u r a l s t r a i n , e a n d t h e c r i t i c a l s t r a i n , 8/, „ :
M

3.8 S T R E N G T H C A L C U L A T I O N F O R S T R U C T U R A L
(3.7.3.4-1) C O M P O N E N T S O FT H E P I P E L I N E C O N S I S T I N G
OF FLEXIBLE PIPES
where 0 = pipe out-of-roundness parameter,

3.8.1 T e r m s r e l a t i n g t o u n b o n d e d f l e x i b l e p i p e s .
4 c (3.7.3.4-2)
2D > a O u t e r s h e a t h means a n extruded polymer layer
used t o protect t h e flexible pipe against t h e seawater,
corrosion, abrasion a n d keep t h e axial armoring layer i n
, / 1 +(g£ (3.7.3.4-3)
=
design position.
V l + ( a * /
I n t e r n a l p r e s s u r e s h e a t h means an ex­
truded p o l y m e r layer that ensures t h e pipe integrity
(prevents leakage o f transported m e d i u m i n t h e environ­
/ = > ^ ) 2
- (3.7.3.4-4)
ment).
w h e r e 9 = initial p i p e out-of-roundness, w h i c h i n the absence o f actual
0
C a r c a s s means a n interlocked metal construction
data from the pipe supplier shall b e adopted as permissible that c a n b e u s e d as t h e i n n e r m o s t l a y e r t o p r e v e n t
a c c o r d i n g t o T a b l e 4.5.5.3-2 f o r t h e p i p e b o d y ;
collapse o f the internal pressure sheath (or pipe) d u e t o
radial loads (internal a n d external hydrostatic pressure,
_ *~>cr . (3.7.3.4-5)
Ые ' local loads).
Unbonded f l e x i b l e p i p e means a pipe
= _ E _ ( J c \ \ construction consisting o f separate u n b o n d e d (unglued)
°cr l_ 2 \ J >
V L D a
(3.7.3.4-6) p o l y m e r a n d metal layers that allows relative m o v e m e n t
between t h e layers.
f o r D , t , Re, E , ц = r e f e r t o F o r m u l a e (3.2.5) a n d (3.3.3);
a c

\|f = a r e d u c t i o n f a c t o r t o b e d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e f o r m u l a A x i a l a r m o r i n g l a y e r means a structural

layer m a d e o f the h e l i c a l l y w o u n d e d m e t a l stripes w i t h
(3.7.3.4-7) a l a y a n g l e 20° t o 55° t h a t p r o v i d e s t h e p i p e r e s i s t a n c e t o
V
V 4 v
« / 2 R e the a x i a l forces a n d internal pressure.
where a x = compressive longitudinal stresses, i n M P a , w h i c h are Intermediate s h e a t h means an extruded
conventionally considered to b e positive. p o l y m e r layer that prevents t h econtact abrasion o f metal
layers.
3.7.4 U n d e r S L E , a n o n - b u r i e d s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s h a l l R a d i a l a r m o r i n g l a y e r means a layer made
remain i n normal operation condition, a n dthefollowing o f t h e i n t e r l o c k e d m e t a l stripes w i t h a l a y angle close
requirement shall be met: t o 90° t h a t i n c r e a s e s t h e r e s i s t a n c e o f t h e f l e x i b l e p i p e
to t h e local loads.
(3.7.4-1) I n s u l a t i o n l a y e r means a material layer w i t h
l o w thermal conductivity that provides insulating proper­
where c r , ^ = total m a x i m u m stresses i nthe pipeline to b edetermined ties o f the f l e x i b l e pipe.
o n t h e b a s i s o f 3.2.6.
3.8.2 T e r m s r e l a t e d t o t h e b o n d e d f l e x i b l e p i p e s .
U n d e r a D L E , t h e requirement o f 3.7.3.3 shall b e A r m o r i n g l a y e r means helically w o u n d cable
complied w i t h inclusive o f the f o l l o w i n g : integrated i n elastomeric material w i t h a l a y angle,
as a r u l e , 55° t o t h e g e n e r a t i n g l i n e t h a t i s u s e d t o s u s t a i n ,
Cmax < l , l # . e
(3.7.4-2) totally o r partially, tensile loads a n d internal pressure.
A d d i t i o n a l l a y e r means a material layer w i t h
A check o f m a x i m u m shift values shall b e made, l o w thermal conductivity that provides insulating proper­
as d e t e r m i n e d o n t h e b a s i s o f n u m e r i c a l c a l c u l a t i o n s . ties o f the f l e x i b l e pipe.
3.7.5 T h e s e i s m i c r e s i s t a n c e o f a s u b s e a p i p e l i n e L i n e r means a layer o f elastomeric material i n
shall b e considered sufficient, i f the above condition is contact w i t h t h e transported fluid/gas that provides
met. the pipe integrity.
3.7.6 W h e r e a c t i v e t e c t o n i c z o n e s i n t e r s e c t , a n C o a t i n g means a layer o f elastomeric material i n
assessment o f t h e stress-deformed state o f subsea contact w i t h the external e n v i r o n m e n t that is used t o insulate
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 21

the internal layers o f t h e flexible pipe a n d prevent 3.8.4 S t r e n g t h r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r p o l y m e r l a y e r s o f

corrosion, abrasion a n d mechanical damage.
B o n d e d f l e x i b l e p i p e means a flexible pipe
w h e r e metal reinforcement is integrated into solidified
elastomeric material containing textile layers t o obtain
additional structural reinforcement o r t o separate elasto­
meric layers.
3.8.3 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e f l e x i b l e p i p e
strength.
3.8.3.1 A s a r u l e , d e s i g n p r e s s u r e o f t h e f l e x i b l e
p i p e s s h a l l g e n e r a l l y c o m p r i s e n o t l e s s t h a n 1,6 M P a . I f
the lesser values o f t h e design pressure are used,
the flexible pipes shall m e e t t h e requirements o f Section 6 ,
Part V I I I "Systems and Piping" o f the Rules f o r
the Classification a n d Construction o fSea-Going Ships.
3.8.3.2 C a l c u l a t i o n s o f t h e flexible p i p e s t r e n g t h
under operational, l a y i n g a n d testing loads shall b e
approved b y the Register a n d executed b y the procedure
agreed w i t h t h e Register. C a l c u l a t i o n procedure shall b e
based o n t h e national a n d international standards
r e c o g n i z e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r as a c c e p t a b l e f o r u s e ,
e.g. I S O 1 3 6 2 8 - 2 f o r u n b o n d e d flexible p i p e s a n d
I S O 1 3 6 2 8 - 1 0 f o r b o n d e d flexible p i p e s .
3.8.3.3 T h e p e r m i s s i b l e b e n d i n g r a d i u s o f flexible
pipes for storage/operation/ l a y i n g shall b e determined b y
the manufacturer considering t h e criteria i n 3.8.4 t o 3.8.6
and b e specified i n technical documentation f o r pipes
subject t o t h e R S approval (refer t o 1.5.3.3). F o r practical
use i n operation i t is r e c o m m e n d e d t o increase the
m a x i m u m b e n d i n g r a d i u s , as c o m p a r e d w i t h t h e m i n i m u m
o n e i n storage (reeling t h e pipeline o n t h e reel):
u n d e r s t a t i c c o n d i t i o n s o f t h e flexible p i p e l i n e
o p e r a t i o n — b y 1 0 %;
u n d e r d y n a m i c c o n d i t i o n s — b y 5 0 %.
3.8.3.4 F o r flexible p i p e s , d u r a b i l i t y s h a l l b e c a l c u l a t e d
t a k i n g i n t o a c c o u n t effects o f c r e e p i n g a n d s t r a i n a g e i n g o f
p o l y m e r layers, corrosion a n d erosion f o r m e t a l layers (refer
t o 1.5.3.3.9). D e s i g n d u r a b i l i t y shall exceed t h e p l a n n e d
s e r v i c e l i f e o f t h e p i p e n o t less t h a n 1 0 times.
3.8.3.5 T h e v a l u e s o f d e s i g n p a r a m e t e r s o f p i p e
resistance ( t o external a n d internal pressure, tensile,
t o r s i o n ) , a s w e l l a s t h e b e n d i n g r a d i u s o f t h e flexible p i p e
u n b o n d e d flexible pipes.
3.8.4.1 I n u n b o n d e d flexible p i p e s , t h e l i m i t i n g
condition o f p o l y m e r layers shall be determined o n
the basis o f the strains crtiteria, i.e. u l t i m a t e strain creep-
ingn a n d ultimate bending strain.
3.8.4.2 F o r a n y l o a d c o m b i n a t i o n , t h e m a x i m u m
permissible wall-thickness reduction o f inner insulation
s h e a t h s d u e t o m a t e r i a l c r e e p s h a l l n o t t o e x c e e d 3 0 %.
3.8.4.3 T h e m a x i m u m p e r m i s s i b l e b e n d i n g s t r a i n o f
i n n e r i n s u l a t i o n s h e a t h s i n flexible p i p e s s h a l l n o t
exceed:
7,7 % f o r p o l y e t h y l e n e a n d p o l y a m i d e ;
7 , 0 % f o r p o l y v i n y l i d e n e fluoride u n d e r s t a t i c p i p e
service conditions a n d f o r t h e storage o f pipes designed
for d y n a m i c service conditions;
3 , 5 % f o r p o l y v i n y l i d e n e fluoride u n d e r d y n a m i c
service conditions.
3.8.4.4 T h e m a x i m u m p e r m i s s i b l e s t r a i n o f t h e o u t e r
sheath made o f polyethylene a n d p o l y a m i d e shall n o t
e x c e e d 7 , 7 %.
3.8.4.5 F o r o t h e r p o l y m e r m a t e r i a l s , t h e m a x i m u m
permissible strains shall b e established o n t h e basis o f
technical documentation b y w h i c h compliance w i t h
design requirements f o r ultimate strain is confirmed
and w h i c h is approved b y t h e Register.
3.8.5 S t r e n g t h r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r p o l y m e r l a y e r s i n
b o n d e d flexible pipes.
3.8.5.1 T h e l i m i t i n g c o n d i t i o n o f p o l y m e r l a y e r s i n
b o n d e d flexible p i p e s s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d o n t h e b a s i s o f
the strain criterion: the m a x i m u m permissible strain o f
p o l y m e r layers shall n o t t o exceed t h e ultimate strain o f
a g e d m a t e r i a l m o r e t h a n 5 0 %.
3.8.6 S t r e n g t h a n d s t a b i l i t y r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r
metallic layers i n flexible pipes.
3.8.6.1 T h e s t r e n g t h c r i t e r i o n f o r t h e m e t a l l i c l a y e r s
o f flexible p i p e s s h a l l m e e t t h e c o n d i t i o n :
CT^fcj-min^e; 0,9Л . )г (3.8.6.1)
w h e r e cr, = the m a x i m u m d e s i g n stress i n layer, i n M P a ;
Re- t h em i n i m u m yield stress o f the layer metal, i n M P a ;
R = tensile strength o fthe layer metal, i n M P a ;
m

are subject t o c o n f i r m a t i o n u p o n t h e results o f t y p e tests ki - s a f e t y f a c t o r a c c o r d i n g t o T a b l e 3.8.6.1.

(refer t o 4.2.4).
Table 3.8.6.1
Safety factors for calculating t h eflexible pipe strength k t

T y p e o f l o a d i n g a c t i n g o n flexible p i p e s i n :

operation laying hydraulic

testing

A r m o r i n g l a y e r s o f b o n d e d flexible p i p e s 0,55 0,67 0,91

L a y e r s o f u n b o n d e d flexible p i p e s :
axial armoring layer 0,67 0,67 0,91
carcass a n d radial armoring layer 0,55 0,67 0,91

N o t e . W h e r e accidental (emergency) service loads shall b e taken into consideration, the safety factor shall b e increased b y a value agreed
with the Register.
22 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

3.8.6.2 T h e f l e x i b l e p i p e c a r c a s s s h a l l b e d e s i g n e d 3.8.7 L o c a l s t r e n g t h c r i t e r i a o f t h e f l e x i b l e p i p e i n
for buckling, at that t h e safety factor w i t h regard t o the zone o f b r a n c h connection.
the critical stress v a l u e k shall b e e q u a l t o
ib 3.8.7.1 T h e e n d fitting d e s i g n s h a l l e n s u r e i t s
c o m b i n e d a c t i o n w i t h t h e s h e a t h o f a flexible p i p e . T h e
ко, = 0 , 6 7 i f ( f i ^ + h / 2 ) < 3 0 0 m ;
w (3.8.6.2-1) l i m i t i n g s t a t e o f t h e z o n e o f j o i n i n g t h e fitting a n d t h e
pipe sheath shall b e determined f o r a l l possible load
combinations i n accordance w i t h t h e relation:
( + Ь 3 0
^ = [ ^ б^ °]0Д8 + 0,67
(p„ a )^k R
e f e (3.8.7.1)
i f 3 0 0 < (d^ + К/2) < 900m ; (3.8.6.2-2)
where ст = t e n s i l e t a n g e n t i a l s t r e s s , i n M P a ;
(

<y e = equivalent (Mises) stress, i n M P a ;

Re - the m i n i m u m yield stress o f the material, i n M P a ;
к т = 0,85 i f ( f i ^ + h J 2 ) > 9 0 0 m (3.8.6.2-3) kf - s a f e t y f a c t o r e q u a l t o ( r e f e r t o N o t e i n T a b l e 3.8.6.1):
0,55 f o r o p e r a t i o n a l c o n d i t i o n s ;
0,67 i n l a y i n g ;
where «4mx a n d K> — v a l u e s d e t e r m i n e d b y F o r m u l a (3.3.5-4).
0,91 f o r h y d r a u l i c t e s t i n g .
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
4 MATERIALS
4.1 GENERAL
4.1.1 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h i s S e c t i o n c o v e r
the materials a n d products o f carbon, carbon-manganese,
l o w - a l l o y steel, a n d f l e x i b l e pipes intended f o r subsea
pipelines, w h i c h are subject t o t h e Register technical
supervision.
4.1.2 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s t o t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s t e e l s
shall take i n t o account t h e features f o r b o t h l i q u i d
pipelines (including o i l , chemical a n d water pipelines)
and gas pipelines i n compliance w i t h t h e subsea pipeline
c l a s s i f i c a t i o n — r e f e r t o 1.3.3.
4.1.3 A c c o r d i n g t o s u b s e a p i p e l i n e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n
(refer t o 1.3.3) t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s t o t h e subsea p i p e l i n e
steels s h a l l t a k e i n t o account v a r i o u s p i p e l i n e r e l i a b i l i t y
levels:
L , G — steel w i t h basic level o f requirements
(for pipelines w i t h basic level o f reliability);
L I , G l — steel w i t h additional requirements
(for pipelines w i t h h i g h level o f reliability);
L 2 , G 2 — steel w i t h additional requirements t o
corrosion resistance i n aggressive m e d i a ( f o r transporta­
tion o f corrosive media);
L 3 , G 3 — steel w i t h additional requirements t o
viscosity a n d plasticity ( f o r pipelines i n seismically
active regions a n d f o r ice resistant standpipes).
W h i l e specifying m u l t i p l e requirements t o steel f o r
subsea pipelines ( f o r example, f o r transportation o f
aggressive media i n seismically active regions)
the requirements o f various reliability levels shall be
combined.
4.1.4 S t e e l s t h a t d i f f e r i n c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n ,
mechanical properties, supply condition o r manufactur­
ing procedure f r o m those indicated i n this Section are
subject t o special consideration b y t h e Register. I n this
case t h e data c o n f i r m i n g t h e p o s s i b i l i t y o f these m a t e r i a l s
application i n accordance w i t h their purpose shall be
submitted. I t is allowed, u p o n agreement w i t h the
Register, t o use materials that meet t h e requirements o f
n a t i o n a l and/or i n t e r n a t i o n a l standards.
4.1.5 F o r t h e f l e x i b l e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s , w h i c h m e e t
the requirements o f the S P Rules, a n additional distin­
guishing m a r k is added t o t h e character o f classification,
i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 1.3.3. T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e
flexible pipes are specified b y t h e Register, depending o n
the pipeline purpose (refer t o 4.2.4).
4.1.6 T h e m a t e r i a l s s u b j e c t t o t h e R S t e c h n i c a l
supervision shall be produced b y the manufacturers
recognized b y the Register and having the relevant
document - the Recognition Certificate for Manufacturer
(СПИ) ( f o r m 7 . 1 . 4 . 1 ) / T y p e A p p r o v a l C e r t i f i c a t e (СТО)
( f o r m 6.8.3) (refer t o 4.2.1).
23
4.1.7 T h e g e n e r a l p r o v i s i o n s r e g u l a t i n g t h e s c o p e
and procedure o f technical supervision o f materials are
specified i n Section 5, Part I "General Regulations f o r
Technical Supervision" o f the Rules for Technical
Supervision D u r i n g Construction o f Ships and M a n u ­
facture o f M a t e r i a l s a n d P r o d u c t s f o r S h i p s a n d i n 1.3,
P a r t ХШ " M a t e r i a l s " o f t h e R u l e s f o r t h e C l a s s i f i c a t i o n
and Construction o f Sea-Going Ships.
4.1.8 M a n u f a c t u r e , c h e c k a n d t e s t s o f s t e e l s p i r a l -
w e l d e d p i p e s as w e l l as r e c o g n i t i o n o f t h e i r m a n u f a c ­
turers are subject t o special consideration b y t h e Register.
4.2 S U R V E Y A N D T E C H N I C A L SUPERVISION
4.2.1 S u r v e y a n d r e c o g n i t i o n o f f i r m s ( m a n u f a c ­
turers) o f materials a n d products.
4.2.1.1 T h e f i r m s m a n u f a c t u r i n g m a t e r i a l s a n d
products i n compliance w i t h the requirements o f this
S e c t i o n s h a l l b e , as a r u l e , r e c o g n i z e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r
prior t o commencement o f manufacture o f products. F o r
this purpose, survey o f the f i r m (initial survey) shall be
carried o u t , a n d comprise t h e f o l l o w i n g :
4.2.1.1.1 R e v i e w a n d a p p r o v a l o f t h e f i r m ' s ( m a n u ­
facturer's) technical documentation specifying the proper­
ties o f materials a n d conditions o f production. A s f o r
the p r o d u c t i o n o f pipes, t h e f o l l o w i n g basic i n f o r m a t i o n
o n t h e production process o f pipes shall b e submitted:
.1 f o r a l l pipes:
description o f pipe identification a n d traceability i n
the p r o d u c t i o n process, i n c l u d i n g t h e check status a n d
data keeping;
steel manufacturer;
methods o f steel p r o d u c t i o n a n d casting;
required c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n a n d grade o f steel;
hydrostatic test procedure;
non-destructive testing procedures;
.2 a d d i t i o n a l l y f o r w e l d e d p i p e s :
p r o d u c t i o n m e t h o d a n d s u p p l y c o n d i t i o n o f rolled plates;
pipe f o r m i n g procedures, including edge preparation
and f o r m check;
w e l d i n g procedure;
specified cold expansion coefficient, i f applicable;
pipe heat treatment procedure, i n c l u d i n g heat treat­
m e n t o f w e l d during w e l d i n g , i f applicable;
.3 a d d i t i o n a l l y f o r s e a m l e s s p i p e s :
pipe f o r m i n g procedure;
pipe heat treatment procedure.
4.2.1.1.2 F a m i l i a r i z a t i o n w i t h t h e p r o d u c t i o n a n d
the quality control system o f the firms, carrying o u t
check testing. W h i l e taking t h e above actions, a
24 Rules for the Classification
compliance o f the manufacture parameters a n d the
products w i t h t h e requirements o f the submitted
documentation a n d the R S Rules o f the Register shall
b e c o n f i r m e d , as w e l l as t h e appropriate l e v e l o f q u a l i t y
stability;
4.2.1.1.3 D r a w i n g - u p o f t h e s u r v e y r e s u l t s i n
compliance w i t h the requirements o f the Nomenclature
o f items o f t h e R S technical supervision o f subsea
p i p e l i n e s ( r e f e r t o 1.6 o f t h e S P G u i d e l i n e s ) —
t h e R e c o g n i t i o n C e r t i f i c a t e f o r M a n u f a c t u r e r (СПИ)
( f o r m 7 . 1 . 4 . 1 ) o r T y p e A p p r o v a l C e r t i f i c a t e (СТО)
( f o r m 6.8.3) ( i f the results are satisfactory).
4.2.1.2 A l l t h e p r o c e d u r e s n e c e s s a r y f o r o b t a i n i n g
the Recognition Certificate for Manufacturer ( f o r m 7.1.4.1)
and Type A p p r o v a l Certificate (form 6.8.3) a n d
the documents, confirming the recognition o f the firms
and its products b y t h e Register shall b e executed i n
a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f S e c t i o n 2, P a r t Ш
"Technical Supervision During Manufacture o f Materi­
als" o f t h e R u l e s f o r Technical S u p e r v i s i o n D u r i n g
Construction o fShips a n dManufacture o f Materials a n d
P r o d u c t s f o r S h i p s a n d 1 . 7 , 1.8 o f t h e S P G u i d e l i n e s
based o n the application o fthe firms.
4.2.1.3 W h e r e r o l l e d p r o d u c t s a n d / o r t u b u l a r b i l l e t s
are supplied t o t h e t u b e - r o l l i n g m i l l b y o t h e r firms,
the manufacturers o fthe above mentioned semi-finished
products shall b e recognized b y t h e Register (have t h e
Recognition Certificate for Manufacturer
(form 7.1.4.1)).
4.2.2 S u r v e y s d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e / t e c h n i c a l
supervision.
4.2.2.1 A l l m a t e r i a l s a n d p r o d u c t s m a n u f a c t u r e d i n
compliance w i t h the requirements o f this Section shall be
subject t o s u r v e y d u r i n g manufacture i n c l u d i n g surveys
a n d tests i n t h e scope specified i n t h i s S e c t i o n and/or
technical documentation approved b y t h e Register.
4.2.2.2 T e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e
includes t h e following:
tests a n d i n s p e c t i o n ;
issue o f the R S documents.
4.2.3 T e s t i n g o f s t e e l r o l l e d p r o d u c t s a n d p i p e s .
4.2.3.1 G e n e r a l .
4.2.3.1.1 T e s t i n g m e t h o d s a n d p r o c e d u r e s s h a l l b e
selected i n compliance w i t h t h e requirements o f 4 . 3 .
Special testing procedures as w e l l as t h e r e l e v a n t
evaluation criteria, i f n o instructions are specified i n
the S P Rules, shall b e agreed w i t h t h e Register.
4.2.3.1.2 W h e r e t h e t e s t s c a n n o t b e c a r r i e d o u t a t t h e
firms's ( m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s ) o f m a n u f a c t u r e r o f t h e p r o d u c t s
t o b e a p p r o v e d , t h e r e q u i r e d tests s h a l l b e c o n d u c t e d i n
the laboratory recognized b y t h e Register.
and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
4.2.3.1.3 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e R S t e c h n i c a l
supervision d u r i n g manufacture o f steel rolled products
and pipes shall c o m p l y w i t h 2 . 2 t o 2 . 4 o f t h e S P
Guidelines.
4.2.3.2 C h e c k tests d u r i n g r e c o g n i t i o n o f firm ( m a n u ­
facturer).
4.2.3.2.1 T e s t i n g s h a l l b e c o n d u c t e d i n c o m p l i a n c e
w i t h t h e p r o g r a m s u b m i t t e d b y t h e firm ( m a n u f a c t u r e r )
and approved b y t h e Register. T h e p r o g r a m is c o m p i l e d
o n the basis o f the respective requirements o f this Section
(refer t o 4.2.3.5), national and/or international standards
and other technical documentation approved b y the
Register.
4.2.3.2.2 T e s t i n g s h a l l b e e a r n e d o u t i n t h e p r e s e n c e
o f the R S representative f o l l o w i n g t h e procedures agreed
w i t h t h e Register.
T h e site a n d t i m e o f t h e tests s h a l l b e specified b y
t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r i n advance. S a m p l i n g , test procedures,
specimen cutout diagrams shall b e effected i n c o m p ­
liance w i t h t h e applicable requirements o f the S P Rules
(refer t o 4 . 3 ) a n d t h e relevant standards.
4.2.3.3 T e s t s d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e
4.2.3.3.1 T e s t i n g s h a l l b e c o n d u c t e d i n c o m p l i a n c e
with the requirements o f the S P Rules and the
documentation o n the products t o be delivered approved
b y t h e Register. T h e tests s h a l l b e also carried o u t i n t h e
presence o fthe Register representative.
4.2.3.4 U n s a t i s f a c t o r y t e s t r e s u l t s .
4.2.3.4.1 W h e r e t h e t e s t r e s u l t s a r e u n s a t i s f a c t o r y ,
the requirements o f 2.2.1.5 o f the S P Guidelines shall be
met.
4.2.3.5 T h e s c o p e o f t e s t s d u r i n g r e c o g n i t i o n o f f i r m s
(manufacturers) (initial survey).
4.2.3.5.1 T h e s c o p e o f p i p e t e s t s i s d e t e r m i n e d
considering t h e requirements specified i n Table 4.2.3.5.1
a n d i n t h e t e s t p r o g r a m p r e p a r e d b y t h e firm a n d
approved b y t h e Register.
Generally, samples specimens f o r seamless pipes
t e s t i n g a r e c u t d i r e c t l y from t h e p i p e s , a n d t h o s e f o r
t e s t i n g w e l d e d p i p e s t e s t i n g — from t h e r o l l e d p r o d u c t ,
pipe body a n d weed.
D u r i n g t h e m a n u f a c t u r e s u r v e y t h e R e g i s t e r s h a l l test
the w e l d a b i l i t y b o t h during seamless pipes manufacture
and d u r i n g manufacture o f steeled product/steeled
pipes.
4.2.3.5.2 S c o p e o f r o l l e d p r o d u c t t e s t i n g — p i p e
billets (skelp) shall be determined considering
the requirements Table 4.2.3.5.1. F o r each technological
process tests s h a l l b e p e r f o r m e d o n 2 batches. T h e b a t c h
shall consist o f 3 plates o f o n e grade, steel cast a n d
similar thickness. Plates submitted f o r testing shall be
selected o n e after another i n t h e course o f r o l l i n g .
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 25

T a b l e 4.2.3.5.1
S c o p e o f tests f o r recognition o f m a t e r i a l m a n u f a c t u r e r

Position Number o f
T y p e o f test Type of samples Notes
of and place casts/plates, specimen Total
mate­ of specimen pipes/samples taken number
rial cuttoff taken from from of
a cast a plate, specimens
pipe

C h e m i c a l a n a l y s i s (4.3.4) pipe 2/10/1 2 Complete analysis o f metal, including

from one end 1 microalloying a n d ladle sample
rolled 2/3/3 6
product
Tensile tests pipe longitudinal a n d trans­ 2/10/10 4 80 ReH, R , Am 5 i Z are determined
(4.3.2) v e r s e , from b o t h e n d s
rolled transverse, 2/3/3 2 12
product from both ends
C o m p r e s s i o n test after tension pipe — — — — —
(4.3.2)
rolled transverse, 2/3/3 2 12 Value o f R e H is determined under
product from one end compression
C o m p r e s s i o n test pipe transverse, 2/10/1 2 4 Value o f R ^ h is determined under
(4.3.2) from one end compression
rolled — — — — —
product
B e n d t e s t (4.3.9.4 a n d 5.2.2.3.2) pipe transverse, 2/10/2 2 8 B e n d angle is determined
from both ends
rolled — — — — —
product
1
I m p a c t b e n d i n g test pipe transverse, 2/10/3 9 54 T e s t t e m p e r a t u r e : 0, - 2 0 , - 4 0 , - 6 0 ,
to establish transition curve from one end — 8 0 °C d e p e n d i n g o n o p e r a t i n g
(4.3.3; 4.3.3.3) rolled transverse, 2/3/3 18 108 1 temperature
product from both ends
1
I m p a c t b e n d i n g test o f & c t o r y pipe transverse, 2/10/1 72 144 T e s t t e m p e r a t u r e : 0, - 2 0 , - 4 0 , - 6 0 ,
w e l d i n g j o i n t (4.3.3, 5.1.2.3.1) from both ends — 8 0 °C d e p e n d i n g o n o p e r a t i n g
rolled — — — — temperature
product
I m p a c t b e n d i n g test o n strain pipe — — — — T e s t t e m p e r a t u r e : 0, - 2 0 , - 4 0 , - 6 0 ,
a g e d s p e c i m e n s (4.3.3) — 8 0 °C d e p e n d i n g o n o p e r a t i n g
rolled from one end 2/3/3 9 54 1 temperature
product (upwards) transverse,
1/4 o f t h e w i d t h
S u l p h u r s e g r e g a t i o n (4.3.4) pipe from one end 2/10/2 1 4

rolled from one end 2/3/3 1 6

product
M e t a l l o g r a p h y (4.3.5) pipe from one end 2/10/2 1 4

rolled from one end 2/3/3 1 6

product
Corrosion test 2
(4.3.9.5) pipe from one end 2/10/2 6 24

rolled from one end 2/3/1 6 12

product
3
D r o p - w e i g h t tear test D W T T pipe transverse, 2/10/1 10 20 Critical temperature determination
(4.3.9.2, S e c t i o n 1 o f A p p e n d i x 4) from one end
rolled transverse, 2/3/1 10 20
product from one end
Test asper Г и
4
method pipe — — — — Critical temperature determination
(4.3.9.6)
rolled transverse, 2/3/3 10 60
product from one end
26 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

Table 4.2.3.5.1 — continued

Position Number o f
T y p e o f test Type of samples Notes
of and place casts/plates, specimen Total
mate- of specimen pipes/samples taken number
rial cuttoff taken from from of
a cast a plate, specimens
pipe

Test t o determine nffl-ductility pipe longitudinal 2/10/2 8 32 Critical temperature determination

4
t e m p e r a t u r e N D T (4.3.9.7) from one end
rolled transverse, 2/3/3 8 48
product from one end
5
CTOD (crack t i p opening pipe transverse, 2/10/1 9 18 1
T e s t t e m p e r a t u r e : 0, - 2 0 , - 4 0 , - 6 0 ,
displacement) test o f the b a s e from one end — 8 0 °C d e p e n d i n g o n o p e r a t i n g
m a t e r i a l (4.3.9.3 a n d S e c t i o n 2 1 temperature
rolled transverse, 2/3/1 9 18
o f t h e A p p e n d i x 4)
product from one end
N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g (4.3.8) pipe each product 2/10/10 — —

rolled each product 2/3/3 — —

product
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e t e s t (4.3.7) pipe each product 2/10/10 — —

rolled — — — —
product
Weldability test 6
(5.2) pipe — — — — A c c o r d i n g t o a separate test p r o g r a m
approved b y R S
rolled — — — —
product
' H e r e the n u m b e r o f s p e c i m e n s i s determined b a s e d o n testing a t three temperature values specified i n the test p r o g r a m a p p r o v e d b y the
Register.
2
F o r rolled product a n d pipes o f class L 2 a n d G 2 .
3
E x c e p t r o l l e d p r o d u c t a n d p i p e s f o r L — L 2 p i p e l i n e s , a s w e l l a s f o r a n y p i p e s w i t h t h e d i a m e t e r l e s s t h a n 500 m m .
"Except rolled product a n d pipes for L — L 2 , G pipelines.
5
E x c e p t rolled product a n d pipes for L a n d G pipelines.
P r o g r a m f o rweldability test i s m a d e i n order t o recognise t h e m a n u & c t u r e r , a n d t o approve w e l d i n g procedures u s e d for pipeline
installation. T h e s e p r o g r a m s are submitted a s A p p e n d i c e s t o the G e n e r a l test p r o g r a m .

R o l l e d product characteristics shall m e e t the require- manufactured w i t h t h e m a x i m u m ratio o f the pipe w a l l t o

m e n t s o f 4.5, technical specifications f o r steel s u p p l y
approved b y t h eRegister and/or national o r international
standards.
W h e n the plates o f various thickness a n d dimensions
are m a n u f a c t u r e d a c c o r d i n g t o t h e u n i f o r m t e c h n o l o g y
(including heat treatment modes), i t is permitted t o
perform testing o f rolled product having t h e m a x i m u m
(first batch) a n d t h e m i n i m u m (second batch) thickness
u p o n a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e Register. I n this case statistical
data (chemical composition, mechanical properties) shall
be submitted additionally c o n f i r m the quality stability o f
the rolled product supplied. Scope o f sampling shall b e
approved b y t h e Register.
4.2.3.5.3 S c o p e o f p i p e t e s t i n g s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d
considering the requirements specified i n Table 4.2.3.5.1.
F o r e a c h t e c h n o l o g i c a l process a n d p i p e size t h e tests t o
verify t h e consistency o f product performance shall be
carried o u t o n 2 batches o f 1 0 pipes.
T h e batch shall consist o f pipes o f the same grade,
steel cast, s i m i l a r h e a t t r e a t m e n t m o d e a n d s i m i l a r w a l l
thickness. F o r testing t h e pilot pipe batch shall be
the diameter a n d i n t h e course o f testing t h e pipes h a v i n g
the m a x i m u m values o f the ratio o f yield p o i n t t o ultimate
strength (according t o r t h e tensile test results) shall b e
s e l e c t e d f o r m e c h a n i c a l tests f r o m t h e p i l o t b a t c h .
T h e results o f p i p e tests shall m e e t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
o f 4.5, technical specifications for pipe supply approved
b y the Register and/or national o r international standards.
4.2.3.5.4 W h e r e s p e c i a l m a t e r i a l p r o p e r t i e s r e q u i r e d
to b e confirmed based o n the application conditions,
the results shall b e additionally submitted o r relevant
tests c a r r i e d o u t c o n f i r m i n g these properties, e.g. t e n s i o n
at h i g h t e m p e r a t u r e , f a t i g u e tests, e t c .
4.2.3.6 S c o p e o f t e s t i n g d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e .
4.2.3.6.1 A s a r u l e , t e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n f o r
m a n u f a c t u r i n g pipe steel a n d pipes shall b e carried o u t
by the Register at the manufacturers recognized b y
Register (refer t o 4.2.1). Scope o f testing during
manufacture shall b e determined b y technical d o c u m e n -
tation f o r product delivery approved b y t h e Register,
national/international standards recognized b y
the Register a n d t h e requirements o f this Section
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 21

(refer t o Table 4.2.3.6.1). T h e m i n i m u m required scope m a x i m u m a n d m i n i m u m v a l u e n o t e x c e e d i n g 0 , 4 %.

o f testing is specified i n Table 4.2.3.6.1.
4.2.3.6.2 I n g e n e r a l , o n e p i p e from a b a t c h o f 5 0
pipes shall b e selected for testing:
.1 for seamless pipes, the batch shall consist o f pipes
h a v i n g t h e s i m i l a r grade, steel cast, h e a t t r e a t m e n t m o d e ,
diameter a n d w a l l thickness;
.2 f o r w e l d e d p i p e s , t h e b a t c h s h a l l c o n s i s t o f p i p e s
having t h e similar diameter a n d w a l l thickness, m a n u -
factured under t h e same process a n d production condi-
tions. T h e batch shall have similar cold expansion
coefficient o f pipes w i t h t h e difference b e t w e e n its
S c o p e o f tests d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e
W h e n e v e r possible, t h e batch shall b e composed o f
the pipes w e l d e d b y t h e same w e l d i n g machine, o r t h e
additional pipe welded b y each welding machine shall be
tested at t h e intervals specified i n t h e technical
documentation for t h e pipes;
.3 f o r p i p e s i n t e n d e d f o r p i p e l i n e s w i t h t h e m i n i m u m
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e o f - 2 0 °C a n d b e l o w , t h e b e n d i n g
i m p a c t test m a y b e p e r f o r m e d o n each fifth p i p e u p o n
the R S request.
4.2.3.6.3 T e s t i n g o f r o l l e d p r o d u c t o f p i p e s t e e l s h a l l
b e c a r r i e d o u t o n t h e s a m p l e s c h o s e n from o n e p l a t e o f
T a b l e 4.2.3.6.1

Position Number o f
T y p e o f test Type of Notes
of material samples, casts/plates, specimens total
direction pipes/cast o f a plate, number
o f cutting samples pipe of
of specimens speci-
mens

C h e m i c a l a n a l y s i s (4.3.4) pipe from one end 1/50/1 1 1 General analysis, including micro-
alloying a n d ladle sample
rolled 1/50 t / 1
product
Tensile test o f base metal pipe transverse, 1/50/1 2 2 ReH, R , A a r e d e t e r m i n e d
m 5

(4.3.2) from one end

rolled transverse, 1/50 t / 1
product from one end
Tensile tests o f w e l d i n g joint pipe transverse, 1/50/1 2 2 R m is determined
(4.3.2) from o n e end
rolled — — — —
product
B e n d i n g i m p a c t test o f b a s e pipe transverse, 1/50/1 3 3 Testing at temperature determined b y
1
m e t a l (4.3.3) from one end the m i n i m u m operating temperature
rolled transverse, 1/50 t / 1 3 3 w i t h d u e r e g a r d t o 4.3.3.6
product from one end
B e n d i n g i m p a c t test o f w e l d i n g pipe transverse, 1/50/1 12 12 Testing at temperature determined b y
1
j o i n t (4.3.3) from one end the m i n i m u m operating temperature
rolled — — — — w i t h d u e r e g a r d t o 4.3.3.6
product
Determination o f fracture type pipe transverse, 1/50/1 2 2 Testing attemperature determined b y
as per the procedure o f Drop- from one end the m i n i m u m operating temperature
2
w e i g h t tear test ( D W T T )
rolled transverse, 1/50 t / 1 2 2
(4.3.9.2, S e c t i o n 1 , A p p e n d i x 4)
product from one end
B e n d i n g test (4.3.9.4 a n d pipe transverse, 1/50/1 2 2 N o r m a l a n d root-bend testing
5.2.2.3.2) from one end
rolled — — — — —
product
V i c k e r s h a r d n e s s (4.3.5) pipe transverse, 1/50/1 3 3 One metallographic section: pipe
from one end metal, s e a m and heat-affected zone
rolled — — — — —
product
N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g (4.3.8) pipe every product 1/50/50 — —

rolled every product 1/50 t / 5 0 t —

product
28 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

Table 4.2.3.6.1 — continued

Position Number o f
T y p e o f test Type of Notes
o f material samples, casts/plates, specimens total
direction pipes/cast o f a plate, number
o f cutting samples pipe of
of specimens speci-
mens

H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e t e s t (4.3.7) pipe every product 1/50/50 — —

rolled — — — —
product
Remanent magnetization pipe at b o t h e n d s 1/50/1 4 4 N o t m o r e t h a n 2 m T (20 G s )
(4.3.10)
rolled — — —
product

' w h e n t h e d a t a o f t h e m i n i m u m o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e i s m i s s i n g , t e s t i n g s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t a t t h e t e m p e r a t u r e e q u a l t o — 40 °C.
2
E x c e p t t h e r o l l e d p r o d u c t s a n d p i p e s i n t e n d e d f o r L — L 2 p i p e l i n e s , a s w e l l a s f o r a n y p i p e s w i t h t h e d i a m e t e r l e s s t h a n 500 m m .

the batch. T h e batch shall consist o f plates w i t h similar b e n d i n g stiffness tests ( c h e c k i n g t h e m i n i m u m

cast, s i m i l a r d e l i v e r y c o n d i t i o n a n d s i m i l a r s i z e . U n l e s s
otherwise specified, t h ebatch size shall n o t exceed 5 0 t.
4.2.4 T e s t s o f f l e x i b l e p i p e s .
4.2.4.1 G e n e r a l .
4.2.4.1.1 T e s t s o f f l e x i b l e p i p e s a r e c o n d u c t e d :
t o t h e e x t e n t o f t h e tests d u r i n g t h e R S s u r v e y s o f t h e
manufacturer f o r issue t h e T y p e A p p r o v a l Certificate
(form 6.8.3) i n compliance w i t h 2.6.1 o f the S P
Guidelines;
t o t h e e x t e n t o f tests d u r i n g t h e f l e x i b l e p i p e
manufacture.
4.2.4.2 T y p e t e s t s o f f l e x i b l e p i p e s .
4.2.4.2.1 T y p e tests o f t h e f l e x i b l e p i p e s a r e
conducted according t o t h e p r o g r a m m e agreed w i t h
the Register. T h e p r o g r a m m e shall b e based o n t h e
requirements o f the S P Rules, national and/or interna-
tional standards o r other R S - a p p r o v e d technical doc-
umentation.
4.2.4.2.2 T y p e t e s t s a r e c o n d u c t e d t o c o n f i r m t h e
basic design parameters o f t h e pipes o f a certain
d i m e n s i o n - t y p e series, w h i c h range shall b e d e t e r m i n e d
taking into account the following:
internal/external diameter;
n u m b e r a n d purpose o f layers;
design o f metallic a n d p o l y m e r i c layers;
m a n u f a c t u r i n g processes, i n c l u d i n g l a y angles;
transported m e d i u m ;
internal/external temperature o f the m e d i u m ;
operational conditions a n d service life.
4.2.4.2.3 E a c h t y p e o f f l e x i b l e p i p e s s h a l l p a s s t y p e
tests, w h i c h a r e g e n e r a l l y c o n d u c t e d t o t h e fracture o f
specimens a n d shall include:
i n t e r n a l pressure b u r s t tests;
h y d r o s t a t i c b u c k l i n g (collapse) tests;
t e n s i o n tests;
bending radius o f flexible pipes);
t o r s i o n resistance tests.
4.2.4.2.4 O n e t o t h r e e s p e c i m e n s f o r e a c h t y p e t e s t
are s a m p l e d f r o m each t y p e o f flexible pipes. D u r i n g
manufacture o f this type o f pipes o f various diameters, i t
is a l l o w e d t o c o n d u c t t h e tests o n t h e pipes o f t h e
m a x i m u m diameter.
4.2.4.2.5 C o n t e n t o f t y p e t e s t s f o r f l e x i b l e p i p e s m a y
be changed depending o n the pipe purpose u p o n
a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e Register. T y p e s a n d n u m b e r o f tests
m a y b e also detailed b y t h e Register o n t h e basis o f the
preliminary information submitted b y the Register:
availability o f certificates o f another classification
societies, r e c o g n i t i o n o f manufacturer, etc.
4.2.4.2.6 M e t h o d s a n d r e s u l t s o f t h e t y p e t e s t s s h a l l
m e e t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 2.6.5.2 o f t h e S P G u i d e l i n e s .
4.2.4.3 T e s t s d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e o f f l e x i b l e p i p e s .
4.2.4.3.1 T e s t s d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e o f f l e x i b l e p i p e s
are conducted i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f
the S P Rules according t o the programme approved b y
the Register a n d developed o n t h e basis o f the national
and/or international standards.
4.2.4.3.2 E a c h f l e x i b l e p i p e a f t e r m a n u f a c t u r e s h a l l
be subjected t o :
drift test;
h y d r o s t a t i c i n t e r n a l pressure test;
adhesion test ( f o r b o n d e d flexible pipes o n l y ) ;
v a c u u m tests ( f o r b o n d e d f l e x i b l e pipes o n l y ) .
4.2.4.3.3 D e p e n d i n g o n t h e f l e x i b l e p i p e p u r p o s e ,
t h e special tests are c o n d u c t e d b y a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e
Register, n a m e l y :
tests f o r electrical resistance m e a s u r e m e n t ( f o r
f l e x i b l e pipes w i t h a n i n t e r n a l carcass a n d w h e n u s i n g
the cathodic protection o fend fittings);
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
tests o f t h e c a p a b i l i t y t o b e operated at l o w
temperatures, i.e. c o l d resistance ( w h e r e t h e pipe sections
above t h e w a t e r surface are provided);
tests f o r resistance t o c o r r o s i v e t r a n s p o r t e d m e d i a ;
fire t e s t s ( w h e r e t h e p i p e s e c t i o n s a b o v e t h e w a t e r
surface are provided).
Scope o f specialized tests s h a l l b e agreed w i t h
t h e R e g i s t e r , p r o c e e d i n g from t h e o p e r a t i o n a l c o n d i t i o n s
o f the pipes.
4.2.4.3.4 T e s t p r o c e d u r e s a n d r e s u l t s s h a l l m e e t
the requirements o f 2.6.5.3 o f the S P Guidelines.
4.3 P R O C E D U R E S O F T E S T I N G P I P E S
AND S T E E L R O L L E D PRODUCTS
4.3.1 G e n e r a l .
4.3.1 U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e s p e c i f i e d , t h e r o l l e d p r o d u c t s
and pipes shall be tested i n compliance w i t h
t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e S P R u l e s , S e c t i o n 2 , P a r t ХШ
"Materials" o f the Rules f o r the Classification and
Construction o f Sea-Going Ships a n d national a n d
international standards a n d t h e d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed
w i t h t h e Register.
4.3.1.1 T e s t i n g o f p i p e s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t i n
compliance w i t h the requirements o f national and
international standards and/or d o c u m e n t a t i o n approved
b y t h e Register:
for seamless pipes — after final heat treatment;
for w e l d e d pipes — after final m o u l d i n g ( v o l u m e
e x p a n s i o n ) a n d h y d r a u l i c tests.
Unless otherwise specified, f o r pipes w i t h t h e
diameter u p t o 3 0 0 m m t h e samples f o r tensile test shall
be taken parallel t o t h e pipe axis a n d f o r t h e pipes w i t h
the diameter above 3 0 0 m m — i n the longitudinala n d
transverse directions.
4.3.1.2 D e p e n d i n g o n s t e e l g r a d e , s t r e n g t h l e v e l a n d
t e s t t y p e , s a m p l e s s h a l l b e t a k e n from t h e r o l l e d p r o d u c t s
in compliance w i t h t h e requirements o f 3.2.5, 3.13.5
a n d 3 . 1 4 . 4 , P a r t ХШ " M a t e r i a l s " o f t h e R u l e s f o r
the Classification and Construction o fSea-Going Ships,
Section 2 , Part X I I "Materials" o f the Rules f o r
the Classification, Construction a n d E q u i p m e n t o f
M O D U / F O P considering provisions o f this Section.
4.3.1.3 T h e s p e c i m e n s f o r t e n s i l e a n d i m p a c t t e s t s
shall b e manufactured i n compliance w i t h the require­
m e n t s o f 2 . 2 , P a r t ХП1 " M a t e r i a l s " o f t h e R u l e s f o r
the Classification a n d Construction o f Sea-Going Ships.
4.3.2 B a s e m e t a l t e n s i l e a n d c o m p r e s s i o n t e s t s .
4.3.2.1 T e n s i l e t e s t s f o r p l a t e s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t o n
flat s p e c i m e n s w i t h f u l l t h i c k n e s s . T e s t s a m p l e s s h a l l b e
cut o u tso that t h e middle o f the specimen w o r k i n g part
w a s a t a d i s t a n c e o f o n e q u a r t e r o f t h e w i d t h from t h e
plate edge, t h e specimens shall b e located transverse t o
rolling direction.
29
4.3.2.2 D u r i n g t h e i n i t i a l s u r v e y p e r f o r m e d b y
the Register f o r the purpose o f recognition o f the
manufacturer, testing f o r longitudinal a n d transverse
m e t a l t e n s i o n f o r t h e t h i c k n e s s less a n d e q u a l t o 2 0 m m
shall b e carried out at full thickness specimens. W h e n the
p i p e w a l l t h i c k n e s s i s a b o v e 2 0 m m , t h e tests s h a l l b e
performed b o t h o n cylindrical specimens a n d specimens
w i t h t h e thickness equal t o t h e pipe thickness. I n case o f
big difference b e t w e e n t h e test results o f b o t h s p e c i m e n
types, the Register m a y require t o p e r f o r m layer-by-layer
determination o f t h e standard properties o n cylindrical
specimens a n d separate approval o f t h e procedure f o r
flattering o f f u l l thickness specimens d u r i n g t h e tests i n
t h e c o u r s e o f m a n u f a c t u r e . S a m p l e s s h a l l b e c u t o u t from
the w e l d e d pipes so that t h e m i d d l e o f t h e specimens
w o r k i n g p a r t w a s l o c a t e d a t a n a n g l e o f 90° t o t h e p i p e
w e l d seam.
4.3.2.3 R o l l e d p r o d u c t m e t a l s h a l l b e t e s t e d f o r
compression o n t h e double c y l i n d r i c a l specimens after
preliminary 2 % tension t o determine the yield point
( B a u s c h i n g e r e f f e c t ) , t w o s p e c i m e n s s h a l l b e t a k e n from
the plate.
4.3.2.4 B a s e p i p e m e t a l s h a l l b e s u b j e c t t o c o m p r e s ­
sion testing o n double-cylindrical specimens; during
manufacture straightening o f gripped sections o n l y is
allowed.
4.3.2.5 W h e n t e s t i n g b a s e p i p e m e t a l c o m p r e s s i v e
y i e l d stress r e d u c t i o n u p t o 2 0 % s h a l l b e a l l o w e d as
c o m p a r e d t o t h e m i n i m u m t e n s i l e y i e l d stress, u n l e s s
otherwise specified b y t h e Register.
4.3.3 I m p a c t t e s t
4.3.3.1 T e s t s a m p l e s s h a l l b e c u t o u t from t h e r o l l e d
p r o d u c t a t o n e q u a r t e r o f t h e p l a t e w i d t h a n d from t h e
w e l d e d p i p e a t a n a n g l e o f 90° t o t h e w e l d s e a m . T e s t s
shall be carried o u t o n V - n o t c h specimens. Besides
impact energy, percentage o f t o u g h (brittle) c o m p o n e n t
shall b e determined.
4.3.3.2 C h a r p y V - n o t c h s p e c i m e n s s h a l l b e m a d e
w i t h o u t flattening o f s a m p l e s ; s p e c i m e n n o t c h a x i s s h a l l
be perpendicular t o t h e surface. T h i c k n e s s o f specimens
shall b e selected as m a x i m u m o u t o f t h e f o l l o w i n g
values: 10 m m ; 7,5 m m ; 5m m .
W h e n i t i s i m p o s s i b l e t o c u t o u t from a p i p e t h e
transverse test specimens o f 5 m m thickness,
t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l specimens s h a l l b e tested. I m p a c t tests
are n o t c a r r i e d o u t i f t h e w a l l t h i c k n e s s i s 5 m m o r less.
4.3.3.3 S p e c i m e n s w i t h a n o t c h o n t h e a r c w e l d
m e t a l s h a l l b e c u t o u t across t h e w e l d i n f o u r p o s i t i o n s as
s h o w n i n F i g . 4 . 3 . 3 . 3 - 1 . T h e d i s t a n c e from t h e f u s i o n
l i n e i s m e a s u r e d i n t h e m i d d l e o f s p e c i m e n t h i c k n e s s as
s h o w n i n F i g . 4.3.3.3-2.
4.3.3.4 T h e s p e c i m e n s s h a l l b e t a k e n a t a d e p t h o f
not m o r e t h a n 2 m m . W h e r e w a l l thickness exceeds
2 5 m m , a d d i t i o n a l l y t h e s p e c i m e n s s h a l l b e t a k e n from
mid-thickness o f t h e w a l l , except f o r tangents o r
bend/fitting.
30 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
1 2 3 4
F i g . 4.3.3.3-1
C h a r p y V-notch s p e c i m e n sposition relative to arc w e l d
( t h r e e s p e c i m e n s from e a c h p o s i t i o n ) :
1 - centre o f w e l d ; 2 - fusion line; 3 - fusion line + 2 m m ;
4 - fusion line + 5 m m
2 2
4 4
a) b)
F i g . 4.3.3.3-2
N o t c h positions o f C h a r p y V - n o t c h s p e c i m e n s against fusion line: p roduction process alterations a n d i n doubtful o r
a - symmetrical bevel; b - unsymmetrical bevel;
1 - w e l d metal; 2 - fusion line;
3 - positions o f specimen side surfaces; 4 - positions o f notch
Additionally the portion o f the fibrous component i n
fracture o f a l l specimens shall b e measured, except for
t h e s p e c i m e n s from t h e c e n t r e o f w e l d . T h e a c c e p t a n c e
c r i t e r i o n m a k e s u p 5 0 % o f t h e fibrous c o m p o n e n t i n
fracture o n a v e r a g e f o r t h r e e s p e c i m e n s ; o n e s p e c i m e n i s
a l l o w e d t o h a v e t h e m i n i m u m o f 4 0 %.
T h e s p e c i m e n from t h e w e l d s m a d e w i t h h i g h -
frequency current shall b e t a k e n across t h e w e l d : o n e
series i n t h e centre o f t h e w e l d a n d o n e a t a distance s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t o r h e a d o f t h e b r e a k d o w n . U n l e s s
o f 2 m m from t h e c e n t r e o f t h e w e l d .
4.3.3.5 W h i l e c o n d u c t i n g b e n d i n g i m p a c t test o f
base m e t a l during initial survey o f pipe manufacture it i s
r e q u i r e d t o m a k e a f u n c t i o n o f test results based o n three
t e m p e r a t u r e v a l u e s from t h e f o l l o w i n g o n e s : 0 , — 2 0 ,
— 4 0 , — 6 0 , — 8 0 °C. T h e t e s t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e v a l u e s
shall b e specified i n the test p r o g r a m subject t o the R S
a p p r o v a l . U p o n t h e R S request, b e n d i n g i m p a c t tests
shall be be carried out o n the rolled m e t a l and pipe metal.
4.3.3.6 D u r i n g manufacture o f rolled products a n d
pipes under the R S technical supervision bending impact
tests o f base m e t a l a n d w e l d i n g j o i n t s h a l l b e carried o u t
at the temperature specified i n technical specifications o r
contractual d o c u m e n t a t i o n f o r t h e products b u t n o t magnification. T h e g r a i n size and o r i g i n a l g r a i n shall b e
e x c e e d i n g T — 1 0 °C f o r p i p e s w i t h t h e w a l l t h i c k n e s s
p
b e l o w o r e q u a l t o 2 0 m m a n d n o t e x c e e d i n g T — 1 0 °C
p
for pipes w i t h larger w a l l thickness. Temperature T shall p
be b e determined as per 4.4.3.
4.3.3.7 W h e r e steel grades n o t specified i n the R u l e s
are used, t h e tests m a y b e conducted a t design
temperature. T h e test temperature s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d
w h e n a p p r o v i n g the d o c u m e n t a t i o n o n supply o f pipes.
T o ensure c o m p a r a b i l i t y o f test results f o r different steel
grades t h e temperature closest t o t h e least i n
the temperature range specified i n 4.3.3.5.
I n a n y case, t h e test t e m p e r a t u r e s h a l l b e stated i n
q u a l i t y c e r t i f i c a t e s i s s u e d b y t h e firm ( m a n u f a c t u r e r ) .
4.3.3.8 S t r a i n a g e i n g s e n s i t i v i t y tests s h a l l b e carried
out during initial survey o f manufacture o n specimens
c u t o u t from t h e r o l l e d p r o d u c t ; s a m p l e s s h a l l b e s e l e c t e d
s i m i l a r t o i m p a c t t e s t s s a m p l e s . M e t a l s t r i p s from w h i c h
specimens are cut o u t s h a l l b e subjected t o tensile strain
b y the value corresponding t othe m a x i m u m permissible
o n e f o r t h e p i p e b e n d i n g , a s a r u l e , u p t o 5 %.
I m p a c t test specimens m a d e o f strips subjected t o
tensile strain are subject t o e v e n heating (artificial
a g e i n g ) u p t o 2 5 0 °C, w i t h 1 h e x p o s u r e a t t h i s
t e m p e r a t u r e a n d s u b s e q u e n t c o o l i n g i n t h e air.
I m p a c t tests s h a l l b e carried o u t a t r o o m t e m p e r a t u r e
( w i t h i n 1 8 t o 2 5 °C) a n d a t t e m p e r a t u r e c o r r e s p o n d i n g
t o 4.3.3.6. U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e specified, tests a r e carried
o u t a t initial survey o f t h e manufacturer, at steel
arguable cases r e l a t e d t o t h e r o l l e d p r o d u c t s q u a l i t y , as
deemed necessary b y the R S surveyor.
4.3.4 C h e m i c a l analysis, s u l p h u r segregation.
C h e m i c a l analysis and sulphur segregation samples
s h a l l b e t a k e n from t h e c e n t e r o f t h e p l a t e w i d t h , a n d i n
c a s e o f t h e w e l d e d p i p e — from t h e s i d e o p p o s i t e t o t h e
w e l d seam.
4.3.5 M e t a l l o g r a p h y a n d h a r d n e s s m e a s u r e m e n t s .
4.3.5.1 M a c r o structural analysis is carried out t o
determine strained structure, discontinuities, flakes etc.
A s a rule, f o r macro structural analysis transverse
s p e c i m e n s a r e t a k e n from t h e f o r w a r d e n d o f p r o t o t y p e
otherwise specified, t h e m a c r o structural analysis i s
required at t h e initial survey o f t h e manufacturer,
at p r o d u c t i o n process alterations a n d , as d e e m e d
n e c e s s a r y b y t h e R S s u r v e y o r , i n d o u b t f u l o r a r g u a b l e cases
related t o the quality o f the r o l l e d products t o b e supplied.
4.3.5.2 M i c r o structural analysis is carried out t o
d e t e r m i n e steel g r a i n size. T h e samples f o r m e t a l l o -
g r a p h i c a n a l y s i s s h a l l b e t a k e n from 1/4 + 1/8 o f t h e
p l a t e w i d t h o r t h e p i p e a n d from a p o s i t i o n l o c a t e d a t a n
a n g l e o f 90° t o t h e p i p e w e l d s e a m . T h e p h o t o g r a p h s
shall b e representative o f t h e surface structure, o n e
quarter a n d o n e h a l f o f t h e plate thickness. T h e
photomicrographs shall be taken at X I 0 0 a n d X 4 0 0
determined. Unless otherwise specified, t h e m i c r o
structural analysis is required at t h e initial survey o f
Part I . Subsea pipelines
the manufacturer, at production process alterations and,
u p o n t h e R S syrveyor demand, i n doubtful o r arguable
cases r e l a t e d t o t h e q u a l i t y o f t h e r o l l e d p r o d u c t s t o b e
supplied.
T h e microstructure o f finished rolled products, pipes
and bends/fittings shall b e continuous i n base metal; t h e
same o f welded elements shall be continuous i nthe w e l d
and heat-affected zone ( H A Z ) . T h e type o f microstruc­
ture a n d actual size o f g r a i n shall b e specified i n t h e
report.
4.3.5.3 M e t a l l o g r a p h i c a n a l y s i s m a y b e c a r r i e d o u t
o n t h e polished sections intended f o r hardness measure­
m e n t prior t o hardness measurement.
T h e photographs o f bends/fittings shall include t h e
external surface o f base m e t a l o f t h e bent part a n d
transition zones. F o r clad steel additionally t h e p h o t o ­
graph o f cladding layer shall b e made.
4.3.5.4 H a r d n e s s o n t r a n s v e r s e p o l i s h e d s e c t i o n s
shall b e measured i n the points s h o w n i n F i g . 4.3.5.4. I n
case o f single-sided arc w e l d i n g a n d w a l l thickness o f u p
to 2 5 m m inclusive, i t is allowed n o t t o take measure­
ments i n the middle o f thickness.
Hardness o f pipe surfaces shall b e m e a s u r e d r o u n d
t h e c i r c u m f e r e n c e o n o n e o f t h e e n d faces. F o r b e n d s /
fittings, r o u n d o n e c i r c u m f e r e n c e near each e n d face a n d
o n each bent section (depending o n t h e type o f bend/
fitting).
T h e points are positioned i n four zones o n t h e
c i r c u m f e r e n c e s a t a n a n g l e o f 90° t o e a c h o t h e r . F o r
i n s p e c t i o n o f bent areas o f bends/fittings t h e p o i n t s a r e
arranged o n t w o neutral axes, bend intrados a n d
extrados. D u r i n g measurements t h e m e a n value for three
points i n each zone shall b e determined.
a)
F i g . 4.3.5.4
Positions o fhardness measurement points:
a - seamless element; b - arc welding; с - high-frequency current welding
31
4.3.6 W e l d a b i l i t y .
T h e w e l d a b i l i t y tests a t t h e initial s u r v e y o f
the manufacturer shall b e carried o u t i n compliance w i t h
the requirements stated i n 5 . 2 Part I "Subsea Pipelines".
T h e w e l d a b i l i t y tests, u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e specified, s h a l l
cover a l l possible w e l d i n g methods during manufacture
and installation o fthe pipeline including repair welding.
4.3.7 H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e t e s t s .
E a c h pipe shall b e subjected t o hydraulic pressure
test. T h e i n f o r m a t i o n c o n c e r n i n g t h e test pressure
calculation method shall be submitted.
T h e instrumentation shall b e duly checked a n d
calibrated.
T h e reports shall contain the i n f o r m a t i o n concerning
t h e pressure a p p l i e d a n d t h e d u r a t i o n o f tests f o r each
pipe. T h e h o l d i n g t i m e t i m e s at test pressure s h a l l b e n o t
l e s s t h a n 1 0 s.
T h e h y d r a u l i c pressure tests m a y b e o m i t t e d o n t h e
pipes m a n u f a c t u r e d o n ^/-shaped a n d O-shaped b e n d i n g
presses. I n t h i s case, t h e p r o p o s e d a l t e r n a t i v e m e t h o d o f
checking t h e pipe strength a n d continuity shall b e
subject t o special agreement w i t h t h e Register as s o o n
as t h e d a t a i n d i c a t i n g t h e e q u i v a l e n c e o f m e t h o d s a r e
submitted.
4.3.8 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g .
4.3.8.1 G e n e r a l .
4.3.8.1.1 T h e n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t
d u r i n g t h e check ( q u a l i f i c a t i o n ) tests a n d t h e p r o d u c t i o n
process i n compliance w i t h t h e national and/or interna­
tional standards recognized b y t h e Register. T h e n o n ­
destructive testing procedures developed and/or applied
b y the manufacturer shall be approved b y the Register
and contain information o n the following:
32 Rules for the Classification
m e t h o d o f non-destructive testing a n d standards
applied;
equipment applied ( m a i n a n d auxiliary);
sensitivity;
artificial defect parameters a n d calibration methods;
equipment setting procedures;
e v a l u a t i o n o f defects;
d r a w i n g - u p o f reports a n d r e c o r d i n g o f test results.
4.3.8.1.2 T h e l a b o r a t o r i e s c o n d u c t i n g n o n - d e s t r u c ­
tive testing shall have a R e c o g n i t i o n Certificate issued b y
the Register (Recognition Certificate f o r Manufacturer
(СПИ) o r R e c o g n i t i o n C e r t i f i c a t e o f T e s t i n g L a b o r a t o r y ,
r e f e r t o 1.7 a n d 1 . 1 0 o f t h e S P G u i d e l i n e s ) a n d / o r t h e
corresponding document o f a n authorized national o r
international organization confirming competence o f
the laboratory.
4.3.8.1.3 T h e p e r s o n n e l p e r f o r m i n g n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e
testing a n d e s t i m a t i n g t h e test values shall b e certified i n
accordance w i t h I S O 9 7 1 2 o r other standards recognized
b y t h e Register.
4.3.8.1.4 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s t o n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e
testing o f w e l d e d j o i n t s o f pipes shall c o m p l y w i t h
the requirements o f 5.4.1.
4.3.8.1.5 I t i s r e c o m m e n d e d t o g e n e r a l i z e i n f o r m a ­
t i o n o n detected p e r m i s s i b l e defects a t a l l t h e stages o f
r o l l e d steel/pipes a n d bend/fitting m a n u f a c t u r e a n d
pipeline construction (installation) f o r the following:
steel plate sample (skelp);
seamless pipes;
w e l d e d pipes manufactured o f r o l l e d plates, i n c l u d ­
i n g defects o f l o n g i t u d i n a l / s p i r a l w e l d ;
m o t h e r pipes for bends/fittings;
butt girth welds during laying (installation) o f
pipeline.
T h e acceptable defects detected at t h e above
m e n t i o n e d stages m a y b e t a k e n i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n w h e n
p r e p a r i n g t h e database o f defects f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t h e
initial technical c o n d i t i o n o f t h e pipeline (after c o m p l e ­
t i o n o f construction) a n d their check w h i l e i n service.
T h e acceptable defect values assigned d u r i n g
manufacture o f steel r o l l e d products a n d pipes, a n d
their arrangement i n the w a l l o f a pipe/rolled product
s h a l l n o t exceed t h e acceptable defects d e t e r m i n e d f o r t h e
initial stage o f operation o f subsea pipeline, f o r e x a m p l e ,
w h e n conducting in-line inspection after c o m p l e t i o n o f
pipeline construction.
4.3.8.2 R o l l e d p l a t e s .
4.3.8.2.1 D u r i n g p r o d u c t i o n o f s t e e l r o l l e d p l a t e s
(samples f o r w e l d e d pipes), each plate is subject t o n o n ­
destructive testing t o detect d e l a m i n a t i o n s (check o f
rolled products f o r continuity). A s a rule, automated
ultrasonic testing equipment is used f o r this purpose.
4.3.8.2.2 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s t o c o n t i n u i t y o f s t e e l
rolled products a n d q u a l i t y o f its surface, i n c l u d i n g t h e
edges, shall c o m p l y w i t h Table 4 . 5 . 5 . 3 - 1 , unless
otherwise specified i n t h e documentation approved b y
and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
the Register. T h e w i d t h o f checked l o n g i t u d i n a l near-
edge zones o f r o l l e d plate a n d coiled products shall b e
n o t less t h a n 5 0 m m ; t h e w i d t h o f c h e c k e d t r a n s v e r s e
n e a r - e d g e z o n e s o f r o l l e d flat p r o d u c t s s h a l l b e n o t l e s s
than 2 0 0 m m .
4.3.8.3 S e a m l e s s p i p e s .
4.3.8.3.1 D u r i n g c h e c k ( q u a l i f i c a t i o n ) t e s t i n g a n d
manufactute, each seamless steel pipe s h a l l b e subject t o
non-destructive testing t o detect t h e f o l l o w i n g :
.1 l o n g i t u d i n a l a n d transverse defects i n t h e p i p e
b o d y w i t h t h e u s e , as a r u l e , o f a u t o m a t e d u l t r a s o n i c
testing equipment;
.2 d e l a m i n a t i o n s i n t h e p i p e b o d y u s i n g , a s a r u l e , t h e
automated ultrasonic testing equipment;
.3 s u r f a c e d e f e c t s i n t h e p i p e n e a r - e d g e z o n e ;
.4 d e l a m i n a t i o n s o f p i p e e n d s i n n e a r - e d g e z o n e a n d
o n t h e e n d faces/bevels o f pipes.
4.3.8.3.2 A d d i t i o n a l l y t o t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s s p e c i f i e d
i n 4 . 3 . 8 . 3 . 1 , t h e surface defects o f t h e p i p e b o d y s h a l l b e
detected:
.1 d u r i n g check testing f o r r e c o g n i t i o n o f t h e
manufacturer o r qualification batch, f o reach pipe;
.2 d u r i n g p r o d u c t i o n a n d b a s e d o n s a t i s f a c t o r y
results o f check (qualification) testing, f o r o n e pipe o f
a batch.
4.3.8.3.3 T h e c r i t e r i a f o r a c c e p t a n c e o f u l t r a s o n i c
testing f o r l o n g i t u d i n a l a n d transverse defects i n t h e p i p e
body, unless otherwise specified i n t h e documentation
approved b y t h e Register, shall c o m p l y w i t h I S O 10893-10,
acceptance level U 2 / C .
4.3.8.3.4 T h e c r i t e r i a f o r a c c e p t a n c e o f u l t r a s o n i c See
testing w h e n detecting delaminations i n t h e pipe b o d y Circular
and near-edge zones shall c o m p l y w i t h Table 4.5.5.3-1, 1216
unless otherwise specified i n t h e documentation ap­
p r o v e d b y t h e Register.
4.3.8.3.5 T h e e n d s o f s e a m l e s s p i p e s i n t h e n e a r -
edge zone n o t covered b y automated ultrasonic testing
shall b e checked b y m a n u a l ultrasonic testing equipment
t o detect d e l a m i n a t i o n s a n d surface defects, as w e l l as
delaminations o n e n d faces/bevels o f pipes.
4.3.8.3.6 W h e n c h e c k i n g b y s u r f a c e m e t h o d u s e d b y
the manufacturer andapproved b y the Register (magnetic
particle testing o r d y e p e n e t r a n t testing), t h e e n d faces/
b e v e l s o f p i p e s s h a l l b e free o f d e l a m i n a t i o n s .
4.3.8.3.7 T e s t i n g o f p i p e b o d y a n d / o r n e a r - e d g e z o n e
f o r surface defects.
4.3.8.3.7.1 T e s t i n g o f p i p e b o d y f o r s u r f a c e d e f e c t s
during check (qualification) testing shall be carried o u t
i n accordance w i t h t h e procedures approved b y t h e Register
a n d d e v e l o p e d o n t h e basis o f t h e i n t e r n a t i o n a l a n d / o r
n a t i o n a l standards. W h e n u s i n g m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e t e s t i n g , t h e
acceptance criteria f o r t h e pipe body, unless o t h e r w i s e
specified i n t h e documentation approved b y t h e Register,
shall c o m p l y w i t h I S O 10893-5, acceptance level M l .
4.3.8.3.7.2 D u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e , t h e e n d s e c t i o n s o f
pipes i n t h e near-edge zone n o t covered b y automated
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
u l t r a s o n i c testing f o r l o n g i t u d i n a l a n d transverse defects
shall b e checked b y t h e surface m e t h o d i n compliance
w i t h 4.3.8.3.7.1 o n o u t e r a n d i n n e r surfaces o f p i p e ends.
W h e n u s i n g m a g n e t i c particle testing, n o single defects
exceeding 6 m m i n size is allowed.
4.3.8.4 W e l d e d p i p e s .
4.3.8.4.1 G e n e r a l .
4.3.8.4.1.1 W e l d e d p i p e s s h a l l b e m a d e o f r o l l e d
products meeting t h e check requirements o f 4.3.8.2.
4.3.8.4.1.2 D u r i n g c h e c k ( q u a l i f i c a t i o n ) t e s t i n g a n d
production, non-destructive testing o f longitudinal
w e l d e d pipes, unless otherwise specified i n t h e doc­
umentations approved b y t h e Register, shall b e carried
o u t i n t w o stages:
.1 non-destructive testing o f w e l d e d j o i n t s (prior t o
h y d r a u l i c tests);
.2 final n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g o f w e l d e d j o i n t s a n d
base m e t a l (after h y d r a u l i c tests).
4.3.8.4.2 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g o f w e l d e d p i p e s .
4.3.8.4.2.1 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g o f w e l d e d p i p e s
at t h e first stage ( p r i o r t o h y d r a u l i c tests) i s carried o u t :
. 1 t o detect l o n g i t u d i n a l a n d t r a n s v e r s e defects o f w e l d s
u s i n g , as a r u l e , a u t o m a t e d u l t r a s o n i c t e s t i n g e q u i p m e n t ;
.2 t o d e t e c t l o n g i t u d i n a l a n d t r a n s v e r s e d e f e c t s o f
end sections o f welds n o t covered b y automated
ultrasonic testing, b y m a n u a l ultrasonic testing;
.3 t o r e c h e c k t h e a r e a s m a r k e d i n t h e c o u r s e o f
automated ultrasonic testing, b y m a n u a l ultrasonic o r
radiographic testing;
.4 t o d e t e c t d e f e c t s o f w e l d a r e a s r e p a i r e d b y
e l i m i n a t i o n o f defects f o l l o w e d w i t h w e l d i n g , b y r a d i o ­
graphic testing.
4.3.8.4.2.2 A t t h e s e c o n d s t a g e , t h e a c c e p t a n c e n o n ­
destructive testing o f base m e t a l o f pipe ends a n d welds
is carried o u t after h y d r a u l i c tests o f pipes, u s i n g :
.1 non-destructive testing e q u i p m e n t specified
i n 4.3.8.4.2.1 (except f o r 4.3.8.4.2.1.4);
.2 r a d i o g r a p h i c t e s t i n g o f e n d s e c t i o n s o f w e l d s a t a
l e n g t h o f a t l e a s t 2 0 0 m m from t h e p i p e e n d f a c e ;
.3 u l t r a s o n i c t e s t i n g o f p i p e b a s e m e t a l i n n e a r - e d g e
z o n e o f at least 5 0 m m i n case o f d e l a m i n a t i o n s ;
.4 m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e o r d y e p e n e t r a n t t e s t i n g o f p i p e
e n d faces/bevels.
Nomenclature o f special tests for subsea pipelines
Type o f media
to b e c o n v e y e d
Basic Advanced
Liquids andtwo-phase N o t required CTOD
flows (L)
Gases (G) DWTT DWTT, NDT, CTOD, T №
N o t e s : 1 . C o r r o s i o n t e s t s i n c l u d e t h e t e s t s s p e c i f i e d i n 4.3.9.5.
2. T h e D W T T r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e m a n d a t o r y o n l y f o r s t e e l g r a d e P C T 3 6 a n d a b o v e , f o r p i p e s w i t h d i a m e t e r o f 5 0 0 m m a n d a b o v e .
33
4.3.8.4.2.3 A d d i t i o n a l l y t o t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s s p e c i ­
fied i n 4 . 3 . 8 . 4 . 2 . 2 , t h e s u r f a c e d e f e c t s o n p i p e w e l d s h a l l
be detected:
during check testing f o r recognition o f t h e m a n u ­
facturer o r qualification batch, f o r each pipe;
d u r i n g manufacture a n d based o n satisfactory results
o f check (qualification) testing, f o r o n e pipe o f a batch.
4.3.8.4.2.4 T h e c r i t e r i a o f w e l d q u a l i t y a s s e s s m e n t
during manufacture o f w e l d e d pipes shall c o m p l y w i t h
the following:
for visual examination/measuring and magnetic
particle testing, refer t o Table 5.4.3.3;
f o r radiographic t e s t i n g , r e f e r t o T a b l e 5 . 4 . 3 . 6 - 1 ;
for ultrasonic testing, refer t o Table 5.4.3.6-2.
4.3.8.4.2.5 T h e c r i t e r i a f o r a c c e p t a n c e o f u l t r a s o n i c
testing w h e n detecting delaminations i n near-edge zones
shall c o m p l y w i t h Table 4.5.5.3-1, unless otherwise
specified i n t h e documentation approved b y t h e Register.
T h e e n d faces/bevels o f pipes are n o t a l l o w e d t o h a v e
delaminations.
4.3.9 S p e c i a l t e s t s .
4.3.9.1 T a b l e 4 . 3 . 9 . 1 c o n t a i n s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r
t h e n o m e n c l a t u r e o f base m e t a l special tests b a s e d o n t h e
pipeline reliability level (refer t o 4.1.3). Steel m a y be
accepted f o r t h e pipeline manufacture o n l y after
p e r f o r m a n c e o f special tests specified i n T a b l e 4 . 3 . 9 . 1 .
U p o n t h e R S request, t h e scope o f special tests a t t h e
initial survey o f manufacture m a yb e increased f o r a n y
r e l i a b i l i t y l e v e l o f a n y class pipelines.
T h e m i n i m u m r e q u i r e d scope o f special tests s h a l l b e
determined u p o n agreement w i t h t h e Register consider­
ing t h e stability o f properties o f metal t o b e supplied a n d
t h e p i p e l i n e class.
4.3.9.2 D r o p - w e i g h t t e a r t e s t i n g ( D W T T ) .
T h e sample (billet) used f o r manufacture o f pipe
specimens shall b e c u t o u t transverse t o t h e longitudinal
axis o f the pipe, as regards t h e plate specimens - n o r m a l
to the direction o f rolling.
A s a r u l e , tests s h a l l b e carried o u t o n t h e m e t a l o f
the r o l l e d product a n d pipes during t h e initial survey o f
the manufacture (except t h e products f o r L — L 2
p i p e l i n e s steel s t r e n g t h categories less P C T 3 6 a n d p i p e s
w i t h t h e d i a m e t e r less t h a n 5 0 0 m m ) .
Table 4.3.9.1
See Circular 1216
Performance reliability level
For corrosivemedia conveying F o r seismically active regions
and ice-resistant standpipes
C o r r o s i o n tests, C T O D DWTT, NDT, CTOD, T№
C o r r o s i o n tests, D W T T , N D T , C T O D , T № DWTT, NDT, CTOD, T№
34 Rules for
For rolled product and pipes o f L 3 and
G — G 3 p i p e l i n e s t h i s t y p e o f tests is carried o u t d u r i n g
the approval o f product batches i n order to determine the
b e n d t y p e at t h e m i n i m u m operating t e m p e r a t u r e T. p allowed.
The procedure and scope o f testing, specimen cut out
f l o w charts are specified i n p a r a 1 o f A p p e n d i x 4.
4.3.9.3 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f m e t a l crack resistance
properties C T O D (crack tip opening displacement).
T h e s a m p l e s s h a l l b e t a k e n f r o m 1/4 + 1/8 o f t h e
p l a t e w i d t h a n d from a p o s i t i o n l o c a t e d a t a n a n g l e o f 90°
to the pipe w e l d seam.
A t the R S discretion, the n u m b e r o f pipes, plates
t a k e n from t h e c a s t t o b e t e s t e d a n d t h e i r t h i c k n e s s , as
w e l l as t h e t e s t t e m p e r a t u r e s m a y b e c h a n g e d p r o c e e d i n g
from t h e i n t e n d e d u s e o f s t e e l o r c o n d i t i o n s o f t h e o r d e r .
Definitions, general requirements to sampling and
s p e c i m e n m a n u f a c t u r e , e q u i p m e n t a r e set f o r t h i n S e c t i o n 2 ,
P a r t ХП " M a t e r i a l s " o f t h e R u l e s f o r t h e C l a s s i f i c a t i o n ,
Construction and Equipment o f M O D L V FOP.
T h e C T O D testing p r o c e d u r e is specified i n
Section 2 o f Appendix 4.
A s a r u l e , t h e tests are carried o u t o n t h e m e t a l o f t h e
rolled product and pipes during the initial survey
o f L I — L 3 and G l — G 3 pipelines manufacture.
4 . 3 . 9 . 4 B e n d i n g tests.
A s a rule, t h e tests are carried o u t o n t h e p i p e m e t a l
during the initial survey o f the pipe manufacture.
T h e tests m a y be also r e q u i r e d d u r i n g t h e i n i t i a l s u r v e y
o f the rolled product manufacture.
T h e testing procedure is specified i n S e c t i o n 3 o f
Appendix 4.
P a r t i c u l a r s o f b e n d i n g tests o f w e l d s p e c i m e n s o f
bend/fittings are specified i n 4 . 8 . 7 . 1 .
4 . 3 . 9 . 5 C o r r o s i o n tests.
T h e tests s h a l l b e carried o u t w h e r e t h e r e l e v a n t
additional requirements o f the customer's order docu­
m e n t a t i o n are available. A s a rule, t h e tests s h a l l be
performed during the initial survey o f the rolled product
and pipes for L 2 and G 2 pipelines manufacture.
Unless otherwise specified, three specimens from
each batch o f pipes shall be tested.
4 . 3 . 9 . 5 . 1 S u l p h i d e stress c r a c k i n g resistance.
T h e test procedure is specified i n S e c t i o n 4 o f
Appendix 4.
Particulars o f testing sulphide stress c r a c k i n g
resistance o f bends/fittings are specified i n 4.8.7.2.
U p o n agreement w i t h the Register, alternative testing
m e t h o d s m a y b e used, i n c l u d i n g tests u n d e r h y d r o g e n
sulphide partial pressure corresponding t o anticipated
operating conditions.
4.3.9.5.2 Determination o f hydrogen-induced
cracking, stepwise cracking resistance.
T h e test procedure is specified i n S e c t i o n 5 o f A p p e n d i x 4 .
Particulars o f testing hydrogen-induced cracking/
stepwise cracking resistance o f bends/fittings are
specified i n 4.8.7.3.
the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
U p o n a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e Register, t h e tests i n o t h e r
m e d i u m under hydrogen sulphide partial pressure
c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o anticipated operating c o n d i t i o n s are
4.3.9.6 Tests for determination o f ductile-brittle
transition temperature T . T h e samples shall be taken
kb
from 1/4 o f t h e p l a t e w i d t h h a v i n g a l e a s t 1 4 m m o f
t h i c k n e s s . T h e R e g i s t e r m a y r e q u i r e t o c o n d u c t tests
during the initial survey o f manufacture o f rolled product
for L 3 and G l — G 3 pipelines to verify the sufficient
b r i t t l e fracture r e s i s t a n c e o f m a t e r i a l .
T h e d e f i n i t i o n s , g e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s t o test p r o c e d u r e ,
s p e c i m e n m a n u f a c t u r e a n d e q u i p m e n t are s p e c i f i e d i n
S e c t i o n 2 , P a r t ХП " M a t e r i a l s " o f t h e R u l e s f o r t h e
Classification, Construction and E q u i p m e n t o f M O D U / F O P .
4.3.9.7 Tests f o r determination o f nil-ductility
temperature N D T .
T h e s a m p l e s s h a l l b e c u t o u t from 1 / 4 + 1/8 o f
t h e p l a t e w i d t h h a v i n g a t l e a s t 1 6 m m t h i c k n e s s a n d from
a p o s i t i o n l o c a t e d a t t h e a n g l e o f 90° t o t h e p i p e w e l d
seam for the pipes o f 530 m m i n diameter and above and
t h e w a l l thickness at least 2 0 m m . T h e R e g i s t e r m a y
r e q u i r e t o c o n d u c t tests d u r i n g t h e i n i t i a l s u r v e y o f t h e
manufacture o f rolled product and pipes for L 3
and G l — G 3 pipelines.
T h e d e f i n i t i o n s , g e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s t o test p r o c e d u r e ,
s p e c i m e n m a n u f a c t u r e a n d e q u i p m e n t are s p e c i f i e d i n
S e c t i o n 2 , P a r t ХП " M a t e r i a l s " o f t h e R u l e s f o r t h e
Classification, Construction and E q u i p m e n t o f M 0 D U / F 0 P .
4.3.10 R e m a n e n t magnetization testing.
4.3.10.1 F o r steel pipes subject t o non-destructive
testing b y magnetic particle or eddy current methods,
the remanent magnetization testing shall be carried out.
4 . 3 . 1 0 . 2 T h e m e a s u r e m e n t s s h a l l b e t a k e n o n at least
one pipe o f a batch, o n b o t h ends along t w o
perpendicular axes. T h e m e a n v a l u e o f f o u r measure­
ments shall n o t exceed 2 m T (20 Gs).
4.4 S T E E L M A T E R I A L S SELECTION
4.4.1 Generally, steel materials shall be selected i n
c o m p l i a n c e w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f S e c t i o n s 3 , as w e l l
as c o n s i d e r i n g t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 4 . 1 a n d 4 . 5 .
4.4.2 Properties o f steel used f o r subsea pipelines
shall c o m p l y w i t h the pipeline specific application and
operating conditions. Steel shall ensure structural and
technological strength o f pipelines conveying hydrocar­
b o n s at prescribed m i n i m u m o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e a n d
operational loads.
4.4.3 Selection o f steel and w e l d i n g consumables f o r
the pipeline shall be carried out depending o n the
m i n i m u m operating temperature o f the pipeline o r its
s e c t i o n T. U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e specified, m i n i m u m
p
temperature for the subsea pipelines shall be
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 35

e q u a l t o — 1 0 °C, e x c e p t f o r t h e s e c t i o n s l o c a t e d w i t h i n 4.5.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
the zone o f complete freezing o r t h e splash zone. 4.5.2.1 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f steel a n d v a l u e s
4.4.4 C l a d steel f o r subsea shall b e assigned of C eq and P c m shall meet the requirements o f
c o n s i d e r i n g t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3 . 1 7 , P a r t XTTT " M a t e r i a l s " Table 4.5.2.1-1 — f o r t h e pipe plate a n d w e l d e d pipes;
o f the Rules for the Classification and Construction o f and Table 4.5.2.1-2 f o r seamless pipes.
Sea-Going Ships. The chemical composition m a y comply with
the requirements o f national a n d international standards
r e c o g n i z e d b y t h e Register. I n a n y case, t h e c h e m i c a l
4.5 S T E E L F O R S U B S E A PIPELINES c o m p o s i t i o n o f steel shall b e agreed w i t h t h e Register
during the initial recognition o f manufacture o f particular
products.
4.5.1 G e n e r a l . 4.5.2.2 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f r o l l e d p r o d u c t s
4.5.1.1 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h i s S e c t i o n c o v e r t h e and pipes (welded a n d seamless) shall b e controlled
w e l d a b l e steel plates a n d pipe steel intended f o r subsea during manufacture.
pipelines subject t o technical supervision during m a n u ­ 4.5.2.3 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f C eq is a mandatory
facture. r e q u i r e m e n t f o r t h e d e l i v e r y o f a l l steel grades u p t o
4.5.1.2 T h e f o l l o w i n g d e s i g n a t i o n s ( i d e n t i f i c a t i o n t h e s t r e n g t h l e v e l e q u a l t o 5 0 0 M P a , i n c l u d i n g steels
m a r k s ) f o r grade o f steel h a v e been introduced: subjected t o T M C P .
.1 steel f o r t h e subsea pipelines shall h a v e i n d e x P C T Determination o f P c m is a mandatory requirement f o r
before i d e n t i f i c a t i o n m a r k f o r steel grade; the supply o f all steel grades w i t h t h e strength level equal
.2 t h e m a r k i n g m a y b e e n d e d w i t h t h e d e s i g n a t i o n t o 4 6 0 M P a a n d m o r e . I n o t h e r cases, v a l u e s o f C e ?

W— s t e e l f o r t h e w e l d e d p i p e s . and P c mare s h o w n i n certificates u p o n t h e customer's

T h e strength level shall be determined proceeding
from t h e r e q u i r e d m i n i m u m y i e l d s t r e s s v a l u e :
for n o r m a l strength steel — 2 3 5 M P a (strength level
is o m i t t e d i n t h e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n m a r k ) ;
f o r h i g h e r s t r e n g t h steels — 3 1 5 M P a , 3 5 5 M P a ,
390 M P a (numerical designations 3 2 , 3 6 and 4 0
specified i n t h e identification m a r k , respectively);
f o r h i g h - s t r e n g t h steels — 4 2 0 M P a , 4 6 0 M P a ,
500 M P a , 5 5 0 M P a , 620 M P a , 690 M P a (numerical
designations 4 2 0 , 4 6 0 , 5 0 0 , 5 5 0 , 6 2 0 , 6 9 0 are stated i n
the identification mark, respectively).
4.5.1.3 I t i s a l l o w e d , o n s p e c i a l c o n s i d e r a t i o n b y
the Register, t o supply steel pipes i n compliance w i t h t h e
requirements o f n a t i o n a l a n d i n t e r n a t i o n a l standards. I n this
case, s p e c i a l c o n s i d e r a t i o n m e a n s , e x c e p t f o r c o m p a r i s o n o f
r e f e r e n c e data, t h e p o s s i b i l i t y t o c o n d u c t a d d i t i o n a l tests,
w h i c h m a y c o n f i r m c o m p l i a n c e o f steel w i t h t h e above
grades a n d its u s e f o r t h e intended purpose.
Table 4.5.1.3 based o n comparison o f strength
characteristics contains t h e relevant analogs o f domestic
a n d f o r e i g n steel grades.
request.
Carbon equivalent shall be determined b y the
formulae:
Ceg = C + M n / 6 + ( C r + M o + V ) / 5 + ( N i + C u ) / 1 5 , %;
(4.5.2.3)
Pan = С + ( M n + C r + C u ) / 2 0 + M o / 1 5 + N i / 6 0 + S i / 3 0 +
+ V / 1 0 + 5 B , %.
4.5.3 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
4.5.3.1 T h e m e c h a n i c a l properties o f steel s h a l l m e e t
the requirements o f Table 4.5.3.1.
F o r rolled products, allowance for plastic strain shall
be considered i n the course o f pipe manufacture. Unless
otherwise specified, f o r a skelp t h e m a x i m u m permis­
sible y i e l d stress t o t e n s i l e strength r a t i o s h a l l b e less t h a n
t h a t f o r t h e p i p e m e t a l a t l e a s t b y 0 , 0 2 . See Circular 1216
4.5.4 C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y .
4.5.4.1 T h e r e c o m m e n d e d conditions o f supply are
specified i n Table 4.5.4.1.

Table 4.5.1.3
C o r r e s p o n d e n c e o f steel grades t o b e supplied u n d e r national a n d international s t a n d a r d s
Steel grade f o r subsea pipelines National pipe Foreign pipe
according to S P Rules steel strength grade steel strength grade

PCT, PCTW K38, K42 В

PCT32, PCT32W K50 X46
PCT36, PCT36W K52, K54 X52
PCT40, PCT40W K55 X60
PCT420, PCT420W K56 X65
PCT460, PCT460W K60 X70
PCT500, PCT500W K60, K65 X70
PCT550, PCT550W K65 X80
PCT620, PCT620W K70 X90
PCT690, PCT690W K80 XI00
36 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

Table 4.5.2.1-1
Chemical composition o f rolled products a n d base metal used f o r t h esubsea pipeline welded pipes
Grade Content o felements, % b ymass, not more

PCTW PCT32W PCT36W PCT40W PCT420W PCT460W PCT500W PCT550W PCT620W PCT690W

С 0,12 0,12 0,12 0,12 0,12 0,12 0,12 0,14 0,14 0,14
Mn 1,35 1,65 1,65 1,65 1,65 1,65 1,75 1,85 1,85 1,85
Si 0,40 0,40 0,45 0,45 0,45 0,45 0,45 0,45 0,50 0,55
P 0,020 0,020 0,020 0,020 0,020 0,020 0,020 0,020 0,020 0,020
S 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010
Cu 0,35 0,35 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,60 0,60
Ni 0,30 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 1,20 1,20 1,80 2,00
Mo 0,10 0,10 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50
Cr 0,30 0,30 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,70 0,70
A l (total) 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06
Nb — 0,04 0,05 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06
V — 0,04 0,05 0,07 0,08 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10
Ti — 0,04 0,04 0,05 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06
N 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010
В 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005
с 0,36 0,34 0,37 0,38 0,38 0,39 0,41 0,44 — —
P 0,19 0,19 0,20 0,21 0,21 0,22 0,23 0,25 0,27 0,30
1
cm
N o t e s : 1 . F o r w a l l t h i c k n e s s t e x c e e d i n g 35 m m a n d f o r s t e e l g r a d e s w i t h s t r e n g t h h i g h e r t h a n P C T 5 5 0 t h e a l t e r a t i o n o f c h e m i c a l
c

composition is permitted subject to agreement with the Register.

2. W h e r e s c r a p m a t e r i a l h a s b e e n u s e d i n s t e e l p r o d u c t i o n , t h e m a x i m u m c o n t e n t o f t h e f o l l o w i n g e l e m e n t s s h a l l b e c o n t r o l l e d : 0,03 % A s ,
0,01 % S b , 0,02 % S n , 0 , 0 1 % P b , 0,01 % B i a n d 0,006 % C a .
3. F o r e a c h r e d u c t i o n o f 0,01 % c a r b o n b e l o w t h e m a x i m u m s p e c i f i e d v a l u e , a n i n c r e a s e o f 0,05 % m a n g a n e s e c o n t e n t a b o v e t h e m a x i m u m
s p e c i f i e d v a l u e s i s p e r m i t t e d w i t h a m a x i m u m i n c r e a s e o f 0 , 1 %.
4. A l l o y i n g o f 0,5 — 1,0 % C r i s p e r m i t t e d s u b j e c t t o a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r .
5. F o r s t e e l g r a d e s w i t h s t r e n g t h h i g h e r t h a n P C T 5 5 0 a l l o y i n g u p t o 2,2 % o f N i i s p e r m i t t e d .
6. A 1 : N > 2 : 1 ( n o t a p p l i c a b l e f o r t i t a n i u m k i l l e d s t e e l ) .
7. ( N b + V + T i ) s h a l l n o t t o e x c e e d 0,12 %.
8. T h e N b c o n t e n t m a y b e i n c r e a s e d t o 0,10 % s u b j e c t t o a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r .
9. T h e В c o n t e n t m a y b e i n c r e a s e d t o 0,003 % s u b j e c t t o a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r .
10. F o r L 2 a n d G 2 p i p e l i n e s C ^ 0 , 1 0 %, P ^ 0 , 0 1 5 %, S ^ 0 , 0 0 3 %.

Table 4.5.2.1-2
Chemical composition o f seamless pipes o fthe subsea pipelines
Grade Content o felements, % b y mass, not more
PCT PCT32 PCT36 PCT40 PCT420 PCT460 PCT500 PCT550 PCT620 PCT690

С 0,14 0,14 0,14 0,14 0,14 0,15 0,16 0,16 0,16 0,16
Mn 1,35 1,65 1,65 1,65 1,65 1,65 1,75 1,85 1,85 1,85
Si 0,40 0,40 0,45 0,45 0,45 0,45 0,45 0,45 0,50 0,55
P 0,020 0,020 0,020 0,020 0,020 0,020 0,020 0,020 0,020 0,020
S 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010
Cu 0,35 0,35 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,60 0,60
Ni 0,30 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80 1,20 1,20 1,80 2,00
Mo 0,10 0,10 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50
Cr 0,30 0,30 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,70 0,70
A l (total) 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06
Nb — 0,04 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,06 0,06 0,06
V — 0,04 0,07 0,08 0,08 0,09 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10
Ti — 0,04 0,04 0,04 0,04 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06 0,06
N 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010
В 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005
с 0,34 0,34 0,37 0,38 0,39 0,40 0,41 0,43 — —
1 5 < t < 26
c 0,35 0,35 0,38 0,39 0,40 0,41 0,42 0,44 — —

P г «15
с
0,20 0,20 0,21 0,22 0,22 0,23 0,24 0,26 0,29 0,32
* cm 15 < t < 2 6 0,21 0,21 0,22 0,23 0,23 0,24 0,25 0,27 0,30 0,33
c

N o t e s : 1. F o r w a l l thickness t e x c e e d i n g 26 m m a n d f o r steel g r a d e s w i t h strength h i g h e r t h a n P C T 5 5 0 t h e alteration o f c h e m i c a l

c

composition is permitted subject to agreement with the Register.

2 — 10. R e f e r t o T a b l e 4 . 5 . 2 . 1 - 1 .
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 31

Table 4.5.3.1
Mechanical properties o f pipe metal
Grade PCT PCT32 PCT36 PCT40 PCT420 PCT460 PCT500 PCT550 PCT620 PCT690
PCTW PCT32W PCT36W PCT40W PCT420W PCT460W PCT500W PCT550W PCT620W PCT690W

Y i e l d stres R e H 235 315 355 390 420 460 500 550 620 690
m
o r й о,2. M P a , m i n
р

Tensile strength R , m 400 — 440 — 490 — 510 — 530 — 570 — 610 — 670 — 720 — 770 —
in M P a 520 570 630 660 680 720 770 830 890 940
Y i e l d stress t o tensile 0,90 0,90 0,90 0,90 0,92 0,92 0,92 0,92 0,93 0,93
strength ratio, m a x

E l o n g a t i o n A , %, m i n
5 22 22 21 20 19 18 18 18 15 14

B e n d i n g a n g l e , °, m i n 120

I m p a c t e n e r g y KV, i n J , i n t h e t r a n s v e r s e d i r e c t i o n , a t T - 1 0 °C f o r p i p e s h a v i n g t < 2 0 m m
p c

a n d a t T - 2 0 °C f o r p i p e s h a v i n g t > 2 0 m m , m i n
p c

L — L 2 , G pipelines, base metal a n d w e l d joint metal during the manufacture o f pipelines o f all classes

F o r all D a 29 31 36 39 42 46 50 55 62 69

G l — G 3 a n d L 3 pipeline class, base metal

D„^610 m m 40 40 50 57 64 73 82 103 Subject to agreement

with the Register
610 < D „ ^ 8 2 0 m m 40 43 61 69 77 89 100 126 Subject to agreement
with the Register
820 < Д , ^ 1120 m m 40 52 75 85 95 109 124 155 Subject to agreement
with the Register
T y p e o f D W T T * f r a c t u r e , L 3 a n d G — G 3 p i p e l i n e : 8 5 % a v e r a g e fiber, 7 5 % m i n i m u m a t T p

Critical brittle temperature N D T , Г и

t ^20
c мм N D T ^ T - 2 0 °C
p

L 3 pipeline N D T ^ T - 3 0 °C
2 0 < г ^ 3 0 мм
с p

3 0 < г ^ 4 0 мм
с
N D T ^ T - 4 0 °C, T
p № ^ T - 10 °C
P

t ^20
c мм N D T ^ T - 3 0 °C
p

G l — G 3 pipeline 2 0 < г ^ 3 0 мм N D T ^ T - 4 0 °C
с p

3 0 < г ^ 4 0 мм
с
N D T ^ T - 5 0 °C, T
p № ^ T - 2 0 °C
P

C T O D , m m , a t Tp, L I — L 3 , G l — G 3 p i p e l i n e , m i n

г ^20 m m
с 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,20

20 < г ^ 3 0 m m
с 0,10 0,10 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25 0,25

30 < г ^ 4 0 m m
с 0,15 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25 0,25 0,30 0,35 0,35

S u l p h i d e stress cracking resistance, L 2 a n d G 2 pipelines:

n o c r a c k s w i t h i n 720 h u n d e r p r e s s u r e 85 % o f t h e m i n i m u m r a t e d y i e l d stress

Hydrogen-induced cracking/stepwise cracking resistance, L 2 a n d G 2 pipelines:

C L R ^ 15 %, C T R ^ 5 %, C S R «S 2 %
38 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

Table 4.5.3.1 — continued

N o t e s : 1. T h e required average values o f i m p a c t e n e r g y are obtained at testing three s p e c i m e n s specified at the temperature according
t o 4.3.3.6. R e d u c t i o n o f i m p a c t e n e r g y u p t o 7 0 % o f t h e r e q u i r e d v a l u e i s p e r m i t t e d o n o n e s p e c i m e n .
2. T h e r e q u i r e d i m p a c t e n e r g y v a l u e s i n t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l d i r e c t i o n e x c e e d 1,5 t i m e s i m p a c t e n e r g y v a l u e s o b t a i n e d i n t h e t r a n s v e r s e
direction.
3. F o r D a n d t d i m e n s i o n s b e y o n d t h e s p e c i f i e d l i m i t s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s s h a l l b e s u b j e c t t o a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r .
a c

4. * f o r s t e e l g r a d e P C T 3 6 a n d a b o v e o n l y .
5. F o r L I - L 3 , G l - G 3 p i p e l i n e s t h e y i e l d s t r e s s v a l u e s o b t a i n e d d u r i n g t h e t e s t s i n t h e t r a n s v e r s e d i r e c t i o n s h a l l n o t e x c e e d
t h e p r e s c r i b e d v a l u e s f o r m o r e t h a n 130 M P a .
6. U l t i m a t e s t r e n g t h v a l u e o b t a i n e d d u r i n g t h e t e s t i n g s p e c i m e n s c u t i n t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l d i r e c t i o n m a y b e 5 % l o w e r t h a n t h e v a l u e s
specified i n the Table.
7. Y i e l d s t r e s s t o u l t i m a t e s t r e n g t h r a t i o o b t a i n e d f o r t h e s p e c i m e n s c u t i n l o n g i t u d i n a l d i r e c t i o n s h a l l n o t e x c e e d t h e v a l u e s e t i n t h e t a b l e
f o r m o r e t h a n 0,02.
8. D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f i m p a c t e n e r g y K V a n d C T O D v a l u e f o r t h e w e l d j o i n t m e t a l i s c o n d u c t e d a c c o r d i n g t o t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f S e c t i o n 5.

T a b l e 4.5.4.1
Condition o f supply o frolled products a n d pipes

Steel M i n i m u m t e m p e r a t u r e o f i m p a c t b e n d i n g test, Condition o f supply atthe thickness o f

grade a t l e a s t , °C
t < 12,5 m m
c 12,5 ^ г ^ 40с mm

PCT, PCTW -10 any N, C R , T M C P

-40 any N, C R , TMCP, Q + T

-60 CR TMCP, Q + T

PCT32, PCT32W -20 any N, C R , TMCP, Q + T

-40 any N, TMCP, Q + T

-60 CR TMCP, Q + T

PCT36, PCT36W -20 any N, C R , TMCP, Q + T

-40 CR CR, N,TMCP, Q + T

-60 CR CR, TMCP, Q + T, Q*+ T

PCT40, PCT40W -20 any CR, TMCP, Q + T

-40 CR CR, TMCP, Q + T

-60 CR, T M C P , Q + T, Q *+ T

PCT420, PCT420W A t any temperatures CR, T M C P , Q + T, Q *+ T

o f b e n d i n g i m p a c t tests
PCT460, PCT460W CR, T M C P , Q + T, Q *+ T

PCT500, PCT500W CR, T M C P , Q + T, Q *+ T

M o r e strong TMCP, Q + T

4.5.4.2 T h e r e a r e f o l l o w i n g h e a t t r e a t m e n t p r o c e ­ sions. Plastic deformation o f the pipe metal during t h e

dures: normalizing ( N ) , controlled rolling ( C R ) , thermo- c o l d e x p a n s i o n s h a l l n o t e x c e e d 1,5 %. S e a m l e s s p i p e s
mechanical controlled processing ( T M C P ) , quenching are m a n u f a c t u r e d u s i n g t h e m e t h o d o f c o l d a n d h o t
a n d t e m p e r i n g ( Q + T ) q u e n c h i n g from r o l l i n g h e a t a n d rolling procedures.
tempering (Q* + T ) . 4.5.5 E x a m i n a t i o n .
4.5.4.3 T h e w e l d e d p i p e s a r e m a n u f a c t u r e d u s i n g 4.5.5.1 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r r o l l e d p r o d u c t s u r f a c e
bending a n d welding procedures. A s a rule, t h e pipes quality, repair a n d r e m o v a l o f surface defects shall
undergo cold expansion t o achieve the required dimen­ c o m p l y w i t h 3 . 2 . 7 , P a r t ХШ " M a t e r i a l s " o f t h e R u l e s f o r
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 39

the Classification a n d Construction o f Sea-Going Ships 4.5.5.3 E x a m i n a t i o n a n d v e r i f i c a t i o n o f d i m e n s i o n s ,

(repair b y w e l d i n g is n o tallowed). Tolerances o n rolled geometry a n d mass o f rolled products and pipes shall b e
product thickness shall m e e t the standards recognized b y carried o u t b y t h e manufacturer. T h e availability o f
the Register a n d b e subject t o agreement w i t h t h e the Register certificate does not relieve the manufacturer
customer. o f t h e responsibility i f a material o r product is
4.5.5.2 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t i n subsequently found defective o r does n o t c o m p l y w i t h
c o m p l i a n c e w i t h t h e requirements o f 4.3.8. T h e steel the agreed technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n o r standards as
s h a l l b e f r e e from a n y d e f e c t s p r e j u d i c i a l t o i t s u s e f o r t h e regards its dimensions, geometry a n d mass.
intended application. T h e manufacturer shall guarantee The recommended requirements f o r dimension
the absence o f surface defects and internal discontinuities deviations a n d quality o f rolled products a n d pipes are
w h i c h dimensions prevent performance o f non-destruc­ specified i n Tables 4.5.5.3-1 a n d 4.5.5.3-2, respectively.
tive testing o f welded joints.

T a b l e 4.5.5.3-1
General requirements for rolled products
Characteristics Scope o f Value
examination

D e v i a t i o n s f r o m f l a t n e s s e q u a l to 1 l i n e a r m e t r e 100 % Not more than 6 m m

C a m b e r equal to 1 linear metre 100 % Not more than 1 m m
Rolled product continuity 100 % N o delaminations e x c e e d i n g the following values are allowed:
for L 2 a n d G 2pipeline classes:
2 2
a r e a o f 500 m m , a t t h a t t h e d e l a m i n a t i o n s w i t h t h e a r e a o f 150 m m
o r m o r e ( f r o m 8 m m i n w i d t h a n d 15 m m i n l e n g t h ) a r e r e c o r d e d i f t h e y a r e
2
n o t m o r e t h a n 5 p e r 0,25 m ;
for other pipeline classes:
2 2
a r e a o f 1000 m m , a t t h a t t h e d e l a m i n a t i o n s w i t h t h e a r e a o f 300 m m
o r m o r e ( f r o m 8 m m i n w i d t h a n d 35 m m i n l e n g t h ) a r e r e c o r d e d i f t h e y a r e
2
n o t m o r e t h a n 10 p e r 1,0 m ;
u p o n agreement, for all pipeline classes:
2 2
a r e a o f 100 m m , a t t h a t t h e d e l a m i n a t i o n s w i t h t h e a r e a o f 3 0 m m o r
m o r e (from 5 m m i n width a n d i n length) are recorded i f they are not m o r e
2
t h a n 5 p e r 0,25 m ;
i n n e a r - e d g e z o n e o f at least 50 m m w i d e :
2
a r e a o f 100 m m a n d w i d t h o f 6 m m a n d m o r e , at t h a t t h e d e l a m i n a t i o n s o f 10 m m
i n l e n g t h a n d m o r e a r e r e c o r d e d i f t h e y a r e n o t m o r e t h a n 3 p e r 1,0 o f e d g e l e n g t h .
Surface quality 100 % Cracks, skins, blisters.laps arenot permitted. Separate roll marks, hairlines a n d
rippling are permitted
1
T h i c k n e s s o f r o l l e d p r o d u c t a t 7,5 < t < 40, m m
c 100 % - 0 , 4 / + (0,016г + 1,2), m m
с

Width o f rolled product 100 % -20/0, m m

'Other thicknesses shall b e subject to agreement with the Register

Table 4.5.5.3-2
General requirements for the pipe dimensions
1
Characteristics Scope o f Welded pipe Seamless pipe
examination
D i a m e t e r p i p e e n d s D < 610 m ma 100 % ±0,5 m m o r ±0,5 % D , a

(whichever i s greater), b u t m a x . ±1,6 m m

D i a m e t e r p i p e e n d s D > 610 m ma 100 % ±1,6 m m ±2,0 m m

Greatest difference i n end diameters o f one pipe 100 % 12,5 % t c

(each pipe measured)

Diameter pipe body, Д,^610 m m 100 % ±0,5 m m o r ±0,75 % D , a ±0,5 m m o r ±0,75 % D a

( w h i c h e v e r i s greater), b u t m a x . + 3 , 0 m m (whichever i s greater)

D i a m e t e r p i p e b o d y , D > 610 m m a 100 % ±0,5 % D , a ±1 % Д,
b u t m a x ±4,0 m m
4
Out-of-roundness, pipe ends 2 , 3
, DJt ^15 c
Й 1,0 % b u t m a x . 8 m m

4
Out-of-roundness, pipe ends , D J t 2
c > 75 Й 1,5 % b u t m a x . 8 m m
40 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

Table 4.5.5.3-2 — continued

1
Characteristics Scope o f Welded pipe Seamless pipe
examination
Out-of-roundness, pipe b o d y 2 д4,5 2,0 % b u t m a x . 15 m m

Местные отклонения от круговой формы R* < 0,5 % D , a —

b u t n o t m o r e t h a n 2,5 m m
W a l l t h i c k n e s s f ^ 15 m m
c 100 % ±0,75 m m ±12,5 %t c

W a l l t h i c k n e s s , 15 < t c 20 m m 100 % ± 1,0 m m ±12,5 %t c

W a l l thickness, t > 20 m m
c 100 % + 1,5 / - 1,0 m m ± 10 % t , b u t m a x . ± 1 , 6 m m
c

4 6
Total curvature Й ^0,2 % L

4
L o c a l curvature Й ^1,5 m m for 1 m of L

4
E n d s squareness Й < 1,6 m m f r o m t r u e 90°

7
—
4
R a d i a l o f f s e t from t h e w e l d ( L B W — l a s e r - b e a m Й
welding and H F W — high frequency welding)
—
4
R a d i a l offset f r o m t h ew e l d ( S W A — s u b m e r g e d a r c Й < 0,1 t , b u t m a x . 2 , 0 m m
c

welding)
Pipe length 100 % U p o n the customer's request

Pipe weight 100 % - 3 , 5 % / + 10 % o f n o m i n a l w e i g h t

' T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r c o n t i n u i t y a n d s u r f a c e q u a l i t y o f s e a m l e s s p i p e s a r e s i m i l a r t o t h o s e f o r a s k e l p ( r e f e r t o T a b l e 4.5.5.3-1).
2
O u t - o f - r o u n d n e s s i s d e t e r m i n e d b y F o r m u l a (3.3.5-5) o r a s a n a b s o l u t e v a l u e .
3
U p o n a g r e e m e n t , o u t - o f - r o u n d n e s s m a y b e l i m i t e d t o 0,6 % b u t m a x . 5 m m .
4
Й m e a n s r a n d o m testing o f 5 % o f the pipes, b u t m i n i m u m 3 p i p e s p e r shift.
'Dimensions pipe b o d y shall b e measured approximately i n themiddle o fthe pipe length.
6
L — the pipe length.
7
T h i c k n e s s considering offset f r o m t h e w e l d shall b e w i t h i n the limits o fpipe w a l l thickness tolerance; i n this case not less than actual
m i n i m u m wall thickness o feach pipe.

4.6 M A T E R I A L S O F F L E X I B L E P O L Y M E R - M E T A L PIPES hydrocarbons atprescribed m i n i m u m operating tempera­

AND THEIR END FITTINGS
4.6.1 G e n e r a l .
4.6.1.1 S e l e c t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t a t t h e
d e s i g n stage o f t h e f l e x i b l e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s t r u c t u r e t o e n s u r e
its integrity, s t r e n g t h , r e l i a b i l i t y a n d d u r a b i l i t y , c o n s i d e r i n g t h e
potential changes o f operational conditions a n d material
properties during t h e design pipeline service life.
T h e possible changes o f the flexible pipe shape a n d
material properties during t h e w h o l e sequence o f
operations associated w i t h t h e pipeline storage, transpor­
tation a n d laying w i t h use o f reels (bundles) shall b e also
taken into account.
4.6.1.2 P r o p e r t i e s o f t h e f l e x i b l e p i p e l a y e r m a t e r i a l s
for polymeric-metal pipes shall correspond t o their
purpose a n d t h e operating conditions o f the pipeline.
A l l t h e a r m o r i n g layers (carcass, radial a r m o r i n g
layer, axial a r m o r i n g layer) shall b e m a d e o f steel
profiled strips (including a n interlocked metallic c o n ­
struction) o r wire. These layers shall ensure structural
and technological strength o f pipelines conveying
ture a n d operational loads.
Inner (internal sheath, outer sheath, liner), separating
(intermediate sheath) a n d insulation layers shall b e m a d e
o f p o l y m e r materials.
E n d f i t t i n g s s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d from t h e s t e e l s
c o m p l y i n g w i t h t h e requirements o f 4.4.
4.6.1.3 A l l t h e m a t e r i a l s u s e d i n t h e f l e x i b l e p i p e
construction shall b e certified f o r application i n t h e
corresponding environment (seawater) a n d t h e trans­
p o r t e d ( n a t u r a l gas, o i l , etc.) m e d i u m w i t h i n t h e r a n g e o f
design operating temperatures.
4.6.1.4 S e r v i c e l i f e o f t h e f l e x i b l e p i p e l i n e s h a l l b e
specified taking into account t h e allowance f o r degrada­
t i o n o f t h e mechanical properties o f the material during
the pipeline long-term service.
4.6.2 P o l y m e r m a t e r i a l s .
4.6.2.1 N o m e n c l a t u r e o f t h e R S - c o n t r o l l e d p r o p e r ­
ties o f p o l y m e r materials used d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e o f
t h e i n n e r a n d i n t e r m e d i a t e l a y e r s o f t h e flexible p i p e i s
s p e c i f i e d u p o n t h e d e s i g n a n d p u r p o s e o f t h e flexible p i p e s ,
p r o c e e d i n g from t h e f o l l o w i n g r a n g e o f p a r a m e t e r s :
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 41

.1 mechanical properties: 4.6.3 M e t a l m a t e r i a l s .

tensile strength; 4.6.3.1 N o m e n c l a t u r e o f t h e c o n t r o l l e d p r o p e r t i e s o f
ultimate elongation; metal materials used i n manufacture o f the composite
compressive strength; flexible pipes a n d e n d fittings includes t h e following:
shear strength; .1 mechanical properties:
bending strength; chemical composition;
m o d u l u s o f elasticity; metal macro- a n d microstructure;
impact strength; tensile strength;
hardness; y i e l d stress;
abrasion resistance; elongation;
residual compressive strain; c h a r p y i m p a c t s t r e n g t h f o r e n d fittings h a v i n g a w a l l
.2 p h y s i c a l p r o p e r t i e s : thickness over 6 m m at the m i n i m u m operating
density; t e m p e r a t u r e b e l o w 0 °C ( r e f e r t o 4 . 3 . 3 . 3 ) ;
coefficient o f thermal expansion; hardness o f base m e t a l a n d welded j o i n t metal;
melting point; softening point; results o f a c o l l a p s e test a n d d r i f t test f o r a l l - m e t a l p i p e s ;
range o f w o r k i n g temperatures; modulus o f elasticity a n d Poisson's ratio;
water absorption; data o n corrosion resistance t o transported m e d i u m
gas-/watertightness; and t h e e n v i r o n m e n t (sea-water);
.3 o t h e r p r o p e r t i e s : data o n erosion resistance t o transported m e d i u m ;
coefficient o f thermal conductivity; stress-cycle d i a g r a m d u r i n g l o a d i n g i n a i r a n d
ageing; corrosive media, w h i c h simulate t h etransported m e d i u m
creeping; and seawater;
chemical resistance t o t h e e n v i r o n m e n t a n d t h e coefficient o f thermal expansion;
transported m e d i u m ; .2 o t h e r p r o p e r t i e s :
resistance t o rapid depressurization; chemical composition;
endurance; c o r r o s i o n resistance;
acceptable defects ( n o t c h s e n s i t i v i t y ) . e r o s i o n resistance;
4.6.2.2 W h e n t h e i n t e r n a l s h e a t h o f t h e f l e x i b l e p i p e cyclic fatigue/fatigue endurance;
is c o m p o s e d o f m u l t i p l e layers, t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r s h a l l resistance t o h y d r o g e n cracking a n d sulphide corro-
experimentally c o n f i r m that the dissimilar material sion cracking.
complies w i t h t h e design requirements for t h e specified
operating conditions a n d service life.
4.6.2.3 F o r p o l y m e r m a t e r i a l s c o m p o s i n g t h e 4.7 S T E E L FLANGES
insulation layers o f t h e flexible pipes, t h e f o l l o w i n g
shall be determined:
tensile strength; 4.7.1 T e r m s a n d d e f i n i t i o n s .
ultimate elongation; The requirements o f this Chapter apply to
compression strength; the f o l l o w i n g steel products used i n subsea pipelines:
m o d u l u s o f elasticity; f l a n g e c o n n e c t i o n means a pair o f matching
density; flanges w i t h s e a l i n g g a s k e t s , b o l t s o r s t u d s w i t h n u t s a n d
coefficient o f thermal conductivity ( i n d r y a n d washers used for installation o f a pipeline section (string/
flooded conditions); spool piece) o r subsea valves w i t h o u t w e l d i n g a n d w i t h
melting point; possibility o f dismantling and replacing a part o f pipeline
softening point; or a fitting;
range o f w o r k i n g temperatures; c o n t a c t ( s e a l i n g ) s u r f a c e m e a n s a surface
water absorption; o f flange c o n t a c t i n g w i t h g a s k e t a n d h a v i n g , a s a r u l e ,
endurance. special grooves f o r its placement;
4.6.2.4 F o r s h e a t h m a t e r i a l s , t h e f o l l o w i n g s h a l l b e b l i n d f l a n g e m e a n s a flat flange w i t h o u t c e n t r a l
determined: h o l e u s e d f o r b l a n k i n g o f f t h e e n d face o f a p i p e l i n e
integrity properties; (string o r spool piece) o r subsea valves;
melting point; w e l d n e c k f l a n g e m e a n s a flange w i t h c e n t r a l
range o f w o r k i n g temperatures; cylindrical part (neck) protruding f r o m its b o d y a n d
endurance. purposed f o r welding t o a pipeline o r other pipeline
4.6.2.5 T h e e f f e c t o f h y d r o s t a t i c c o m p r e s s i o n , w a t e r component b y girth weld;
absorption a n d creeping shall b e determined for b u o y a n c y s w i v e l f l a n g e m e a n s a flange c o n s i s t i n g o f t w o
components. parts: t h e i n n e r part o f smaller diameter w i t h neck f o r
42 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
w e l d i n g t o a p i p e a n d a n o u t e r c o u p l i n g ring w i t h h o l e s
f o r b o l t s / s t u d s t o b e fitted o n t h e i n n e r p a r t ;
a n c h o r f l a n g e means a flange w i t h increased
outer diameter and t w o necks t ob e welded i n a pipeline
b y t w o butt girth welds w h i c h is used f o r limiting
longitudinal displacements o f a pipeline;
i n s u l a t i n g f l a n g e c o n n e c t i o n means a
flange connection excluding electric contact b e t w e e n
connected flanges b y means o f electric insulating gaskets
and bushings;
b a l l f l a n g e means a flange w i t h central part
m a d e as a sphere, w h i c h can b e t u r n e d relative t o t h e
b o d y a n d has a contact surface and holes f o r c o n n e c t i o n
w i t h bolts/studs;
s p i r a l - w o u n d g a s k e t means a gasket w o u n d
o f s t e e l t a p e , w h i c h h a s a n a n g u l a r p r o f i l e a n d filler. T h i s
gasket m a y b e supplied w i t h outer and/or inner flat
a d j u s t m e n t rings;
oval (octagonal) m e t a l l i c gasket
means a steel gasket i n the f o r m o f o v a l o r octagonal
ring, l e s s h a r d t h a n t h e s e a l i n g s u r f a c e s o f f l a n g e s ;
hydraulic accessories f o r assembly
of bolt connections o fflanges ("hydra-
t i g h t " ) means a set o f h y d r a u l i c a l l y - d r i v e n stops for
simultaneous extension o f bolts/studs o f flange connec­
t i o n t o design force value t o m a t c h contact (sealing)
surfaces o f flanges.
4.7.2 G e n e r a l .
4 . 7 . 2 . 1 Flanges a n d flange connections, as a rule,
shall b e flush relative t o t h e linear part (string, spool
piece) o f subsea pipeline t o provide effective in-line
inspection.
4.7.2.2 T h e parameters o f flanges shall b e selected
based o n a c o m b i n a t i o n o f operating pressures a n d
temperatures o f the pipeline (spool piece) w h i c h are
determined t h e according t o design documentation o f
subsea pipeline approved b y the Register (for example,
A S M E B 1 6 . 5 / A N S I ) considering transported m e d i u m
properties.
4.7.2.3 U p o n a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r ,
the r e q u i r e m e n t f o r flanges as separate c o m p o n e n t s
m a y b e also applied t o the flanges m a n u f a c t u r e d as parts
o f equipment o r valves.
4.7.2.4 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r flanges are d e t e r m i n e d
i n accordance w i t h operational reliability levels o f subsea
p i p e l i n e s s p e c i f i e d i n 1.3.3, P a r t I " S u b s e a P i p e l i n e s " .
4.7.2.5 R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e R S technical super­
v i s i o n during manufacture o f flanges shall c o m p l y w i t h
2.11 o f the S P Guidelines.
4.7.2.6 T h e flanges s h a l l b e c o n n e c t e d w i t h
bolts/studs, i n c l u d i n g subsea ones, w i t h u s e o f "hydra-
tight" accessories f o r e v e n pressing o f t h e contact
surfaces. A t that the l e n g t h o f bolt/stud s h a l l be increased
as r e q u i r e d ( 1 5 0 t o 2 0 0 m m ) .
4 . 7 . 2 . 7 F o r m a n u f a c t u r e o f flange f o r g e d a n d cast
w o r k p i e c e s a t a s e p a r a t e firm, t h e l a t t e r s h a l l b e
recognized b y t h e Register a n d t h e workpieces shall
have a Certificate o f C o n f o r m i t y issued b y the Register.
4.7.3 R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r flange design.
4.7.3.1 T h e flanges shall b e manufactured i n
compliance w i t h t h e requirements o f the international
and/or national standards and the technical documenta­
t i o n approved b y the Register.
4.7.3.2 T h e material f o r manufacture o f flanges
shall, as a rule, correspond t o steel grade used f o r linear
pipes (bends) (refer t o 4.5, Part I "Subsea Pipelines")
w i t h consideration o f the transported m e d i u m properties.
A s a rule, t h e flanges shall b e m a d e o f steel w i t h a
strength grade u p t o P C T 5 5 0 ( W ) . W h e n using linear
p i p e s from s t e e l o f h i g h e r s t r e n g t h , t h e u n i f o r m s t r e n g t h
o f flanges shall b e obtained b y increasing the thickness
o f neck at a w e l d i n g beveling. T h e use o f flanges m a d e
o f higher strength materials shall b e agreed u p o n w i t h
the Register.
4.7.3.3 T h e requirements for chemical c o m p o s i t i o n
o f m e t a l for flanges, gaskets and bolts/studs/nuts m a y
c o m p l y w i t h the national and/or international standards
to provide approximate equivalence o f the requirements
to the requirements t o subsea pipelines and the technical
documentation approved b y the Register.
4.7.3.4 F o r subsea pipelines, as a rule, the types o f
flanges s h o w n i n F i g . 4.7.3.4 are used.
c
) d)
F i g . 4.7.3.4
M a i n t y p e s o f flanges f o r s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s
(the contact surface i s s h o w n w i t h d a s h e d line):
a - b l i n d flange; b - w e l d n e c k flange; с - s w i v e l flange;
d - s w i v e l flange w i t h p r o f i l e d e n d f a c e
4.7.3.5 F l a n g e connections o f subsea pipelines
(spool pieces, strings) shall b e tested under the pipeline
design pressure a n d temperature w i t h consideration o f
possible action o f axial forces a n d b e n d i n g m o m e n t
appearing during construction and operation o f a pipe­
line. Finite-element models shall b e used for checking
calculations. U p o n agreement w i t h t h e Register,
the engineering practices based o n t h e international,
national and/or b e n d standards (firm's standards) m a y b e
used.
4.7.3.6 T h e b o t t o m o f a groove for the gasket shall
n o t b e deeper t h a n the flange edge plane, otherwise the
t h i c k n e s s o f f l a n g e o r t h e h e i g h t o f i t s c e n t r a l ridge s h a l l
be increased to keep the m i n i m u m thickness o f the flange
body. Unless otherwise specified i n the documentation
S u r f a c e s o f g r o o v e s h a l l h a v e m a x i m u m r o u g h n e s s Ra 1,6.
Part I . Subsea pipelines
4.7.3.7 T h e neck o f w e l d e d flanges, i n c l u d i n g t h e
anchor ones, shall have cylindrical f o r m o r t h e slope o f
o u t e r s u r f a c e n o t m o r e t h a n 7° a s r e q u i r e d f o r f o r g i n g o r
casting. D i m e n s i o n s o f the flange neck shall c o m p l y w i t h
the values specified i n F i g . 4.7.3.7. W h e n w e l d i n g t o t h e
pipe o f carbon o r l o w - a l l o y steel w i t h n o m i n a l w a l l
t h i c k n e s s o f 5 m m a n d less, a straight edge o r a s m a l l
angle bevel shall b e made.
7 min
' ' * t > 22 mm
* t = 5 to 22 mm inclusive
F i g . 4.7.3.7 D i m e n s i o n s o f n e c k o f w e l d e d flanges
4.7.3.8 T o p r o v i d e u n i f o r m strength o f m a t e r i a l s o f
flange and pipe, the m i n i m u m thickness o f flange neck i n
the b e v e l i n g area shall b e equal t o m i n i m u m w a l l
thickness o f the pipe t o b e welded.
F o r flange materials o f l o w e r strength, t h e m i n i m u m
thickness o f flange n e c k at the b e v e l i n g area h a l l b e such
as t h a t t h e p r o d u c t o f f l a n g e t h i c k n e s s b y i t s y i e l d s t r e s s
(at t h e b e v e l i n g ) i s a t least equal t o t h e product o f w a l l
t h i c k n e s s b y t h e m i n i m u m y i e l d stress o f pipe. T h e w a l l
thickness o f flange neck shall n o t exceed o n e a n d a h a l f
w a l l thickness o f pipe a n d the connection design shall
c o m p l y w i t h o n e o f the versions s h o w n i n F i g . 4.7.3.8.
4.7.3.9 G i r t h w e l d s o f f l a n g e s s h a l l h a v e t h e s a m e
strength as t h a t o f the p i p e l i n e . I n case o f cyclic high-stress
service loading, i n addition t o t h e specified i n 4.7.3.5,
m m
a)
F i g . 4.7.3.8 W e l d e d j o i n t o f t h i c k e n e d n e c k w i t h p i p e
(option a i s preferable)
43
the calculations o f fatigue strength shall b e made based
o n t h e m o s t probable service l o a d i n g w i t h i n a t least
double operational life o f the pipeline (unless otherwise
specified i n t h e documentation f o r subsea pipeline, t h e
service life o f 1 0 0 years is r e c o m m e n d e d f o r calcula-
tions). T h e need f o r calculation is determined i n
accordance w i t h 5.5.7.
4.7.3.10 B a l l f l a n g e s a n d f l a n g e s d i f f e r e n t from
those specified i n 4.7.3.4 a r e subject t o special
consideration b y t h e Register.
4.7.3.11 G a s k e t s s h a l l b e m e t a l l i c a n d m a n u f a c t u r e d
i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 4 . 7 . 3 . 3 from t h e m a t e r i a l s r e s i s t a n t t o
the media transported i n t h e pipeline system a n d
compatible w i t h t h e flange materials w i t h respect t o
corrosion destruction d u r i n g subsea pipeline operation.
Gaskets shall have finish a n d roughness o f contact
surfaces n o t w o r s e t h a n that o f the flanges.
H a r d n e s s o f g a s k e t b a s e m e t a l s h a l l b e a t least b y 2 0 H V
less t h a n h a r d n e s s o f t h e u s e d f l a n g e m a t e r i a l b u t n o t
more than 180 H V .
4.7.3.12 T h e m a t e r i a l o f b o l t s / s t u d s , n u t s a n d
washers shall meet t h e requirements o f 4.7.3.3 a n d
provide design life i n sea water w i t h coating and/or
electrochemical protection. B o l t s , as a rule, are used o n
the pipelines (strings, spool pieces) w i t h w o r k i n g
pressure u p t o 2,5 M P a .
4.7.3.12.1 W h e n cathodic p r o t e c t i o n i s used,
the hardness o f bolts/studs shall b e n o t m o r e t h a n 3 0 0
H V t o prevent hydrogen-induced cracking.
4.7.3.12.2 W h e n " h y d r a t i g h t " a c c e s s o r i e s a r e u s e d
(refer t o 4.7.2.6), u p o n agreement w i t h t h e Register
t h e p e r m i s s i b l e stresses o f bolts/studs m a y b e increased
b y 2 0 %.
4.7.3.12.3 T h e m a n u f a c t u r e d f a s t e n e r s s h a l l h a v e t h e
rolled thread, hardness o f studs o r bolts shall b e higher
t h a n t h e hardness o f nuts b y a t least 1 2 H B . Hardness o f
w a s h e r s s h a l l b e less t h a n t h e h a r d n e s s o f bolts/studs a n d
nuts.
4.7.3.12.4 B o l t s , s t u d s , n u t s a n d w a s h e r s o f s t a i n l e s s
steel m a y b e used b u t t h e y require effective electro-
chemical protection for use i n sea water.
T h e bolts made o f nickel o r other nickel-based
solution-hardened alloys are allowed w i t h the mandatory
p i t t i n g c o r r o s i o n tests. T h e s e m a t e r i a l s s h a l l h a v e y i e l d
stress o f m a x i m u m 7 2 0 M P a .
4.7.3.13 T h e m a t e r i a l o f i n s u l a t i n g g a s k e t s a n d
bushings used both f o r sealing t h e joints o f insulating
flanges a n d f o r electrical i s o l a t i o n o f t w o parts o f flanges
s h a l l h a v e t h e u l t i m a t e resistance n o t less t h a n 2 6 0 M P a ,
electric resistance n o t less t h a n 1 0 k O h m a n d w a t e r
a b s o r p t i o n n o t m o r e t h a n 0 , 0 1 %.
4.7.4 T e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e
of flanges.
4.7.4.1 Flanges f o r subsea pipelines (strings a n d
spool pieces) shall b e m a d e under t h e R S technical
supervision. Series-manufactured flanges ( 5 0 a n d m o r e )
44 Rules for the Classification
are subject t o type a p p r o v a l b y t h e Register i n
accordance w i t h 2.11 o f the S P Guidelines.
I f f e w e r flanges o f t h e same type a n d size are
manufactured, u p o n agreement w i t h the Register a single
approval o f flanges is a l l o w e d . A t t h e same t i m e , w h e r e
necessary, t h e t y p e tests t o t h e e x t e n t r e q u i r e d b y
the Register shall b e carried out.
4.7.4.2 T h e l i s t o f t e c h n i c a l d o c u m e n t a t i o n t o b e
r e v i e w e d b y t h e Register f o r approval o f the flanges is
given i n 2.11.3 o f the S P Guidelines.
I n case o f t y p e a p p r o v a l o f flanges according t o t h e
documentation approved b y t h e Register, a pilot flange
(pair o f matching flanges) shall b e manufactured a n d
tested p r i o r t o c o m m e n c e m e n t o f series p r o d u c t i o n i n
accordance w i t h 2.11.4 o f the S P Guidelines. Based o n
t h e results o f t y p e tests f o r t h e p i l o t flanges, t h e technical
documentation m a y be amended.
4.7.4.3 F l a n g e s s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d b y f o r g i n g o r
centrifugal casting f o l l o w e d w i t h m a c h i n i n g , at that t h e
forged flanges are preferable. A n c h o r flanges shall b e o n l y
forged. R e p a i r o f forgings b y w e l d i n g is n o t a l l o w e d .
U p o n agreement w i t h t h eRegister, the b l i n d flanges
m a y b e m a n u f a c t u r e d from s t e e l r o l l e d p l a t e s .
4.7.4.4 T h e f l a n g e s a r e s u b j e c t t o h e a t t r e a t m e n t
after r o u g h m a c h i n i n g . Tolerances f o r heat treatment
p a r a m e t e r s s h a l l b e ± 1 5 °C f o r h o l d i n g t e m p e r a t u r e a n d
±20 % for holding time.
T h e extent and depth o f rough machining o f forgings
a n d castings are selected considering ultrasonic surface
testing requirements.
4.7.4.5 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s t o n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g
o f flanges at a l l stages o f p r o d u c t i o n s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h
the requirements o f t h e international and/or national
standards, technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n approved b y
the Register a n d 4.8.8.
4.7.4.6 T h e s t e e l f o r p r o d u c t i o n o f f l a n g e s s h a l l b e
weldable t o pipes, spool pieces, h o t bends and/or fittings.
Weldability shall b e verified w h e n testing t h e specimens
o f w e l d e d field j o i n t s , r e f e r t o S e c t i o n 5 .
D u r i n g weldability testing, t h e f o l l o w i n g shall be
determined:
u l t i m a t e tensile resistance o f cross-weld specimens,
hardness i n welded j o i n t zones;
impact energy o n the w e l d material, fusion line a n d
in 2 m m , 5 m m a n d 2 0 m m f r o m t h e fusion line, i f the
p r o d u c t d i m e n s i o n s p e r m i t m a n u f a c t u r i n g o f i m p a c t test
specimens.
T h e acceptance criteria shall c o m p l y w i t h
the requirements t o t h e product base metal.
Previously obtained data o n w e l d a b i l i t y for the same
materials m a y b e used w i t h the f o l l o w i n g restrictions: t h e
diameter t o thickness ratio a n d t h e cross-section area
shall differ m a x i m u m t w i c e as c o m p a r e d w i t h t h e
p r e v i o u s l y o b t a i n e d data.
4.7.4.7 D u r i n g t y p e a p p r o v a l o f s e r i a l flanges, a
h y d r o s t a t i c s t r e n g t h t e s t o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e flange s h a l l b e
and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
c a r r i e d o u t b y m a k i n g a t e s t a s s e m b l y o f t w o t e s t flanges
w i t h gaskets, b o l t e d c o n n e c t i o n ( o r anchor flange),
adjoining pipe sections a n d b l a n k covers. T h e general
testing requirements are specified i n 4.8.7.
T h e m a n u f a c t u r e d flanges a r e s u b j e c t t o h y d r o s t a t i c
tests o n i n s t a l l e d p i p e l i n e s (strings o r s p o o l pieces).
T h e t e s t p r e s s u r e s h a l l e x c e e d t h e flange p r e s s u r e
c l a s s ( P N ) n o t m o r e t h a n b y 1,5 t i m e s ( a t r o o m
temperature). Tests at h i g h e r pressure are a l l o w e d after
p e r f o r m i n g special strength calculations u p o n agreement
w i t h t h e Register.
4.7.4.8 T h e n u m b e r o f f a s t e n e r s s e l e c t e d f o r m e -
c h a n i c a l tests s h a l l b e t h e f o l l o w i n g o n e p e r b a t c h o f
up t o 8 0 0 pieces; t w o p e r batch o f u p t o 8 0 0 0 pieces;
t h r e e p e r b a t c h o f u p t o 2 2 0 0 0 p i e c e s ; five p e r l a r g e r
batch. A batch comprises products o f the same n o m i n a l
size a n d m a t e r i a l a n d t h e same steel m e l t a n d heat
t r e a t m e n t l o a d . T h e f o l l o w i n g tests s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t :
. 1 f o r b o l t s a n d s t u d s : h a r d n e s s t e s t i n g , finding y i e l d
stress, u l t i m a t e resistance, e l o n g a t i o n a t b r e a k i n g , a n d
C h a r p y V - n o t c h i m p a c t e n e r g y a t t h e t e m p e r a t u r e 1 0 °C
b e l o w design value (the latter o n l y f o rcarbon a n d l o w -
a l l o y steel). W h e r e i t is impossible t o c u t o u t a n impact
t e s t s p e c i m e n from b o l t o r s t u d , t h e s p e c i a l s p e c i m e n s
exposed t o equivalent heat treatment shall b e used;
.2 f o r n u t s : h a r d n e s s t e s t i n g a n d l o a d test o n a h a r d e n e d
threaded mandrel. T h e load is determined i n accordance
w i t h d i m e n s i o n s a n d strength class o f n u t m a t e r i a l , a n d
shall b e specified i n t h e technical documentation;
.3 f o r w a s h e r s : h a r d n e s s t e s t i n g .
Acceptance criteria shall c o m p l y w i t h the criteria for
connectable steel pipes f o r subsea pipelines o f the same
strength grade.
4.8 S T E E L B E N D S A N D F I T T I N G S
4.8.1 T e r m s a n d d e f i n i t i o n s .
The requirements o f this Chapter apply to
the f o l l o w i n g steel products used i n subsea pipeline
structures f o r changing t h e direction o f pipeline axis:
h o t b e n d means a pipeline component w i t h the
a x i s b e n d r a d i u s t o t h e n o m i n a l d i a m e t e r r a t i o o f a t least 3
a n d m a n u f a c t u r e d from a d u c t i l e i n d u c t i o n - h e a t e d
seamless o r w e l d e d m o t h e r pipe, w h i c h m a y be a pipe
for linear part o f subsea pipeline o r a specially
manufactured pipe (mother pipe);
f i 11 i n g means a pipeline component used b o t h f o r
changing t h e direction o f axis a n d f o r branching t h e
p i p e l i n e ; i t m a y b e m a d e from f o r g e d , s t a m p e d o r cast
workpieces b y w e l d i n g and/or machining. Fittings include
e l b o w s , T-joints, reducers, plugs, b l a n k covers, etc.;
e l b o w means a pipeline component made from
f o r g e d , s t a m p e d o r cast w o r k p i e c e s , as a r u l e , h a v i n g a x i s
b e n d radius t o n o m i n a l d i a m e t e r r a t i o o f a t least 3;
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
s h a r p e l b o w means a n elbow, w h i c h axis bend
r a d i u s t o n o m i n a l d i a m e t e r r a t i o i s less t h a n 1,5;
r e d u c e r means a pipeline component f o r connec­
tion o f pipes o f different diameter and/or w a l l thickness;
f l u s h T - j o i n t means a T-joint having equal
n o m i n a l diameters o f a l l t h e bores;
r e d u c i n g T - j o i n t means a T-joint w i t h side
passage diameter l o w e r than t h e m a i n passage diameter;
b l a n k c o v e r means a part f o r covering the
pipeline cross-section a n d w e l d e d b y a girth w e l d ;
e x t r a d o s means outer curved section o f t h e
curved portion o f a bend;
i n t r a d о s means inner curved section o f the curved
portion o fa bend;
e n d p i e c e s m e a n bend parts w e l d e d i n factory
c o n d i t i o n s t o t h e b r a n c h e n d s a n d m a n u f a c t u r e d from t h e
material o f pipes t o b e connected. T h e e n d pieces a v o i d
field w e l d i n g o f heterogeneous materials o r different
thicknesses.
4.8.2 G e n e r a l .
4.8.2.1 T h e b e n d s a n d f i t t i n g s ( h e r e i n a f t e r r e f e r r e d t o
as ^ e n d s " , u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e s p e c i f i e d ) , w h i c h d i a m e t e r
enables in-line inspection shall b e flush relative t o
the linear part (string, spool piece) o f subsea pipeline so
that t h e subsea pipeline c o u l d b e f u l l y in-line inspected.
4.8.2.2 U p o n a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r ,
the requirements f o r fittings m a y be applied t o the
bodies o f various subsea valves.
4.8.2.3 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r b e n d s a r e d e t e r m i n e d
i n accordance w i t h subsea pipeline operation reliability
l e v e l s specified i n 1.3.3, P a r t I " S u b s e a P i p e l i n e s " . I n a n y
case, t h e s t r e n g t h grade o f b e n d m a t e r i a l s h a l l b e n o t
w o r s e t h a n that o f linear pipes.
4.8.2.4 G i r t h w e l d s ( i f a n y ) i n f i t t i n g s s h a l l b e e q u a l
i n strength w i t h t h e p i p e l i n e . I n case o f c y c l i c high-stress
service loading, t h e fatigue calculations shall b e made
based o n the most probable operational loading during at
least d o u b l e d service life o f t h e p i p e l i n e . T h e n e e d f o r
calculation is determined i n accordance w i t h t h e
requirements o f 5.5.7.
4.8.2.5 A p p l i e d w e l d i n g p r o c e d u r e s s h a l l b e q u a l i ­
fied i n compliance w i t h t h e Register Rules. T h e earlier
developed procedures m a y b e used o n l y f o rw e l d i n g o f
c a r b o n steel w i t h y i e l d stress u p t o 4 5 0 M P a .
4.8.2.6 F i t t i n g s a r e m a d e o f s t e e l o f s t r e n g t h g r a d e
up t o P C T 5 5 0 ( W ) . W h e n connecting line pipes from
steel o f h i g h e r strength, t h e u n i f o r m strength o f fittings is
obtained b y increasing t h e thickness. Materials o f higher
strength f o r manufacture o f fittings m a y b e used u p o n
agreement w i t h t h e Register.
4.8.2.7 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e R S t e c h n i c a l
supervision during manufacture o f bends a n d fittings
are specified i n 2 . 1 1 a n d 2 . 1 2 , respectively,
o f the S P Guidelines.
4.8.2.8 R a w m a t e r i a l s f o r m a n u f a c t u r e o f b e n d s
(mother pipes, fitting workpieces, etc.) supplied under
45
the R S technical supervision, shall h a v e a certificate
issued b y t h e Register, a n d their manufacturers shall be
recognized b y t h e Register.
4.8.2.9 F o r s u b s e a p i p e l i n e w i t h c a t h o d i c p r o t e c t i o n ,
the compatibility o fmaterials o f bends a n d fittings w i t h
the material o f linear pipes shall b e analyzed t o prevent
h y d r o g e n a t i o n o f i n d i v i d u a l elements o f these structures.
4.8.3 R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r d e s i g n o f h o t b e n d s .
4.8.3.1 H o t b e n d s s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d i n c o m ­
pliance w i t h the requirements o f international and/or
national standards a n d t h e technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n
approved b y t h e Register.
4.8.3.2 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f h o t b e n d s
m e t a l shall correspond t o t h e pipe steel brands. U p o n
agreement w i t h t h e Register, t h e chemical composition
o f b e n d m a t e r i a l m a y b e m o d i f i e d w i t h respect t o t h e
pipe standards t o o b t a i n satisfactory c o m b i n a t i o n o f
weldability, hardness penetration, strength, ductility,
viscosity a n d c o r r o s i o n resistance.
4.8.3.3 H o t b e n d s o f s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s ( i n c l u d i n g t h e
ones i n s p o o l pieces) shall b e tested b y t h e pipeline
design pressure a n d temperature w i t h consideration o f
possible external actions appearing during construction
and operation o f pipeline. Finite-element models shall be
used for checking calculations. U p o n agreement w i t h t h e
Register, t h e engineering practices based o n t h e interna­
tional, n a t i o n a l and/or b r a n c h standards ( f i r m standards)
m a y b e used.
M a n u f a c t u r e o f h o t b e n d s from p i p e s u s e d f o r l i n e a r
pipeline w i t h o u t the specified calculations is n o t allowed.
4.8.3.4 T h e R e g i s t e r i s e n t i t l e d n o t t o r e q u i r e t h e
presentation o f the results o f calculations w h e n t h e w a l l
t h i c k n e s s o f b e n d extrados t i s less t h a n t h e m i n i m u m
t
w a l l thickness o f linear pipes 4„ a n d t h e w a l l thickness
n
o f b e n d i n t r a d o s i s n o t less t h a n :
t. = t • 2 г ь
~ г
р (4.8.3.4)
w h e r e г,^ = t h e m i n i m u m d e s i g n w a l l t h i c k n e s s o f t h e p i p e l i n e l i n e a r
part with corrosion allowance, i nm m ;
r - axis b e n d radius, i nm m ;
b
r - nominal m e a n radius o f a mother pipe, i nm m .
p
4.8.4 T e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e
of hot bends.
4.8.4.1 H o t b e n d s s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d a t t h e firms
recognized b y t h e Register. U p o n agreement w i t h t h e
R e g i s t e r , b e n d s m a y b e m a n u f a c t u r e d a t t h e firm n o t
r e c o g n i z e d b y R e g i s t e r , p r o v i d e d t h a t a d d i t i o n a l tests a r e
carried o u t during manufacture i n t h e scope required f o r
recognition o fthe firm.
4.8.4.2 T h e l i s t o f t e c h n i c a l d o c u m e n t a t i o n t o b e
reviewed b y the Register f o r approval o f bends is
specified i n 2.12.3 o f the S P Guidelines.
F o r recognition o f bends manufacturer i n compli­
ance w i t h t h e documentation approved b y t h e Register,
46 Rules for the Classification
the test b e n d o f each t y p e a n d size shall b e m a n u f a c t u r e d
and t h e n checked a n d tested p r i o r t o c o m m e n c e m e n t o f
manufacture i n accordance w i t h 2.12.4 o f the S P
G u i d e l i n e s . B a s e d o n t h e results o f tests d u r i n g
manufacturer recognition, the technical documentation
may be amended.
4.8.4.3 H o t b e n d s s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d b y h o t
bending method. U s e o f cold bends is allowed i f the
p l a s t i c d e f o r m a t i o n d o e s n o t e x c e e d 1,5 %.
4.8.4.4 T h e m o t h e r p i p e f o r b e n d s m a y b e s e a m l e s s
or have one o r t w o longitudinal welds.
4.8.4.5 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r m o t h e r p i p e s f o r b e n d s
shall f u l l y c o m p l y w i t h t h e requirements f o r steel pipes
soecified i n Section 4 , Parts I "Subsea Pipelines",
including the requirements f o r recognition o f manufac-
turers, e x t e n t o f tests a n d c o n f i r m a t i o n o f c o m p l i a n c e
w i t h respect t o t h e specified operational reliability level
o f t h e p i p e l i n e i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 1.3.3, P a r t I " S u b s e a
Pipelines".
4.8.4.6 U p o n a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r ,
the m o t h e r pipes f o r h o t bends m a y be used that
manufactured at the firms n o t recognized b y the Register
but under technical supervision o f a classification society
recognized b y the Register o r a national supervisory body.
T h e e x t e n t a n d r e s u l t s o f t h e tests s p e c i f i e d i n t h e
manufacturer's certificate shall b e approved b y the Register.
4.8.4.7 T h e m o t h e r p i p e f o r h o t b e n d s s h a l l h a v e
pipe b o d y n o t repaired b y w e l d i n g , n o transverse butt
welds (welds o f r o l l o r plate ends) o r girth welds.
T h e m o t h e r pipe shall b e subject t o v i s u a l e x a m i n a t i o n
and non-destructive testing similarly t o a linear pipe,
except f o r t h e ends i f they shall b e cut o f f during
manufacture o f bend.
D u r i n g manufacture a l l m o t h e r pipes f o r bends shall
be subject t o t h e factory internal pressure testing.
4.8.4.8 D u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e , b e n d b e n d i n g s h a l l n o t
be interrupted, otherwise t h e bend shall b e rejected. H o t
straightening (gauging) after bending, i n c l u d i n g local
heating, shall n o t b e f o l l o w e d w i t h complete heat
treatment.
C o l d straightening o f bends n o t f o l l o w e d w i t h heat
treatment is a l l o w e d w h e n plastic deformations d o n o t
e x c e e d 1,5 %.
4.8.4.9 T h e e x t e n t o f t e s t s a n d c h e c k s o f t h e h o t
bends, including arrangement a n d type o f specimens
during manufacture shall comply w i t h 2.12.4 o fthe S P
Guidelines. Unless otherwise specified, t h e methods a n d
criteria o f acceptance shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e criteria f o r
linear pipes o f t h e corresponding strength grades a n d
r e q u i r e m e n t level. Tests a n d checks shall b e p e r f o r m e d
after t h e final heat treatment.
4.8.4.10 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r m e c h a n i c a l t e s t s s h a l l
comply w i t h 4.8.7.
4.8.4.11 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s t o n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g
o f bends at a l l stages o f m a n u f a c t u r e s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h
the requirements o f t h e international and/or national
and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
standards, technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n approved b y t h e
Register a n d 4.8.8.
4.8.5 R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r d e s i g n o f fittings.
4.8.5.1 F i t t i n g s s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d i n c o m p l i a n c e
w i t h the requirements o f the international and/or national
standards a n d t h e technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n approved b y
the Register.
4.8.5.2 F i t t i n g s c a p a b i l i t y t o w i t h s t a n d i n t e r n a l
pressure shall b e t h e same o r better t h a n that o f t h e
corresponding linear pipes. T o determine t h e required
w a l l thickness i n each cross-section o f fitting, t h e finite-
element calculations shall b e made. U p o n agreement
w i t h t h e Register, t h e engineering practices based o n t h e
international, national and/or bend standards ( f i r m
standards) m a y b e used.
Strength testing b y hydraulic m e t h o d shall b e carried o u t
both during recognition o f the manufacturer and
manufacture.
4.8.5.3 I n c y l i n d r i c a l p a r t s o f T - j o i n t s a n d s i m i l a r
fittings w i t h w a l l thickness close t o t h e m i n i m u m w a l l
t h i c k n e s s o f p i p e , t h e z o n e s o f g i r t h w e l d s a n d stress
c o n c e n t r a t i o n z o n e s c a u s i n g d e f o r m a t i o n s h a l l b e separated.
4.8.5.4 T h e d i s t a n c e from t h e b e v e l i n g t o r a d i a l
transition zone (unless t h e finite-element calculations
d e m o n s t r a t e t h a t n o m i n a l stresses i n t h e w e l d area a r e
a c h i e v e d at a s m a l l e r distance) s h a l l b e n o t less t h a n :
3 V v (4.8.5.4)
w h e r e r - m e a n fitting r a d i u s , i n m m ;
p
t = r e f e r t o F o r m u l a (4.8.3.4).
4.8.5.5 T h e w a l l t h i c k n e s s o f f i t t i n g s h a l l b e
determined i n accordance w i t h 4.8.3.4.
4.8.5.6 B l a n k c o v e r s s h a l l h a v e e l l i p s o i d s h a p e w i t h
n o m i n a l diameter t o depth ratio o f4:1. Spherical blank
covers m a y b e manufactured w i t h diameter o f head e n d
equal t o 0,9 o f n o m i n a l diameter, toric transition zone
w i t h radius equal t o 0,085 o f n o m i n a l diameter a n d
tangent.
The m i n i m u m w a l l thickness i n a n y point o f t h e
b l a n k c o v e r m a n u f a c t u r e d from t h e m a t e r i a l o f t h e s a m e
s t r e n g t h g r a d e as t h e l i n e a r p i p e s h a l l b e n o t less t h a n t h e
m i n i m u m linear pipeline design w a l l thickness, including
corrosion allowance.
4.8.5.7 T h e r e d u c e r s s h a l l c o n s i s t o f a t a p e r , t a n g e n t s
and toric transition zones between t h e m w i t h a radius o f
m i n i m u m 0,085 o f the n o m i n a l diameter. T h e reducers
w i t h o u t t a n g e n t s a r e a l l o w e d o n l y i f field w e l d i n g i s
subject t o X - r a y testing. O t h e r w i s e , the w i d t h o f tangents
shall b e sufficient for ultrasonic testing i n t h e p r o x i m i t y
o f w e l d j o i n t s a n d field w e l d s .
4.8.5.7.1 T h e a n g l e o f t a p e r a o f t h e r e d u c e r s h a l l n o t
e x c e e d 30°. T h e o u t e r d i a m e t e r t o t h i c k n e s s r a t i o s h a l l
not exceed 100. D u r i n g manufacture o f the reducer from
the m a t e r i a l o f the s a m e strength grade as the pipes t o b e
c o n n e c t e d , t h e w a l l t h i c k n e s s s h a l l b e n o t less t h a n t h a t
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
required f o r the pipe o f a greater diameter, except f o r the
tangent a n d radial transition z o n e t o i t f r o m t h e side o f
a smaller diameter, w h e r e t h ew a l l thickness shall ben o t
less t h a n t h a t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e p i p e o f a s m a l l e r diameter.
4.8.5.7.2 I f t h e r e d u c e r i s m a n u f a c t u r e d f r o m a n o t h e r
material, the m i n i m u m w a l l thickness i n the cross-section
tt, i n m m , c a n b e d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e f o l l o w i n g f o r m u l a :
U = * г^' Р
л* i (4.8.5.7.2)
' 2cosa[# m —0,6p ] 0 h o m o g e n i z a t i o n , n o r m a l i z i n g a n d stress r e l i e f o r h o m o -
where p = design pressure, i n M P a ;
0
Д = outer diameter i n t h e cross-section i n question measured
normal to the longitudinal axis, i n m m ;
R = the m i n i m u m ultimate strength o f the reducer material, i n M P a ;
m
<x = a n g l e o f t a p e r o f t h e r e d u c e r , i n d e g .
4.8.5.7.3 T h e r e d u c e r s from s t a i n l e s s s t e e l s h a l l b e
designed s o t h a t t h e l o c a l stresses d o n o t cause h y d r o g e n -
induced cracking.
4.8.5.8 S i d e t a p s o f t h e f l u s h a n d r e d u c e r T - j o i n t s
shall be made integral w i t h the body, f o r example, b y
stamping. W e l d e d taps are subject t o approval b y
the R e g i s t e r o n t h e case-to-case basis. T h i s t a p s h a l l b e
located o n t h e side opposite t o t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l w e l d , i f
t h e Г-joint b o d y i s m a d e from t h e w e l d e d m o t h e r p i p e
with one longitudinal weld.
B e n d radius o f outer surface o f the tap p shall b e 0
n o t less t h a n t h e s m a l l e r v a l u e o f 0 , 0 5 Z ) a n d 3 0 m m , a n d
s h a l l n o t e x c e e d [0,Ш + 1 2 ] m m . T h i s r a d i u s s h a l l b e
obtained b y forming methods w i t h o u t machining a n d
welding. T h e m i n i m u m w a l l thickness i n t h e transition
z o n e m e a s u r e d i n t h e p l a n e a t 45° t o t h e m a i n p a s s a g e o f
t h e T - j o i n t s h a l l b e 1,5 o f t h e m i n i m u m d e s i g n t h i c k n e s s
o f linear pipeline wall including corrosion allowance.
4.8.6 T e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e
of fittings.
4.8.6.1 F i t t i n g s s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d a t t h e f i r m s
recognized b y t h e Register. U p o n agreement w i t h
t h e R e g i s t e r , i n c e r t a i n c a s e s t h e fittings m a y b e
m a n u f a c t u r e d a t t h e firm n o t r e c o g n i z e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r ,
p r o v i d e d that a d d i t i o n a l tests are carried o u t d u r i n g
m a n u f a c t u r e i n t h e s c o p e r e q u i r e d f o r t h e firm r e c o g n i ­
tion.
4.8.6.2 T h e l i s t o f t e c h n i c a l d o c u m e n t a t i o n t o b e
r e v i e w e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r f o r fittings a p p r o v a l i s s p e c i f i e d
in 2.13.3 o f the S P Guidelines.
F o r r e c o g n i t i o n o f fittings m a n u f a c t u r e r i n c o m p l i ­
ance w i t h t h e documentation approved b y t h e Register,
the test fitting o f each type a n d size shall b e
manufactured a n d t h e n checked a n d tested p r i o r t o
commencement o f manufacture i n accordance
w i t h 2.13.4 o f the S P Guidelines. Based o n t h e results
o f tests d u r i n g t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r r e c o g n i t i o n , t h e
technical documentation m a y be amended.
4.8.6.3 R a w m a t e r i a l s f o r fittings m a n u f a c t u r e
i n c l u d e b l o o m s , i n g o t s , slabs, sorted f o r g i n g s , r o l l e d
Al
products, seamless o r w e l d e d pipes made o f fully killed
steel. S u p p l y o f f i t t i n g w o r k p i e c e s s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h 4 . 8 . 2 . 8 .
T h e pipes w e l d e d b y high-frequency current a n d
spiral w e l d pipes m a y n o t b e used as w o r k p i e c e s f o r
fittings manufacture.
4.8.6.4 T h e m i n i m u m f o r g i n g r e d u c t i o n d u r i n g
fittings m a n u f a c t u r e s h a l l b e 4 : 1 .
W h e n c a s t i n g s a r e u s e d f o r fittings m a n u f a c t u r e ,
the castings shall h a v e m e t a l o f the s a m e m e l t a n d shall
be subject t o t h e f o l l o w i n g types o f heat treatment:
genization, quenching a n d tempering.
H o t stamping o f carbon a n d l o w - a l l o y steel d u r i n g
fittings m a n u f a c t u r e s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t a t t e m p e r a t u r e s
b e l o w 1 1 0 0 °C. W h e n m i c r o a l l o y i n g e l e m e n t s p r e v e n t i n g
the g r o w t h o f grain (for example, t i t a n i u m ) areadded, t h e
f o r g i n g t e m p e r a t u r e m a y b e i n c r e a s e d u p t o 1 1 5 0 °C.
H o t f o r m i n g o f stainless steel s h a l l b e carried o u t at
t e m p e r a t u r e b e t w e e n 1 0 0 0 a n d 1 1 5 0 °C.
4.8.6.5 T h e l o n g i t u d i n a l w e l d s o f fittings s h a l l b e
d o u b l e - s i d e d as m u c h as t e c h n i c a l l y practicable; t h e
backing rings shall n o t b e used. A l l welds shall b e m a d e
w i t h full penetration. Tack welds shall be removed prior
to heat treatment.
4.8.6.6 A f t e r w e l d i n g , l o c a l h e a t t r e a t m e n t m a y b e
p e r f o r m e d b y portable resistance-type electric heaters
(mats) o r other agreed method. A strip along t h e entire
w e l d o f a t l e a s t five m a x i m u m w e l d e d t h i c k n e s s i n w i d t h
shall be exposed t o such a treatment. T h e r m a l insulation
shall be used w h i c h w i d t h is sufficient t o keep the
t e m p e r a t u r e o n t h e edges o f t h e s t r i p n o t h i g h e r t h a n 3 0 0 °C.
4.8.6.7 T h e fittings s h a l l b e h e a t t r e a t e d a f t e r r o u g h
machining. T h e extent a n d depth o f rough machining o f
forgings a n d castings p r i o r t o heat treatment shall b e
selected w i t h consideration o f ultrasonic surface testing
requirements.
4.8.6.8 T h e e n d f a c e s o f fittings s h a l l b e m a c h i n e d
for w e l d i n g . T h e structure o f such a w e l d e d j o i n t shall
provide smooth transition t o the metal o f connected
l i n e a r p i p e w i t h m a t i n g a n g l e o f m a x i m u m 30°. D u r i n g
m a n u f a c t u r e o f fittings from t h e m e t a l o f l o w e r s t r e n g t h
g r a d e , t h e fitting b o d y h a s i n c r e a s e d t h i c k n e s s , t h e r e f o r e
t h e c h a m f e r s w i t h a n a n g l e o f m a x i m u m 30° t o t h e fitting
body shall be made.
4.8.6.9 T h e e x t e n t o f t e s t s a n d c h e c k s o f t h e fittings,
including arrangement a n d type o f specimens during
manufacture shall c o m p l y w i t h 2.13.4 o f the S P Guide­
lines. Unless otherwise specified, t h e methods a n d
criteria o f acceptance shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e criteria f o r
linear pipes o f t h e corresponding strength grades a n d
requirement levels. Tests a n d checks shall b e carried o u t
a f t e r t h e final h e a t t r e a t m e n t .
4.8.6.10 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r m e c h a n i c a l t e s t s s h a l l
comply w i t h 4.8.7.
4.8.6.11 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g
o f ends at a l l stages o f m a n u f a c t u r e s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h t h e
48 Rules f o r the Classification
requirements o f t h e international and/or national stan­
dards, technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n approved b y t h e Register
and 4.8.8.
4.8.7 R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r m e c h a n i c a l t e s t i n g o f
b r a n c h e s a n d fittings.
4.8.7.1 B e n d i n g tests (refer t o S e c t i o n 3 o f A p p e n d i x 4 ) .
F a c e b e n d test s h a l l b e carried o u t o n f u l l - t h i c k n e s s
non-straightened specimens w i t h w e l d reinforcement
r e m o v e d f l u s h from b o t h s i d e s . W h e n t h e w a l l t h i c k n e s s
exceeds 2 5 m m , 2 5 m m t h i c k specimens m a y b e used.
W h e r e t h e b e n d a n g l e i s 180°, t h e e x t e n d e d surface i n
t h e w e l d m a t e r i a l s h a l l n o t h a v e tears l o n g e r t h a n 3 m m ; i n
base m e t a l a n d H A Z longer than 3 m m o r deeper than 12,5
% o f n o m i n a l w a l l t h i c k n e s s . S i d e surfaces o f s p e c i m e n s a r e
a l l o w e d t o h a v e tears u p t o 6 m m
Mandrel diameter shall be n o t more than
D m = - ( 4 8 7 1 )
'(o^expC-COOlSo^-O ^ -
where t - wall thickness, i n m m ;
I D - inner diameter o fb e n d where specimens are taken, i n m m .
4.8.7.2 S u l p h i d e s t r e s s c r a c k i n g r e s i s t a n c e t e s t s
(refer also t o Section 4 o f A p p e n d i x 4 ) .
T h e tests s h a l l b e carried o u t according t o
N A C E T M 0 1 7 7 , s o l u t i o n A ( s o l u t i o n В u p o n agree­
m e n t ) , at h o l d i n g t i m e 7 2 0 h , a n d w i t h stress e q u a l t o
0,85 o f t h e m i n i m u m guaranteed y i e l d stress.
T h e s a m p l e s h a l l b e t a k e n from t h e p l a c e e x p o s e d t o
the greatest e x t e n s i o n d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e . T h e s a m p l e is
used t o m a k e three longitudinal specimens taken from
the inner surface o f w a l l ; straightening is a l l o w e d .
A d d i t i o n a l c r o s s - w e l d s a m p l e s a r e t a k e n from t h e w e l d e d
m o t h e r pipes w i t h t h e w e l d i n t h e m i d d l e o f specimens.
Specimens f o r f o u r - p o i n t b e n d i n g test shall h a v e
dimensions o f m i n i m u m 115 m m (length) x 15 m m
(width) x 5 m m (thickness).
T h e extended surface o f specimens after testing shall
b e studied w i t h a 1 0 X m i c r o s c o p e . A n y surface tears o r
cracks o n t h e extended surface o f the specimen indicate
unsatisfactory result unless i t c a n b e demonstrated that
they are n o t caused b y action o f sulphide.
4.8.7.3 H y d r o g e n - i n d u c e d c r a c k i n g / s t e p w i s e c r a c k i n g
r e s i s t a n c e tests ( r e f e r a l s o t o S e c t i o n 5 o f A p p e n d i x 4 ) .
T h e tests shall b e carried o u t according to N A C E T M 0 2 8 4 ,
solution A , o n t h e longitudinal specimens taken i nt h e
places exposed t o t h e greatest e x t e n s i o n d u r i n g m a n u ­
f a c t u r e . F o r w e l d e d b e n d s o r fittings t h e s p e c i m e n s s h a l l
be also c u t o u t across t h e w e l d s o that t h e w e l d is i n t h e
m i d d l e part o f the w o r k i n g section.
Requirements f o r m e a n value o f parameters o f three
m e t a l l o g r a p h i c s e c t i o n s c u t o u t from t h e s p e c i m e n t e s t e d i n
s o l u t i o n A: c r a c k s e n s i t i v i t y r a t i o C S R < 2 %, c r a c k l e n g t h
r a t i o C L R < 1 5 %, c r a c k w i d t h r a t i o C T R < 5 %.
a n d C o n s t r u c t i o n of Subsea Pipelines
4.8.7.4 C o r r o s i o n t e s t s o f s t a i n l e s s s t e e l .
M e t a l o f bends w i t h 2 5 % o f c h r o m i u m is subject t o
tests f o r p i t t i n g c o r r o s i o n a c c o r d i n g t o A S T M G 4 8 t o
c o n f i r m that t h e applied production process provides t h e
acceptable microstructure. T h e test shall b e carried o u t
a t 5 0 °C w i t h t e s t d u r a t i o n o f 2 4 h .
4.8.8 R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g o f
b e n d s a n d fittings.
4.8.8.1 S u r f a c e finish s h a l l p r o v i d e t h e s u r f a c e
defects detectability. I f r e q u i r e d , t h e surface s h a l l b e
cleaned prior t o and/or prepared f o r ultrasonic testing i n
compliance w i t h the requirements o f the relevant
standards.
V i s u a l e x a m i n a t i o n o f the entire external surface o f
b e n d s a n d i n t e r n a l surface, as m u c h as t e c h n i c a l l y
practicable, f o r delaminations, cracks, scratches o r other
defects s h a l l b e carried o u t b o t h f o r l i n e a r pipes a n d t h e i r
welded joints.
4.8.8.2 1 0 0 % o f w e l d s s h a l l b e s u b j e c t t o X - r a y o r
ultrasonic testing, except f o r t h e welds o f w e l d e d
workpieces n o t deformed during manufacture o f bends
i f the latter w e r e tested at t h e stage o f workpieces.
4.8.8.3 A f t e r m a c h i n i n g , t h e e n d f a c e s o f b e n d s h a l l
b e t e s t e d a t a d i s t a n c e o f 1 0 0 m m from t h e m b y n o n ­
destructive surface testing methods. D e l a m i n a t i o n s
exceeding 6 m m i n t h e circumferential direction shall
be c o n s i d e r e d as defects.
F o r bends o frequirements level 2 , the 5 0 m m w i d e
strip a l o n g each e n d face s h a l l b e u l t r a s o n i c a l l y tested f o r
delaminations. Delaminations exceeding 6 m m i n the
circumferential direction o r w i t h t h e area exceeding
2
1 0 0 m m s h a l l b e considered defects.
4.8.8.4 Z o n e s o f b e n d b o d y s u b j e c t t o s u r f a c e
tension d u r i n g manufacture shall b e tested b y n o n ­
destructive surface testing methods. A l l cracks, folds,
delaminations a n d circular indications exceeding 3 m m
i n a n y d i r e c t i o n s h a l l b e considered defects a n d repaired.
4.8.8.5 U p o n a g r e e m e n t , t h e u l t r a s o n i c t e s t i n g s h a l l
be carried o u t f o r transversal defects a n d d e l a m i n a t i o n s
o f extended zones o f bends.
4.8.8.6 W a l l t h i c k n e s s s h a l l b e m e a s u r e d b y a n
ultrasonic thickness gauge at the sufficient n u m b e r o f points.
4.8.8.7 D u r i n g d i m e n s i o n a l i n s p e c t i o n , a n g u l a r s i z e s
o f bends m a y b e determined b y the calculations based o n
l i n e a r d i m e n s i o n s . O u t - o f - r o u n d n e s s i s calculated as t h e
difference between t h e m a x i m u m a n d t h e m i n i m u m
diameters i n cross-section related t o t h e n o m i n a l
d i a m e t e r , i n %.
4.8.9 R e p a i r o f b e n d a n d fitting d e f e c t s .
4.8.9.1 T h e s u r f a c e d e f e c t s d e t e c t e d d u r i n g n o n ­
destructive testing shall b e repaired b y grinding t o m a k e
smooth transition and meet the requirement f o r the
m i n i m u m thickness t o b e verified b y ultrasonic method.
A l l zones repaired b y g r i n d i n g shall b e tested b y n o n -
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
destructive surface testing methods t o v e r i f y that
the defects are f u l l y eliminated.
4.8.9.2 D e f e c t s o f t h e b e n d o r f i t t i n g b o d y a n d w e l d s
shall not b e repaired b y welding.
4.8.10 H y d r a u l i c t e s t i n g o f b e n d s a n d f i t t i n g s .
4.8.10.1 E n d b l a n k c o v e r s a n d o t h e r t e m p o r a r y
testing equipment shall b e designed, manufactured a n d
tested t o w i t h s t a n d t h e m a x i m u m test pressure
(refer t o 8.6.4) a n d i n compliance w i t h t h e international
and/or national standards.
W e l d s subject t o 1 0 0% visual examination shall be
free o f a n y c o a t i n g , p a i n t o r p r o t e c t i o n . O n e t h i n l a y e r o f
primer m a y be allowed upon agreement.
W e l d s m a y b e coated o r painted i f t h e acceptance
criterion is based o n pressure.
4.8.10.2 T h e f o l l o w i n g r e q u i r e m e n t s s h a l l b e a p p l i e d
to the tools and testing equipment, w h i c h shall have v a l i d
calibration certificates indicating t h e relevant standards
issued n o t earlier than 6 m o n t h s ago):
pressure gauges shall have a n amplitude m i n i m u m
1,25 t i m e s m o r e t h a n t h e t e s t p r e s s u r e a n d t h e e r r o r l e s s
t h a n ±0,01 M P a ;
temperature gauges and recorders shall have a n error
n o t m o r e t h a n ± 2 °C;
pressure a n d temperature recorders shall enable
p l o t t i n g l o a d d i a g r a m f o r t h e entire test d u r a t i o n .
4.8.10.3 T h e t e s t m e d i u m s h a l l b e f r e s h o r s p e c i a l l y
conditioned sea water. T h e filling procedure shall
m i n i m i z e t h e air pockets.
4.8.10.4 T h e p r e s s u r e s h a l l b e i n c r e a s e d g r a d u a l l y
t o 9 5 % o f test pressure. T h e r e m a i n i n g 5 % t o test
pressure shall b e reached s l o w l y t o m a k e sure that t h e
test pressure is n o t exceeded. T h e temperature a n d
pressure shall be stabilized prior t o counting t h e holding
time.
T h e test pressure shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e d o c u m e n t a -
t i o n approved b y t h e Register.
49
W h e n t h e acceptance criterion is based o n m o n i t o r -
i n g t h e pressure variations, t h e temperature effect o n
t h e test pressure s h a l l b e calculated b e f o r e t h e test.
Temperature gauges, i f any, shall b e placed close t o t h e
object u n d e r test; t h e d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e gauges s h a l l
be based o n empirical data o n t h e temperature gradients
i n t h e object u n d e r test.
4.8.10.5 F o r h y d r o s t a t i c t e s t i n g o f b e n d s a n d f i t t i n g s ,
the applicable pressure h o l d i n g t i m e is as f o l l o w s :
w h e n t h e acceptance criteria is based o n 1 0 0 %
v i s u a l e x a m i n a t i o n , t h e h o l d i n g t i m e under test pressure
shall b e sufficient f o r 1 0 0% visual examination b u t n o t
less t h a n 2 h ;
w h e n t h e acceptance criterion is based o n t h e
pressure variations, t h e h o l d i n g t i m e under test pressure
s h a l l b e n o t less t h a n 2 h .
D u r i n g hydrostatic test o f assemblies, f o r e x a m p l e ,
spool pieces o r strings, t h e h o l d i n g t i m e w i t h pressure
control shall b e increased u p t o 8 h depending o n t h e
extent o f testing.
4.8.10.6 T h e f o l l o w i n g c r i t e r i a s h a l l b e a p p l i e d :
1 0 0 % v i s u a l e x a m i n a t i o n s h a l l detect n o l e a k a g e s ( f o r
example, i n welds, flanges) a n d t h e pressure during t h e
h o l d i n g time s h a l l n o t d r o p b y m o r e t h a n 1 %. T h i s c r i t e r i o n
is a p p l i c a b l e o n l y w h e n t h e r e i s n o risk t o m i s s a l e a k a g e ;
100 % pressure variation m o n i t o r i n g w h e n during
t h e h o l d i n g t i m e t h e p r e s s u r e s h a l l n o t d r o p b e l o w 9 9 %,
and pressure curve during t h e holding t i m e corresponds
to t h e expected o n e w i t h consideration o f temperature
and ambient pressure variations.
4.8.10.7 O t h e r t e s t p r e s s u r e v a l u e s s h a l l b e a p p l i e d
w h e n t h e components are supplied w i t h t h e reducers. I n
t h i s case, t h e test p r e s s u r e s h a l l n o t e x c e e d t h e v a l u e
c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o 9 5 % o f t h e m i n i m u m y i e l d stress o f t h e
reducers. W h e n this value is insufficient for acceptance,
the hydraulic testing shall b e carried out prior t o w e l d i n g
o f the reducers. I n t h i s case, t h e w e l d s o f the reducers
shall b e tested after pipeline installation.
50 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

5 WELDING

5.1 GENERAL
5.1.1 T e r m s a n d d e f i n i t i o n s .
W e l d a b i l i t y means the ability o f the material
to be properly welded t o form welded joints w i t h
specified parameters and purpose, w h i c h is confirmed b y
a set o f tests o f w e l d e d j o i n t specimens.
E n g i n e e r i n g c r i t i c a l a s s e s s m e n t
( E C A ) means t h e B S 7 9 1 0 standard procedure f o r
assessing t h e p e r m i s s i b l e defects d u r i n g w e l d i n g b a s e d
o n fracture mechanics principles including the use o f the
special purpose software.
Automated ultrasonic testing ( A U T )
means t h e automated m e t h o d o f ultrasonic testing
t o d e t e r m i n e t h e defect l e n g t h , depth a n d h e i g h t ( f o r
example, T o F D and phased antenna array methods). T h i s
m e t h o d is used for non-destructive testing o f welds w i t h
assessment criteria based o n t h e E C A procedure.
5.1.2 I t e m s o f t e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n .
5.1.2.1 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h i s S e c t i o n c o v e r
w e l d i n g o f subsea pipeline s y s t e m structures m a d e o f
steel, subject t o t h e R S technical s u p e r v i s i o n a n d s u r v e y
at t h e stages o f m a n u f a c t u r e o f r o l l e d products f o r pipes,
pipe products, p i p e l i n e l a y i n g / i n s t a l l a t i o n as w e l l as
manufacture o f products/assemblies f o r pipelines, i n ­
cluding repair b y w e l d i n g a n d welded joints quality
testing i n compliance w i t h t h e requirements o f appro­
priate sections o f the S P R u l e s .
5.1.2.2 D u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e o f w e l d e d p i p e s a n d
w e l d i n g o f pipelines a n d products for subsea transporta­
tion systems, the requirements o f Part X T V "Welding" o f
the R u l e s for the Classification a n d Construction o f Sea-
G o i n g S h i p s a n d P a r t Х1П " W e l d i n g " o f t h e R u l e s f o r
the Classification, Construction a n d E q u i p m e n t o f
M O D U / F O P shall b e m e t t o t h e extent applicable w i t h
regard t o t h e requirements o f this Section.
5.1.2.3 T h e f o l l o w i n g s h a l l b e s u b j e c t t o t h e R S
t e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n (refer t o T a b l e 5.1.2.3 w h e r e stages
o f the R S technical supervision are m a r k e d w i t h sign "+"):
w e l d a b i l i t y t e s t s o f r o l l e d flat p r o d u c t s ( s k e l p ) f o r
manufacture o f w e l d e d pipes, a n d seamless pipes i n
o r d e r t o d e t e r m i n e t h e q u a l i t y l e v e l o f steel as a base
m e t a l f o r its acceptance f o r manufacture;
w e l d i n g procedures during manufacture o f welded
pipes;
w e l d i n g procedures f o r butt (field) girth w e l d e d
joints during pipeline laying/installation;
non-destructive testing procedures for welded joints
a n d w e l d e d j o i n t defect acceptance l i m i t s , i n c l u d i n g
estimated parameters based o n t h e E C A ( t h e latter is
applicable for the butt girth w e l d s o n l y ) ;
repair procedures for w e l d e d joints;
certification o f welders;
approval o f welding consumables.
5.1.2.4 B a s e d o n t e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n a t t h e s t a g e s
specified i n T a b l e 5.1.2.3, t h e Register shall issue
certificates according t o t h e N o m e n c l a t u r e o f I t e m s o f
T e c h n i c a l S u p e r v i s i o n ( r e f e r t o 1.6 o f t h e S P G u i d e l i n e s )
and t h e requirements o f this Section.
T h e appropriate stages o f technical s u p e r v i s i o n
specified i n Table 5.1.2.3 m a y b e integrated u p o n
agreement w i t h t h e Register, depending o n extent o f
p r o d u c t i o n stages i n t e g r a t i o n at t h e particular f i r m /
c o n t r a c t o r ( f o r e x a m p l e , m a n u f a c t u r e o f r o l l e d flat
products a n d w e l d e d pipes t h e r e f r o m at t h e same firm).
5.1.2.5 T h e c o m p l i a n c e o f w e l d i n g c o n s u m a b l e s f o r
subsea pipelines w i t h t h e R S requirements is geberally
c o n f i r m e d b y a p p r o v a l o f w e l d i n g p r o c e d u r e s w i t h subse­
q u e n t issue o f W e l d i n g P r o c e d u r e A p p r o v a l T e s t C e r t i f i c a t e s
(СОТПС) ( f o r m 7 . 1 . 3 3 ) w h e n u s i n g w e l d i n g c o n s u m a b l e s ,
w h i c h m e e t t h e n a t i o n a l a n d / o r i n t e r n a t i o n a l standards i n
compliance w i t h the requirements o f this Section.

Table 5.1.2.3
Register technical supervision during welding processes o fsubsea pipelines

Base Approval Approval Industrial Approval Certifica­

Stage metal of welding of welding welding and of welding tion o f
oftheRS weldability procedures processes quality testing consumables welders
technical supervision for longitudinal/spiral and obtaining data o f w e l d e d joints (refer t o
welds o fwelded for E C A butt 5.1.2.5)
pipes girth welds

M a n u f a c t u r e o f r o l l e d flat p r o d u c t s ( s k e l p )
Manufacture o f pipes:
seamless
welded
Laying/installation o f the pipelinewith butt
girth welding
Repair welds
(except E C A )
Part I . Subsea pipelines
The Register shall approve (certify) t h e welding
consumables a n d issue t h e Certificate o f A p p r o v a l f o r
W e l d i n g Consumables ( C O C M ) u p o n t h e customer's
request.
5.2 W E L D A B I L I T Y T E S T S
5.2.1 W e l d a b i l i t y t e s t s d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e o f
r o l l e d flat p r o d u c t s f o r p r o d u c t i o n o f w e l d e d p i p e s .
5.2.1.1 W e l d a b i l i t y t e s t s f o r r o l l e d f l a t p r o d u c t s
(skelp) are carried o u t t o initially determine t h e quality
l e v e l o f t h e base m e t a l t o approve t h e steel grade
concerned f o r the welded pipe production.
5.2.1.2 S k e l p s a m p l e s a r e c u t o u t from 1 / 4 + 1 / 8 o f
the w i d t h . T h e welded j o i n t geometry shall include a
single straight edge. E x a m p l e s o f edge preparation a n d
structural elements o f t h e w e l d e d j o i n t are specified
i n F i g . 5.2.1.2. F o r t h e m e t a l thickness o f 4 0 m m a n d
above, t h e s y m m e t r i c double-edge preparation m a y b e "distant" H A Z . T h e results a r e estimated according
used.
5.2.1.3 W e l d i n g o f s a m p l e s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t b y
certified welders w i t h t h e heat input corresponding t o
t w o l e v e l s — 0 , 8 a n d 3 , 5 k J / m m . I n t h i s case, i t i s w e l d e d j o i n t s c e r t i f i e d f o r class L 2 a n d G 2 p i p e l i n e s .
difficult t o simulate the factory welding conditions a n d i t
is n o t d e e m e d n e c e s s a r y . T h e R e g i s t e r i s e n t i t l e d n o t t o p r o c e d u r e s d u r i n g p i p e l i n e s m a n u f a c t u r e .
require modification o f welding conditions f o r t h e
certification samples.
5.2.1.4 T h e s c o p e o f i n s p e c t i o n d u r i n g w e l d a b i l i t y
test f o r r o l l e d flat products i s specified i n T a b l e 5.2.1.4.
5.2.1.5 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t a n d a r d m e c h a n i c a l
properties.
5.2.1.5.1 T e n s i l e t e s t f o r t h e s k e l p w e l d e d j o i n t a n d
face b e n d test a r e carried o u t f o r t h e f u l l thickness.
T h e m a n d r e l d i a m e t e r f o r b e n d tests is selected according
to Table 5.2.1.5.1, evaluation criteria i n accordance w i t h
Section 3 o fAppendix 4 .
5.2.1.5.2 F o r i m p a c t b e n d t e s t i n g o f t h e w e l d e d
joints, three specimens located at the fusion line a n d at a
d i s t a n c e o f 2 , 5 a n d 2 0 m m from t h e f u s i o n l i n e from " T e c h n i c a l S u p e r v i s i o n d u r i n g M a n u f a c t u r e o f M a t e r i a l s "
the side o f the last pass d u r i n g w e l d i n g , at a depth o f 2 m m
51
from t h e r o l l e d p r o d u c t s u r f a c e s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d .
T h e a d d i t i o n a l t e s t s f o r s p e c i m e n s t a k e n from t h e
opposite surface m a y b e conducted u p o n t h e R S request.
Test temperature f o r t h e i m p a c t b e n d test s h a l l b e T p
— 1 0 °C f o r p i p e s u p t o 2 0 m m t h i c k i n c l u s i v e
a n d T — 2 0 °C o r p i p e s w i t h t h e g r e a t e r t h i c k n e s s .
p
5.2.1.6 C r a c k t i p o p e n i n g d i s p l a c e m e n t ( C T O D )
tests o f t h e r o l l e d flat p r o d u c t w e l d e d j o i n t a r e
mandatory, unless otherwise agreed w i t h t h e Register
w i t h regard t o t h e data p r o v i d e d b y t h e manufacturer.
Tests are carried o u t at three temperatures t o p l o t t h e fillet
c u r v e . T w o t e m p e r a t u r e s s h a l l b e T a n d T — 1 0 °C a n d
p p
the t h i r d o n e i s selected based o n t h e attained results.
T w o heat affected zones ( H A Z ) are inspected — close
t o t h e f u s i o n l i n e ("adjacent" t o t h e w e l d e d j o i n t , H A Z I )
a n d c l o s e t o t h e e t c h i n g b o u n d a r y ("distant", H A Z П).
N u m b e r o f specimens a t each temperature a n d f o r each
H A Z shall b e sufficient t o g a i n three correct results. A s a
rule, i t i s e n o u g h t o test 6 specimens a t each temperature
w i t h a n o t c h a t t h e "adjacent" H A Z a n d 4 s p e c i m e n s a t t h e
to 5.2.2.4 a n d 5.3.4.4.
5.2.1.7 C o r r o s i o n t e s t s o f s k e l p w e l d e d j o i n t s m a y b e
carried o u t u p o n t h e R S request f o r r o l l e d flat product
5.2.2 W e l d a b i l i t y t e s t s a n d a p p r o v a l o f w e l d i n g
5.2.2.1 T h e s t e e l p i p e m a n u f a c t u r e p r o c e s s i s s u b j e c t
to t h e R S technical supervision w i t h respect t o t h e
following:
w e l d a b i l i t y tests o f t h e base m e t a l o f t h e seamless
pipes;
approval o f w e l d i n g procedures f o r factory
longitudinal/spiral w e l d e d j o i n t s o f w e l d e d pipes;
approval o f w e l d i n g procedures f o r butt (field) girth
w e l d e d j o i n t s o f pipes during pipeline laying/installation.
T h e specified tasks a r e s o l v e d w i t h i n t h e single test
p r o g r a m specified i n Parts A a n d B , Table 5.2.2.1.
T h e scope o f tests o f w e l d e d j o i n t s d u r i n g a p p r o v a l o f
w e l d i n g procedures shall c o m p l y w i t h Section 6 , Part Ш
o f the Rules f o r Technical Supervision during Construction
52 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

Table 5.2.1.4
Scope o f inspection d u r i n g weldability tests
f o r r o l l e d flat p r o d u c t s f o r r e c o g n i t i o n o f t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r

Location o f samples Minimum Minimum Total

T y p e o f test and location number number number Notes
o f specimens cutting-out o f plates of specimens of specimens
taken f r o m f r o m the plate from
cast/batch the cast

Testing f o r determination F r o m one end 1/1 4 samples for H e a t i n p u t o f 0,8 a n d 3,5 k j / m m

of standard mechanical two butt welds
properties, including:
w e l d e d joint tensile testing Transverse to the weld, 1/1 4 4 A t r o o m temperature
(5.2.1.5.1) for the full thickness
Transverse to the weld, the specimen 1/1 3 3 F a c e b e n d from t w o s i d e s a n d s i d e
b e n d t e s t i n g (5.2.1.5.1) centre at the straight edge bend atr o o m temperature
Transverse t o the w e l d (notch along 1/1 12//12 12 Test temperature:
i m p a c t t e s t i n g (5.2.1.5.2) the fusion line, heat affected zone T
at a d i s t a n c e o f 2, 5 a n d 20 m m г,^20 m m a n d
from t h e f u s i o n l i n e )
macrostructure examination, Template transverse t o the w e l d 1/1
Vickers hardness testing
(4.3.5)
1
Welded joint C T O D testing F r o m one end 1/1 60/60 60 T h r e e test temperatures:
(5.2.1.6, 5.2.2.4) T , T - 1 0 °C, t h e t h i r d
p p

temperature is b a s e d o n test results

' E x c e p t pipes for class L a n d G pipelines.

N o t e . T h e R e g i s t e r m a y require skelp w e l d e d joint sulphide stress cracking resistance test a n d hydrogen-induced/stepwise cracking
resistance tests i f the skelp i s d e s i g n e d for class L 2 a n d G 2 pipelines.

T a b l e 5.2.1.5.1
M a n d r e l d i a m e t e r f o r b e n d t e s t s o f r o l l e d flat p r o d u c t s ( s k e l p ) a n d p i p e w e l d e d j o i n t s f o r r e c o g n i t i o n o f m a n u f a c t u r e r

M i n i m u m guaranteed yield stress M a n d r e l diameter for & c e b e n d M a n d r e l d i a m e t e r f o r side b e n d test, i n m m

o f base metal, i n M P a test ( T - skelp/pipe thickness) ( s p e c i m e n i s 10 m m t h i c k )

M a x . 390 IT 30
A b o v e 390 t o 620 AT 40
690 a n d a b o v e 6T 60

o f Ships a n d Manufacture o f Materials a n d Products f o r
Ships w i t h regard t o t h e requirements o f this Section.
5.2.2.2 T h e l o n g i t u d i n a l / s p i r a l w e l d s o f w e l d e d
pipes are welded according t o adopted welding proce­
dure subject t o approval.
T h e girth welds w h i c h simulate the butt field w e l d e d
joints aremade w i t h heat input simulating thewelding i n
the course o f pipeline laying. W h e r e this parameter is
u n k n o w n , t h e heat input o f 0,8 k J / m m is used. E d g e
preparation is h a l f - V single straight edge a n d small angle
o f v e e . T h e semiautomatic gas-shielded welding is
recommended.
5.2.2.3 T e s t s f o r d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t a n d a r d m e c h a n ­
ical properties o f the w e l d e d joint.
5.2.2.3.1 T e n s i l e t e s t s o f t h e f a c t o r y w e l d e d j o i n t o f
pipe are carried out for the thickness u p t o 3 2 m m for the
full thickness w i t h straightening o f billets, f o r greater
thicknesses, t h e tests o n c y l i n d r i c a l s p e c i m e n s w i t h
straightening o f the gripped billet parts o n l y are allowed.
Three cylindrical specimens f o r w e l d metal tensile
testing ( f r o m t h e centre o f the w e l d a n d along it) shall
be additionally manufactured.
Tensile tests o f the f i e l d w e l d e d j o i n t a r e carried o u t
for t h e full thickness. T h e gripped billet parts m a y b e
straightened only.
5.2.2.3.2 F u l l thickness specimens w i t h o u t straightening
are t e s t e d f o r t h e face b e n d . P r e l i m i n a r y deformation
between t w o planes o f pipe specimens is allowed f o r t h e
face b e n d from t h e i n s i d e o f t h e p i p e . S t r a i g h t e n i n g o f
specimens f o r t h e side b e n d is n o t recommended, mandrel
diameter is selected according t o Table 5.2.1.5.1, evaluation
criteria i n accordance w i t h Section 3 o f A p p e n d i x 4 .
5.2.2.3.3 F o r i m p a c t b e n d t e s t i n g e a c h o f t h r e e
specimens located at t h e w e l d centre (for longitudinal/
spiral w e l d s o n l y ) , at t h e fusion line a n d at a distance
o f 2 a n d 5 m m from t h e f u s i o n l i n e , a t e a c h s i d e o f t h e
w e l d , a t a d i s t a n c e o f 2 m m from t h e s u r f a c e from t h e
outside o f the pipe shall be manufactured. W h e r e pipe is
m o r e than 2 6 m m thick, the same set o f specimens for the
w e l d root side shall b e additionally prepared.
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 53

T a b l e 5.2.2.1
Scope o finspection d u r i n g a p p r o v a l o fwelding procedures a n d weldability tests f o r recognition o f pipes m a n u f a c t u r e r

Location Minimum Minimum number Total

T y p e o f test of samples number o f specimens number Notes
and location of pipes taken from the pipe of specimens
of specimens from from the
cutting-out cast/batch cast/pipe
batch

A . Tests for longitudinal/spiral welded joints o fwelded pipes

a n d b u t t (field) g i r t h w e l d e d j o i n t s d u r i n g s u b s e a p i p e l i n e l a y i n g

Testing f o r determination o f From one end 1/1 Production heat input

standard mechanical properties,
including:

w e l d e d j o i n t tensile testing (5.2.2.3.1) Transverse tothe weld, 1/1 2 2 A t r o o m temperature

for the full thickness

weld metal tensile testing (5.2.2.3.1) Along the weld, 1/1 3 3 A t r o o m temperature
cylindrical specimens

b e n d t e s t i n g (5.2.2.3.2) Transverse tothe weld 1/1 3 3 Face bend from t w o sides

and side b e n d a t r o o m
temperature

I m p a c t t e s t i n g (5.2.2.3.3) Transverse tothe weld 1/1 12/12 12 Test temperature:

(notch along the w e l d for the pipe with (24) T - 1 0 °C f o r p i p e
p

centre, f u s i o n line, г ^26 m m ,

с
w i t h г ^20 m m
с

heat affected zone a t 24/24 a n d T - 2 0 °C

p

a distance o f 2 a n d 5 m m for t > 26 m m

c for t > 20 m m
c

f r o m the fusion line)

macrostructure examination, Template transverse 1/1 1 1 —

V i c k e r s h a r d n e s s t e s t i n g (4.3.5) to t h e w e l d

1
Welded joint C T O D t e s t i n g F r o m one e n d (notch at 3/1 9 (atthe w e l d centre) 81 T h r e e test temperatures:
(5.2.2.4, 5.3.4.4.2) the w e l d centre a n d the a n d 18 T , T - 1 0 °C, t h e t h i r d
p p

fusion line) (at t h e f u s i o n l i n e ) temperature is based

o n test results
1 2
Repair welded joint C T O D ' F r o m one e n d (notch at T h r e e test temperatures:
t e s t i n g (5.2.2.4, 5.3.4.4.2) the repair w e l d centre a n d 1/1 9 3
(att h e w e l d centre) 27 2

T , T - 1 0 °C, t h e t h i r d
p p

repair weld-base metal and 18 2

temperature is based
fusion line) (at t h e f u s i o n l i n e ) o n test results

—
3
S u l p h i d e stress c r a c k i n g resistance t e s t s From one end 3/1 3 9

H y d r o g e n - i n d u c e d stress cracking/
3
From one end 3/1 3 9 —
stepwise cracking resistance tests

B . B a s e m e t a l w e l d a b i l i t y test o n t h e s i m u l a t e d b u t t (field) g i r t h w e l d e d j o i n t s f o r s e a m l e s s p i p e s

T e s t i n g for d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t a n d a r d From one end 1/1 — — Heat input a n dtype o f pre­

mechanical properties, including p a r a t i o n a c c o r d i n g to 5.2.2.2

w e l d e d j o i n t tensile testing (5.2.1.5.1) Transverse tothe weld 1/1 2 2 A t r o o m temperature

b e n d t e s t i n g (5.2.1.5.1) Transverse tothe weld 1/1 3 3 F a c e b e n d f r o m t w o sides a n d

side b e n d at r o o m temperature

i m p a c t t e s t i n g (5.2.1.5.2) T r a n s v e r s e to t h e w e l d 1/1 12/12 12 Test temperature:

( n o t c h a l o n g t h e fosion T -\0
p °C f o r p i p e w i t h
line, heat affected z o n e a t a г ^20 m m
с

d i s t a n c e o f 2,5 a n d 2 0 m m a n d T - 2 0 °Cp

f r o m the fusion line) for t > 20 m m

c

macrostructure examination, Template transverse 1/1 1 1 —

V i c k e r s h a r d n e s s t e s t i n g (4.3.5) to t h e w e l d
54 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

T a b l e 5.2.2.1 — continued

Location Minimum Minimum number Total

T y p e o f test of samples number of specimens number Notes
and location of pipes taken from thepipe of specimens
of specimens from from the
cutting-out cast/batch cast/pipe
batch
1
Welded joint CTOD testing From one end 3/1 18 54 Three test temperatures:
(5.2.1.6) (notch along H A Z (at t h e f u s i o n l i n e ) Tp, T - 1 0 °C,
p

at t h e f u s i o n line) the third temperature

is b a s e d o n test results

E x c e p t pipes for L a n d G pipelines.

2
T h e s p e c i f i e d s e t o f s p e c i m e n s i s s u b j e c t to testing f o r e a c h t y p e o f r e p a i r w e l d i n g , p e r f o r m e d o n t h e e n t i r e t h i c k n e s s o f t h e w e l d o r a p a r t t h e r e o f
3
F o r pipes designed for L 2 a n d G 2 pipelines.

N o t e . T h e Register m a y require w e l d e djoint sulphide stress cracking resistance test a n d hydrogen-induced/stepwise cracking resistance
tests i fthe p i p e s are d e s i g n e d for L 2 a n d G 2 pipelines.

5.2.2.4 C T O D t e s t s o f t h e w e l d e d j o i n t .
C T O D tests o f t h e w e l d e d j o i n t m e t a l a r e m a n d a t o r y
f o r w e l d e d j o i n t s o f L I — L 3 a n d G l — G 3 class
pipelines (refer t o 4 . 1 . 3 ) . F o r class L a n d G pipelines,
C T O D tests o f t h e w e l d e d j o i n t m e t a l m a y b e carried o u t
u p o n t h e Register request.
The w e l d metal (for longitudinal/spiral welds only)
and H A Z area close t o t h e f u s i o n l i n e shall b e inspected.
N o t c h m a r k i n g o nthe factory w e l d e d joints is carried o u t
at t h e centre o f t h e w e l d a n d at t h e f u s i o n area, a l o n g t h e
l i n e d r a w n s o as t h e c o n t e n t o f w e l d m e t a l a n d t h e base
m e t a l o n b o t h sides o f t h e l i n e c o r r e s p o n d s t o ( 5 0 ± 1 0 ) %.
A t least three correct results f o r w e l d m e t a l a n d s i x
results f o r t h e f u s i o n line shall b e obtained at each
temperature.
5.2.2.5 W e l d f r a c t u r e t e s t s f o r l o n g i t u d i n a l / s p i r a l and process factors;
w e l d s m a y b e carried o u t u p o n t h e Register request o n
the "nick-break" specimens according t o A P I 1 1 0 4 be i n c l u d e d i n t h e test specimen;
standard w i t h t h e analysis o f defects i n fracture according
to t h e agreed procedure.
5.2.2.6 C o r r o s i o n t e s t s a r e m a n d a t o r y f o r w e l d e d
j o i n t s o f class L 2 a n d G 2 p i p e l i n e s (refer t o 4 . 1 . 3 ) . I n
o t h e r cases, tests m a y b e carried o u t u p o n t h e R S request.
5.2.3 A p p r o v a l o f w e l d i n g p r o c e d u r e s f o r b u t t
(field) g i r t h w e l d e d j o i n t s o f p i p e l i n e s .
5.2.3.1 T h e p i p e l a y i n g p r o c e s s i s s u b j e c t t o t h e R S
technical supervision, including the approval o f welding
procedures for butt (field) girth w e l d e d joints. T h e initial
data required f o r E C A t h e procedure shall b e obtained
( r e f e r t o 5.5.2). T h e s p e c i f i e d t a s k s a r e s o l v e d w i t h i n t h e b u t t ( f i e l d ) g i r t h w e l d e d j o i n t s o f p i p e l i n e s .
single test p r o g r a m c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o that specified i n
Part A , Table 5.2.2.1.
5.2.3.2 T h e a p p r o v a l o f w e l d i n g p r o c e d u r e s i s
basically carried o u t b y testing o f standard specimens
o f w e l d e d joints w i t h requirements specified i n Section 6,
Part i n "Technical Supervision during Manufacture o f
Materials" o f the Rules f o rTechnical Supervision during
Construction o f Ships a n d Manufacture o f Materials a n d
Products f o r Ships.
5.2.3.3 W h e r e t h e j o i n t t o b e w e l d e d i s n o t
adequately represented b y t h e shape a n d dimensions o f
standard test specimens, t h e a p p r o v a l o f w e l d i n g
procedures m a y be carried o u t b y a preproduction
w e l d i n g tests according t o I S O 1 5 6 1 3 u p o n agreement
w i t h t h e Register. I n this case, t h e special p u r p o s e test
specimens, w h i c h reproduce t h eproduct w e l d e d j o i n t i n
its a l l s i g n i f i c a n t attributes, s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d . P r e -
p r o d u c t i o n w e l d i n g tests s h a l l b e carried o u t t o m e e t t h e
f o l l o w i n g basic requirements:
.1 test specimens s h a l l b e prepared a n d w e l d e d u n d e r
conditions similar to pipe production conditions.
T h e pipe production conditions shall include moulding,
assembling, edge preparation, w e l d i n g equipment,
w e l d i n g positions, heat sinking a n d other production
.2 w h e r e t a c k s a r e u s e d f o r p i p e w e l d i n g , t h e y s h a l l
.3 s c o p e o f c h e c k s o f t e s t s p e c i m e n s s h a l l i n c l u d e
external inspection a n d measurement, surface crack
testing (magnetic particle/liquid penetrant testing), hard-
ness tests, m a c r o s e c t i o n s c h e c k s as w e l l as separate t y p e s
o f destructive tests u p o n a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e Register;
.4 s c o p e o f a p p r o v a l i s r e s t r i c t e d t o t h e t y p e o f j o i n t
u s e d f o r t h e s p e c i m e n s test;
.5 s c o p e o f a p p r o v a l a l o n g t h e t h i c k n e s s o f t h e b a s e
metal is n o r m a l l y restricted t o t h ethickness o f particular
test s p e c i m e n s subjected t o tests.
5.2.4 T e s t i n g o f f a c t o r y l o n g i t u d i n a l / s p i r a l a n d
5.2.4.1 D u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e o f s t e e l p i p e s w i t h
l o n g i t u d i n a l / s p i r a l w e l d s , t h e scope o f tests, i n c l u d i n g
that t o c o n f i r m t h e quality o f welds, shall b e assigned
according t o 4.2.3.6. T h e test results obtained d u r i n g
approval o f w e l d i n g procedures i n t h e course o f
r ecognition o f t h e manufacturer shall be considered
(refer t o 5.2.2).
5.2.4.2 T h e s c o p e o f t e s t i n g o f b u t t ( f i e l d ) g i r t h
welded joints o f pipelines shall comply with
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
the requirements f o r approval o f welding procedures
(refer t o 5.2.3), unless otherwise agreed. C T O D a n d
c o r r o s i o n tests o f t h e w e l d m e t a l s h a l l b e carried o u t
u p o n t h e R S request.
5.3 P R O D U C T I O N R E Q U I R E M E N T S
FOR MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
OF SUBSEA PIPELINE WELDED STRUCTURES
5.3.1 G e n e r a l .
T h i s Section covers w e l d i n g operations performed i n
workshop conditions, during laying o r installation.
W e l d i n g o f carbon, l o w - a l l o y a n d clad steels shall b e
considered. T h e latter shall b e used w i t h t h e cladding
inside f o r L 2 a n d G 2 pipelines (refer t o 4.1.3) m e d i a
transportation w h e r e t h e base metal - carbon o r l o w -
a l l o y steels - does n o t c o m p l y w i t h t h e c o r r o s i o n
requirements.
General welding recommendations shall comply
w i t h Section 2 , Part X T V "Welding" o f the Rules f o r
the Classification a n d Construction o f Sea-Going Ships
as w e l l a s S e c t i o n 2 , P a r t ХШ " W e l d i n g " o f t h e R u l e s f o r
the Classification, Construction a n d Equipment
ofMODU/FOP.
5.3.2 W e l d i n g p r o c e d u r e s .
5.3.2.1 U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e a g r e e d w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r ,
the following w e l d i n g procedures m a y b e used:
m a n u a l m e t a l arc w e l d i n g w i t h coated electrodes;
self-shielded tubular-cored arc w e l d i n g ;
tubular-cored m e t a l arc w e l d i n g w i t h gas shield;
metal inert o r active gas w e l d i n g ;
tungsten inert gas w e l d i n g ;
automatic submerged arc welding;
plasma arc welding;
high frequency welding.
5.3.2.2 W e l d i n g d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e o f w e l d e d
pipes.
I n workshop conditions i tis recommended t o usea n
automatic submerged arc welding a n d arc welding w i t h
g a s s h i e l d . A s a r u l e , t h e b a s e w e l d from t h e o u t s i d e o f
the pipe shall b e made b y multi-arc automatic welding
machine at a h i g h heat input t o increase t h e deposition
r a t e . T h e w e l d e d j o i n t s w i t h o u t b a c k i n g w e l d from t h e
inside o f t h e pipe are n o t r e c o m m e n d e d f o r subsea
pipeline pipes. F o r these types o f w e l d i n g t h e m o s t
probable defects a r e slag inclusions a n d pores i n the w e l d
metal.
5.3.2.3 W e l d i n g d u r i n g l a y i n g / i n s t a l l a t i o n o f p i p e ­
lines.
For laying/installation o f pipelines, t h e automatic
submerged arc w e l d i n g w i t h gas shield is recommended.
T h e w e a v e w e l d i n g w i t h edges prepared a n d a s m a l l
angle o f vee shall b e used t o increase t h e deposition rate
and decrease t h e c o n s u m p t i o n rate o f w e l d i n g c o n s u m ­
ables. T h e appropriate shape o f w e l d b e a d m a y b e
55
achieved d u e t o change i n t h e content o f shielding gas.
F o r this type o f w e l d i n g , t h e m o s t probable defect is
a lack o f fusion w i t h t h e base metal.
5.3.3 W e l d i n g c o n s u m a b l e s a n d m e c h a n i c a l p r o p ­
erties o fw e l d e d joints.
5.3.3.1 W e l d i n g c o n s u m a b l e s u s e d f o r w e l d i n g o f
structures o f subsea transportation systems subject t o t h e
R S technical supervision shall b e approved b y the R S . T h e
compliance o f w e l d i n g consumables f o r subsea pipelines
w i t h t h e R S requirements is n o r m a l l y confirmed b y
approval o f w e l d i n g procedures w i t h subsequent issue o f
W e l d i n g P r o c e d u r e A p p r o v a l T e s t C e r t i f i c a t e s (СОТПС)
( f o r m 7.1.33) w h e n using w e l d i n g consumables, w h i c h
meet t h e national and/or international standards i n
compliance w i t h t h e requirements o f this Section.
5.3.3.2 T h e R e g i s t e r s h a l l a p p r o v e / c e r t i f i c a t e
the w e l d i n g consumables a n d issue t h e Certificate o f
Approval f o r Welding Consumables ( C O C M ) upon
the customer's request. General provisions f o r approval
o f w e l d i n g consumables shall b e established i n c o m ­
pliance w i t h Section 4 , Part X I V "Welding" o f the Rules
for t h e Classification a n d Construction o f Sea-Going
S h i p s a s w e l l a s w i t h 4 . 2 , P a r t ХШ " W e l d i n g " o f t h e
R u l e s f o r t h e Classification, Construction a n d E q u i p m e n t
ofMODU/FOP.
Application a n d approval o f welding consumables
s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h 2 . 5 , P a r t Х1П " W e l d i n g " o f t h e
Rules for the Classification, Construction a n d Equipment
o f M O D U / F O P considering t h e requirements o f this
Section.
5.3.3.3 F o r p i p e s t e e l w e l d i n g , o n l y l o w h y d r o g e n
consumables o f H 5 o r H 1 0 category shall b e used.
W e l d i n g consumables f o r L 2 a n d G 2 pipelines
(refer t o 4.1.3) shall provide sufficient corrosion
resistance o f w e l d e d j o i n t s . Special attention shall b e
paid t o prevention o f cold cracking w i t h i n H A Z and i n
the w e l d metal during welding o f higher a n d h i g h
s t r e n g t h steels. I n a d d i t i o n , t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e r a t i o
b e t w e e n t h e y i e l d stress a n d tensile strength o f w e l d
metal a n d base metal shall be f o l l o w e d .
5.3.3.4 D e t a i l e d o p e r a t i n g i n s t r u c t i o n s s h a l l b e
d r a w n u p f o r storage, h a n d l i n g , disposal a n d repeated
drying o f w e l d i n g consumables. Special attention shall
be paid t o handling w i t h w e l d i n g consumables during
underwater "dry welding". Operating instructions shall be
prepared f o r storage a n d handling o f w e l d i n g c o n s u m ­
ables o n s u p p o r t vessels a n d w e l d i n g b o o t h s as w e l l as
hermetization a n d transfer t o t h e w e l d i n g booth.
5.3.3.5 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r s t a n d a r d a n d s p e c i a l
properties o f w e l d e d jointsare specified i n Table 5.3.3.5.
I m p a c t b e n d t e s t s a r e c a r r i e d o u t a t T - 1 0 °C f o r p i p e s
p
u p t o 2 0 m m t h i c k i n c l u s i v e a n d a t T - 2 0 °C f o r p i p e s
p
w i t h t h e greater thickness. U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e specified,
s p e c i m e n s a r e c u t o u t from t h e s u r f a c e from t h e s i d e o f
the last pass d u r i n g w e l d i n g (refer t o 5.2.1.5).
C T O D tests a r e carried o u t a t T . p
56 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

Table 5.3.3.5
Requirements t ophysical a n d mechanical properties o fwelded joints
W e l d e d steel
Property
PCTW P C T 3 2 W P C T 3 6 W P C T 4 0 W PCT420W PCT460W PCT500W PCT550W PCT620W PCT690W

Y i e l d stress o f w e l d metal, i n M P a , m i n 235 315 355 390 420 460 500 550 620 690

Tensile strength o f the w e l d metal 400 440 490 510 530 570 610 670 720 770
and transverse t o the w e l d e d joint,
MPa, min

Vickers hardness o f w e l d e d joint, m a x . 300 300 300 300 320 350 370 370 400 400

B e n d angle, i n degrees, m i n 120

I m p a c t e n e r g y KV, i n J , i n t r a n s v e r s e d i r e c t i o n , a t T - 1 0 °C f o r p i p e s w i t h г ^ г О т т a n d a t T - 2 0 °C
p p

for p i p e s w i t h t > 20 m m , m i n
c

Pipelines o f all classes

F o r all D a 29 31 36 39 42 46 50 55 62 69

C T O D o fwelded joint metal and H A Z , i nm m , at T for L I - L 3 , G l - G 3 ,pipelines, m i n

p

г ^20 m m
с 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,15
20 < г ^30 m m
с 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,15 0,15 0,20 0,20
30 < г ^40 m m
с 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25

S u l p h i d e s t r e s s c r a c k i n g r e s i s t a n c e : n o c r a c k s after s o a k i n g i n a s o l u t i o n w i t h i n 720 h
u n d e r s t r e s s o f 85 % o f t h e s p e c i f i e d m i n i m u m y i e l d s t r e s s
R e s i s t a n c e t o h y d r o g e n i n d u c e d c r a c k i n g / s t e p w i s e c r a c k i n g : C L R ^ 15 %, C T R ^ 5 %, C S R ^ 2 %
N o t e s : 1 . T h e r e q u i r e d a v e r a g e v a l u e s o f i m p a c t e n e r g y f o r t h r e e s p e c i m e n s a t t e m p e r a t u r e s p e c i f i e d i n 4.3.3.6 a r e g i v e n . T h e i m p a c t
e n e r g y m a y b e r e d u c e d t o 70 % o f the r e q u i r e d v a l u e f o r o n e s p e c i m e n .
2. D и t b e y o n d t h e s p e c i f i e d l i m i t s s h a l l b e a s s i g n e d u p o n a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r .
a c

5.3.4 T e s t i n g p r o c e d u r e s f o r w e l d e d j o i n t s . removed, the specimen machining shall be made i n its

Testing procedures f o r welded joints are similar t o lengthwise direction.
those f o r t h e base m e t a l specified i n Section 4 w i t h 5.3.4.4 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f C T O D v a l u e .
regard t o t h e features g i v e n b e l o w . 5.3.4.4.1 G e n e r a l p r o c e d u r e s f o r b i l l e t s t r a i g h t e n i n g ,
5.3.4.1 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f s u l p h i d e s t r e s s c r a c k i n g testing a n d t h e size o f w e l d e d j o i n t specimens shall b e t h e
resistance. s a m e as f o r t h e base m e t a l . T h e thickness o f specimens
T h r e e w e l d e d s p e c i m e n s from t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l w e l d s h a l l b e a t least 8 5 % o f t w i t h r e g a r d t o 5 . 3 . 4 . 4 . 1 0 .
c

o f o n e p i p e i n a b a t c h a r e subjected t o tests. Tests a r e Special features o f w e l d e d j o i n t s testing a r e g i v e n

carried o u to n a four-point b e n d full thickness specimen b e l o w w i t h regard t o additional requirement f o r initial
w i t h t h e w e l d transverse a n d w i t h reinforcement being data f o r E C A .
s o a k e d i n t h e test s o l u t i o n w i t h i n 7 2 0 h u n d e r stress 5.3.4.4.2 N o t c h e d s p e c i m e n s w i t h a f a t i g u e p r e -
o f 8 5 % o f specified m i n i m a l y i e l d stress f o r base m e t a l crack are used f o r determination o f C T O D values.
o f the pipe. T h e test s o l u t i o n a n d results assessment shall Cutting o u to f specimens a n dnotches i n the w e l d metal
be t h e s a m e as f o r t h e base m e t a l . and H A Z shall b e m a d e after t h e f i n a l t h e r m a l treatment.
5.3.4.2 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f h y d r o g e n - i n d u c e d c r a c k ­ T h e pipe specimens shall b e c u t o u t after e x p a n s i o n a n d
ing/stepwise cracking resistance. subsequent heating w h i c h corresponds t othermal action
Testing procedure shall b e t h e same as f o r t h e base during application o f protective coating unless i t is
m e t a l , test specimens a r e t a k e n transverse t o t h e w e l d proved that this thermal action does n o t change t h e
w i t h reinforcement, t h e w e l d shall b e located i n material properties. T h e notch i n specimens is located
the middle o fthe specimen length. along their thickness, a n d t h e direction o f crack
5.3.4.3 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f c a p a b i l i t y t o w i t h s t a n d extension is along the weld.
plastic d e f o r m a t i o n s d u r i n g b e n d tests. T h e notch shall b e located i n accordance w i t h t h e
B e n d tests s h a l l b e c o n d u c t e d t h e s a m e w a y as f o r certification p r o g r a m approved b y t h e Register. D u r i n g
the base m e t a l . M a n d r e l diameter d u r i n g tests s h a l l b e certification o f weldability o fthe rolled product (skelp)
t a k e n d e p e n d i n g o n t h e m a t e r i a l strength class (refer t o base metal, t h e notch is located along H A Z I a n d H A Z П
Table 5.2.1.5.1). (refer t o 5.2.1.6). T h e s c h e m e o f H A Z areas f o r the skelp
T h e w e l d reinforcement shall b e removed flush w i t h multi-run w e l d f o rw h i c h t h e C T O D values shall b e
the surface o f base metal. W h e n reinforcement i s determined as specified i n F i g . 5 . 3 . 4 . 4 . 2 - 1 .
Part I . Subsea pipelines 57

to t h e w e l d i n g direction) shall b e etched a n d t h e notch

line shall be m a r k e d so that t o clearly reveal t h e m w i t h i n
the area i n question.
T h e angle between t h e notch line a n d t h e lateral
surfaces o f t h e s p e c i m e n i s r e c o m m e n d e d t o b e w i t h i n
9 0 + 5°, t h e d e v i a t i o n from t h i s r a n g e s h a l l b e s p e c i f i e d
i n t h e test report.
5.3.4.4.5 Since w e l d e d specimens a r e tested after
welding a n d have a high level o f residual welding
stresses, t h e r e q u i r e d p e r m i s s i b l e d e v i a t i o n s f r o m
t h e f a t i g u e c r a c k front s t r a i g h t n e s s m a y b e e n s u r e d
t h r o u g h edge m i l l i n g procedure (conducted before t h e
crack g r o w t h ) o n t h e area o f the n e t section 8 8 t o 9 5 %
h i g h including notch t o p w i t h t h e accumulated plastic
d e f o r m a t i o n n o t m o r e t h a n 1 %. M u l t i p l e l o a d a p p l i c a -
t i o n i s a l l o w e d d u r i n g edge m i l l i n g . Edge m i l l i n g depth
a ) double heated between change points (1) b) l i n e between H A Z areas heated between
and at subchange point (2) change points and at subchange point to evaluate plastic deformation shall b e measured w i t h
i n coarse-grained HAZ Note. A B - notch l i n e .
the accuracy a t least + 0 , 0 0 2 5 m m .
Fig. 5.3.4.4.2-1 M u l t i - r u n w e l d H A Z . 5.3.4.4.6 Verification o f treatment efficiency shall b e
Investigated zones i n question are marked conducted o n t h e basis o f m e a s u r e m e n t results f o r t h e
f a t i g u e c r a c k front i n t h e fracture.
F o r t h e base m e t a l w e l d a b i l i t y test o n t h e s i m u l a t e d A n i n d i r e c t m e t h o d t o d e t e r m i n e t h e y i e l d stress
butt girth welded joints, t h e notch i s located along shall be considered w h e r e the material o f zones w i t h h i g h
HAZ I. structural i n h o m o g e n u i t y i s tested f o r w h i c h a y t s cannot
F o r tests o f p i p e w e l d e d j o i n t s ( w e l d a b i l i t y o f t h e be directly determined.
base m e t a l o f t h e w e l d e d pipes o n t h e factory l o n g i - T h e y i e l d stress a y t s at a r o o m temperature is based
tudinal/spiral welds, certification o f factory a n d field o n measurement results o f the V i c k e r s hardness i n H A Z
w e l d i n g procedures), the notch shall b e located at the and base metal. I n particular, t h e f o l l o w i n g relationship is
w e l d centre a n d f u s i o n line, along t h e line d r a w n s o as suggested f o r H A Z :
the content o f w e l d m e t a l a n d t h e base m e t a l o n b o t h
sides o f t h e l i n e corresponds t o 5 0 % + 1 0 % (refer G y t s = 3,28HV-221 (5.3.4.4.6)
t o F i g . 5 . 3 . 4 . 4 . 2 - 2 ) . I n t h e latter case, t h e inspected z o n e
is also H A Z I close t o t h e f u s i o n line. b u t n o t less t h a n t h e y i e l d stress o f base m e t a l a n d
weld metal.
billet profile after straightening
5 . 3 . 4 . 4 . 7 D u r i n g s p e c i m e n test, t h e r o l l e d flat
products (skelp) produced b y thermo-mechanical proce-
d u r e a n d p i p e s from t h e s e p r o d u c t s t y p i c a l l y e x h i b i t
delaminations parallel t o t h e r o l l e d product surface w h i c h
result i nthe break i nthe deformation curve (rapid partial
d r o p i n l o a d f o l l o w e d b y i t s g r o w t h , "pop-in"). T h e s e
breaks m a y b e ignored w h e n selecting the critical p o i n t
to determine t h e crack resistance values i f the change i n
slope o f d e f o r m a t i o n curve a t break (break "relevance")
i s n o t m o r e t h a n 5 %.
Fig. 5.3.4.4.2-2 M a r k i n g o f p i p e specimens
5.3.4.4.8 T h e rated v a l u e i s t h e crack resistance
d e f o r m a t i o n parameter. H o w e v e r , t h e initial data f o r
5.3.4.4.3 S i m u l t a n e o u s l y w i t h preparation o f w e l d e d E C A i s a / - i n t e g r a l , w h i c h i s t h e crack resistance p o w e r
specimens t h e transverse macrosections shall b e cut o u t parameter. D u r i n g s p e c i m e n tests b o t h p a r a m e t e r s a r e
f r o m t h e e n d o f each w e l d section being investigated recommended t o b e determined. F o r three-point bend
( i t i s r e c o m m e n d e d t o c u t o u t from b o t h e n d s ) . T h e y s h a l l tests o f s p e c i m e n s , t h e d i s p l a c e m e n t a l o n g t h e l o a d i n g
be subject t o metallographic analysis f o r checking line shall b e additionally measured (refer t o 5.5.2).
welding quality, possibility t o perform marking 5.3.4.4.9 Metallographic analysis shall be carried out
according t o 5.3.4.4.2 a n dt o determine t h e hardness after tests ( e x c e p t t h e s p e c i m e n s w i t h t h e n o t c h a t t h e
according t o 5.3.4.4.6, i f required. w e l d centre) t o check w h e t h e r t h e n o t c h i s correct. I t i s
5.3.4.4.4 W h e n m a r k i n g - o u t the notch location i n t h e also checked w h e t h e r t h e microstructure i n question
w e l d e d specimen, t h e e n d surfaces o f specimens ( n o r m a l ( H A Z I o r H A Z I I ) is located w i t h i n the central 7 5 %
58 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
o f the specimen thickness. Here, t h e fractured specimen
is c u t t o p o l i s h e d sections according t o F i g . 5.3.4.4.9,
including the following operations:
c u t t i n g o u t o f fractures from b o t h e n d s o f a s p e c i m e n —
from t h e w e l d m e t a l a n d from t h e b a s e m e t a l ;
c u t t i n g o f fractures a c r o s s t h e fracture p l a n e a l o n g
t h e f a t i g u e c r a c k l i n e . T h e l o w e r p a r t o f t h e fracture s h a l l
contain t h e fatigue crack o f 2/3 o f thickness;
m a k i n g polished sections a n d revealing H A Z , t a k i n g
photographs.
Based o n t h e metallographic results, t h e location a n d
length o f the required microstructure inside the control
zone - central 7 5 % o fthe specimen thickness shall b e
established. T h e m i n i m u m percentage o f the microstruc-
ture i n question required t o ascertain t h e correctness o f
a t e s t i s t a k e n t o b e 1 5 %, u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e s p e c i f i e d b y
the Register.
Percentage determination o f the structure i n question
a l o n g t h e c r a c k front, i n %, a s a n e x a m p l e o f t h e a n a l y s i s
o f coarse-grained structure adjacent t o t h e f u s i o n line i s
specified i n F i g . 5.3.4.4.9.
F i g . 5.3.4.4.9 M e t a l l o g r a p h i c e x a m i n a t i o n a f t e r t e s t
5.3.4.4.10 F o r c l a d steel p i p e l i n e s , C T O D tests a r e
carried o u t o n t h e specimens w i t h cladding layer r e m o v e d .
5.3.5 P r o d u c t i o n p e r s o n n e l a n d q u a l i f i c a t i o n o f
welders.
5.3.5.1 A l l w e l d i n g o p e r a t i o n s f o r s t r u c t u r e s o f
subsea transportation systems subject t o t h e R S technical
supervision shall be performed b y the qualified welders
only duly certified a n d having valid Welder A p p r o v a l
Test Certificate issued b y the Register i n compliance w i t h
Section 5, Part X I V "Welding" o f the Rules f o r t h e
Classification a n d Construction o f Sea-Going Ships.
General requirements f o r t h e qualification o f per-
sonnel shall comply w i t h Section 2 , Part X I I I "Welding"
o f the Rules f o rt h e Classification, Construction a n d
Equipment o f M O D U / F O P taking into account t h e
requirements o f this Section.
5.3.5.2 T h r o u g h t r a i n i n g a n d p r a c t i c e p r i o r t o
certification tests a w e l d e r s h a l l g a i n h a v e u n d e r s t a n d i n g
o f the following:
basic w e l d i n g procedures;
w e l d i n g procedure specifications;
relevant methods o f non-destructive testing;
acceptance criteria.
5.3.5.3 W e l d e r s c e r t i f i c a t i o n t e s t s a r e p e r f o r m e d f o r
the respective positions o f w e l d during w e l d i n g , material
grades a n d w e l d i n g procedures. Parameters o f pipe
specimen w e l d i n g procedure shall b e agreed u p o n w i t h
the Register. Pipe m e t a l a n d w e l d i n g consumables f o r
certification shall b e approved b y t h e Register.
W e l d e r s shall b e certified f o r single side b u t t w e l d i n g
o f pipes i n t h e required principal position. U p o n
agreement, welders m a y b e certified f o r some types o f
welds, r o o t r u n w e l d i n g w i t h specific filler materials a n d
electrodes. R e p a i r welders m a y b e certified f o r thickness
defects repair o n l y , p r o v i d e d these types o f w e l d repairs
are m a d e only.
5.3.5.4 C e r t i f i c a t i o n s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t u s i n g t h e
same o r equivalent equipment t o be used during
installation a n d at actual w o r k s h o p conditions, a n d
pipe-laying ship. Other conditions are a l l o w e d u p o n
agreement w i t h t h e Register. A d d i t i o n a l certification i s
required i f welding has been interrupted f o r a period
more than 6 months.
5.3.5.5 W e l d e r s c a r r y i n g o u t u n d e r w a t e r " d r y w e l d -
i n g " shall b e first certified f o r surface w e l d i n g a n d shall
gain experience i n underwater welding. Underwater
w e l d i n g c e r t i f i c a t i o n tests s h a l l b e carried o u t f o r t h e
specific p r e l i m i n a r y certified w e l d i n g procedure.
5.3.6 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r w e l d i n g o p e r a t i o n s .
5.3.6.1 W e l d i n g P r o c e d u r e S p e c i f i c a t i o n ( W P S ) s h a l l
be prepared f o r a l l w e l d i n g procedures covered i n this
S e c t i o n a n d subject t o a p p r o v a l i n accordance w i t h t h e R S
requirements. W P S shall provide the possibility t o fulfil all
the specified requirements i n practice.
5.3.6.2 W P S s h a l l c o n t a i n a t l e a s t t h e f o l l o w i n g
information:
base m e t a l grade i n compliance w i t h t h e S P R u l e s
r e q u i r e m e n t s a n d t h e p i p e l i n e class;
pipe diameter a n d w a l l thickness ( o r range);
edge preparation a n d w e l d e d j o i n t configuration,
including tolerances;
w e l d i n g procedure;
number a n d location o f welders;
welding consumables (approved b y the Register);
gas m i x t u r e a n d f l o w rate;
w e l d i n g rod/wire diameter;
c o n s u m p t i o n rate o f filler w i r e a n d flux;
w e l d i n g parameters: current, voltage, type o f current,
polarity, w e l d i n g speed, w i r e stick o u t a n d w i r e angle f o r
each arc ( o r range);
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 59

n u m b e r o f w e l d i n g arcs a n d heads ( c o l d a n d h o t w i r e change i n t h e arc parameters affecting t h e transfer

feed); m o d e o r deposit rate;
welding positions a n d directions; change i n type, diameter a n d brand o f w e l d i n g
stringer o r w e a v i n g ; consumables;
n o z z l e size; change i n t h e w i r e stick-out b e y o n d t h e tolerances
n u m b e r o f passes ( f o r b u t t girth w e l d s - before start specified i n t h e approved specifications;
o f pipe-laying vessel move-up); change i n t h e gas shield m i x t u r e , c o m p o s i t i o n a n d
clamping (inside o r outside); flow r a t e ( m o r e t h a n 1 0 % ) ;
preheat temperature ( i f applicable); change i n the w e l d i n g position t o a position n o t
t i m e intervals b e t w e e n passes; c o m p l y i n g w i t h Table 5.3.6.5;
interpass temperature range; c h a n g e i n t h e w e l d i n g d i r e c t i o n from " v e r t i c a l d o w n "
post w e l d heat treatment ( i f applicable). to "vertical up" o r vice versa;
5.3.6.3 W P S f o r u n d e r w a t e r " d r y w e l d i n g " s h a l l a l s o c h a n g e from s i n g l e - r u n t o m u l t i - r u n w e l d i n g o r v i c e
contain the following information: versa;
water depth ( m i n i m u m / m a x i m u m ) ; change i nthe polarity;
pressure inside t h e chamber; change i n t h e heat input during w e l d i n g b e y o n d t h e
gas c o m p o s i t i o n i n s i d e t h e c h a m b e r ; range o f ±10 % unless otherwise agreed w i t h t h e
m a x i m u m h u m i d i t y level inside t h e chamber; Register;
temperature inside the chamber ( m i n i m u m / m a x i ­ change i n t i m e intervals b e t w e e n passes b e y o n d t h e
mum); limits specified i n t h e approved W P S ;
length, type a n d size o f the w e l d i n g u m b i l i c a l ; decrease i n t h e preheat temperature ( i f applicable);
position for voltage measurements; any change i n the cooling m e t h o d resulting i n
welding equipment. shorter c o o l i n g t i m e t h a n certified b y t h e test ( f o r
5.3.6.4 W P S f o r r e p a i r w e l d i n g s h a l l b e p r e p a r e d installation welding);
based o n a w e l d i n g procedure certification record for the any change i n the post w e l d heat treatment procedure
repair welding. This W P S shall include t h e following ( i f applicable);
additional information: stringer/weave m o r e than three times t h e n o m i n a l
m e t h o d o f defect r e m o v a l , w e l d preparation; diameter where w e a v i n g is not provided;
d i m e n s i o n s o f r e p a i r w e l d i n g area; decrease i n t h e n u m b e r o f welders;
type a n d scope o f non-destructive testing t o be .4 a d d i t i o n a l l y f o r u n d e r w a t e r " d r y w e l d i n g " :
p e r f o r m e d after defects r e m o v a l a n d repair w e l d i n g . a n y change i n t h e pressure inside t h e w e l d i n g
5.3.6.5 W h e r e t h e w e l d i n g p r o c e d u r e c h a n g e s , n e w chamber;
tests s h a l l b e c o n d u c t e d i n t h e f o l l o w i n g cases u n l e s s any change i n t h e gas composition inside t h e
otherwise agreed w i t h t h e Register: chamber; increase o f h u m i d i t y inside t h e chamber b y
.1 base m e t a l : m o r e t h a n 1 0 % from t h e l e v e l o f c e r t i f i c a t i o n t e s t i n g .
change t o t h e h i g h e r strength grade; Table 5.3.6.5
change i nthe supply condition; Certified welding positions
change i n t h e manufacturing process; Welding position Welding positions
a n y increase i n P ^ b y m o r e t h a n 0,02, i n C b y eq for certified s a m p l e for w h i c h additional certification
m o r e t h a n 0 , 0 3 a n d i n c a r b o n c o n t e n t b y m o r e t h a n 0 , 0 2 %; is n o t r e q u i r e d
change o f manufacturer; PA PA
.2 g e o m e t r y : PC PA, P C
change i n the pipe diameter (upon agreement w i t h PF/PG PA, PF/PG
PC + PF/PG All
the Register);
H-L045 All
change i n t h e skelp/pipe w a l l thickness b e y o n d t h e
r a n g e from 0 , 7 5 * t o l , 5 * ;
c c

change i n edge preparation b e y o n d t h e tolerances 5.3.7 W e l d i n g o f c l a d s t e e l p i p e l i n e s .

specified i n t h e approved specifications; 5.3.7.1 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r w e l d i n g o f p i p e ­
line-up clamps during pipe welding: change from lines w i t h internal cladding layer shall c o m p l y w i t h 2.8,
external t o internal o r vice versa; Part X I V "Welding" o f the Rules f o r the Classification
.3 w e l d i n g p r o c e d u r e : a n d C o n s t r u c t i o n o f S e a - G o i n g S h i p s a n d 2 . 9 , P a r t Х1П
any change i n the welding type; "Welding" o f the Rules for the Classification, Construc­
c h a n g e from s i n g l e - w i r e t o m u l t i - a r c w e l d i n g a n d tion a n d Equipment o f M O D U / F O P considering the
vice versa; requirements o f this Section.
any change i n the equipment type and model 5.3.7.2 P r o d u c t i o n w e l d i n g o f c o r r o s i o n r e s i s t a n t
(including underwater welding); cladding portions m a y be performed b y one o f
60 Rules for the Classification
the w e l d i n g processes specified i n 5 . 3 . 2 except self-
shielded tubular-cored arc w e l d i n g a n d h i g h frequency
w e l d i n g . T h e w e l d i n g shall b e double sided, w h e n e v e r
possible. W e l d i n g o f the r o o t pass i n single sided (field)
welded joints shall normally be made b y manual metal
arc w e l d i n g w i t h coated electrodes, t u n g s t e n i n e r t gas
w e l d i n g o r gas m e t a l arc w e l d i n g .
5.3.7.3 T h e f i n a l w e l d e d g e p r e p a r a t i o n s h a l l b e
made b y machining. Additional grinding is allowed,
provided the grinding wheels shall n o t be previously
u s e d f o r c a r b o n o r l o w - a l l o y steels. T h e r m a l c u t t i n g s h a l l
be limited t o plasma arc cutting.
5.3.7.4 S t a i n l e s s s t e e l w i r e b r u s h e s s h a l l b e u s e d f o r
interpass cleaning a n d cladding o f the corrosion-resistant
weld metal.
5.3.7.5 W e l d i n g c o n s u m a b l e s f o r w e l d i n g o f c l a d ­
d i n g layer shall b e selected w i t h regard t o c o r r o s i o n
resistance o f t h e w e l d e d j o i n t . T h e application o f l o w -
alloy welding consumables f o r welding o f corrosion-
resistant materials is n o t permitted. I f i t is impossible
to guarantee compliance w i t h this requirement, t h e
w h o l e j o i n t shall be welded b y corrosion-resistant
material.
5.4 I N S P E C T I O N A N D D E F E C T A C C E P T A N C E LIMITS
FOR W E L D E D JOINTS
5.4.1 G e n e r a l .
T h e requirements o f this Chapter, unless otherwise
specified below, cover t h e quality inspection f o r butt
(field) girth welds made during construction (laying/
installation) o fsubsea pipelines b y means o f pipe-laying
vessels.
General requirements f o r the inspection o f
the w e l d e d j o i n t s f o r t h e subsea pipeline structures shall
c o m p l y w i t h S e c t i o n 3 , P a r t ХШ " W e l d i n g " o f t h e R u l e s
for the Classification, Construction and Equipment o f
M O D U / F O P taking into account the requirements o f this
Section.
5.4.1.1 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g s p e c i a l i s t s
5.4.1.1.1 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g f o r p i p e l i n e w e l d e d
joints shall b e carried o u t b y t h e quality assessment
l a b o r a t o r y w i t h t h e competence a n d status c o m p l y i n g
w i t h t h e a c c r e d i t a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s as p e r n a t i o n a l a n d / o r
international standards. T h e competence o f t h e testing
laboratory shall be confirmed b y the Recognition
Certificate o f Testing Laboratory (form 7.1.4.3)
issued b y t h e Register o r other authorized national
organization.
5.4.1.1.2 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g s h a l l b e p e r f o r m e d
b y certified specialists w h o are trained a n d p r o p e r l y
qualified a n d have t h e appropriate certificates.
T h e certified non-destructive testing specialists w h o
m a n a g e t h e non-destructive test operations a n d are
directly i n v o l v e d i n these operations shall b e certified
and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
to c o n f i r m their k n o w l e d g e i n regulations, standards a n d
i n s t r u c t i o n s f o r safe o p e r a t i o n s o n i t e m s subject t o t h e R S
technical supervision.
5.4.1.1.3 T h e s p e c i a l i s t s q u a l i f i e d f o r П a n d i n l e v e l s
are a u t h o r i z e d t o issue t h e c o n c l u s i o n s based o n n o n ­
d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t r e s u l t s . T h e s p e c i a l i s t q u a l i f i e d f o r 1П
level shall be authorized t o manage the non-destructive
test operations.
T h e specialists i n v o l v e d i n a u t o m a t e d ultrasonic
testing o f w e l d e d joints w i t h assessment criteria based o n
E C A shall have t h e appropriate certificate corifirming
their knowledge a n d skills i n operating the particular
automated equipment.
5.4.1.2 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t e q u i p m e n t .
5.4.1.2.1 A n y e q u i p m e n t t o b e u s e d f o r n o n ­
destructive testing shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e requirements
o f e f f e c t i v e r e g u l a t o r y d o c u m e n t a t i o n . T h e a p p l i e d flaw
detectors as i n s t r u m e n t s s h a l l h a v e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e
instrument type approval certificate a n d metrological
calibration certificate.
5.4.1.2.2 T h e r e f e r e n c e s t a n d a r d s a n d c a l i b r a t i o n
u n i t s s h a l l b e u s e d f o r c h e c k i n g basic test parameters a n d
a d j u s t m e n t o f flaw d e t e c t o r o p e r a t i o n m o d e s ( e x c e p t
automated ultrasonic testing systems). T h e reference
standards shall have t h e appropriate calibration certifi­
cates. T h e c a l i b r a t i o n u n i t s s h a l l b e m a d e o f w e l d e d
pipes w i t h t h e required artificial reflectors, b e certified
and h a v e t h e appropriate certificate.
5.4.1.2.3 U l t r a s o n i c s y s t e m t o b e u s e d f o r a u t o m a t e d
u l t r a s o n i c testing s h a l l u n d e r g o q u a l i f i c a t i o n tests
( v a l i d a t i o n ) . F o r r e q u i r e m e n t s t o q u a l i f i c a t i o n tests o f
a u t o m a t e d u l t r a s o n i c testing s y s t e m , refer t o 5.4.2.
T h e s y s t e m l i n e a r i t y s h a l l b e checked at least s i x m o n t h s
before t h e expected date o f c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e s y s t e m
operation. F o r automated ultrasonic testing w i t h i n t h e
estimated period exceeding six months, the linearity shall
be checked directly prior t o commencement o f operation.
T h e calibration results shall b e recorded into t h e
calibration certificate. T h e calibration certificate
shall b e made available t o verifying organizations
(experts).
5.4.1.2.4 F o r q u a l i f i c a t i o n t e s t s o f u l t r a s o n i c s y s t e m ,
checks t o save i t s settings d u r i n g operation a n d t o track
its current p e r f o r m a n c e parameters, t h e c a l i b r a t i o n u n i t s
m a d e o f the section o f the pipe i n the pipeline t o b e tested
shall b e used. T h e calibration units shall have artificial
r e f l e c t o r s o f flat b e d o p e n i n g s 3 m m i n d i a m e t e r a n d
surface cut-outs 1 m m deep. T h e calibration b l o c k shall
be branded w i t h its individual serial number.
5.4.1.2.5 A l l v e r s i o n s o f t h e s o f t w a r e f o r r e c o r d i n g ,
processing a n d representation o f test results s h a l l h a v e
individual numbers. T h e software version number shall
be a v a i l a b l e at a l l test result representations ( o n t h e
display a n d printouts).
T h e standby p o w e r sources shall b e provided att h e
test site.
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
5.4.2 Q u a l i f i c a t i o n t e s t s / v a l i d a t i o n f o r t h e a u t o -
m a t e d ultrasonic testing system.
5.4.2.1 T h e q u a l i f i c a t i o n t e s t s a r e c a r r i e d o u t t o
confirm the automated ultrasonic testing system is
capable o f detecting t h e defects o f specific types a n d
sizes, d e t e r m i n i n g t h e i r sizes a n d l o c a t i o n i n t h e w e l d t o
the specified accuracy.
T h e automated ultrasonic testing system capability t o
detect t h e defect shall b e considered sufficient i f t h e
possibility t o detect t h e defect o f a n y permissible size
estimated based o n engineering critical assessment is at
least 9 0 % at confidence l e v e l o f 9 5 % .
5.4.2.2 T h e q u a l i f i c a t i o n t e s t p r o g r a m s h a l l b e
agreed u p o n w i t h t h e Register.
5.4.2.3 Q u a l i f i c a t i o n t e s t s a r e c a r r i e d o u t f o r w e l d e d
joints w i t h w e l d i n g m e t h o d a n d edge preparation
g e o m e t r y identical t o those i n t h e p i p e l i n e b e i n g tested.
The system qualification system shall be performed f o r
w e l d e d j o i n t s subjected t o repair ( w i t h appropriate
modification o f the edge preparation geometry).
5.4.2.4 Q u a l i f i c a t i o n t e s t s s h a l l b e p e r f o r m e d w i t h
the use o f welds containing t h e deliberately injected
defects w h i c h are s u p p o s e d t o b e present i n w e l d s m a d e
b y w e l d i n g methods applied. T h e m i n i m u m n u m b e r o f
defects is 1 0 . T h e defect sizes s h a l l c o v e r a l l size range
f o r surface a n d i n t e r n a l defects p e r m i t t e d according t o
the E C A procedure.
T h e defects a r e deliberately injected t h r o u g h v i o l a t -
i n g t h e w e l d i n g modes, m e c h a n i c a l s a w cuts w i t h o r
w i t h o u t fusion, placing t h e tungsten/graphite plates
b e t w e e n t h e prepared edges.
T h e w e l d shall b e branded w i t h t h e reference p o i n t
p o s i t i o n r e l a t i v e t o w h i c h t h e p o s i t i o n o f detected defects
w i l l be determined.
5.4.2.5 T h e p r e s e n c e , s i z e s a n d p o s i t i o n o f t h e
injected defects a l o n g t h e p e r i m e t e r o f t h e w e l d s tested
shall b e confirmed b y radiographic testing. T h e m a n u a l
ultrasonic testing a n d magnetic particle e x a m i n a t i o n m a y
b e p e r f o r m e d a d d i t i o n a l l y . T h e report o n detected defects
shall be confidential.
5.4.2.6 T h e a u t o m a t e d u l t r a s o n i c t e s t i n g f o r t h e
w e l d e d j o i n t s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t as p e r t h e d e v e l o p e d
validation procedure.
T h e scope o f tests s h a l l i n c l u d e t h e repeated
scannings t o d e t e r m i n e t h e test results r e p r o d u c i b i l i t y
w h e n t h e acoustic s y s t e m is installed repeatedly. A t least
o n e test s h a l l b e carried o u t at a h i g h t e m p e r a t u r e
expected under installation conditions.
5.4.2.7 T h e t e s t r e s u l t s s h a l l b e g i v e n i n t h e r e p o r t
w h i c h contains data o n detected defects, t h e i r l e n g t h a n d
position along t h e w e l d perimeter, a n d their deposition
height a n d depth.
5.4.2.8 T h e a u t o m a t i c u l t r a s o n i c t e s t r e s u l t s s h a l l b e
c o n f i r m e d b y m e t a l l o g r a p h i c e x a m i n a t i o n s o f w e l d cross
sections w i t h i n t h e detected defects area. T h e n u m b e r o f
cross sections shall b e sufficient t o ensure that t h e defect
61
height accuracy e s t i m a t i o n is based o n at least 2 9
measurements.
5.4.2.9 T h e r e s u l t s o f a u t o m a t e d u l t r a s o n i c t e s t
s y s t e m c e r t i f i c a t i o n tests s h a l l b e a n a l y z e d w i t h respect
to the following:
accuracy o f estimated defect height;
accuracy o f estimated defect l e n g t h a n d p o s i t i o n
along the w e l d circumference;
capabilities t o determine t h e defect characteristics b y
a u t o m a t e d u l t r a s o n i c t e s t i n g as c o m p a r e d t o t h e results o f
destructive tests a n d r a d i o g r a p h i c e x a m i n a t i o n ;
test results r e p r o d u c i b i l i t y at repeated i n s t a l l a t i o n o f
the acoustic s y s t e m a n d h i g h temperature.
5.4.2.10 T h e q u a l i f i c a t i o n t e s t r e p o r t f o r t h e a u t o -
m a t e d ultrasonic test s y s t e m s h a l l at least c o n t a i n
the following:
Description o f examined w e l d e d specimens;
D e s c r i p t i o n o f t h e test i n d i c a t i n g t h e i m p l e m e n t e d
sensitivity f o r each o f test m e t h o d s p r o v i d e d ;
R e c o r d e d data f o r each detected defects a n d each
cross section o f t h e defect (types o f defects, echo
amplitudes, sizes, p o s i t i o n i n t h e w e l d e d ) i n t h e course o f
various non-destructive testing methods a n d reference
d e s t r u c t i v e tests;
A n a l y s i s results f o r data specified i n 5.4.2.9.
5.4.2.11 T h e p e r f o r m e d q u a l i f i c a t i o n t e s t s s h a l l
remain valid provided that t h e f o l l o w i n g parameters are
maintained:
w e l d i n g m e t h o d a n d edge preparation geometry
(including t h e repair welds);
a c o u s t i c s y s t e m s e t t i n g s f o r w e l d root a n d t o p t e s t i n g ;
acoustic s y s t e m settings f o r other channels;
calibration units a n d their reflectors;
data acquisition a n d processing system;
software version.
5.4.3 I n s p e c t i o n m e t h o d s a n d q u a l i t y a s s e s s m e n t
for butt welded joints.
5.4.3.1 T h e s c o p e o f t e s t i n g o f a l l s u b s e a p i p e l i n e
w e l d e d j o i n t s i s established as f o l l o w s :
1 0 0 % visual examination and measurement;
1 0 0 % automated ultrasonic testing ( 1 0 0 % radio-
graphic e x a m i n a t i o n m a y b e used instead as agreed u p o n
w i t h the Register);
1 0 0 % automated o r m a n u a l ultrasonic testing f o r
repair welded joints;
1 0 0 % m a g n e t i c particle e x a m i n a t i o n f o r selected
repair welds;
Non-destructive testing techniques w i t h quality
assessment criteria for w e l d e d joints clarified considering
the type o f equipment used a n d the E C A procedure shall
be developed f o r each type o f testing a n d approved b y
the Register.
5.4.3.2 T h e s c o p e a n d m e t h o d s o f n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e
testing during connection o f prelaid pipeline strings (tie-
ins) as w e l l as d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e o f s p o o l pieces are
subject t o special consideration b y t h e Register.
62 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

5.4.3.3 T h e v i s u a l e x a m i n a t i o n a n d m e a s u r e m e n t ,
m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e e x a m i n a t i o n s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t as p e r
effective regulatory documentation. T h e tested area o f
the w e l d e d j o i n t shall include t h e external surface o f the
w e l d e d as w e l l as a d j a c e n t s e c t i o n s o f t h e b a s e m e t a l
l o c a t e d a t l e a s t 2 0 m m a p a r t from t h e f u s i o n l i n e a t b o t h
s i d e from t h e w e l d b u t n o t l e s s t h a n t h e w a l l t h i c k n e s s o f
the pipeline welded. F o r quality assessment criteria f o r
w e l d e d j o i n t s i n the course o f v i s u a l a n d magnetic
particle e x a m i n a t i o n s , refer T a b l e 5.4.3.3. A n y defects
n o t l i s t e d i n t h e t a b l e s a r e a l l o w e d as a g r e e d u p o n w i t h
the Register.
5 . 4 . 3 . 4 T h e s i z e o f p e r m i s s i b l e defects f o r a u t o m a t e d
ultrasonic testing o f butt girth w e l d s shall b e established
b a s e d o n e n g i n e e r i n g c r i t i c a l a s s e s s m e n t as r e q u i r e d b y t h e
c u s t o m e r a n d i n case o f l i m i t a t i o n s as g i v e n b e l o w . T h e
defect acceptance l i m i t s ( p e r m i s s i b l e ratios b e t w e e n l e n g t h
a n d depth/height o f surface a n d i n t e r n a l defects) are results
o f t h e E C A p r o c e d u r e t o b e u s e d as f o l l o w s :
cracks shall b e n o t permitted;
the error, i n m m , f o r t h e specific non-destructive
testing m e t h o d (for example, in-line inspection) shall be
added t o the calculated values. T h i s error shall be
determined i n the course o f verification/qualification
tests ( v a l i d a t i o n ) f o r t h i s m e t h o d b y c o m p a r i n g t h e
readings obtained i nseveral measurements and/or cutting
o f test defective w e l d s t o get p o l i s h e d sections;
the p e r m i s s i b l e depth/height o f t h e defect s h a l l b e
limited to 0,25^;
m a x i m u m l e n g t h o f d e f e c t s s h a l l n o t e x c e e d 1/8 o f
the pipe circumference.
5.4.3.5 T h e E C A p r o c e d u r e s h a l l n o t b e c o n s i d e r e d
as a n a l t e r n a t i v e t o t h e p r o p e r q u a l i t y o f w e l d s . T h e E C A
Quality assessment criteria f o r t h evisual a n dmagnetic particle examinations o f w e l d e d joints
p r o c e d u r e r e s u l t s a r e n o r m a l l y c o n s i d e r e d as a s u p p l e ­
m e n t , w h i c h extends t h e requirements t o t h e defect
parameters prescribed f o r t h e separate non-destructive
test m e t h o d s (refer t o Tables 5.4.3.3, 5.4.3.6-1 a n d
5.4.3.6-2). W h e n t h e s y s t e m a t i c a l l y repeated defects
( t w o t i m e s a n d m o r e w i t h i n a shift) are detected i n girth
w e l d s equal t o a n d greater t h a n 0,8 o f m a x i m u m
permissible limits i n terms o f the E C A procedure, the
technological process shall be stopped t o analyze a n d
r e m e d y t h e i r causes.
5.4.3.6 Q u a l i t y a s s e s s m e n t c r i t e r i a f o r t h e r a d i o ­
graphic testing shall correspond t o those specified i n
T a b l e 5.4.3.6 1 . T h e size o f p e r m i s s i b l e defects i n t h e
course o f ultrasonic e x a m i n a t i o n conducted w i t h the
m a n u a l echo-technique using the general purpose flaw
detector shall correspond t o Table 5.4.3.6-2.
5.4.3.7 A u t o m a t e d u l t r a s o n i c t e s t i n g f o r w e l d s
during laying o f pipeline.
5.4.3.7.1 T h e d e t a i l e d a u t o m a t e d u l t r a s o n i c t e s t i n g
procedure shall be developed f o reach w a l l thickness a n d
geometry o f t h e w e l d . T h i s procedure shall b e agreed
u p o n w i t h the Register.
T h i s procedure s h a l l at least c o n t a i n t h e f o l l o w i n g :
function description f o r equipment;
references t o standards a n d instructions used;
number o f examined zones along the welded joint
thickness;
operating instructions f o r scanning device, acoustic
unit, computer system;
h a r d w a r e a n d s o f t w a r e instructions f o r test results
recording, processing, displaying, representation a n d
storage;
e q u i p m e n t set-up procedure;
Таблица 5.4.3.3

Type o f defect Criterion

External profile Welds shall have a plain surface a n d ensure s m o o t h transition to the base metal, a n d shall not overlap b e y o n d the
e d g e p r e p a r a t i o n b y m o r e t h a n 3 m m (6 m m f o r a u t o m a t i c s u b m e r g e d a r c w e l d i n g )
Reinforcement E x t e r n a l r e i n f o r c e m e n t : u p t o 0,2t b u t m a x . 4 m m . I n t e r n a l r e i n f o r c e m e n t : u p t o 0,2t b u t m a x . 3 m m
c c

Concavity Outside concavity is not permitted.

Inside concavity shall ensure s m o o t h transition t o the b a s e metal, the w e l d thickness a t a n y point shall n o t b e less than t. c

E d g e displacement L o n g i t u d i n a l / s p i r a l w e l d : u p t o 0,\t b u t m a x . 2 m m
c

G i r t h b u t t w e l d : u p t o 0,15t b u t m a x . 3 m m
c

Cracks Not permitted

Undercuts Individual:

Depth d: Permissible length:

d > 1,0 m m not permitted
1,0 m m > d > 0,5 m m 50 m m
0,5 m m > d > 0,2 m m 100 m m
d < 0,2 m m unlimited

A c c u m u l a t e d l e n g t h o f u n d e r c u t s o f 1,0 m m > d > 0,2 m m a t a n y p a r t o f t h e w e l d 3 0 0 m m l o n g : < 4t ,

c

b u t m a x . 100 m m

Surface porosity Not permitted

Arc burns Not permitted
Dents D e p t h < 1,5 m m , l e n g t h u p t o 1/4Д, ( D — p i p e d i a m e t e r )
a
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 63

Table 5.4.3.6-1
Quality assessment criteria for the radiographic testing o fwelded joints
Criterion
T y p e o f defect
Separate defects M a x i m u m accumulated size
i n a n y 300 m m w e l d l e n g t h
Porosity Scattered
Cluster Diameter less than tJ4, m a x i m u m 3 m m M a x i m u m 3 % o f the area i n question
Pores less than 2 m m , cluster diameter One cluster
m a x i m u m 12 m m ,
p o r e c l u s t e r a r e a l e s s t h a n 10 %.
P o r e s "on-line" Diameter less than 2 m m , T w o lines
group length less than t c

Slag
Isolated Diameter less than 3 m m 12 m m , m a x i m u m 4 o f f s e p a r a t e d m i n i m u m 5 0 m m
Single or parallel lines W i d t h l e s s t h a n 1,5 m m 2t , m a x i m u m 50 m m
c

Inclusions
Tungsten Diameter less than 3 m m 12 m m , m a x i m u m 4 o f f s e p a r a t e d m i n i m u m 5 0 m m
Copper, wire Not permitted, i f detected

L a c k of penetration L e n g t h l e s s t h a n t m a x i m u m 25 m m
a
L e s s t h a n t , m a x i m u m 25 m m
c

W i d t h l e s s t h a n 1,5 m m

L a c k of fusion Not permitted —

Cracks Not permitted —

Weld concavity inside the pipe R e f e r t o T a b l e 5.3.2.3-1 —

Undercuts inside the pipe Depth less than tJlO, m a x i m u m 1 m m L e s s t h a n t , m a x i m u m 25 m m

c

L e s s t h a n tJ5, m a x i m u m 3 m m
Excessive penetration o v e r the l e n g t h t o t m a x i m u m 25 m m
a
L e s s t h a n 2t a m a x i m u m 50 m m

N o t e s : 1. G r o u p o f defects separated b y less t h a n the w i d t h o f the smallest defect i n a g r o u p shall b e considered a s o n e defect.
2. I s o l a t e d d e f e c t s a r e s e p a r a t e d b y m o r e t h a n 5 t i m e s t h e s i z e o f t h e l a r g e s t d i s c o n t i n u i t y .
3. T o t a l a c c u m u l a t i o n o f d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s i n a n y 3 0 0 m m w e l d l e n g t h ( t o t a l s i z e ) - l e s s t h a n 3t , m a x i m u m 100 m m e x c l u d i n g p o r o s i t y ; t o t a l
c

w e l d l e n g t h — l e s s t h a n 12 %.
4. A c c u m u l a t i o n o f d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s i n t h e c r o s s s e c t i o n o f w e l d t h a t m a y c o n s t i t u t e w o r m h o l e s o r r e d u c e t h e e f f e c t i v e w e l d t h i c k n e s s w i t h
m o r e t h a n tJ3 i s n o t a c c e p t a b l e .
5. N o d e f e c t s a r e a l l o w e d o v e r t h e i n t e r s e c t i o n o f w e l d s .

Table 5.4.3.6-2
Quality assessment criteria for the ultrasonic testing o f welded joints
M a x i m u m permitted M a x i m u m length
defect echo amplitude o f permitted discontinuities L , i n m m

Base level 1
+ 4dB L < tJ2, m a x i m u m 10 m m
Base level - 2 dB L > tJ2, m a x i m u m t o r 2 5 m m
Base level —6dB L > t, m a x i m u m 25 m m
c

Base level —6dB I n t h e near-surface z o n e s excluding t h e centre o f t h e w e l d e d joint w i t h thickness tJ3,

t h e a c c u m u l a t e d l e n g t h o f d e f e c t s i n a n y 300 m m o f w e l d l e n g t h l e s s t h a n t , m a x i m u m 50 m m
c

I n t h e c e n t r e o f t h e w e l d e d j o i n t w i t h t h i c k n e s s tJ3 t h e a c c u m u l a t e d l e n g t h o f d e f e c t s i n a n y
3 0 0 m m w e l d l e n g t h l e s s t h a n 2t , m a x i m u m 50 m m
c

3
Transverse defects o f a n y length (type " T " defects) are not permitted
' T h e b a s e (reference) level o f sensitivity i s obtained f r o m 0 3 m m side hole drilling i n the reference specimen. Other m e t h o d s for setting
the b a s e level are allowed i f they p r o v i d e the s a m e sensitivity o f testing. R e q u i r e m e n t s for s p e c i m e n s t o a l i g n m e n t sensitivity shall b e specified
i n the testing procedure.
2
W h e r e t h e b a s e m e t a l t h i c k n e s s i s l e s s t h a n 12 m m t h e m i d - t h i c k n e s s o f t h e w e l d e d j o i n t i s n o t c o n s i d e r e d .
3
D e f e c t s h a l l b e c o n s i d e r e d a s t r a n s v e r s e i f i t s e c h o a m p l i t u d e t r a n s v e r s e l y e x c e e d s t h e e c h o a m p l i t u d e from t h e w e l d l o n g i t u d i n a l l y w i t h
m o r e t h a n 6 d B g r e a t e r t h a n t h e e c h o a m p l i t u d e a t a n a n g l e o f 90 ± 15° t o t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l w e l d a x i s .
N o t e s : 1. W h e r e o n l y o n e s i d e o f t h e w e l d e d j o i n t c a n b e t e s t e d t h e m a x i m u m p e r m i s s i b l e d e f e c t e c h o a m p l i t u d e (the left c o l u m n i n t h e
table) s h a l l b e r e d u c e d b y 6 d B (twice).
2. W e l d s e c t i o n s , d e f e c t s i n t e r p r e t a t i o n t h a t a r e d o u b t f u l a n d c a n n o t b e e s t a b l i s h e d w i t h c e r t a i n t y s h a l l b e t e s t e d w i t h t h e r a d i o g r a p h i c
m e t h o d a n d e v a l u a t e d o n the b a s i s o f the r a d i o g r a p h i c testing criteria.
3. A c c u m u l a t e d d i s c o n t i n u i t y l e n g t h w i t h e c h o a m p l i t u d e e q u a l o f r e f e r e n c e l e v e l — 6 d B a n d a b o v e s h a l l n o t e x c e e d 3t , m a x i m u m 100 m m i n
c

a n y w e l d l e n g t h o f 3 0 0 m m n o r m o r e t h a n 12 % o f t o t a l w e l d l e n g t h .
4. N o d e f e c t s a r e a l l o w e d o v e r t h e i n t e r s e c t i o n o f w e l d s .
64 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

description a n d drawing o f calibration units includ­ 5.4.3.9 R u l e s f o r c o m b i n a t i o n o f n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t

ing t h e type, dimensions a n d location o f reflectors; readings.
equipment calibration intervals; 5.4.3.9.1 W h e n i s o l a t i n g t h e c l o s e l y s p a c e d d e f e c t s ,
scanning surface c o n d i t i o n a n d m e t h o d f o r i t s the f o l l o w i n g rules for ultrasonic testing readings shall be
preparation including temperature range; used:
w e l d assessment criteria based o n test results; I f s < (Z?i+ b )l2 ( r e f e r t o F i g . 5 . 4 . 3 . 9 . 1 , a\ t w o
2

reporting instructions. i n t e r n a l defects are c o m b i n e d a n d s h a l l b e considered as

5.4.3.7.2 T h e u l t r a s o n i c s y s t e m u s e d f o r i n - p r o d u c - a s i n g l e d e f e c t w i t h h e i g h t e q u a l t o b = b + b + s.
x 2

t i o n testing shall correspond t o c o n f i g u r a t i o n a n d settings I f s < m i n ( / l ) ( r e f e r t o F i g . 5 . 4 . 3 . 9 . 1 , b\

b 2

o f the s y s t e m used f o r q u a l i f i c a t i o n tests ( v a l i d a t i o n ) . l e n g t h w i s e t w o defects s h a l l b e considered as a single

5.4.3.7.3 P r i o r t o c o m m e n c e m e n t o f e x a m i n a t i o n , d e f e c t w i t h l e n g t h e q u a l t o / = l\ + l + s. 2

the s y s t e m s h a l l b e tested. W h e n t h e w h o l e s y s t e m i s I f s < Z?i/2, ( r e f e r t o F i g . 5 . 4 . 3 . 9 . 1 , c ) , s u b s u r f a c e

calibrated, t h e w e l d shall b e scanned w i t h repeated defect shall b e considered as a surface defect w i t h h e i g h t
c a l i b r a t i o n u s i n g t h e c a l i b r a t i o n u n i t . I n case o f d e v i a t i o n e q u a l t o b = b\ + s.
i n e c h o a m p l i t u d e from t h e c a l i b r a t i o n u n i t r e f l e c t o r s A l l isolated defects s h a l l b e considered as coplanar
m o r e t h a n b y 2 d B from t h e i n i t i a l c a l i b r a t i o n v a l u e , t h e defects.
calibration shall b e corrected. T h e calibration i s con­
sidered acceptable i n case o f three satisfactory scannings
o f the w e l d w i t h calibration retained. ь J . /
5.4.3.7.4 P r i o r t o c o m m e n c e m e n t o f e x a m i n a t i o n ,
the failure i npower supply shall b e simulated a n dthe 1
s y s t e m o p e r a t i o n from t h e a l t e r n a t i v e p o w e r s u p p l y u n i t
shall b e checked w i t h o u t loss o f test results.
5.4.3.7.5 P r i o r t o c o m m e n c e m e n t o f w e l d e x a m i n a ­
t i o n , t h e case h e i g h t f o r each transducer i n c l u d e d i n t o t
acoustic system shall b e measured. « *• •
s
5.4.3.7.6 A l l w e l d e d j o i n t s s u b m i t t e d t o n o n ­ I
destructive testing shall b e serviceable (absence o f
m e c h a n i c a l damages, cavities, dents, defective paint
coating a n d other defects). T h e m a r k i n g s y s t e m shall
meet the requirements o f regulatory documentation.
5.4.3.7.7 T h e t r a n s i t i o n from t h e b a s e m e t a l t o t h e
d e p o s i t e d m e t a l s h a l l b e s m o o t h a n d free o f u n d e r c u t s a n d
overlaps. T h e w e l d w i d t h a n d height shall b e u n i f o r m .
5.4.3.8 R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r m a n u a l u l t r a s o n i c t e s t i n g
for repair welds.
T h e m a n u a l ultrasonic testing shall b e carried o u t F i g . 5.4.3.9.1
according t o agreed procedures/instructions w h i c h con­ Defect combination options
t a i n a t least t h e f o l l o w i n g i n f o r m a t i o n :
g e o m e t r y a n d dimensions o f the tested w e l d e d j o i n t , 5.4.3.9.2 T h e r e a d i n g s f o r t h e c h a i n c o n s i s t i n g o f
welding method; m o r e t h a n t w o defects a r e c o m b i n e d i n a s i m i l a r w a y b y
base a n d w e l d i n g consumables; considering t h e c o m b i n e d defect as a n initial o n e f o r t h e
e q u i p m e n t u s e d ( f l a w detectors, transducers, state subsequent analysis.
reference standards for calibration, samples for sensitivi­ W h e r e t h e defect d e p t h a n d h e i g h t c a n n o t b e d e t e n n i n e d
t y set-up); b y test m e t h o d s a p p l i e d , l e n g t h w i s e t w o defects s h a l l b e
requirements t o c o n d i t i o n o f t h e scanning surface c o n s i d e r e d as a s i n g l e o n e w i t h l e n g t h e q u a l t o / = l\ + 1 + s,
2

including its m a x i m u m temperature; ifs< m i n ( / l ) ( F i g . 5 . 4 . 3 . 9 . 1 , b).

b 2

m e t h o d , basic test parameters, scanning schemes;

test sensitivity;
sensitivity set-up procedure; 5.5 A P P L I C A T I O N O F E N G I N E E R I N G C R I T I C A L
assessment criteria f o r detected defects; ASSESSMENT T O DETERMINE T H E PERMISSIBLE
r e p o r t i n g a n d test results r e c o r d i n g ; DEFECTS F O RGIRTH WELDS

the m a n u a l ultrasonic testing procedure shall b e

agreed u p o n w i t h t h e Register; 5.5.1 G e n e r a l p r o v i s i o n s a n d a p p l i c a t i o n .
q u a l i f i c a t i o n tests f o r t h e m a n u a l u l t r a s o n i c testing 5.5.1.1 E n g i n e e r i n g c r i t i c a l a s s e s s m e n t ( t h e E C A
procedure are n o t required; procedure) shall b e carried o u t u p o n t h e customer
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
requirements a n d based o n material fracture mechanics
approach.
T h e strength c o n d i t i o n based o n brittle fracture
p r e v e n t i o n c r i t e r i o n i s t a k e n as f o l l o w s :
[J] = J / n , c (5.5.1.1)
where J = design value o f ./-integral w h i c h i s the load parameter for the
defective/cracked structural m e m b e r b a s e d o n t h e level o f
structural operating/test stresses inherent f o r t h e selected
design case with regard to t h e possible level o f process
residual stresses, i n N / m m ;
[J\ - p e r m i s s i b l e v a l u e o f J, i n N / m m , a s s i g n e d d e p e n d i n g o n
crack resistance parameter J; c
n - safety &ctor.
5.5.1.2 T h e a s s e s s m e n t s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t b y
defining initial acceptance criteria f o r w e l d e d j o i n t
defects i n t h e course o f a u t o m a t e d ultrasonic testing
a n d shall ensure that these defects a l l o w e d f o r t h e butt
girth welds during pipeline construction d o n o t result i n
brittle fracture b o t h i n t h e initial condition a n d t h r o u g h -
out pipeline service life w h e n their size m a y b e increased
due t o i n - s e r v i c e l o a d i n g stresses. E n g i n e e r i n g c r i t i c a l
assessment takes i n t o account several d e s i g n cases w h i c h
m a y h a v e appropriate temperatures a n d loads acting o n
the pipeline including loads during pipeline l a y i n g i n
m a r i n e e n v i r o n m e n t as w e l l as considers t h e r e s i d u a l
w e l d i n g a n d a s s e m b l i n g stresses i n t h e pipe. T h e safety
factor is assigned t o account f o r probabilistic nature o f
loads a n d material properties.
T h e E C A procedure m a k e s i t possible t o o b t a i n less
stringent defect criteria f o r p i p e l i n e w e l d e d j o i n t s w h e n
using the advanced precision non-destructive techniques
and equipment.
5.5.1.3 T h e E C A p r o c e d u r e i s r e c o m m e n d e d f o r
subsea pipelines subject t o bending d u r i n g l a y i n g t o
ensure structural i n t e g r i t y o f w e l d e d j o i n t s a t a l l stages o f
pipeline construction a n d operation (refer t o 5.5.6.1) a n d
requires application o f automated ultrasonic testing.
5.5.1.4 B a s i c a l l y , t h e E C A p r o c e d u r e m a y b e u s e d
for analyzing the fitness-for-service f o r the pipeline i n
o p e r a t i o n . I n s u c h a case, t h e E C A p r o c e d u r e s h a l l
establish w h e t h e r t h e structure i n its current condition is
safe f o r o p e r a t i o n , w h i c h sizes o f defects a r e p e r m i s s i b l e
i n this case, w h e t h e r t h e defects detected b y m e a n s i n -
line inspection o r subsea pipeline survey m a y b e
repaired.
5.5.2 I n i t i a l i n f o r m a t i o n .
5.5.2.1 T h e f o l l o w i n g i n f o r m a t i o n o n m a t e r i a l s a n d
w e l d e d j o i n t s is required f o r assessments:
.1 y i e l d stress a n d tensile strength o f t h e base m e t a l
and w e l d metal f o r temperatures corresponding t o a l l
d e s i g n c a s e s i f t h e s e t e m p e r a t u r e s d i f f e r from t h e r o o m
t e m p e r a t u r e b y m o r e t h a n 2 0 °C;
.2 c r a c k r e s i s t a n c e d a t a f o r t h e b a s e m e t a l a n d
welded joints ( w e l d metal, fusion line) at several
temperatures including/covering t h e temperature range
c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o d e s i g n cases. T h e s e d a t a s h a l l b e
65
obtained b y experiments o n a representative n u m b e r o f
s p e c i m e n s as p e r i n t e r n a t i o n a l l y - r e c o g n i z e d standards
u s i n g t h e calibrated e q u i p m e n t . T h e tests s h a l l b e carried
out under the R S technical supervision o r i n the
laboratory recognized b y t h e Register.
5.5.2.2 T h e s c o p e o f t e s t s i s s p e c i f i e d i n P a r t A ,
T a b l e 5 . 2 . 2 . 1 . T h e test p r o g r a m s h a l l b e agreed u p o n
w i t h t h e Register.
H o w e v e r , t h e f o l l o w i n g shall b e taken into consideration:
.1 w h e n some part o f the temperature range correspond-
i n g t o d e s i g n case i s w i t h i n t h e a r e a o f f u l l y d u c t i l e c o n d i t i o n
for the specimen material (the peak loading w i t h o u t breaks i n
c u r v e i s a c h i e v e d f o r tests o f a l l s p e c i m e n s ) a n d t h e s e
t e m p e r a t u r e s a r e less t h a n 1 0 0 °C, t h e t e s t t e m p e r a t u r e
r a n g e s h a l l b e l i m i t e d from t h e t o p b y t h e t e m p e r a t u r e a t
w h i c h t h e specified condition o f the material is achieved;
.2 i n c a s e o f l i m i t e d s c o p e o f t e s t s , f a c t o r V s h a l l b e
0
assigned that is related t o t h e reliability o f the available
i n f o r m a t i o n a n d increasing t h e safety factor i n t h e
strength condition.
5.5.3 S p e c i a l t e s t s f o r i n i t i a l d a t a a c q u i s i t i o n .
5.5.3.1 T h e e x p e r i m e n t s t o d e t e r m i n e c r a c k resistance
value are carried o u t for t h e base m e t a l a n d factory w e l d e d
j o i n t s using S E N B a n d C T rectangular section specimens, at
least 1,7t h i g h a n d 0 , 8 5 / t h i c k l o c a t e d t r a v e r s e t o t h e w e l d
c c
i n question, w i t h t h e n o t c h a l o n g t h e thickness, fracture
propagation direction along t h e w e l d w h e n options o f notch
location are according t o Part A , Table 5.2.2.1.
5.5.3.2 T h e c r a c k r e s i s t a n c e v a l u e s s h a l l c o r r e s p o n d t o
o n e o f critical events: unstable fracture after stable crack
g r o w t h o r w i t h o u t i t , o r first a c h i e v e m e n t o f m a x i m u m l o a d
flat region. I f t h e specimen i s n o t fractured b u t unloaded
( e . g . , d u r i n g tests t o d e t e r m i n e J-R c u r v e ) , t h e r e s u l t s m a y
be used o n l y i f they are obtained before the peak load i n t h e
c u r v e i s a c h i e v e d . H o w e v e r , i n s u c h a case, i t i s d i f f i c u l t t o
calculate t h e dispersion factor s o this matter shall b e agreed
u p o n w i t h t h e Register.
5.5.3.3 S E N B s p e c i m e n s a r e p r e f e r a b l e s i n c e t h e
appropriate t o o l i n g shall b e m a d e f o r each type a n d size
o f C T specimens. T h e m i n i m u m thickness o f
C T specimens is normally limited b y the equipment
capabilities. H o w e v e r , these specimens require t h e
extensometer, w h i c h measures t h e displacement along
the loading line. T h e relative displacement o f tooling
supports m a y b e measured using extensometer. D e t e r m i -
nation o fdisplacement along t h e loading line is allowed
w i t h t h e deduction o f testing machine compliance
provided b y t h e certified software.
5.5.3.4 T h e d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f C T O D v a l u e o n l y a n d
recalculation o f J integral value f o r each /-specimen are
allowed b y the following formula:
( ^ = 1 , 6 5 0 ^ 6 ^ (5.5.3.4)
w h e r e b - critical v a l u e o f C T O D , i n m m , i n this case t h e factor V
c 0
s h a l l e q u a l t o 0,10:
Gyt, = r e f e r t o F o r m u l a (5.3.4.4.6).
66 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

5.5.3.5 Testing o f S E N B square section specimens

;t ;t m _ m
less t h a n 0 , 8 5 / t h i c k w i t h t h e n o t c h a l o n g t h e t h i c k n e s s
c

are n o t r e c o m m e n d e d . W h e n t h e test p r o g r a m f o r these %т, £ [ r f адл - s ( 7 f ) z\n(j ), c

B =
specimens is agreed w i t h the Register, the factor V shall 0

be taken 0,15.
Tests f o r t h e f o l l o w i n g specimens are n o t r e c o m ­ (5.5.4-3)
mended:
S E N B square section specimens w i t h the n o t c h f r o m F o r assessments, the v a l u e shall b e taken:
t h e s u r f a c e . W h e n t h e test p r o g r a m f o r t h e s e s p e c i m e n s i s
agreed w i t h the Register, the factor V shall b e t a k e n 0,20; 0 Jc = exp(AT p + B). (5.5.4-4)
S E N T s p e c i m e n s w i t h t h e n o t c h from t h e s u r f a c e .
W h e n t h e test p r o g r a m f o r these specimens i s agreed T h e d i s p e r s i o n f a c t o r f o r e a c h t e s t t e m p e r a t u r e Vj
w i t h the Register, the factor V shall b e taken 0,20; 0 shall b e determined b y the following formula:
specimens o f decreased thickness. W h e n t h e test
p r o g r a m f o r these specimens is agreed w i t h the Register,
the factor V shall b e taken 0,20 i f S E N B rectangular
0

section specimens o r C T specimens w i t h thickness from (5.5.4-5)

[ехр(Л7) + В)] nij
0 , 5 / t o 0 , 8 5 / a r e tested.
c c

W h e n several above-mentioned events occur con­

currently, the accumulated value o f V shall b e taken not 0
where j - n u m b e r o f data group corresponding t o one test temperature,
N g r o u p s i n total; ж
exceeding 0,30. ntj - q u a n t i t y o f d a t a a t t h i s t e m p e r a t u r e , m -
5.5.3.6 C r a c k resistance parameter J shall b e c

determined i n respect t o t h e specific design structural F o r assessments, the f o l l o w i n g shall b e taken:

temperature T. p

C r a c k resistance e x p e r i m e n t a l data shall b e l i m i t e d at

the t o p b y J value determined b y the following
mgx V = Z VJN. J
(5.5.4-6)
formula: 7-1

5.5.5 A p p r o x i m a t i o n o f t h e u p p e r s h e l f a n d d a t a
j = t

l
(Rp0,2 + R )
m (5 5 3 6)
at one temperature.
•'max c •
W h e n t h e test t e m p e r a t u r e i n t e r v a l , i n c l u d i n g T ,
p

corresponds t o fully ductile condition o f the material (all

Лр ,2 m a y b e r e p l a c e d w i t h Л . W h e n (У ),- >
0 ,
ю > 5 с
experimental points correspond t o t h e first achievement
(J )i
c = -/max is taken. o f m a x i m u m l o a d flat r e g i o n at b o t h test temperatures),
C r a c k resistance data shall b e obtained at several o n l y the upper s h e l f data shall b e used f o r a p p r o x i m a t i o n
t e m p e r a t u r e s (N) w i t h T w i t h i n t h i s i n t e r v a l . I n t h i s c a s e ,
p
( o b t a i n e d regardless o f test t e m p e r a t u r e ) . T h e f o l l o w i n g
proceed t o 5.5.4. shall b e taken:
I n case o f f u l l y ductile c o n d i t i o n o f t h e m a t e r i a l
o b t a i n e d d u r i n g tests o f specimens, o r i n case o f data a t m

one temperature only, proceed t o 5.5.5. J = % {J )/m.

c x c (5.5.5-1)
5.5.4 A p p r o x i m a t i o n o f t e m p e r a t u r e i n t e r v a l f o r
ductile-brittle transition. T h e dispersion factor V shall b e determined b y t h e
E x p e r i m e n t a l p o i n t s [ T (J ) ] a r e p l o t t e d o n a g r a p h
h c t formula
w i t h l o g a r i t h m i c У-axis a n d t h e f o l l o w i n g a p p r o x i m a t i o n
curve is plotted:

lnJ c = AT + B, (5.5.4-1)
(5.5.5-2)
w h e r e coefficients are calculated analytically b y the
following formulae: T h e s a m e f o r m u l a s s h a l l b e used i n case o f t h e data
o b t a i n e d f o r o n e test t e m p e r a t u r e o n l y .
m m m T h e v a l u e o f V i s l i m i t e d from t h e t o p :

A = — ; (5.5.4-2)
m 2 m ~
V< % f . (5.5.5-3)
Part I . Subsea pipelines
5.5.6 D e s i g n c a s e s .
5.5.6.1 D e s i g n p r o c e d u r e s i m p l e m e n t e d d u r i n g
inspection o f subsea pipeline w e l d e d j o i n t s shall include
t h e f o l l o w i n g d e s i g n cases o f l o a d i n g o f c i r c u l a r w e l d e d
joints:
.1 laying/repeated lifting (single loading, bending
a n d m e m b r a n e stresses i n t h e pipe, n o i n t e r n a l pressure);
.2 h y d r a u l i c t e s t i n g ( s i n g l e l o a d i n g , m e m b r a n e
stresses i n t h e pipe, i n t e r n a l pressure);
.3 s e r v i c e ( l o n g - l a s t i n g l o a d i n g , m e m b r a n e s t r e s s e s ,
possible bending, w a v e action, seismic action, internal
pressure differences).
5.5.6.2 T h e s a f e t y f a c t o r f o r e a c h d e s i g n c a s e s h a l l
be calculated depending o n i n f o r m a t i o n content a n d
dispersion o f crack resistance data f o r t h e m a t e r i a l
applied:
n
n = ( 5 ( V +Vf+ 0 \) \ (5.5.6.2)
T h e f o l l o w i n g shall b e taken into account:
.1 t e m p e r a t u r e s f o r d i f f e r e n t d e s i g n cases m a y v a r y .
E a c h case h a s d i f f e r e n t acceptable l e v e l s f o r fracture
p o s s i b i l i t y P, w h i c h i s c o n s i d e r e d i n s a f e t y f a c t o r щ
according t o Table 5.5.6.2. T h e variation i n material
properties d u e t o temperature shall b e also considered.
.2 p o s s i b l e b u c k l i n g o f p i p e d u r i n g l a y i n g s h a l l b e
considered at t h e pipeline design stage a n d n o t
considered during inspection o f welded joints.
Table 5.5.6.2
Values o fsafety factor n x fulfilment o f t h e brittle fracture prevention condition
Design case Values o f safety factor
щ each t y p e a n d size o f pipes a n d l o a d i n g c o n d i t i o n . W h e r e
L a y i n g , repeated lifting 1,5
Standard in-service loading 2,0
Hydraulic testing 1,0
5.5.7 T e s t s f o r a c c o u n t i n g t h e i n - s e r v i c e c y c K c
loading.
5.5.7.1 D e t a i l s o n i n - s e r v i c e l o a d i n g s p e c t r u m m a y
be obtained for the items being i n service for a l o n g t i m e .
This i n f o r m a t i o n m a y b e used f o r n e w pipeline systems
w i t h similar parameters.
T h e specified i n f o r m a t i o n makes i t possible t o
estimate t h e n u m b e r o f loading cycles under internal
pressure w i t h i n t h e service life. T h e r a n d o m process i s
mapped b y r a i n - f l o w m e t h o d w i t h scaling t o t h e block
loading mode. W h e n t h e available information is
insufficient, t h e cyclic loading m a y b e considered i n a
single block. Details o n seismic loads shall b e added
to in-service loading as a n additional cycle o f b l o c k w i t h
the m a x i m u m stress a m p l i t u d e .
5.5.7.2 W h e n t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s h a l l b e b u r i e d i n
a trench throughout its length, the w a v e action shall b e
omitted. F o r loose-laying subsea pipelines, the i n d i v i d u a l
accounting procedure agreed w i t h t h e Register shall b e
used.
67
5.5.7.3 B a s e d o n t h e s p e c i f i e d d a t a , t h e a n a l y s i s f o r
accounting o f the cyclic component o f in-service loading
s h a l l b e p e r f o r m e d . T h e effective stresses s h a l l b e
determined o n t h e basis o f a linear addition principle.
5.5.7.4 I t i s c o n s i d e r e d c o n s e r v a t i v e t o i g n o r e t h e
cyclic component i f t h e point corresponding t o t h e
effective stress r a n g e a n d n u m b e r o f i n - s e r v i c e l o a d i n g
c y c l e s i s l o c a t e d b e l o w t h e S-N c u r v e f o r w e l d e d j o i n t s
derived b y experiments o r as p e r effective regulatory
d o c u m e n t a t i o n . T h e curves specified i n F i g . 5.5.7.4 a r e
r e c o m m e n d e d . T h e appropriate curve shall b e selected
depending o n protection o f the welded joint metal.
10 3
A ir
^ г
^ 1(>2
Seawater
(with cathodic protection)
1 5 s 7 3 9
10* 10 10 10 10 10
Number o f cycles
F i g . 5.5.7.4
S-N curve for pipeline welded joints
5.5.8 R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e E C A p r o c e d u r e .
5.5.8.1 T h e a d o p t e d E C A p r o c e d u r e s h a l l e n s u r e t h e
(refer t o 5.5.1) a n d agreed u p o n w i t h t h e Register f o r
software codes are used f o rcalculation, they shall b e
recognized b y t h e Register o r other classification
societies.
5.5.8.2 D e s i g n p o i n t s f o r E C A a r e t h e a r e a s w i t h
t h e m o s t p r o b a b l e defects i n w e l d e d j o i n t s :
b o u n d a r y o f t h e w e l d r e i n f o r c e m e n t from t h e s i d e o f
the pipe external surface;
b o u n d a r y o f t h e w e l d r e i n f o r c e m e n t ( i n case o f
b a c k i n g w e l d ) , o r w e l d r o o t from t h e s i d e o f t h e p i p e
internal surface;
defect a l o n g t h e f u s i o n line.
T h e welded joint loading shall be determined w i t h
regard t o residual welding, assembling a n d in-service
stresses, a n d 5.5.6.
5.5.9 V e r i f i c a t i o n o f e s t a b l i s h e d d e f e c t a c c e p t a n c e
limits.
5.5.9.1 T h i s p r o c e d u r e s h a l l b e u s e d f o r v e r i f i c a t i o n
o f s u i t a b i l i t y o f t h e established sizes o f defects adopted
for t h e automated ultrasonic testing.
T h e required parameter f o r verification assessments
is factor щ (refer t o 5 . 5 . 6 . 2 ) . I f t h i s p a r a m e t e r i s n o t less
than values specified i n Table 5.5.6.2, t h e strength
c o n d i t i o n i n t e r m s o f b r i t t l e fracture i s f u l f i l l e d . I f t h i s
p a r a m e t e r i s a b o v e 1,0 b u t less t h a n v a l u e s s p e c i f i e d
68 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

i n T a b l e 5 . 5 . 6 . 2 , i t m a y b e s t a t e d t h a t t h e b r i t t l e fracture i s macrogeometric parameter

u n l i k e l y . I n t h e l a t t e r case, t h e a c c e p t a b i l i t y o f t h e p a r t i c u l a r
_ al
size o f the defect s ha ll b e a d d i t i o n a l l y agreed u p o n w i t h the (5.5.9.3-8)
~t (l + 2t ) '
c c
R e g i s t e r a n d d o c u m e n t e d as a separate decision.
5.5.9.2 T h e v e r i f i c a t i o n a s s e s s m e n t s h a l l b e c a r r i e d T h e v a l u e o f stress i n t e n s i t y factor, M P a - ^ m a t t h e
out b y t a k i n g t h e surface semi-elliptic/internal elliptic d e s i g n d e f e c t front a t i n - s e r v i c e ( t e s t , e m e r g e n c y ) l o a d
c r a c k w i t h r a t i o o f s e m i - a x e s l/a ( e x t e n s i o n a l o n g t h e shall b e determined as f o l l o w s :
w e l d t o t h e depth o f the surface defect o r half-heighto f
the i n t e r n a l defect) according t o t h e verification stan­ Ki= (a Y +a Y )y/0№na.
t t b b
(5.5.9.3-9)
dards f o r t h e d e s i g n defect.
Values o f V a n d V i n Formula (5.5.6.2) shall be
0 Values o f functions Y Y t o determine shall b e b b

calculated f o r each design p o i n t selected according t a k e n according t o n o m o g r a p h s specified i n Figs. 5.5.9.3-1

to 5.5.8 depending o n t h e information content a n d a n d 5.5.9.3-2.
dispersion o f crack resistance data for the m a t e r i a l used.
5.5.9.3 I n t h e a b s e n c e o f c r a c k r e s i s t a n c e d a t a ,
J m a y be roughly estimated (but not recommended) o n
c

the basis o f calculated i m p a c t energy o f C h a r p y speci­

m e n s (KV, i n J ) w i t h s e c t i o n o f 1 0 x 1 0 m m a t t e m p e r a t u r e
o f T — AT, w i t h a t l e a s t t h r e e C h a r p y s p e c i m e n s f o r t h e
p

base m e t a l o r w e l d m e t a l a n d s i x specimens f o r H A Z .
V s h a l l b e t a k e n 0 , 3 . T h e a v e r a g e e s t i m a t e o f (J )i,
0 c

in N / m m , shall be determined b ythe following formula:

(/ X=1,8KV,.
C
(5.5.9.3-1)

T h e v a l u e o f t e m p e r a t u r e d r o p AT f o r C h a r p y
s p e c i m e n test s h a l l b e t a k e n b y t h e f o l l o w i n g f o r m u l a :

0.2 0.4 0.6 / 0.8 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 a/t

/ „ 0.8
AT = 2 5 m ( f [ m m ] / 2 0 ) , A 7 > 0 .
c
(5.5.9.3-2) a t c n f
c

F i g . 5.5.9.3-1
L o a d i n g J, i n N / m m , s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e Nomographs for determination
following formula: o f ^ f u n c t i o n s (surface semi-elliptical crack)

j = 1000(1 +f fy . l(Klre 2 (5.5.9.3-3)

F u n c t i o n s f and^/2 s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d d e p e n d i n g o n t h e
r e l a t i v e e f f e c t i v e stresses a i n a p a r t i c u l a r d e s i g n case b y
the f o l l o w i n g formulae:

/1 = 1-0,67a; (5.5.9.3-4)

2 7
f =\
2 + 1 3 , 3 ( a - 0 , 5 ) ' fora5*0,5 a n d / 2 = 1
for a < 0,5 (5.5.9.3-5)

w h e r e f o r t h e surface semi-elliptic crack 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.2 0.4 0.6

2a/t c 2a/t c

2
<J /3 + Jaj/9
b +CT . F i g . 5.5.9.3-2
(5.5.9.3-6)
(1-<;)о,42ао2 ' Nomographs for determination
o f ^ f u n c t i o n s ( i n t e r n a l e l l i p t i c a l c r a c k ) , w h e r e oc = l/a

for t h e elliptic internal crack T h e d e s i g n t e n s i l e s t r e s s e s ст^ s h a l l b e c a l c u l a t e d a s

2
a n algebraic s u m o f r a t e d stresses f o r t h e d e s i g n case
- _ ст, + стг/3 + J^Gt+Gt/iy
? + [(1 - q ) + 4 Y]CT?
?
G tnom a n d r e s i d u a l a s s e m b l y stresses a , w h i c h a r e t a k e n R

[ ( l - ^ + 4q ]CT 2 0
Y
t o b e 1 0 0 M P a . D e s i g n b e n d i n g stresses o a r e t a k e n as b

h = ajt 4 c> = 0 , 8 — h; (5.5.9.3-7) e q u a l t o t h e r a t e d stresses f o r t h e d e s i g n case < 5 \ b n o m

P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 69

a t - min(cj, + a , ст ), o - a R 02 b b ст 02 - R 0,2.
p

(5.5.9.3-10) Y = l,lexp(-8,6A);
r (5.5.9.3.1-2)

Stresses o , o
tnom shall b e calculated according
b n o m f o r fracture from t h e i n t e r n a l d e f e c t (q — w e l d r o o t
to design documentation w i t h regard t o internal pressure depth, e — distance between the centre o f the internal
w i t h i n the pipe and bending corresponding t othe design e l l i p t i c d e f e c t a n d t h e s u r f a c e , и = (e — a)/q), s i z e s h , e, q
case. W h e n a ora
t n o m < 0,a ora shall be
b n o m t n o m b n o m s h a l l b e m e a s u r e d from o n e s i d e :
taken zero.
T h e v a l u e o f stress i n t e n s i t y factor a t t h e design Y = 2,0ехр(-4,5и)ехр(-3,9/г).
r (5.5.9.3.1-3)
defect f r o n t u n d e r a c t i o n o f t h e residual stresses d u r i n g
welding o f multi-run welded joints, i n M P a ^ / m , shall be W h e n t h e internal defect depth e is u n k n o w n o r
determined b y the formula u n s p e c i f i e d , e i s c o n s i d e r e d t o b e e = 0,2t ; c

f r a c t u r e a l o n g t h e w e l d m e t a l from t h e w e l d r o o t
K\res = T1^02V ' 0 0 0 L 7 L A
Y Y
r a (5.5.9.3-11) (typical for welded joints w i t h o u t backing weld):

w i t h regard t o the following: Y r = 2,4ехр(-6,9/г). (5.5.9.3.1-4)

f o r w e l d e d j o i n t s a f t e r w e l d i n g t h e v a l u e o f f a c t o r r]
s h a l l b e t a k e n 1,0 a t / > 3 0 m m , f o r less t h i c k n e s s e s
c F o r welded j o i n t s m a d e w i t h s y m m e t r i c edge
preparation (the section o f outside a n d backing welds
^ 1 - о , 7 ( - В Д (5.5.9.3-12) is a l m o s t the same):
.2 F o r w e l d e d j o i n t s f o r m e d b y s y m m e t r i c a l l y
the v a l u e o f Y f o r t h e surface semi-elliptical o r
a p r e p a r e d b u t t o r fillet w e l d s , t h e fracture a l o n g t h e
internal elliptical crack shall b e determined b y t h e f u s i o n l i n e a n d H A Z s h a l l b e as f o l l o w s :
formula f o r f r a c t u r e from t h e s u r f a c e , f r o m t h e w e l d
boundary
-1/2
7 a = [ l + 4 , 6 ( - F N (5.5.9.3-13) Y = 1,6ехр(-8,1/г);
r (5.5.9.3.2-1)

where b - a for the surface crack; for fracture from the internal defect
b - 2 a for the internal crack.

T h e value o f Y shall be determined depending o n

r Y r = 2,5ехр(-7и)ехр(-8,1/г); (5.5.9.3.2-2)
the design point and type o f preparation.
.1 F o r w e l d e d joints m a d e w i t h n o n - s y m m e t r i c edge fracture along t h e w e l d metal from the weld
preparation (the outside w e l d is o fgreater section, t h e reinforcement surface
b a c k i n g w e l d i s o f less section o r there i s n o b a c k i n g
weld): Y r
2
= 79/г ехр(-8,1/г). (5.5.9.3.2-3)
f o r f r a c t u r e f r o m t h e w e l d b o u n d a r y from t h e
reinforcement side, t h e size h shall b e m e a s u r e d from T h e y i e l d stress o f t h e m a t e r i a l w i t h crack p r o p a g a ­
the external surface: t i o n for the selected design p o i n t shall b e taken as a y i e l d
stress (base m e t a l , w e l d m e t a l o r H A Z , i n t h e latter case,
Y = 1,0ехр(-3,9/г);
r (5.5.9.3.1-1) t h e l a r g e s t v a l u e from v a l u e s o b t a i n e d f o r t h e b a s e m e t a l
f o r f r a c t u r e from t h e w e l d b o u n d a r y from t h e r o o t s i d e , and w e l d metal shall b e taken).
t h e s i z e h s h a l l b e m e a s u r e d from t h e i n t e r n a l s u r f a c e :
 70 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

6 B A L L A S T I N G O F S U B S E A P I P E L I N E S

6.1 GENERAL Q b > j ^ - K t + ( ^ v + q» + q ) k - Q s p (6.1.7)

where F g - total horizontal c o m p o n e n t o f force action o f w a v e s a n d

6.1.1 B a l l a s t i n g o f t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e i s r e q u i r e d f o r
ensuring positive buoyancy compensation and o n b o t t o m
stability b y creating resistance t o current and w a v e
i n d u c e d h o r i z o n t a l a n d v e r t i c a l f o r c e s , as w e l l as f o r
ensuring protection against impacts during transporta-
c u r r e n t d e t e r m i n e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 2.5 a n d 2.6, i n k N / m ;
F„ = total vertical c o m p o n e n to f w a v e - a n d current induced force
d e t e r m i n e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 2.5 a n d 2.6, i n k N / m ;
ffr - f r i c t i o n c o e f f i c i e n t o r t t g c p , w h e r e cp — t h e s m a l l e s t a n g l e o f
soil internal friction along the pipeline route o n sections
where w a v e a n d current induced force is the biggest;
k - p i p e l i n e floating-up s t a b i l i t y f a c t o r t a k e n e q u a l t o 1,15 f o r
e

tion, installation and operation. p i p e l i n e s o f c l a s s e s L , L I a n d G , G l ; 1,2 f o r c l a s s e s L 2 a n d

6.1.2 B a l l a s t i n g o f s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s m a y b e G 2 ; 1,25 f o r c l a s s e s L 3 a n d G 3 ;
k st - p i p e l i n e s h e a r s t a b i l i t y & c t o r t a k e n e q u a l t o 1,1 f o r p i p e l i n e s
p e r f o r m e d using continuous b u l k concrete and asphalt o f c l a s s e s L , L I a n d G , G l ; 1,2 f o r c l a s s e s L 2 a n d G 2 ;
c o n c r e t e c o a t i n g s a p p l i e d o n t h e i n s u l a t i o n as w e l l as b y 1,3 f o r c l a s s e s L 3 a n d G 3 ;
q - vertical force occurring during elastic bending of pipelines i n
p l a c i n g single cast i r o n , r e i n f o r c e d concrete a n d concrete u

the vertical plane, i n k N / m ;

weights. q - s vertical force occurring during lateral tensile pull i n the
6.1.3 W e i g h t c o a t i n g f o r b a l l a s t i n g a n d m e c h a n i c a l curved pipeline, i n k N / m ;
Q - submerged pipe weight p e r unit length considering the
protection o f pipelines shall be approved b y the Register p

weight o f the corrosion protection a n d insulation (without

and comply w i t h the following requirements: weight o f the transported m e d i u m a n d the wall thickness
have sufficient density and thickness to provide allowance for corrosion), i n k H / m .

necessary negative buoyancy to the pipeline; Values o f q and q shall be determined b y the
u s

have sufficient mechanical strength to withstand
damage during pipe transportation, installation and
operation;
have sufficient durability, chemical and mechanical
resistance t o t h e sea water.
6.1.4 S p l i t h i n g e d o r s p l i t s a d d l e - s h a p e d w e i g h t s
m a d e o f c a s t i r o n a n d r e i n f o r c e d c o n c r e t e as w e l l as o t h e r
c o n s t r u c t i o n s a p p r o v e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r m a y b e u s e d as
single weights.
6.1.5 P i p e l i n e w e i g h t i n c l u d i n g w e i g h t o f t h e p i p e s ,
i n s u l a t i o n , w e i g h t c o a t i n g , i f a n y , w e i g h t s , etc. s h a l l
ensure the w e i g h t force sufficient for creating negative
buoyancy to the pipeline. T h e value o f this force shall be
equal to the difference between the pipeline w e i g h t w i t h
all c o m p o n e n t s a n d coatings i n t h e air, a n d t h e w e i g h t o f
the water displaced b y the pipeline.
6.1.6 C a l c u l a t i o n o f b a l l a s t i n g f o r t h e s u b s e a p i p e -
l i n e s h a l l b e m a d e as f o r t h e e m p t y p i p e l i n e i r r e s p e c t i v e
o f the purpose (type o f the conveyed m e d i u m ) and
e n v i r o n m e n t a l conditions i n the area o f the p i p e l i n e
route. W e i g h t o f the transported m e d i u m is neglected,
and the pipe w e i g h t does n o t consider the w a l l thickness
allowance for corrosion.
6.1.7 C a l c u l a t i o n o f t h e b a l l a s t r e q u i r e d a n d s p a c i n g
See Circular
1216 between the single ballast weights f o r the pipelines n o n -
buried i n t o the seabed soil shall be m a d e based o n the
conditions f o r creating negative b u o y a n c y t o the pipeline,
w a v e a n d c u r r e n t i n d u c e d d i s p l a c e m e n t r e s i s t a n c e , as w e l l
as t a k i n g i n t o a c c o u n t v e r t i c a l f o r c e s o c c u r r i n g i n
curved sections o f the pipeline. T h e required w e i g h t o f
submerged ballast Q , i n k N / m , shall be determined b y the
b specific w e i g h t / w e i g h t i n water;
formula
procedure agreed w i t h the Register t a k i n g i n t o account
parameters o f subsea pipeline route section (length and
camber o f the pipeline elastic deflection).
6.1.8 W h e r e t h e r e a r e w e a k s t r e n g t h p r o p e r t i e s o f t h e
seabed soil along the pipeleine route o r soil prone t o
liquefaction, the floating-up or i m m e r s i o n stabillity shall
be confirmed.
The floating-up stability o f the pipeline buried into
the seabed soil shall be provided w i t h the certain
thickness o f the o v e r l y i n g soil layer considering its
residual shear strength.
In order to determine the pipeline weight (buoyancy)
in the liquefied seabed soil w i t h n o shear strength,
liquefied seabed soil density (soil particles plus water
w e i g h t t o v o l u m e ratio) shall be determined o n the basis
o f e n g i n e e r i n g s u r v e y d a t a s u c h as s o i l s k e l e t o n d e n s i t y ,
soil moisture and w a t e r density.
6.2 C O N T I N U O U S W E I G H T COATINGS
6.2.1 G e n e r a l .
6.2.1.1 D e s i g n , c a l c u l a t i o n o f p r i n c i p a l p a r a m e t e r s a n d
application procedure o f continuous concrete w e i g h t coating
s h a l l b e b a s e d o n t h e n a t i o n a l state a n d b r a n c h standards,
international standards related t o concrete structures,
s u c h as I S O 2 1 8 0 9 - 5 , E N 1 9 9 2 - 1 E u r o c o d e 2 , E N 1 0 0 8 0 .
6.2.1.2 I n i t i a l p a r a m e t e r s f o r t h e c o n t i n u o u s w e i g h t
coating are the f o l l o w i n g :
coating thickness;
density;
 P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 71

compressive strength; concrete, including its consistency, b u l k density, strength

water absorption; a n d d u r a b i l i t y , as w e l l as r e i n f o r c e m e n t p r o t e c t i o n
i m p a c t resistance; against corrosion, shall b e m e t .
b e n d i n g a n d shear resistance. Concrete shall c o m p l y w i t h the following requirements:
6.2.1.3 T h e m i n i m u m t h i c k n e s s o f t h e c o n t i n u o u s m i n i m u m b u l k d e n s i t y after c u r i n g s h a l l b e 2 2 0 0 k g / m ; 3

c o a t i n g s h a l l b e n o t less t h a n 4 0 m m .
6.2.2 R a w m a t e r i a l s f o r c o n c r e t e m a n u f a c t u r e .
6.2.2.1 Properties a n d technical characteristics o f
r a w materials f o r coating (cement, aggregates, reinforce­
ment, water, etc.) shall c o m p l y w i t h a performance
specification, passport data a n d purchase specification.
6.2.2.2 C e m e n t o f d o m e s t i c grades n o t less t h a n
See Circular
1216 4 0 0 according t o G O S T 10178-85 a n d G O S T 31108-2003,
as w e l l a s s i m i l a r c e m e n t g r a d e s m e e t i n g t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
o f E N 197, B S 12, A S T M С 150, D I N 1164 o r other
national a n d international standards m a y b e used f o r t h e
concrete coating o n agreement w i t h t h e Register.
6.2.2.3 C o n c r e t e aggregates s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h t h e
See Circular r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e n a t i o n a l s t a n d a r d s o r r e g u l a t i o n s
1216
used i n manufacture o f the continuous concrete coatings.
T h e aggregates shall n o t contain h a r m f u l constitu­
ents i n such quantities that c o u l d affect t h e concrete
strength, f o r example, i n pipeline bending o r cause
c o r r o s i o n o f r e i n f o r c i n g materials i n case o f w a t e r
permeability o f the concrete.
U s e o f aggregates w i t h alkali-sensitive constituents
is f o r b i d d e n .
T h e m a x i m u m grain size a n d grading curve o f t h e
aggregate shall c o m p l y w i t h E N 2 0 6 , A S T M С 33 o r
other standards.
T h e m a x i m u m grain size o f gravel, iron o r b a r i u m
o r e u s e d as aggregates s h a l l n o t e x c e e d 1 0 m m .
6.2.2.4 W a t e r f o r m i x i n g concrete shall n o t c o n t a i n
harmful constituents i n such quantities that could impair
concrete curing, stiffening a n d strength o r cause corro­
sion o f reinforcing materials. W a t e r f o r concrete m i x i n g
shall c o m p l y w i t h the requirements o f A S T M С 1 6 0 2 ,
E N 1008or G O S T 23732.
6.2.3 R e i n f o r c e d c o n c r e t e c o a t i n g .
6.2.3.1 C o m p o s i t i o n o f t h e concrete, aggregate a n d
water (refer t o 6.2.2.1 t o 6.2.2.4) shall b e such that all t h e
requirements f o r properties o f stiffened a n d cured
Recommended diameters o f reinforcement
Geometrical parameters
B a r diameter, i n m m
B a r distance (spacing), i n m m
R e l a t i o n b e t w e e n c r o s s - s e c t i o n a l a r e a o f r e i n f o r c e m e n t to t h e c o n c r e t e c o a t i n g a r e a , %
w a t e r a b s o r p t i o n b y w e i g h t s h a l l n o t e x c e e d 5 %;
durability at t h e operating temperature shall b e equal
to t h e operational life o f the subsea pipeline;
m i n i m u m compressive strength i n a m o n t h after
curing — 4 0 M P a .
Concrete compressive strength shall be determined
a t t e s t i n g o f c h e c k s p e c i m e n s t a k e n from t h e b a t c h e s a n d
c u t o u t d i r e c t l y from t h e c o n c r e t e c o a t i n g i n a c c o r d a n c e
w i t h the requirements o f E N 206, A S T M C 3 9 , A S T M С 42,
B S 1 8 8 1 , B S 4 0 1 9 , B S 6 0 8 9 o r the national standards o n
agreement w i t h t h e Register.
6.2.3.2 S t e e l r e i n f o r c e m e n t f o r t h e c o n c r e t e c o a t i n g
shall consist o f c y l i n d r i c a l cages m a n u f a c t u r e d b y
resistance w e l d i n g o f l o n g i t u d i n a l a n d h o o p e d m i l d steel
r e i n f o r c e m e n t o r o t h e r r e i n f o r c e m e n t as r e q u i r e d b y t h e
procedure approved b y t h e Register. Steel reinforcement
m a y also be applied i n t h e f o r m o f w i r e m e s h (steeled o r
w o v e n ) w h i c h includes h e l i c a l i c a l l y w o v e n stripes
(helical mesh) reinforcement.
D i a m e t e r , surface c o n d i t i o n , strength characteristics
and m a r k i n g o f steel reinforcements shall c o m p l y w i t h
the requirements o f international a n d n a t i o n a l standards
1
(e.g., E N 1 0 0 8 0 , B S 4 4 8 2 a n d B S 4 4 8 3 , D I N 4 8 8 ) .
R e c o m m e n d a t i o n s o n size a n d setting o f steel
reinforcements are specified i n Table 6.2.3.2-1.
T h e bars f o r t h e values shaped l i k e a w e l d e d cage
s h a l l b e n o t less t h a n 5 m m i n diameter. T h e m a x i m u m
spacing between hooped bars is 1 2 0 m m . T h e m i n i m u m
ratio b e t w e e n cross-sectional area o f l o n g i t u d u a l a n d
h o o p e d r e i n f o r c e m e n t t o t h e concrete coating area
shall b e 0,08 % a n d 0,5 % respectively.
I f a helical reinforcing m e s h is used, t h e required
n u m b e r o f layers depends o n t h e concrete thickness a n d
is d e t e r m i n e d according t o T a b l e 6.2.3.2-2.
6.2.3.3 C o n t a c t o f t h e r e i n f o r c e m e n t s t e e l c a g e s /
meshes o f the concrete w e i g h t coating w i t h a protector o r
a steel pipe.
Table 6.2.3.2-1
Longitudinal Hooped Reinforcement
reinforcement reinforcement type
5 — 8 5 — 12 Welded cage
75 — 3 0 0 75 — 120
0,08 — 0,2 0,5 — 1,0

B a r diameter, i n m m 1,5 — 4 1,5 — 4 Welded wire mesh

B a r distance (spacing), i n m m 50 — 2 0 0 2 5 — 100
R e l a t i o n b e t w e e n c r o s s - s e c t i o n a l a r e a o f r e i n f o r c e m e n t to t h e c o n c r e t e c o a t i n g a r e a , % m i n . 0,08 m i n . 0,5

Note. A l t e r n a t i v e r e i n f o r c e m e n t m a t e r i a l s , s u c h a s g l a s s fiber m a y b e u s e d i f t h e y p r o v i d e e q u i v a l e n t e f f e c t i v e r e i n f o r c i n g .

1
Grading, gram-size a n a l y s i s means thecombination o f methods for measurement o f g r a m sizes i n various media.
72 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

T a b l e 6.2.3.2-2 6.2.4 C o m p o s i t e c o a t i n g s .
R e c o m m e n d e d n u m b e r o flayers o f helical reinforcing m e s h
6.2.4.1 U p o n a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r , a s p h a l t -
Concrete thickness, N u m b e r o f layers o r b i t u m e n - b a s e d coatings m a y b e u s e d as w e i g h t
in m m
coatings o f the subsea pipelines.
<60 1
6.2.4.2 I n a n a s p h a l t m a s t i c - b a s e d w e i g h t c o a t i n g
6 1 — 100 2
101 — 140 3 use m a y b e m a d e o f the aggregates i n t h e f o r m o f glass
> 140 4 fiber a n d h e a v y - w e i g h t particles. T h e v o l u m e w e i g h t o f
3
s u c h coatings s h a l l b e n o t less t h a n 2 , 5 t / m .
6.2.4.3 A n a s p h a l t m a s t i c - b a s e d w e i g h t c o a t i n g s h a l l
T h e m i n i m u m distance f r o m t h e r e i n f o r c e m e n t steel b e a p p l i e d o n t h e p i p e l i n e s u r f a c e i n h o t state a t t e m p e r a t u r e
cage/mesh o f the concrete w e i g h t coating t o corrosion- n o t h i g h e r t h a n 1 4 0 °C. U p o n a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e c o m p o u n d
protection coating o f the pipe shall be equal t o 15 m m . a l a y e r o f glass r e i n f o r c e d p l a s t i c i s w o u n d t h e r e o n , t h e n
T h e m i n i m u m thickness o f the concrete layer above t h e the coating i s pressed w i t h pneumatic h a m m e r s and cooled
reinforcement cage/mesh shall be t h e same. d o w n t o t h e ambient temperature.
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
7 C O R R O S I O N
7.1 GENERAL
7.1.1 T h e s t e e l s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s a r e s u b j e c t t o
c o m b i n e d c o r r o s i o n p r o t e c t i o n b y b o t h protective coat-
ings a n d electrochemical protection devices. C o r r o s i o n
protection o f subsea pipelines shall p r o v i d e their fault-
free o p e r a t i o n ( f o r t h i s r e a s o n ) d u r i n g t h e w h o l e s e r v i c e
life.
7.1.2 P r o t e c t i o n o f t h e s t e e l s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s s h a l l
c o m p l y w i t h t h e i n t e r n a t i o n a l and/or n a t i o n a l standards,
f i r m standards a n d technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n approved b y
the Register.
7.1.3 C o r r o s i o n - p r o t e c t i o n c o a t i n g s s h a l l b e a p p l i e d
o n a l l t h e external and, w h e r e required, i n t e r n a l surfaces
o f the pipes o f the subsea pipeline, i n factory conditions
and under the R S technical supervision.
7.1.4 T h e t y p e o f p r o t e c t i v e c o a t i n g s h a l l b e s e l e c t e d
depending o n the pipeline structure, l a y i n g m e t h o d used
and operating conditions, transported m e d i u m a n d
temperature limitations for insulating coatings i n opera-
tion, d u r i n g storage a n d transportation.
7.1.5 I n s u l a t i o n o f t h e w e l d e d j o i n t s o f p i p e s , s p o o l
pieces, bends a n d subsea fittings shall b e s i m i l a r t o
insulation o f the pipeline linear section.
7.1.6 I n s u l a t i o n s h a l l b e a p p l i e d o n t h e s t e e l p i p e s ,
bends a n d subsea fittings i n factory conditions and under
the R S technical supervision.
7.1.7 S p e c i a l a r r a n g e m e n t s s h a l l b e m a d e t o p r e v e n t
mechanical damages o f the protective insulating coating
during transportation, h a n d l i n g operations a n d storage o f
pipes. Influence o f possible l o w temperatures o n t h e
insulating coatings shall b e considered during transporta-
t i o n a n d storage, a n d , w h e r e required, frost-resistant
coatings s h a l l b e selected.
7.1.8 M e t a l c o m p o n e n t s o f f l e x i b l e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s
i n contact w i t h sea w a t e r (connecting steel fittings) shall
be protected against the external corrosion b y c o m b i n e d
protection including protective coatings a n d electroche-
mical protection.
7.2 P R O T E C T I O N A G A I N S T I N T E R N A L CORROSION
7.2.1 A n e c e s s i t y o f i n t r o d u c t i o n o f t h e c o r r o s i o n
allowance a n d its value is specified i n design documen-
tation for subsea pipelines a n d shall b e approved b y t h e
Register.
T h e m i n i m u m c o r r o s i o n a l l o w a n c e f o r carbon steel
pipelines conveying non-aggressive media shall b e n o t
less t h a n 1 m m . F o r t h e p i p e l i n e s c o n v e y i n g c o r r o s i v e
media, corrosive allowance shall be m i n i m u m 3 m m .
13
P R O T E C T I O N
7.2.2 A n e c e s s i t y o f a p p l y i n g i n t e r n a l c o r r o s i o n -
protection o r anti-friction coating o n pipes shall b e
specified i n design documentation depending o n t h e
transported m e d i u m parameters.
7.2.3 T h e i n t e r n a l c o r r o s i o n - p r o t e c t i o n c o a t i n g s h a l l
p r o v i d e protection o f t h e pipe steel surface against
c o r r o s i v e a n d e r o s i v e effects o f the transported m e d i u m
as w e l l a s p r o t e c t i o n o f t h e s t e e l p i p e i n t e r n a l s u r f a c e
against atmospheric corrosion during storage a n d
transportation.
7.2.4 A n t i - f r i c t i o n c o a t i n g s h a l l p r o v i d e t h e n e c e s -
sary roughness o f the pipeline internal surface t o reduce
h y d r a u l i c resistance t o transported gas a n d t o protect
the pipe internal surface against atmospheric c o r r o s i o n
d u r i n g transportation a n d storage.
7.2.5 T h e i n t e r n a l c o r r o s i o n - p r o t e c t i o n c o a t i n g m a y
consist o f o n e o r m o r e layers. A n t i - f r i c t i o n c o a t i n g , as a
rule, shall have o n e layer only.
7.2.6 E p o x y o r m o d i f i e d e p o x y c o a t i n g m a t e r i a l s
shall b e used f o r t h e internal corrosion-protection
coating. Other types o f corrosion-protection coatings,
including p o w d e r e p o x y coatings, c a n b e also used.
7.2.7 E p o x y o r m o d i f i e d e p o x y c o a t i n g m a t e r i a l s
shall b e used for the internal anti-friction coating.
7.2.8 T h e c o a t i n g s s h a l l w i t h s t a n d e n v i r o n m e n t a l
and transported m e d i u m exposure w i t h o u t delaminations,
cracks o r discontinuities. W h e r e necessary, t h e p e r m i s -
sible storage temperatures f o r the pipes w i t h t h e applied
coatings shall b e also considered.
7.2.9 M a t e r i a l s t o b e u s e d s h a l l h a v e q u a l i t y
certificates f o r each batch indicating t h e manufacturer
o f material, n a m e (type) o f material, date o f manufacture
and service life.
7.2.10 A l l t h e m a t e r i a l s s h a l l b e s u b j e c t t o i n c o m i n g
inspection, including check o f t h e support documenta-
tion, inspection o f shipping containers, determination o f
storage t i m e a n d conditions.
7.2.11 T h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s f o r t h e p i p e c o r r o s i o n -
protection or anti-friction coating shall contain
the manufacturer requirements t o t h e surface preparation
p r i o r t o a p p l y i n g t h e coating ( i n c l u d i n g p u r i t y , salt
content, dust r e m o v a l efficiency, roughness), t h e m i n i -
m u m and m a x i m u m coating thickness, drying conditions
and curing behaviour.
7.2.12 T h e m i n i m u m p e r m i s s i b l e r o u g h n e s s a n d
thickness approved b y the Register shall b e specified for
the anti-friction coatings.
7.2.13 T h e m i n i m u m p e r m i s s i b l e t h i c k n e s s a p p r o v e d
b y t h e Register shall b e specified f o r t h e corrosion-
protection coatings.
7.2.14 I n t e r n a l c o r r o s i o n - p r o t e c t i o n c o a t i n g s a r e
subject t o t y p e a p p r o v a l b y t h e R e g i s t e r w h e r e tests
74 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

shall be carried o u t t o confirm compliance o f corrosion-protection coating approved b y t h e Register.

the f o l l o w i n g coating parameters w i t h the documentation W h e r e necessary, t h e external coating shall h a v e a n
approved b y the Register: outside layer f o rprotection against mechanical damage
appearance; d u r i n g tie-in operations a n d l a y i n g i n / o n h a r d seabed.
thickness; 7.3.1.2 T h e e x t e r n a l c o a t i n g s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h t h e
holiday detection; international and/or n a t i o n a l standards, f i r m standards,
adhesion; technical documentation approved b y the Register a n d
impact indirect strength; requirements o f this Section.
resistance t o abrasion; 7.3.1.3 P o l y e t h y l e n e ( P E ) c o a t i n g s s h a l l b e s e l e c t e d
resistance t o temperature differences; f o r o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e s o f —40 °C t o + 6 0 °C.
resistance t o rapid decompression (blistering); P o l y p r o p y l e n e ( P P ) coatings shall b e selected f o r
resistance t o t h e transported m e d i u m a n d autoclave o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e s o f - 2 0 °C t o + 1 1 0 °C.
test. T h e permissible storage a n d shipping temperatures f o r
7.2.15 T h e t e s t s s p e c i f i e d i n 7 . 2 . 1 4 s h a l l b e g e n e r a l l y the pipes w i t h t h e applied coatings shall b e also
carried o u t at t h e temperatures corresponding t o t h e considered, w h e r e necessary.
m i n i m u m and m a x i m u m coating operating temperatures. 7.3.1.4 T h e e x t e r n a l c o r r o s i o n - p r o t e c t i o n c o a t i n g
7.2.16 D u r i n g t h e R S t e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n f o r shall be compatible w i t h cathodic protection a n d
application o f internal corrosion-protection coatings, at m a i n t a i n its protective properties a t p r o t e c t i o n potentials
least t h e f o l l o w i n g parameters s h a l l b e t o checked: up t o -1,10 V .
appearance; 7.3.1.5 T h e c o a t i n g m a t e r i a l s s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h
thickness; the normative documents and provide external coating o f
holiday detection; the pipes c o m p l y i n g w i t h t h e international and/or
adhesion. n a t i o n a l standards, f i r m standards a n d technical doc-
7.2.17 A n t i - f r i c t i o n c o a t i n g s a r e s u b j e c t t o t y p e umentation approved b y t h e Register.
a p p r o v a l b y t h e R e g i s t e r w h e r e tests s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t 7.3.1.6 C o m p l i a n c e o f t h e c o a t i n g m a t e r i a l s w i t h
to c o n f i r m compliance o f t h e f o l l o w i n g coating para- technical requirements o f the normative documents shall
meters w i t h the documentation approved b y the Register: be c o n f i r m e d b y a quality certificate a n d i n c o m i n g
appearance, including roughness; inspection at t h e f i r m w h e r e t h e coating is applied.
thickness; 7.3.1.7 M a r k i n g o f t h e m a t e r i a l s h a l l i n c l u d e t h e
holiday detection; following:
adhesion; name;
bending strength; mark;
hardness; batch number;
resistance t o rapid decompression (blistering); date o f manufacture.
resistance t o t h e transported m e d i u m a n d autoclave 7.3.1.8 T h e P E o r P P c o a t i n g s h a l l c o n s i s t o f
test; the following:
resistance t o abrasion. adhesive sublayer (primer) based o n t h e epoxy
7.2.18 T h e t e s t s s p e c i f i e d i n 7 . 2 . 1 7 s h a l l b e g e n e r a l l y powder/liquid paints ( m a y be o m i t t e d f o r pipes w i t h
carried o u t at t h e temperatures corresponding t o t h e d i a m e t e r u p t o 800 m m w i t h P E c o a t i n g ) ;
m i n i m u m and m a x i m u m coating operating temperatures. bonding interlayer based o n hot-melt polymeric
7.2.19 D u r i n g t h e R S t e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n o f t h e compounds;
Register for application o f internal anti-friction coatings, P E / P P outer layer;
at least t h e f o l l o w i n g parameters s h a l l b e subject t o Thickness o f each layer shall b e specified i n t h e
check: technical documentation.
appearance, including roughness; 7.3.1.9 E x t e r n a l c o r r o s i o n - p r o t e c t i o n c o a t i n g s a r e
thickness; subject t o t y p e a p p r o v a l b y t h e R e g i s t e r w h e r e tests
holiday detection; shall be carried o u t t o confirm compliance o f the
adhesion. following coating parameters w i t h t h e documentation
approved b y the Register:
appearance;
7.3 P R O T E C T I O N A G A I N S T E X T E R N A L CORROSION thickness;
holiday detection;
impact strength;
7.3.1 C o a t i n g s . G e n e r a l . adhesion;
7.3.1.1 I n o r d e r t o p r o t e c t t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e a g a i n s t cathodic disbondment;
external corrosion i t shall have a factory-applied indentation resistance;
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
cracking resistance;
elongation at break;
heat c y c l i n g resistance.
7.3.1.10 T h e tests s p e c i f i e d i n 7 . 3 . 1 . 9 s h a l l b e g e n e r a l l y
carried o u t at t h e temperatures corresponding t o t h e
m i n i m u m a n d m a x i m u m coating operating temperatures.
7.3.1.11 D u r i n g t h e R S t e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n f o r
application o f the external corrosion-protection coatings,
at least t h e f o l l o w i n g c o a t i n g p a r a m e t e r s s h a l l b e
checked:
appearance;
thickness;
holiday detection;
adhesion.
7.3.1.12 T h e e x t e r n a l c o a t i n g s h a l l b e c o m p a t i b l e w i t h
c o n c r e t e c o a t i n g , i f a n y . I n t h i s case, t h e c o a t i n g s u r f a c e
l a y e r s h a l l b e m a d e rough w i t h t h e u s e o f s i n t e r p o w d e r .
7.3.1.13 T h e m a n u f a c t u r i n g s p e c i f i c a t i o n f o r c o a t i n g
subject t o t h e R S approval shall specify t h e f o l l o w i n g :
coating material (specifications f o r materials,
i n c l u d i n g certificates f o r m a t e r i a l p r o p e r t y tests);
surface preparation (manufacturer's technical r e -
quirements t o cleaning, salt content a n d roughness);
coating application (application process, including
m a i n parameters such as: a i r temperature a n d relative
h u m i d i t y , pipe surface temperature, application t i m e ,
coating layer thickness, material consumption, t i m e o f
the coating layer drying a n d its total conditioning
depending o n t h e air temperature, etc.);
inspection a n d testing (specification f o rt h e coating
t o b e applied, i n c l u d i n g test certificates);
coating repairing process;
guidelines a n d instructions o n transportation a n d
storage o f pipes.
7.3.2 S p e c i a l c o a t i n g s f o r s t a n d p i p e s a n d s h o r e
approach.
7.3.2.1 R e i n f o r c e d t h r e e - l a y e r P E o r P P c o a t i n g s
shall b e used f o r standpipes a n d shore approach t o
protect against t h e splash, atmospheric a n d underwater
corrosion. T h e y shall b e resistant t o ultra-violet irradia-
tion a n d l o w temperature.
7.3.2.2 C o r r o s i o n - p r o t e c t i o n c o a t i n g s s h a l l b e p r o -
tected against mechanical damage caused b y i c e o r
floating i t e m s . I n o t h e r cases, t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 7 . 3 . 1
shall be met.
7.3.3 F i e l d j o i n t c o a t i n g s .
7.3.3.1 C o r r o s i o n - p r o t e c t i o n c o a t i n g a p p l i e d o n b u t t -
w e l d e d j o i n t s s h a l l b e as m u c h as p o s s i b l e e q u a l t o , a n d
compatible w i t h the pipe m a i n coating, thus providing
equal protective performance for the w h o l e pipeline.
7.3.3.2 W h e n s e l e c t i n g a n d u s i n g m a t e r i a l s f o r
corrosion protection o f the pipe joints, the requirements
o f I S O 2 1 8 0 9 - 3 as w e l l as i n d u s t r i a l n o r m a t i v e
documents a n d f i r m standards shall b e m e t . Technical
d o c u m e n t a t i o n f o r field j o i n t c o a t i n g s s h a l l b e a p p r o v e d
b y t h e Register.
75
7.3.3.3 W h e n s e l e c t i n g t h e c o a t i n g t y p e f o r
t h e w e l d e d j o i n t area, t h e f o l l o w i n g s h a l l b e considered:
compatibility w i t h electrochemical protection
(cathodic o r impressed-current type);
m a x i m u m o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e o f t h e field j o i n t
coating;
r e q u i r e d field j o i n t c l e a n l i n e s s t o i n s t a l l s l e e v e ;
coating thickness;
duration o f w o r k s a n d necessity i n auxiliary
operations (heating, edge cutting, etc.);
availability o f a coating repair kit.
7.3.3.4 T h e m a x i m u m field j o i n t c o a t i n g o p e r a t i n g
temperature shall be higher than the pipe operating
temperature.
7.3.3.5 T h e field j o i n t s m a y b e p r o t e c t e d w i t h h e a t -
s h r i n k sleeves. T h e R S technical s u p e r v i s i o n d u r i n g
manufacture o f the heat-shrink sleeves shall c o m p l y w i t h
2.7.2 o f t h e S P G u i d e l i n e s .
7.3.3.6 H e a t - s h r i n k s l e e v e s s h a l l b e c o m p a t i b l e w i t h
the electrochemical protection system used a n d shall
r e m a i n intact at protection potentials o f —1,10 V .
7.3.3.7 T h e h e a t - s h r i n k s l e e v e s s h a l l b e m a d e o f a
t w o - l a y e r m a t e r i a l c o n s i s t i n g o f a p o l y o l e f i n b a s e film
a n d a h o t - m e l t adhesive w i t h h i g h adhesion t o steel pipes
and factory coating. Sleeves w h i c h hot-melt adhesive
softens at h i g h temperatures shall b e n o r m a l l y applied o n
the w e l d s areas a b o v e a n e p o x y p r i m e r . T h e p r i m e r s h a l l
not contain solvents.
7.3.3.8 S t r u c t u r e o f t h e c o a t i n g o n t h e w e l d j o i n t
based o n heat-shrink sleeves shall h a v e t h e protective
properties similar t o t h e factory corrosion-protection
coating o f the pipes a n d provide durable adhesion.
7.3.3.9 T h e c o r r o s i o n - p r o t e c t i o n c o a t i n g o n p i p e
w e l d j o i n t s shall b e protected against mechanical impact
during pipeline laying a n d i n operation, including the
pipeline b u r i a l into t h e seabed soil, b y using protective
casings and/or a p p l y i n g p o l y m e r i c in-fills i n t h e space
between t h e w e i g h t a n d t h e r m a l insulating coatings o f
the adjacent pipes.
7.3.3.10 T o p r o t e c t t h e h e a t - s h r i n k s l e e v e s a g a i n s t
mechanical impact during pipeline laying and burial,
protective sheet p o l y m e r i c (usually polyurethane ( P U )
or P P ) "rock shields" m a y b e wrapped around a n d
attached t o t h e pipe w h e r e t h e sleeves are installed,
e x c e p t t h o s e s p e c i f i e d i n 7.3.3.9.
7.3.3.11 T h e R S t e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n d u r i n g
manufacture o f the r o c k shields subject t o type approval
b y t h e R e g i s t e r s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h 2.7.4 o f t h e S P
Guidelines. D u r i n g approval o f the r o c k shields b y t h e
Register w i t h respect f o r t h e operating temperature
range, at least t h e f o l l o w i n g properties shall b e v e r i f i e d
(for one-layer version):
i m p a c t resistance;
tensile strength a n d elongation;
sea w a t e r resistance;
resistance t o abrasion.
76 Rules for the Classification
7.3.3.12 U p o n a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r , i n o r d e r
to protect t h e pipe b u t t - w e l d e d j o i n t s , other structures
and materials c o m p l y i n g w i t h 7.3.3.1, 7.3.3.3, 7.3.3.4
and 7.3.3.9 m a y be used.
7.3.3.13 A l l m a t e r i a l s u s e d o n t h e field j o i n t s ,
application procedure a n d quality control shall be
approved b y t h e Register.
7.4 E L E C T R O C H E M I C A L PROTECTION
7.4.1 G e n e r a l .
7.4.1.1 T h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s s h a l l b e p r o t e c t e d
against corrosive w e a r b y electrochemical protection
together w i t h corrosion-protection coating according
to 7.3.1.4.
7.4.1.2 E l e c t r o c h e m i c a l p r o t e c t i o n o f t h e s u b s e a
pipelines shall b e provided according t o I S O 15589-2,
national a n d industrial standards, requirements o f
this Section a n d documentation approved b y t h e
Register.
7.4.1.3 T h e b a s i c r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e e l e c t r o c h e m i -
cal p r o t e c t i o n s y s t e m a r e t h e f o l l o w i n g :
prevention o f external corrosion during the w h o l e
service life o fa pipeline;
generation/supply o f electric current w i t h sufficient
density t o t h e pipeline t o b e protected a n d t h e current
efficient distribution according t o t h e design parameters;
setting o fanodes t o m i n i m i z e their possible damage
or destruction;
p r o v i s i o n o f necessary m o n i t o r i n g e q u i p m e n t t o test
and evaluate t h eprotection system performance.
7.4.1.4 E l e c t r o c h e m i c a l p r o t e c t i o n s y s t e m s h a l l b e
designed based o n pipeline laying method, structural
features o f t h e pipeline/standpipe, seabed soil features,
sea w a t e r parameters, a n d p i p e l i n e d i v i s i o n i n t o sections
w h i c h require different electrochemical protection para-
meters (e.g., sections near f i x e d o f f s h o r e p l a t f o r m s ) .
7.4.1.5 T h e e l e c t r o c h e m i c a l p r o t e c t i o n s y s t e m s h a l l
be designed f o r a service life n o r m a l l y equal t o design
pipeline service life.
7.4.1.6 E l e c t r o c h e m i c a l p r o t e c t i o n m a y b e p r o v i d e d
in t h e f o r m o f galvanic anodes (sacrificial anodes) o r
impressed-current protection system (cathodic protec-
tion). Selected electrochemical protection system shall be
agreed u p o n w i t h t h e Register, w h i c h shall b e provided
w i t h justification o n selection o f the electrochemical
protection system - impressed-current protection system
or galvanic anode system - a n d their design parameters.
7.4.1.7 D u r i n g d e s i g n o f t h e e l e c t r o c h e m i c a l p r o t e c -
tion system f o r the pipeline the following shall be
considered:
.1 s t r u c t u r a l p a r a m e t e r s o f t h e p i p e l i n e t o b e
protected, including:
material, length, w a l l thickness, outside diameter;
and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
laying method, route, pipeline routing conditions,
pipeline connections (spool pieces);
temperature conditions ( i n operation a n d during
shutdown) along itsw h o l e length;
type a n d thickness o f corrosion-protection coatings
for t h e pipes (bends a n d fittings);
type a n d thickness o fthermal insulation ( i f any);
type a n d thickness o fw e i g h t coating ( i f any);
.2 e n v i r o n m e n t a l c o n d i t i o n s :
sea w a t e r parameters, i n c l u d i n g r e s i s t i v i t y d e p e n d i n g
on temperature/depth, current velocities, o x y g e n content,
suspended solid particles, etc.;
soil resistivity.
.3 s y s t e m d e s i g n l i f e ;
.4 i n f o r m a t i o n o n e x i s t i n g p i p e l i n e s l o c a t e d i n c l o s e
p r o x i m i t y t o o r crossing a n e w pipeline;
.5 i n f o r m a t i o n o n e x i s t i n g e l e c t r o c h e m i c a l p r o t e c t i o n
systems (platforms, quays, etc.) a n d pipeline electric
insulation;
.6 a v a i l a b l e p o w e r s o u r c e , e l e c t r i c a l i s o l a t i n g
devices, electrical connections;
.7 c o n s t r u c t i o n s c h e d u l e , p l a n n e d d a t e o f c o m m i s -
sioning;
.8 a v a i l a b l e s p o o l p i e c e s , fittings, b e n d s , s t a n d p i p e s ,
etc.;
.9 p e r f o r m a n c e d a t a o n t h e e l e c t r o c h e m i c a l p r o t e c -
tion systems used i nt h e similar environment.
7.4.1.8 F o r e l e c t r o c h e m i c a l p r o t e c t i o n o f t h e s u b s e a
pipelines, values o f the protection potentials are specified
i n Table 7.1.4.8 for the silver chloride reference electrode
( A g / A g C l / s e a water). These criteria are applicable t o t h e
impressed-current a n d galvanic anode systems.
7.4.1.9 T h e v a l u e s s p e c i f i e d i n T a b l e 7 . 4 . 1 . 8
correspond t o a n average salinity o f 3,5 % a n d specific
resistivity o f 30 O h m - c m . I f water resistivity a n d salinity
deviate f r o m t h e said values o r other reference electrodes
are used, t h e r e q u i r e d p r o t e c t i o n potentials m a y b e
determined according t o I S O 15589-2.
7.4.1.10 T h e d e s i g n l i f e ( d e s i g n s e r v i c e l i f e ) o f t h e
electrochemical protection system shall include the
period from installation t o completion o f the pipeline
operation.
7.4.1.11 D e s i g n c u r r e n t d e n s i t y d e p e n d s o n s e a w a t e r
t e m p e r a t u r e , o x y g e n c o n t e n t , s e a w a t e r flow v e l o c i t y a n d
uncoated m e t a l surfaces calcification rate. F o r m o s t
applications a t t h e depths less t h a n 5 0 0 m , design current
density depending o n sea water temperature m a y be
determined according t o I S O 15589-2.
7.4.1.12 F o r t h e p i p e l i n e s / s t a n d p i p e s i n s p l a s h a r e a ,
the current density shall b e set 1 0 m A / m higher t h a n f o r 2
the same pipeline/standpipe under water b e l o w
the intermittent w e t t i n g area (for t h e same temperature).
7.4.1.13 F o r t h e n o n - b u r i e d p i p e l i n e s s u b j e c t t o s t r o n g
flows o r w a v e s w i t h water particle velocities > 2 m / s ,
the design current density shall be increased b y 6 0 t o
2
100 m A / m .
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 11

Table 7.4.1.8
R e c o m m e n d e d Criteria for Protection Potential o fElectrochemical Protection Systems

Material M i n i m u m negative potential, i n V M a x i m u m negative potential, i n V

C a r b o n steel:
aerobic environment -0,80 —1.10 1

anaerobic environment -0,90 —1.10 1

Austenitic stainless steel:

2 3
N P R > 40 E -0.30 -1,10
2 3
N P R E < 40 -0.50 -1,10
D u p l e x stainless steel -0.50 3
4
M a r t e n s i t i c s t a i n l e s s s t e e l (13% C r ) -0.50 3
4

' F o r t h e p i p e l i n e s m a n u f a c t u r e d from h i g h - s t r e n g t h s t e e l (Re > 5 5 0 M P a ) , t h e m a x i m u m n e g a t i v e p o t e n t i a l t h a t t h e m e t a l c a n w i t h s t a n d

without hydrogen embrittlement shall b e determined.
2
Pitting corrosion resistance factor N = C r % + 3 , 3 ( M o + 0 , 5 W ) % + 1 6 N %.
P R E
3
F o r corrosion-resistant steels, t h e m i n i m u m negative potentials are u s e d f o r b o t h aerobic a n d anaerobic conditions.
4 D e p e n d i n g o n strength class, supply condition a n d mechanical stressing i noperation, the steels c a n b e subject to h y d r o g e n embrittlement.
W h e n a risk o f h y d r o g e n e m b r i t t l e m e n t e x i s t s , t h e p o t e n t i a l s m o r e n e g a t i v e t h a n —0,8 V s h a l l b e a v o i d e d .

N o t e s : 1 . T h e p o t e n t i a l s g i v e n i n t h e T a b l e a p p l y t o s a l i n e m u d a n d s e a w a t e r o f u s u a l c o m p o s i t i o n ( s a l i n i t y o f 3,2 t o 3,8 % ) .
2. T h e p o t e n t i a l s a r e r e l a t e d t o t h e s i l v e r c h l o r i d e r e f e r e n c e e l e c t r o d e ( A g / A g C l / s e a w a t e r ) i n s e a w a t e r w i t h r e s i s t a n c e o f 3 0 O h m - c m .

7.4.1.14 F o r t h e p i p e l i n e s c o m p l e t e l y b u r i e d i n t o t h e s y s t e m p e r f o r m a n c e m o n i t o r i n g as a c o m p o n e n t o f
seabed soil, t h e design current density (both average a n d operation regulations subject t o approval b y t h e Register
2
end values) shall b e used equal t o 2 0 m A / m , irrespective shall be developed.
o f the sea w a t e r temperature o r depth. 7.4.2 C a t h o d i c p r o t e c t i o n s y s t e m s ( i m p r e s s e d -
7.4.1.15 T h e p i p e l i n e s o p e r a t i n g w i t h h i g h e r current electrochemical protection systems) f o r subsea
( a b o v e 5 0 °C) t e m p e r a t u r e s o f t h e p i p e e x t e r n a l s u r f a c e pipeline.
increase b y 1 degree Celsius o f the design current density. 7.4.2.1 T h e t e c h n i c a l d o c u m e n t a t i o n o n c a t h o d i c
E v e r y increase b y 1 degree Celsius o f m e t a l / e n v i r o n m e n t protection submitted t o the Register f o r approval shall
2
a b o v e 5 0 °C r e q u i r e s a d d i t i o n a l 1 m A / m o f t h e d e s i g n include the following:
current density. H i g h e r temperatures c a n also deteriorate layout o f the cathodic protection stations, including
performance o f t h e anode a n d pipeline coatings. Special l o c a t i o n o f a l l test p o i n t s ;
assessment o f the current density is r e c o m m e n d e d f o r t h e specifications o f a l l t h e necessary equipment,
p i p e e x t e r n a l s u r f a c e t e m p e r a t u r e s a b o v e 8 0 °C. i n c l u d i n g converters/transformers, electrical cables a n d
7.4.1.16 T h e a b o v e s a i d c u r r e n t d e n s i t i e s a r e a l s o their protective devices, anodes, etc.;
a p p l i c a b l e t o e l e c t r o c h e m i c a l p r o t e c t i o n o f u n c o a t e d stainless specifications f o r t h e system installation;
steels ( a u s t e n i t i c , m a r t e n s i t i c o r d u p l e x ) o f a n y t y p e . specifications f o r start-up a n d acceptance tests;
7.4.1.17 S u f f i c i e n t p o w e r f o r e l e c t r o c h e m i c a l p r o - operating a n d maintenance instructions.
tection shall be provided t o maintain protection perfor- T h e impressed-current electrochemical protection
m a n c e as t h e coating deteriorates a n d t o compensate f o r systems are subject t o type approval b y t h e Register;
the current distribution irregularities. T h e coating installation a n d testing o f the cathodic protection system
deterioration shall b e recorded according t o the interna- are subject t o t h e R S technical s u p e r v i s i o n .
tional and/or n a t i o n a l standards. 7.4.2.2 G e n e r a l l y , t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s h a l l b e
7.4.1.18 M o n i t o r i n g o f t h e e l e c t r o c h e m i c a l p r o t e c - p r o v i d e d w i t h a separate cathodic protection unit,
tion system performance is recommended b y connecting irrespective o f availability o f similar systems t o protect
u n d e r w a t e r cables at m a x i m u m 5 , 0 k m i n t e r v a l t o other offshore structures (platforms, quays, etc.). S u p p l y
the pipeline a n d use o f special purpose m o n i t o r i n g from a c o m m o n c o n v e r t e r o f s u f f i c i e n t p o w e r u s i n g a
systems. Cable welding/soldering a n d water insulation dedicated cable a n d respective s h u t d o w n a n d m o n i t o r i n g
shall b e approved b y t h e Register. systems is allowed.
F o r long pipelines, i t is recommended t o install o n T h e c a b l e l i n e from t h e c o n v e r t e r s h a l l b e c o n n e c t e d
the pipeline (especially o n t h e sections w h e r e unstable to t h epipeline i n t w o points, t h em a i n a n d standby ones.
electrochemical protection performance is anticipated) 7.4.2.3 T h e c a t h o d i c p r o t e c t i o n s y s t e m s o f t h e
the underwater instruments w i t h self-contained p o w e r subsea pipelines m a y b e p r o v i d e d w i t h o n e o r t w o
supply a n d sonar c o m m u n i c a t i o n channel w i t h shore- cathodic protection stations located o n o n e o r b o t h ends
based o r ship-based m o n i t o r i n g stations according t o t h e o f the pipeline.
documentation approved b y t h e Register. Pipe-in-pipe casings o f t h e shore approaches m a d e
7.4.1.19 P r i o r t o c o m m e n c e m e n t o f t h e p i p e l i n e applying the horizontal directional drilling m e t h o d are
operation, procedure f o r the electrochemical protection subject t o m a n d a t o r y cathodic protection.
78 Rules for the Classification
7.4.2.4 U s e o f t h e p o l a r i z a t i o n p o t e n t i a l s e l f -
regulation m o d e i n t h e cathodic protection system is
r e c o m m e n d e d t o protect t h e subsea pipelines against t h e
earth current. A u t o m a t i c control shall b e based o n t h e
readings o f the potentials f r o m t h e stationary reference
electrodes.
7.4.2.5 T o a v o i d p o s s i b l e h y d r o g e n c r a c k i n g a n d
corrosion fatigue o f the m a i n metal and welds (especially
for high-strength steel w i t h a h i g h level o f mechanical
stress), a n e g a t i v e l i m i t o f t h e p r o t e c t i o n p o t e n t i a l s h a l l
be determined a n d maintained.
7.4.2.6 W h e n u s i n g c a t h o d i c p r o t e c t i o n f o r t h e
subsea pipelines, a n adequate electrical insulation shall
b e p r o v i d e d from t h e a d j a c e n t s t r u c t u r e s ( p i p e l i n e s /
standpipes o f a p l a t f o r m , quay, etc.) a n d other sections o f
the pipeline provided w i t h galvanic anode protection.
7.4.2.7 T h e f o l l o w i n g c u r r e n t d e n s i t y v a l u e s s h a l l b e
determined:
initial, for pipeline polarization at commissioning o f
the cathodic protection system;
average, as r e q u i r e d t o m a i n t a i n p o l a r i z a t i o n ;
final, b y t h e e n d o f the pipeline service life.
T h e cathodic protection system allows adjusting
c u r r e n t d e n s i t y d e p e n d i n g o n state o f t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e
surface a n d external conditions.
7.4.2.8 U s e o f t h e m i x e d m e t a l o x i d e s o r t i t a n i u m ,
c o l u m b i c o r t a n t a l u m plates o n a base, as a n o d e m a t e r i a l
is r e c o m m e n d e d . I n s o m e cases, u p o n a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e
Register, o t h e r m a t e r i a l s c o n f i r m e d b y c e r t i f i c a t i o n tests
carried o u t b y t h e firms/laboratories recognized b y t h e
Register m a y b e used.
7.4.2.9 T h e m a x i m u m o p e r a t i n g v o l t a g e a n d d e n s i t y
o f anode current are determined depending o n t h e
m a t e r i a l o f a n o d e a n d base as w e l l as o p e r a t i o n d e s i g n
period o f the system.
C u r r e n t o u t p u t from i n d i v i d u a l a n o d e s s h a l l b e
adjusted independently. C a l c u l a t i o n o f t h e impressed
current electrochemical protection system shall provide
redundancy as regards anode quantity.
7.4.2.10 A n o d e s o f t h e c a t h o d i c p r o t e c t i o n s y s t e m
shall be buried into t h e shore o r laid o n t h e b o t t o m
according t o t h e technical documentation approved b y
the Register. T h e anodes shall b e designed t o withstand
all operating loads a n d installation loads, including those
d u r i n g t h e i r r e p l a c e m e n t from t h e s u r f a c e , b y d i v e r s o r
using underwater vehicles.
7.4.2.11 W h e n u s i n g a n i m p r e s s e d - c u r r e n t s y s t e m ,
the stationary reference electrodes shall b e installed
to c o n f i r m efficiency o f the pipeline electrochemical
protection:
silver-silver chloride/sea water ( A g / A g C l / s e a water),
refer t o 7.4.1.8;
saturated c a l o m e l electrode;
high-purity zinc electrode.
Portable reference electrodes m a y b e used; h o w e v e r ,
the critical route sections w h e r e c o n t r o l b y divers o r
and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
underwater vehicles is n o t possible shall be mandatory
equipped w i t h t h e stationary reference electrodes.
7.4.2.12 M a i n t e n a n c e a n d c a l i b r a t i o n m e t h o d s s h a l l
be developed f o r t h e stationary reference electrodes
during the pipeline operation.
7.4.2.13 T h e c a b l e s c o n n e c t e d t o t h e p o s i t i v e a n d
negative terminals o f the cathodic protection components
shall n o t b e laid i n o n e cable casing.
7.4.2.14 U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e s p e c i f i e d i n t h e d o c u m e n -
tation approved b y t h e Register, t h e electrochemical
cathodic protection shall b e p u t into operation n o t later
than 3 0 days u p o n c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e subsea pipeline
laying.
7.4.3 G a l v a n i c a n o d e p r o t e c t i o n .
7.4.3.1 P a r a m e t e r s o f g a l v a n i c ( s a c r i f i c i a l ) a n o d e
protection shall b e determined i n t h e pipeline design
documentation approved b y the Register a n d provide t h e
protection current sufficient f o r generation o f the required
protection potentials during the pipeline design life.
7.4.3.2 T e c h n i c a l d o c u m e n t a t i o n o n t h e g a l v a n i c
anode protection system submitted t o t h e Register f o r
approval shall include the following:
specifications a n d drawings o f the galvanic anodes;
e l e c t r o c h e m i c a l test r e s u l t s o f t h e g a l v a n i c a n o d e s
(electrochemical capacity i n sea water, change o f closed
circuit potential i n sea water) at the operating temperatures;
calculation o f mass a n d number o f the galvanic
anodes depending o n t h e pipeline design life;
calculation o f the galvanic anode resistance;
calculation o f the area t o b e protected and protection
current;
technical documentation f o r installation, fastening
and control over installation o f the galvanic anodes.
7.4.3.3 T h e c a l c u l a t i o n p r o c e d u r e s h a l l b e s u b m i t t e d
to the Register for approval. This procedure shall c o n f i r m
that t h e galvanic anodes generate t h e required design
current density o n t h e pipeline.
T h e design values o f the galvanic anode parameters shall
c o m p l y w i t h I S O 1 5 5 8 9 - 2 a n d a r e specified i n T a b l e 7.4.3.3.
7.4.3.4 T h e g a l v a n i c a n o d e s s h a l l b e l o c a t e d t o k e e p
t h e p r o p e r p r o t e c t i o n i n case o f m e c h a n i c a l o r electrical
failure o f a single galvanic anode. Distance between t h e
sacrificial anodes o f m o r e t h a n 3 0 0 m shall b e validated
b y t h e calculations a n d agreed u p o n w i t h t h e Register.
7.4.3.5 A s a r u l e , t h e g a l v a n i c a n o d e p r o t e c t i o n
s y s t e m consists o f t h e bracelet anodes e q u a l l y spaced
along t h e pipeline. W h e r e substantiated, different inter-
vals shall b e used f o r installing galvanic anodes f o r
different sections o f the pipeline (end o r initial sections,
s p o o l pieces, etc.), i n c l u d i n g :
o n the 1000 m portion o f the pipeline near F O P i t is
r e c o m m e n d e d t o u s e the double a m o u n t o f galvanic anodes;
it is r e c o m m e n d e d t o provide electrical insulation o f
t h e p i p e l i n e from o t h e r p i p e l i n e s a n d f a c i l i t e s .
7.4.3.6 I t i s r e c o m m e n d e d t o c a l c u l a t e t h e d e m a n d e d
protection current according t o t h e requirements o f
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 79

Table 7.4.3.3
Design parameters f o rgalvanic anodes See Circular 1216
Anode A n o d e surface A n o d e immersed i n sea water A n o d e buried into seabed soil
1
type temperature ,
in°C Potential A g / A g C l / Electrochemical Potential A g / A g C l / Electrochemical
sea water, c a p a c i t y e, sea water, c a p a c i t y e,
in m V in A-h/kg in m V in A-h/kg

Alurninium ^30 - 1 050 2 500 - 1 000 2 000

60 - 1 050 2 000 - 1 000 850
2
80 - 1 000 900 - 1 000 400

Zinc ^30 -980 750

3 - 1 030 780
^30 — 5 0 -980 580

' F o r the anode surface temperature between the setlimits, current capacity shall b e interpolated.
2
F o r a l u m i n i u m a n o d e s , t h e a n o d e s u r f a c e t e m p e r a t u r e s h a l l n o t e x c e e d 8 0 °C, u n l e s s s a t i s & c t o r y p e r f o r m a n c e i s t e s t e d a n d d o c u m e n t e d .
3
F o r z i n c a n o d e s , t h e a n o d e s u r f a c e temperature s h a l l n o t e x c e e d 50 °C, u n l e s s s a t i s f a c t o r y p e r f o r m a n c e i s d e m o n s t r a t e d i n t h e tests a n d d o c u m e n t e d

N o t e s : 1. Electrochemical capacity for this alloy i s a function o f temperature a n d the anode current density.
2. F o r t h e n o n - b u r i e d p i p e l i n e s , t h e a n o d e s u r f a c e t e m p e r a t u r e s h a l l b e t a k e n a s t h e p i p e l i n e e x t e r n a l t e m p e r a t u r e .

m = nm (7.4.3.9)
the international and/or national standards. T h e average a

where n - n u m b e r o f the galvanic anodes t o b e installed o n a specific

(Ian) a n d e n d ( 7 ^ ) d e m a n d e d c u r r e n t s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d , pipeline section;
based o n t h e pipeline parameters a n d selected coating, b y m = total n e t weight o f the galvanic anodes for specific pipeline
section, i n k g ;
the f o l l o w i n g formula: m = net weight o f single galvanic anode, i n kg.
a

(7.4.3.6)
7.4.3.10 T h e n u m b e r o f t h e s a c r i f i c i a l a n o d e s s h a l l
be determined b y calculations a n d l i m i t e d b y t h e
where I - d e m a n d e d protection current for the specific pipeline section,
c m a x i m u m permissible distance b e t w e e n t h e galvanic
in A ;
i = current density selected for the average a n d end conditions,
anodes (refer t o 7.4.3.4). F o r t h e bracelet anodes,
c

in A / m ; 2
distance b e t w e e n t h e galvanic anodes is usually set
f - coating d a m a g e ratio calculated f o r t h e average a n d e n d a c c o r d i n g t o t h e k n o w n n u m b e r o f f i e l d j o i n t s (pipes).
c

conditions;
A - total surface area for specific pipeline section, i n m .
c
7.4.3.11 W h e n s e l e c t i n g m a t e r i a l s f o r t h e g a l v a n i c
2

anodes, t h e f o l l o w i n g shall b e considered:

7.4.3.7 S e l e c t i o n o f t h e g a l v a n i c a n o d e t y p e a n d
parameters shall b e determined b y manufacturing,
installation a n d operation considerations. T h e galvanic
anode dimensions shall b e sufficient t o p r o v i d e t h e
required protection current till completion o f the pipeline
design life.
7.4.3.8 T h e t o t a l n e t w e i g h t o f t h e g a l v a n i c a n o d e
required t o maintain cathodic protection during t h e
pipeline design life shall b e determined f o reach pipeline
section b y t h e following formula:
8760
m
- Ictrtdl иг (7.4.3.8)
where m - total net w e i g h t o f the sacrificial anode for specific pipeline
section, i n k g ;
I - average d e m a n d e d current for specific pipeline section, i n A ;
c m
t = d e s i g n life, i n years;
M
e = electrochemical capacity o f t h e sacrificial anode material,
in A-h/kg;
и = u s a g e factor.
7.4.3.9 F o r t h e s e l e c t e d t y p e o f t h e g a l v a n i c a n o d e s , p r o v i d e u s a g e f a c t o r o f m i n i m u m 0 , 8 0 . S h o r t e d g a l v a n i c
their number, dimensions a n d n e t weight shall b e
determined t o meet t h e calculated average a n d e n d
demanded current t o protect the pipeline. Total weight o f
the galvanic anodes is determined b y t h e f o l l o w i n g
formula:
operating conditions o f the galvanic anode i m m e r s e d
i n sea water, seabed soil o r saline m u d ;
design theoretical ampere-hour efficiency o f t h e
galvanic anode;
required value o f the pipeline protection potential;
pipeline/galvanic anode design life;
temperature o f t h e environment, pipe walls a n d
galvanic anodes.
7.4.3.12 W h e n s e l e c t i n g t h e g a l v a n i c a n o d e m a t e r i a l ,
the f o l l o w i n g shall b e also considered:
galvanic anodes o f a l u m i n i u m alloys decrease t h e
electrochemical efficiency at higher temperatures;
b u r i a l i n t o t h e seabed s o i l m a y affect s o m e a l u m i n i u m
alloys, especially w h e n t h e current output is l o w ;
a t t e m p e r a t u r e s e x c e e d i n g 5 0 °C p e r f o r m a n c e o f z i n c
galvanic anodes m a y decrease.
A l u m i n i u m o r zinc alloys are generally used f o r
galvanic anode protection o f the subsea pipelines.
7.4.3.13 B r a c e l e t a n o d e s s h a l l b e d e s i g n e d t o
anodes shall h a v e usage factor o f at least 0,90.
7.4.3.14 T e s t r e s u l t s o f t h e g a l v a n i c a n o d e m e c h a n i c a l
and electrical properties shall b e submitted t o t h e Register.
T h e recommended values o f t h e galvanic anode electro­
chemical parameters are given i n Table 7.4.3.14.
80 Rules for the Classification
Table 7.4.3.14
R e c o m m e n d e d values
of galvanic anode electrochemical parameters
Type Average current Potential o fthe closed
o f galvanic capacity, m i n , circuit, i n m V
anode in A'h/kg (Ag/AgCl/sea water)
Aluminium 2600 -1050
Zinc 780 -1030
7.4.3.15 T h e g a l v a n i c a n o d e d i m e n s i o n s s h a l l b e
determined b y t h e applicable pipe diameter a n d coating
thickness. F o r the thermally insulated pipelines,
the galvanic anodes shall b e installed t o avoid their
h e a t i n g , as f a r as possible.
7.4.3.16 I t i s r e c o m m e n d e d t o s e l e c t o u t s i d e
diameter o f t h e bracelet anodes equal t o t h e pipeline
diameter, including weight coating and/or thermal
insulation. W h e n selecting the band anode outside
diameter exceeding t h e pipeline diameter, including
w e i g h t coating and/or t h e r m a l i n s u l a t i o n , t h e side
surfaces o f t h e bracelet anodes s h a l l b e m a d e i n t h e
f o r m o f truncated cone.
7.4.3.17 T h e b r a c e l e t a n o d e s s h a l l h a v e c o r r o s i o n -
p r o t e c t i o n coating o n t h e i r n o n - w o r k i n g surfaces. T h i s
coating shall be made o f two-component epoxy c o m -
p o u n d w i t h t h e m i n i m u m thickness 1 0 0 urn.
7.4.3.18 Q u a l i t y c o n t r o l o f t h e g a l v a n i c a n o d e s s h a l l
c o m p l y w i t h 2.7.3.2 o f t h e S P G u i d e l i n e s . T h e n u m b e r
and selection methods f o r t h e galvanic anodes f o r
destructive tests s h a l l b e agreed u p o n w i t h t h e Register.
7.4.3.19 T h e t e s t s a i m e d a t e l e c t r o c h e m i c a l q u a l i t y
control o f t h e selected galvanic anode m a t e r i a l shall
include the following:
evaluation o f the closed circuit potential;
evaluation o f electrochemical capacity.
T h e specified tests s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t f o r each b a t c h
or f o r every 15 t o f the manufactured galvanic anodes,
w h i c h e v e r i s less, i n t h e l a b o r a t o r y r e c o g n i z e d b y t h e
Register o r under the R S technical supervision.
7.4.3.20 T h e g a l v a n i c a n o d e s s h a l l b e i n s t a l l e d o n
the pipeline t o a v o i d mechanical damage o f the pipes a n d
galvanic anodes, breaking o f the galvanic anode
electrical connection w i t h t h e pipeline, o r damage o f
insulating a n d other coatings. A f t e r installation o f each
galvanic anode, integrity o f its electric circuit shall b e
electrically tested.
7.4.3.21 T h e m e t h o d s o f g a l v a n i c a n o d e s i n s t a l l a t i o n
o n t h e pipeline (including galvanic anode a n d doubler
plate w e l d i n g procedures) shall be approved b y t h e
Register. N e v e r w e l d the galvanic anodes o r their doubler
p l a t e s t o t h e p i p e l i n e w e l d s . T h e m i n i m u m d i s t a n c e from
the galvanic anode o r doubler plate w e l d i n g place t o t h e
pipeline w e l d shall be 1 5 0 m m .
7.4.3.22 W h e n i n s t a l l i n g t h e g a l v a n i c a n o d e s ,
the following conditions shall be met:
and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
.1 bracelet anodes shall b e securely attached o r
w e l d e d t o t h e pipeline; w h e n selecting t h e galvanic
anode attachment m e t h o d , loads applied t o t h e galvanic
anodes during laying shall b e taken into consideration,
depending o n the p i p e l i n e installation m e t h o d (e.g., loads
from t h e p i p e l a y i n g v e s s e l ' s t e n s i o n e r s ) ;
.2 f o r t h e b r a c e l e t a n o d e s i n s t a l l e d o n t h e w e i g h t - c o a t e d
p i p e l i n e s , i t i s r e c o m m e n d e d t o fill t h e g a p s b e t w e e n t h e
halves o f t h e galvanic anodes a n d between t h e w e i g h t
coating a n d galvanic anodes (usually 2 5 t o 5 0 m m w i d e )
w i t h b i t u m e n m a s t i c o r p o l y m e r i c f i l l e r resistant t o sea w a t e r ,
.3 g a l v a n i c a n o d e s s h a l l b e i n s t a l l e d t o m i n i m i z e
damage o f t h e coating; t h e coating sections recovered
after c o n n e c t i o n o f the g a l v a n i c anode (e.g., cables) shall
be tested f o r possible discontinuities;
.4 t h e g a l v a n i c a n o d e c a b l e s ( m i n i m u m 2 ) s h a l l b e
connected t o the pipeline t o provide the required
mechanical strength a n d electrical continuity a n d a v o i d
the pipe d a m a g e i n the c o n n e c t i o n p o i n t ; t h e cables shall
have a spare length sufficient t o m a i n t a i n integrity o f the
electric contact b e t w e e n t h e pipe a n d t h e galvanic anode
i n case o f u n e x p e c t e d shift o f t h e g a l v a n i c anode d u r i n g
laying;
.5 s t e e l r e i n f o r c e m e n t o f t h e c o n c r e t e w e i g h t c o a t i n g
shall n o t b e i n contact w i t h t h e pipe o r t h e galvanic
anode.
7.5 E L E C T R I C A L I N S U L A T I N G J O I N T S
7.5.1 G e n e r a l .
7.5.1.1 T h e e l e c t r i c a l i n s u l a t i n g j o i n t s s h a l l p r o v i d e
electric sectioning o f t h e pipelines, i n c l u d i n g electric
isolation o f the earthed subsea pipeline w i t h o r w i t h o u t
t h e e l e c t r o c h e m i c a l p r o t e c t i o n s y s t e m from t h e a d j a c e n t
section/shore section/onshore pipeline w i t h cathodic
protection.
7.5.1.2 T h e e l e c t r i c a l i n s u l a t i n g j o i n t s s h a l l m e e t
the requirements o f t h e international and/or national
standards a n d technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n approved b y t h e
Register.
7.5.1.3 T h e e l e c t r i c a l i n s u l a t i n g j o i n t s s h a l l n o t
damage t h e structural layout o f t h e subsea pipeline,
deteriorate its performance characteristics, i n particular,
operating parameters related t o transported m e d i u m
p r e s s u r e a n d flow r a t e o r p r e v e n t p a s s a g e o f i n - l i n e
inspection pigs.
7.5.1.4 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e l i s t o f t e c h n i c a l
documentation t o be reviewed b y the Register are
s p e c i f i e d i n 2.14 o f t h e S P G u i d e l i n e s .
7.5.2 R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e e l e c t r i c a l i n s u l a t i n g
joints design.
7.5.2.1 T h e e l e c t r i c a l i n s u l a t i n g j o i n t s s h a l l w i t h -
stand t h e design loads applied t o t h e pipeline, including
temperature exposure, i n t h e places o f their installation.
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
T h e j o i n t shall be non-detachable and connected to
the pipeline b y w e l d i n g and/or flanges.
7.5.2.2 T h e j o i n t structure shall be designed for
c o m b i n e d action o f the internal pressure and bending/
torsional m o m e n t , taking into consideration design loads
o n t h e p i p e l i n e ) . T h e l e v e l o f t h e p e r m i s s i b l e t o t a l stress
i n the j o i n t structure shall be agreed u p o n w i t h the
Register. T h e electrical insulating j o i n t s shall w i t h s t a n d
design loads w i t h o u t c o m p r o m i s i n g their structural,
sealing or dielectric performance.
7.5.2.3 M a t e r i a l o f the m e t a l tube sections included
in the j o i n t shall correspond to the m a i n pipeline
material, including weldability, according to 4.5.
7.5.2.4 M a t e r i a l s f o r t h e j o i n t seals a n d fillers
shall be designed for the w h o l e pipeline service life,
taking into consideration the transported m e d i u m proper-
ties. T h e insulating m a t e r i a l shall h a v e h i g h n o n -
absorbent, dielectric and t h e r m a l properties and p r o v i d e
p e r f o r m a n c e u n d e r h i g h c o m p r e s s i v e stress.
7.5.2.5 T o a v o i d damage/electric rupture o f the j o i n t
s e a l s from e x t e r n a l e l e c t r i c i n f l u e n c e , a n e x t e r n a l a n d / o r
internal spark gap w i t h the parameters specified i n
the technical documentation shall be provided.
7.5.3 T e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e
of electrical insulating joints.
7 . 5 . 3 . 1 T h e electrical i n s u l a t i n g j o i n t s are subject t o
type approval according to the requirements specified i n
2.14 o f the SP Guidelines.
7.5.3.2 T h e electrical i n s u l a t i n g j o i n t s are subject t o
type (periodical) testing and acceptance testing during
manufacture.
7.5.3.3 T y p e (periodical) testing shall include the
f o l l o w i n g tests:
c o m b i n e d internal hydraulic pressure and torsional
moment;
c o m b i n e d internal hydraulic pressure and bending
moment;
fracture strength.
U p o n agreement w i t h the Register, the torsional and
b e n d i n g tests o f t h e electrical i n s u l a t i n g j o i n t s m a y be
replaced w i t h t h e f i n i t e - e l e m e n t stress analysis. U n l e s s
otherwise specified i n the technical documentation
approved b y the Register, periodical (type) testing shall
b e c o n d u c t e d at least o n c e e v e r y three years.
7.5.3.4 T h e extent o f tests d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e o f t h e
electrical insulating j o i n t s shall meet the requirements
specified i n 2.14 o f the S P Guidelines.
81
7.6 C O R R O S I O N M O N I T O R I N G SYSTEMS
7.6.1 W h e n corrosive (hydrocarbons containing
h y d r o g e n sulphide, carbon d i o x i d e , water, etc.) o r h i g h l y
erosive media shall be transported and design total
corrosive and/or erosive w e a r o f the steel pipe w a l l
d u r i n g the p i p e l i n e design life is m o r e t h a n 3,0 m m , a
corrosion m o n i t o r i n g system shall be provided for
the subsea p i p e l i n e ( o r its section).
7.6.2 T h e corrosion m o n i t o r i n g s y s t e m shall p e r f o r m
at least o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f u n c t i o n s :
m o n i t o r change o f the pipeline w a l l thickness (rate
o f wear) w i t h direct or indirect measurements
(e.g. m o n i t o r i n g the w a l l thickness w i t h a n acceptable
physical method, m o n i t o r i n g the pipeline section weight,
etc.), i n c l u d i n g the use o f w i t n e s s specimens;
m o n i t o r corrosive/erosive properties o f the m e d i u m .
7.6.3 T h e necessity and sufficiency o f the c o r r o s i o n
m o n i t o r i n g system functionality shall be substantiated i n
the design documentation submitted to the Register for
approval.
7.6.4 T h e corrosion m o n i t o r i n g system sensors shall
be installed i n the m o s t critical pipeline points i n terms o f
corrosive and/or erosive wear according to the technical
documentation approved b y the Register.
7.6.5 T h e corrosion m o n i t o r i n g s y s t e m sensors o r
witness specimens, depending o n the accepted function-
ality o f the system (refer to 7.5.2) shall a l l o w :
analysis o f the transported product, i.e. m o n i t o r i n g
o f the product physical properties and its sampling f o r
the chemical analysis o f the corrosive components (or
anticorrosive additives) or corrosion products;
c o r r o s i o n rate m e a s u r e m e n t , i.e. m e a s u r e m e n t o f t h e
w e i g h t loss o f the reference plates o r other r e m o v a b l e
specimens for periodic or real-time measurements;
w a l l thickness m e a s u r e m e n t at t h e place o f installa-
t i o n , i.e. repeated w a l l thickness measurements i n the
determined pipeline cross-sections using portable o r
stationary devices.
7.6.6 T h e corrosion m o n i t o r i n g system control
devices shall p r o v i d e the f o l l o w i n g :
i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f t h e s e n s o r s i g n a l s as r e l a t e d t o
specific pipeline section;
data recording and storage;
m o n i t o r i n g absolute v a l u e s a n d rates o f c h a n g e o f
the m o n i t o r e d parameter, generally, i n real t i m e .
82 Rules for the Classification
8 P I P E L I N E I N S T A L L A T I O N A N D T E S T I N G
8.1 G E N E R A L
8.1.1 I n s t a l l a t i o n , l a y i n g a n d t e s t i n g o f s u b s e a
pipelines shall b e carried o u t w i t h d u e regard t o t h e
conclusions a n d r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s obtained u p o n results
o f risk a n a l y s i s o f t h e a b o v e p r o c e s s e s , b a s e d o n t h e
requirements o f Section 10 and Appendix 3. T h e Section
related t o risk analysis shall be included i n
the documentation submitted t o the Register for review
a n d a p p r o v a l — refer t o 1.5.10.
8.1.2 P r i o r t o i n s t a l l a t i o n , l a y i n g a n d t e s t i n g o f
subsea pipelines, t h e f o l l o w i n g shall b e submitted t o
the Register for review:
.1 t e c h n i c a l d o c u m e n t a t i o n specified i n 1.5.7,
1.5.3.2.1 a n d 1.5.3.2.5;
.2 p r o c e s s d o c u m e n t a t i o n o n :
storage, transport a n d h a n d l i n g o f pipes;
assembly a n d w e l d i n g o f pipes a n d strings;
non-destructive testing, including visual examina­
tion;
application o f coatings a n d i n s u l a t i o n o n w e l d area
o f pipes o r strings;
repair a n d renewal operations f o r correction o f
defects detected.
8.1.3 P r i o r t e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n f o r c o n s t r u c t i o n o f
subsea pipeline it is necessary t o check a f i r m p e r f o r m i n g
its i n s t a l l a t i o n a n d l a y i n g f o r c o m p l i a n c e w i t h t h e
requirements specified i n 1.10 o f t h e S P Guidelines
a n d i s s u e t h e C e r t i f i c a t e s o f F i r m c o n f o r m i t y (ССП)
(form 7.1.27).
8.1.4 P r i o r t o i n s t a l l a t i o n a n d l a y i n g o f s u b s e a
pipelines, pipe-laying vessel equipment (welding equip­
ment, positioning systems, tensioning machinery) o r
other equipment used for other laying methods shall be
surveyed b y t h e Register.
8.2 P I P E L I N E R O U T E S A N D S E A B E D SOILS
8.2.1 P i p e l i n e r o u t i n g .
8.2.1.1 T h e p i p e l i n e r o u t e a n d v a l u e o f b u r i a l i n t o
the seabed soil shall b e selected s o that t o m i n i m i z e
influence o f l i t h o d y n a m i c processes o n t h e operability
and reliability o f the pipeline.
8.2.1.2 W h e r e p o s s i b l e , t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e r o u t e
shall a v o i d permafrost zones.
8.2.1.3 T o m i n i m i z e c o n t a c t o f t h e p i p e l i n e w i t h t h e
keels o f drifting ice formations a n d stamukhas i t is
reasonable t o l a y t h e pipeline route along t h e line o f
m a x i m u m depth a n d parallel t o t h e prevailing drift
direction o f ice f o r m a t i o n s .
and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
8.2.1.4 S h o r e a p p r o a c h o f t h e p i p e l i n e i n t h e a r e a s
w i t h t h e seasonal i c e c o v e r s h a l l b e designed as a
hydraulic structure capable t o take u p ice load (local a n d
2
g l o b a l ) at effective i c e thickness w i t h 1 0 ~ 1/year
probability. I t i s r e c o m m e n d e d that t h e contact area o f a
protective structure w i t h ice shall b e inclined t o t h e
horizontal plane at a n angle t o the h o r i z o n not exceeding
45° w i t h i n t h e h e i g h t r a n g e f r o m t h e m e a n w a t e r l e v e l
to ± double effective ice thickness.
8.2.1.5 S e l e c t i o n o f t h e r o u t e s h a l l m i n i m i z e
e n v i r o n m e n t a l risks a n d risks f o r t h e s e a b i o r e s o u r c e s .
8.2.1.6 D u r i n g s u b s e a p i p e l i n e r o u t i n g , o n t h e
sections o f significant depth gradient, i n order t o a v o i d
hazardous pipe bending t h e following requirement shall
be meet:
R >\000D
t a (8.2.1.6)
w h e r e R , - radius o f the pipeline route curvature (horizontal a n d vertical
planes), i n m ;
D - outside diameter o fthe pipe, i n m .
a
Application o f radius values smaller than those
specified i n F o r m u l a (8.2.1.6) during pipeline routing
shall b e subject t o agreement w i t h t h e Register.
8.2.1.7 I t i s r e c o m m e n d e d t o m o v e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e
s h o r e c r o s s i n g a w a y from a river m o u t h i n freezing a n d
arctic seas t o p r e v e n t p o s s i b l e e r o s i o n o f t h e b u r i e d
pipeline b y vertical water f l o w s at intense ice melting.
8.2.1.8 P r i o r t o i n s t a l l a t i o n a n d l a y i n g o f t h e s u b s e a
pipeline, additional studies a l o n g the pipeline route shall
be carried out, w h e n :
the p e r i o d o f t i m e since t h e engineering survey t o
commencement o f installation w o r k is t w o years a n d
above;
significant changes i n seabed soil conditions is l i k e l y
to have occurred;
the expected pipeline route is i n areas exposed t o
hazardous effects, e.g., s e i s m i c a l l y dangerous;
n e w units, facilities, pipelines, etc. are present i n
t h e area.
8.2.1.9 D u r i n g s e a b e d p r e p a r a t i o n t h e f o l l o w i n g
measures shall be taken prior t o the pipeline laying along
its r o u t e :
p r e v e n t i o n o f undesirable processes o f a n y seabed
soil erosion o r drift;
r e m o v a l o f potentially hazardous facilities;
design o f crossings w i t h t h e p r e l i m i n a r y laid
pipelines a n d cables, p i p e l i n e shore approach;
underwater excavation.
8.2.1.10 B e f o r e l a y i n g t h e p i p e l i n e i n a p r e l i m i n a r i l y
excavated trench, t h e contractor w i t h participation o f a
the R S surveyor to shall check invert levels o f the trench
 P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
longitudinal profile. Excess i n the trench b o t t o m depth
shall n o t exceed 0,5 m . T h e p i p e l i n e s h a l l be prepared f o r
laying b y completion o f an underwater trench excava-
tion.
8.2.1.11 L a y i n g o f the pipeline o n the seabed for
subsequent burial thereof shall be a l l o w e d o n l y provided
that preliminary checking measurements and calculations
s h o w that b e n d i n g r a d i i o f t h e p i p e l i n e w i l l be n o t less
than the m i n i m u m permissible values based o n strength
requirements.
Pipeline sections p r e v i o u s l y l a i d o n the b o t t o m f o r
subsequent burial and backfill shall be examined to
c o n f i r m that the pipeline is laid w i t h i n the boundaries o f
the approved project corridor.
A concrete-coated pipeline m a y be l a i d after the
concrete is cured t o the design strength.
See Circular
8.2.1.12 A l l preparation w o r k o n design o f crossings
1216 w h i t h pipelines and cables shall be carried out i n
compliance w i t h a specification detailing the measures
taken to a v o i d any damage to crossing installations.
The specification shall contain the requirements for:
the m i n i m u m distance b e t w e e n the existing installa-
tion and the pipeline;
coordinates o f crossings;
marking o f the pipeline route;
position and orientation o f existing installations o n
b o t h sides;
lay-out and profile o f crossing;
a n c h o r i n g o f the p i p e l i n e a n d its structures;
installation o f bearing structures (supports) o r gravel
beds;
measures to prevent erosion o f the pipeline structural
members;
monitoring;
tolerances;
a n y other requirements for pipeline structure and
crossing.
8.2.1.13 W h e n r o u t i n g the pipeleine into the seismic
a c t i v e areas t h e f o l l o w i n g r e q u i r e m e n t s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t :
. 1 rigid f a s t e n i n g o f p i p e l i n e s t o b o t t o m a n d s h o r e
equipment shall not be allowed. W h e r e such connections
are necessary, the p r o v i s i o n s h a l l b e m a d e o f p i p e bends
or compensating devices, the dimensions and compensa-
tion ability shall be determined b y calculation;
.2 w h e r e t h e p i p e l i n e c r o s s e s t h e r o u t e s e c t i o n w i t h
s o i l s b e i n g v a s t l y d i f f e r from e a c h o t h e r b y s e i s m i c
p r o p e r t i e s , t h e p o s s i b i l i t y o f free m o v e m e n t a n d s t a i n o f
the pipeline shall be provided. W h i l e b u r y i n g the
p i p e l i n e at such sections i t is r e c o m m e n d e d t o m a k e a
pipeline trench w i t h i n c l i n e d slopes and filling-in the
pipeline w i t h coarse-grained sand;
.3 c r o s s i n g b y t h e p i p e l i n e o f a c t i v e t e c t o n i c f a u l t
a r e a i s a l l o w e d a t t h e a n g l e c l o s e t o 90°. T h e r e w i t h , t h e
m e t h o d o f non-embedded l a y i n g shall be used. I n this
case a d e f i n i t e (trapezoidal) t r e n c h f o r m w i t h i n c l i n e d
slopes (at least 1 : 2 ) shall be used.
83
The section length o f the pipeline crossing the
tectonic fault is assumed equal to the fault w i d t h plus 100 m
a t e a c h s i d e from t h e f a u l t z o n e e d g e . A t t h e p i p e l i n e
crossing edges o f the active tectonic faults the structures
for i m p r o v i n g the pipeline flexibility (compensating
devices) m a y be used;
.4 t o e n s u r e o v e r a l l s t a b i l i t y o f t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e i n
case o f s e i s m i c w a v e directed a l o n g t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l axis
o f the pipeline, the pipeline m a y be l a i d i n the seabed.
The b u r i a l depth shall be calculated w i t h due regard t o
the diagrams o f pipeline and soil interaction, physical
nonlinearity o f the pipeline material and the possible
convexity o f the pipeline i n the vertical plane.
8.2.2 S e a b e d soils.
8.2.2.1 Terms and definitions.
S o f t s o i l means a soil w i t h bearing capacity
insufficient f o r safe l a y i n g a n d o p e r a t i o n o f t h e p i p e l i n e .
It generally means undercompacted or n o r m a l l y c o m -
pacted water-saturated silts, shells, peats, loams, fluid
a n d fluid-plastic c l a y s ( s o m e t i m e s , d y n a m i c a l l y u n s t a b l e
water-saturated silty sands o f l o w and m e d i u m density
can be also referred to the soft soil).
D y n a m i c l i q u e f a c t i o n means avalanche
decrease i n b e a r i n g c a p a c i t y o f s o i l u n d e r a l t e r n a t i n g i m p a c t s
caused b y the increase i n excess p o r e pressure a n d
c o r r e s p o n d i n g decrease i n e f f e c t i v e l o a d o f t h e s o i l s k e l e t o n .
8.2.2.2 General.
8.2.2.2.1 D u r i n g design o f subsea pipelines, the
strength analysis at v a r i o u s stages o f t h e i r c o n s t r u c t i o n
(including laying and testing) and operation shall
consider the features o f geological engineering structure
and properties o f the seabed soils along the suggested
route.
8.2.2.2.2 W h e n i m p l e m e n t i n g a subsea pipeline
project, u p o n agreement w i t h the Register, the seabed
soil averages based o n the previous engineering surveys
and/or reference data m a y be used, p r o v i d e d that
c o r r e s p o n d i n g calculations w i l l b e p e r f o r m e d at t h e
detailed design stage using the soil parameters based o n
geological engineering surveys.
8.2.2.3 R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r geological engineering
surveys.
8.2.2.3.1 T h e geological engineering surveys shall
obtain the necessary design characteristics o f the soils
taking subsea pipeline load for calculations o f
the following:
subsidence and consolidation o f the foundation soil;
l o c a l contact stresses ( i f r e q u i r e d ) ;
arranging trenches o r soil stabilization;
d y n a m i c stability o f soils under seismic, w a v e and
ice loads.
8.2.2.3.2 T h e range and scope o f engineering
surveys shall be specified i n the survey p r o g r a m
depending o n the following:
complexity o f geological engineering conditions
along the pipeline route;
84 Rules for the Classification
available data o n t h e previous surveys a n d t h e
necessity o f refining geological engineering element
occurrences (especially f o r r o c k y a n d low-compressible
soils, soft soils, permafrost);
accuracy o f soil property estimates;
quantitative characteristics o f geological process
dynamics.
8.2.2.3.3 I n c a s e o f s e v e r a l p i p e l i n e r o u t e s w i t h i n t h e
same corridor, the number and depth o f excavations shall
be set i n t h e survey p r o g r a m o n t h e basis o f
the m a x i m u m depths a n d m i n i m u m distances b e t w e e n
the pipeline route excavations based o n t h e calculations
approved b y t h e Register.
8.2.2.3.4 T h e c o r r i d o r w i d t h a n d t h e s a m p l i n g d e p t h
shall depend o n t h e requirements o fthe national and/or
international standards. F o r the m a i n pipelines ( w h e r e the
b o t t o m surface is 1 0 m deep o r less), t h e s a m p l i n g
interval shall be o f 0,2 t o 0,5 m i n depth and 5 0 0 t o 1 0 0 0
m along theroute within thecorridor w i t h the m i n i m u m
w i d t h o f 5 0 0 m o r equal t o t h e distance b e t w e e n
the e x t r e m e side anchors o f p o s i t i o n e d t h e pipe-laying
vessel plus 1 0 0 m .
O n l a n d s l i d e s l o p e s , t h e s a m p l i n g frequency s h a l l b e
doubled, a n d w i t h i n t h e coastal strip shall b e tripled.
8.2.2.3.5 W i t h i n t h e s t r i p a s w i d e a s s p e c i f i e d
i n 8.2.2.3.4 along t h e subsea pipeline route, continuous
seismoacoustic p r o f i l i n g shall b e carried o u t o n w h i c h
basis t h eplaces for drilling geological engineering w e l l s
i n t h e soft s o i l areas s h a l l b e specified.
8.2.2.3.6 T h e d r i l l i n g a n d t e m p e r a t u r e m e a s u r e m e n t
depth shall be, generally 6,0 t o 8,0 m depending o n the
designed p i p e l i n e b u r i a l depth. I n case o f a n y silts o r soft
soils, t h edrilling depth shall b e increased b y the depth o f
their layers.
8.2.2.3.7 A l l t h e s e l e c t e d g e o l o g i c a l e n g i n e e r i n g
elements shall b e tested. U n d i s t u r b e d samples o f h i g h -
moisture fine soils shall b e carried o u t preferably b y
using p u n c h type o r p i s t o n type samplers w i t h a gate
device. P r e l i m i n a r y description o f the w e l l cores shall b e
c o m b i n e d w i t h t h e classification studies.
8.2.2.4 R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r s e a b e d s o i l p a r a m e t e r s .
8.2.2.4.1 G e o l o g i c a l e n g i n e e r i n g s u r v e y s , i n c l u d i n g
field a n d laboratory studies, shall p r o v i d e t h e initial data
i n t h e a m o u n t necessary f o r design.
I n addition t o determination o f the b o t t o m profile
and geophysical surveys, t h e field analysis o f b o t t o m
deposits along t h e suggested route shall include penetra-
t i o n studies t o clarify t h e c o m p o s i t i o n a n d properties o f
f o u n d a t i o n soils, t a k i n g samples f o r l a b o r a t o r y tests,
evaluation o ftheir quality i n the natural conditions a n d
preliminary description.
8.2.2.4.2 S o i l p r o p e r t i e s s h a l l b e s p e c i f i e d b a s e d o n
the results o f the direct measurements conducted i n t h e
laboratory recognized b y the national supervisory bodies
according t o methods prescribed i n t h e national and/or
i n t e r n a t i o n a l standards i n a p a r t i c u l a r stress-strain state,
and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
taking i n t o account t h e structure w e i g h t a n d cyclic
loading.
8.2.2.4.3 W h e n p l a n n i n g t h e p r o g r a m m e s o f l a b o r a -
t o r y tests, l o w b e a r i n g capacity a n d h i g h p r o p e r t y
variations o f t h e near-surface soil layers ( 0 t o 2 , 0 m ) ,
increasing errors i n their determination at the l o w e r m e a n
stresses s h a l l b e t a k e n i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n . T h e u n d i s -
turbed ( m o n o l i t h i c ) core samples f o r laboratory study
shall be about 9 0 m m i n diameter a n d m i n i m u m 170 t o
180 m m i n length. T h e procedure a n d methods f o r
sampling and sample quality control shall b e agreed w i t h
the customer. Thus, i t is necessary t o meet t h e
requirements f o r sampling, sample transportation a n d
storage i n compliance w i t h G O S T 1 2 0 7 1 - 2 0 0 0 .
8.2.2.4.4 W h e n c a l c u l a t i n g s t r e s s - s t r a i n s t a t e o f t h e
pipeline foundation soils, physically sound a n d practi-
cally tested software w i t h c o n f o r m i t y certificate shall b e
used. Selection o f n u m e r i c a l s i m u l a t i o n software shall b e
agreed w i t h t h e customer.
8.2.2.4.5 D u r i n g s u r v e y s , s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n s h a l l b e
p a i d t o t h e soft s o i l area. W h e n c a l c u l a t i n g t h e b e a r i n g
capacity, the parameters o f non-consolidated soil shall b e
taken into account.
U n d r a i n e d shear strength less t h a n 0 , 0 7 5 M P a
measured b y rotational shear m e t h o d a n d deformation
m o d u l u s u n d e r l o a d o f 0,25 M P a a n d less t h a n 5 , 0 M P a
s h a l l b e t a k e n as t h e soft s o i l criteria. T h e m e n t i o n e d
parameters shall b e determined j u s t after s a m p l i n g i n t h e
c o n d i t i o n s as close as p o s s i b l e t o t h e n a t u r a l c o n d i t i o n s .
During survey u p t o 3 0 % o f wells shall be drilled
fully. D u r i n g design t h e soft soils shall b e generally
replaced w i t h m e d i u m - h a r d ones, m o r e rarely, w i t h fine
sands, together w i t h t h e i r p e r m e a b i l i t y i m p r o v e m e n t .
W h e n building t h esubsea pipelines t o b e buried into
the soft seabed soil, the b u r i a l depth m a y b e increased t o
i s o l a t e t h e p i p e l i n e from t h e s o f t s o i l s . T h e s o f t s o i l l a y e r
can b e retained, provided that t h e pipeline safety is
substantiated t h r o u g h special calculations.
8.2.2.4.6 A l l l o o s e l y b o u n d w a t e r - s a t u r a t e d f o u n d a -
t i o n soils w i t h i n t h e compressible strata shall b e
evaluated f o r the liquefaction potential under the
designed d y n a m i c impact: seismic impact (refer t o 3.7) o r
impact caused b y vortex-induced v i b r a t i o n (refer t o 3.6.2).
T o a s s e s s t h e risk o f s o i l l i q u e f a c t i o n , r e s u l t s o f
d y n a m i c s o u n d i n g a n d l a b o r a t o r y studies as w e l l as
calculative a n d experimental procedure f o r liquefaction
potential estimation m a y b e used.
F o r soil foundations o f the subsea pipelines w h e r e
seismic impacts are possible, a l l t h e water-saturated fine
loose soils shall b e checked f o rliquefaction. T h e sandy
and l o a m y soils shall b e checked partially i n accordance
w i t h Table 8.2.2.4.6.
8.2.2.4.7 W h e n e s t i m a t i n g t h e p o s s i b l e p i p e l i n e
floating-up under a dynamic impact, relative m o v e m e n t
o f soil particles a n d pore fluid i n t h e clearance b e t w e e n
the pipe a n d t h e surrounding soil w h e n t h e soil plastic
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 85

Table 8.2.2.4.6 chemical activity t o metals, gas content, creeping,

M a s s fraction Liquidity Liquidity s t i c k n e s s , t h i x o t r o p y , fluid flow l i q u e f a c t i o n c o n d i t i o n s ,
o f clay particles limit humidity, limit humidity, x - r a y analysis o f samples, estimation o f b o t t o m deposits
< 0,002 m m W < 25,6
p W p >25,6 age, e t c . ) m a y b e carried o u t u p o n t h e m a n d a t o r y
U p t o 10 % Potentially liquefiable Additional agreement w i t h t h e customer.
studies are required See Circular 1216
O v e r 10% Additional studies are required Non-liquefiable

8.3 A D D I T I O N A L M E A S U R E S F O R P R O T E C T I O N
4
deformation level exceeds 1 0 " shall b e taken into O F T H EP I P E L I N E F N T H E A R E A S
account. OF INTENSE I C E GOUGING

T h e averaged m o v e m e n t o f t h e denser soil particles

d o w n and their accumulation at the b o t t o m o f the pipeline
results i n appearing additional vertical forces, w h i c h
contribute t o t h e pipeline u p w a r d displacement f r o m t h e
designed p o s i t i o n . V a l u e o f these additional forces depends
o n the soil permeability, soil modulus o f deformation, soil
grading, and radial deformations o f the pipeline.
8.2.2.4.8 D u r i n g e n g i n e e r i n g s u r v e y s , t h e f o l l o w i n g
mechanical a n d physical properties o f seabed soils shall
be determined:
b u l k density a n dmoisture o f the soil i n the natural
conditions;
skeleton particle density;
m a x i m u m a n d m i n i m u m skeleton densities o f
the loose soils;
soil grading;
y i e l d stress a n d p l a s t i c i t y l i m i t s ;
filtration factor;
m o d u l u s o f elasticity, m o d u l u s o f d e f o r m a t i o n f o r
compression a n d triaxial static loading, c o n s o l i d a t i o n
ratio;
internal friction angle and cohesion; undrained shear
strength f o r clays u n d e r static a n d d y n a m i c loads;
friction coefficient o f backfill soils a n d pipeline
external coating material;
shear m o d u l u s a n d damping ratio under d y n a m i c
l o a d ( m e t h o d o f u l t r a s o n i c s e n s i n g i s Bender element,
resonant c o l u m n , triaxial dynamic compression);
soil in-water d u m p i n g density;
underwater slope stability angle;
static a n d d y n a m i c Poisson's ratios;
product-in-the-pipe t o backfilled soil heat transfer
coefficient;
for half-rocky and r o c k y soils, u n i a x i a l compression
strength;
carbonate content.
8.2.2.4.9 S o i l s a m p l e n a t u r a l m o i s t u r e s h a l l b e
determined i m m e d i a t e l y after lifting t h e samples o u t o f
water.
U n d r a i n e d shear strength o f clay soils shall b e
determined f o r b o t h undisturbed and b r o k e n structures; i t
is r e c o m m e n d e d t o b e d o n e i m m e d i a t e l y after l i f t i n g
samples o u t o fwater (micro-impeller, triaxial compres-
sion device).
8.2.2.4.10 I n s p e c i a l n u m e r i c a l s i m u l a t i o n c a s e s ,
additional (special) laboratory studies o f soils ( f o r
8.3.1 G e n e r a l .
8.3.1.1 I n w a t e r a r e a s w i t h s e a s o n a l i c e c o v e r
( f r e e z i n g seas: t h e C a s p i a n S e a , t h e B a l t i c S e a , t h e S e a
o f O k h o t s k , etc.) a n d o n t h e m a r i n e arctic s h e l f ( t h e
Barents Sea, the Pechora Sea, the K a r a Sea, Baydar-
atskaya b a y ) , w h e r e presence o f ice g o u g i n g is revealed
instrumentally (underwater T V survey, sonar survey,
diver survey), the pipeline shall be embedded into the
seabed soil.
8.3.1.2 T h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e b u r i a l d e p t h s h a l l b e
assumed based o n the design value o f exaration w h i c h
m a y b e determined o n t h e basis o f :
the parameters o f gouge distribution — refer t o 8.3.2;
simulating statistical m o d e l i n g o f t h e exaration —
refer t o 8.3.3;
ice f o r m a t i o n parameters — refer t o 8.3.4.
W h i l e choosing the method f o r determining the
design value o f exaration the preference shall b e g i v e n t o
t w o m e t h o d s g i v e n first a b o v e o r t h e i r c o m b i n a t i o n .
8.3.1.3 T h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e b u r i a l d e p t h m a y v a r y
a l o n g its r o u t e o r assumed equal t o zero (the p i p e l i n e n o t
embedded) depending o n the w a t e r area depth, e x a r a t i o n
parameters and ice f o r m a t i o n s , f o r this i t is r e c o m m e n d e d
to divide the pipeline route b y sections. T h e b u r i a l depth
o f t h e s e c t i o n s h a l l b e a s s u m e d as constant.
T h e subsea pipeline burial depth i n t o t h e seabed
along its route m a y vary o r shall be taken equal t o zero
( u n b u r i e d subsea p i p e l i n e ) depending o n w a t e r area
depth, parameters o f gouging and ice formations. F o r that
reason, i t is recommended t o divide pipeline route into
sections. B u r i a l depth w i t h i n a route section is assumed
constant.
8.3.1.4 W h e n n o i n f o r m a t i o n o f t h e e x a r a t i o n
channel parameters is available, t h e f o l l o w i n g shall be
a s s u m e d as a c r i t e r i o n f o r t h e r o u t e s u b d i v i s i o n :
soil h o m o g e n e i t y o f the route section;
occurence o f ice k e e l drafts exceeding t h e sea depth.
S u b d i v i s i o n o f t h e pipeline b y sections m a y also
base o n t h e data obtained b y means o f mathematical
simulation o f the exaration process performed according
t o the procedure approved b y t h e Register (refer t o 8.3.3).
8.3.2 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f t h e b u r i a l d e p t h d e p e n d i n g
on the gouges distribution parameters.
8.3.2.1 T h e c r i t e r i a f o r t h e p i p e l i n e d i v i s i o n i n t o
sections shall b e t h e f o l l o w i n g i n p r i o r i t y order:
86 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

parameters o f the gouge depth distribution; o f ice e x a r a t i o n s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n those d e t e r m i n e d

the pipeline route crossing frequency o f the gouges; by the formula
density o f the gouges at t h e route section.
8.3.2.2 W h i l e o p t i m i z i n g t h e p i p e l i n e l a y i n g r o u t e i n H = h + A-k N 0 (8.3.2.9)
order t o m i n i m i z e t h e trench m a k i n g expenses f o r
b u r y i n g t h e pipeline t h e criteria specified i n 8.3.1.4 where A = m a r g i n for t h eburial depth, a s a rule, i s a s s u m e d equal
to 1 m (the m a r g i n v a l u e m a y b e decreased w h e n
and 8.3.2.1 shall b e used as o p t i m i z a t i o n criteria. the substantiation i s available a n d t h e calculation i s m a d e
8.3.2.3 T o d e t e r m i n e t h e m a x i m u m b u r i a l d e p t h o f according to the procedure approved b ythe Register).
the subsea pipeline into seabed at t h e pipeline route kg = s t r e n g t h f a c t o r i n t e r m s o f t h e p i p e l i n e c l a s s i s a s s i g n e d
a c c o r d i n g t o T a b l e 8.3.2.9.
section having a n intensive ice exaration t h e f o l l o w i n g
parameters shall b e specified: T a b l e 8.3.2.9
2
average number (density) o f gouges p e r 1 k m ; Strength factor o fthe pipeline d e p t h
length, w i d t h a n d depth o f the gouges. Strength Pipeline class
T h e average shall b e determined according t o t h e factor
L, L I L2 L3 G, G l G2 G3
length, w i d t h a n d depth o f the gouges. I t is necessary t o
record the coordinates o f the gouge central point and end. ко 1,0 1,2 1,3 1,0 1,2 1,3
8.3.2.4 P a r a m e t e r s i n d i c a t e d i n 8 . 3 . 2 . 3 s h a l l b e
determined based o n t h e data o f engineering survey 8.3.3 S i m u l a t i n g s t a t i s t i c a l m o d e l i n g o f t h e e x a r a t i o n
performed o n t h e pipeline route (route sections) f o r at process.
least 5 c o n t i n u o u s years. 8.3.3.1 T h e d e s i g n v a l u e o f i c e e x a r a t i o n a t s e a b e d
8.3.2.5 D e s i g n e x a r a t i o n v a l u e o f t h e i n t e n d e d m a y b e determined b y m e a n s o f s i m u l a t i n g statistical
occurence h , m , shall b e calculated according t o t h e
N m o d e l i n g o f the exaration process approved b y the Register.
formula Furthermore, i t is necessary that t h e procedure shall a l l o w
for w i n d conditions, tidaUy-influenced variations o f water
h = Mn(%7)
N (8.3.2.5) level, depth profiles, properties o f seabed soils, statistical
characteristics o f m o r p h o m e t r i c parameters o f i c e f o r m a ­
where h - sample m e a n o f the depth o f the g o u g e s crossing the route t i o n s o b t a i n e d from t h e s u f f i c i e n t r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s a m p l i n g .
within the limits o f the section w i t h exartation for the entire
observation period, i n m ; 8.3.3.2 D i v i s i o n o f t h e p i p e l i n e r o u t e b y s e c t i o n s
n, = a naverage number o f g o u g e s crossing the route annually; shall b e carried o u t according t o 8.3.1.4.
T = occurence period, years ( w h e n i ti s n o t otherwise stated, i t i s
8.3.3.3 T h e p i p e l i n e b u r i a l d e p t h i n t o s e a b e d s h a l l b e
a s s u m e d e q u a l t o 100 y e a r s ) .
determined i n accordance w i t h 8.3.2.9 o n the basis o f the
8.3.2.6 W h e n t h e p i p e l i n e r o u t e i s d e t e r m i n e d , e x a r t a t i o n h d e s i g n v a l u e r e c e i v e d as a r e s u l t o f t h e
N

t h e v a l u e n i s d e t e r m i n e d d i r e c t l y from t h e e n g i n e e r i n g
t
s u r v e y data.
8.3.2.7 W h e n o n l y t h e d i r e c t i o n o f t h e p i p e l i n e r o u t e
is k n o w n a n d the d i r e c t i o n o f gouges i s c l e a r l y expressed
(the m o d e o f t h e gouge direction distribution shall be
clear cut), t h e v a l u e щ is determined b y t h e f o l l o w i n g
formula
simulating mathematical m o d e l i n g o f this process.
8.3.4 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f b u r i a l d e p t h d e p e n d i n g o n
ice f o r m a t i o n p a r a m e t e r s .
8.3.4.1 T o d e t e r m i n e t h e d e s i g n v a l u e o f e x a r a t i o n
based o n t h e ice f o r m a t i o n parameters f o r t h e route
(section) o f subsea pipeline t h e f o l l o w i n g parameters
shall b e determined:
h — sea depth w i t h d u e account f o r tide, i n m ;
s

n , = n M[L\sm(q>)\]
f (8.3.2.7) h — average value o f drifting ice formation keel
k

2
draught, i n m ;
w h e r e л/= g o u g e d e n s i t y p e r t h e u n i t area, i n 1 / k m ;
j = angle b e t w e e n the g o u g e a n d the route; a — mean-square deviation o f drifting ice forma­
h

M[] = e x p e c t a t i o n o p e r a t o r . t i o n keel draught, i n m ;

T — a v e r a g e time o f i c e f o r m a t i o n existence, i n d a y s ;
R

8.3.2.8 W h e n t h e g o u g e d i r e c t i o n i s e v e n l y d i s ­ V—average speed o f ice f o r m a t i o n drift, i n k m / d a y ;

tributed o r the orientation o f the gouges can n o t be
determined, the value щ shall t ob e determined according
to the formula
n, = 2%ln f (8.3.2.8)
where I - sample average length o fthe g o u g e , i nk m .
8.3.2.9 T h e p i p e l i n e b u r i a l d e p t h i n t o s e a b e d H ,
i n m , at the route (route section) w i t h detected indications
N — average number o f drifting ice formations
per 1 sq. k m during t h e ice period.
8.3.4.2 P a r a m e t e r s s p e c i f i e d i n 8 . 3 . 4 . 1 s h a l l b e
determined f o r particulate sections o f the pipeline route,
w i t h i n w h i c h their values are assumed constant based o n
t h e data o f e n g i n e e r i n g s u r v e y p e r f o r m e d f o r a t least 5
continuous years.
8.3.4.3 T h e d e s i g n v a l u e o f e x a r a t i o n i n c a s e o f
definite parameters o f ice f o r m a t i o n s specified i n 8.3.4.1
is calculated i n t h e f o l l o w i n g sequence:
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 87

8.3.4.3.1 N o n - d i m e n s i o n a l v a l u e s o f h a n d X k h N = h (K- s \)k g (8.3.4.3.6)

characterizing ice f o r m a t i o n draft shall b e determined
by the following formulae: w h e r e kg - a c o r r e c t i n g f a c t o r t a k i n g i n t o a c c o u n t t h e s e a b e d s o i l p r o p e r t i e s
s h a l l b e a s s i g n e d i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h T a b l e 8.3.4.3.6.

hk = h i j h — ean draft ratio o f t h e drifting ice T a b l e 8.3.4.3.6

s
C o r r e c t i n g factors t a k i n g into a c c o u n t t h e s e a b e d soil properties k
formation (8.3.4.3.1-1); g

Soil type Sands Clay sands, clay Clay

X = Ot/h — factor o f variation o f t h e drifting ice
k

К 0,95 0,60 0,20

formation. (8.3.4.3.1-2).

8.3.4.3.2 T h e u n i t e x c e e d a n c e p r o b a b i l i t y P o f 0

the sea depth b y t h e ice f o r m a t i o n draft shall b e 8.3.4.4 D i v i s i o n o f t h e p i p e l i n e r o u t e b y s e c t i o n s

d e t e r m i n e d from T a b l e 8 . 3 . 4 . 3 . 2 b y l i n e a r i n t e r p o l a t i o n shall b e carried o u t i n compliance w i t h 8.3.1.4.
based o n h a n d X parameters. k 8.3.4.5 T h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e b u r i a l d e p t h i n t o
Table 8.3.4.3.2 the seabed shall b e determined i n compliance w i t h 8.3.2.9.
P r o b a b i l i t y P„
F 0
0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 0,9 8.4 M A R I N E O P E R A T I O N S F O R P I P E L I N E LAYING

0,2 0,0 0,0 0,002119 0,11043 0,473398

0,4 0,0 0,002369 0,063711 0,238911 0,446778
X 0,6 0,000069 0,023542 0,130977 0,280456 0,420216 8.4.1 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e p r e s e n t C h a p t e r a r e
0,8 0,001554 0,055157 0,169684 0,289655 0,393701 applicable t o pipe-laying vessels a n d barges p e r f o r m i n g
1,0 0,006738 0,082085 0,188247 0,286505 0,367879 the p i p e l i n e l a y i n g o n t h e seabed. T h e p i p e - l a y i n g vessel
shall b e classed w i t h t h e Register o r other classification
8.3.4.3.3 O n t h e a s s u m p t i o n o f t h e a v a i l a b i l i t y o f i c e society recognized b y t h e Register. T h e vessel shall b e
f o r m a t i o n k e e l contact w i t h t h e pipeline w i t h t h e m a r g i n fitted w i t h a l l necessary systems, arrangements a n d
2
10" 1/year t h e parameter a i s determined: equipment f o r pipe-laying operations, including the
starting/ending stages o f l a y i n g , l a y i n g i n t e r r u p t i o n i n
i,6 storm conditions, and the use o f additional buoyancy
a = 0,99 *V«T*r (8.3.4.3.3) devices, w h e r e necessary. T h e technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n
t o b e r e v i e w e d b y t h e Register f o r these procedures shall
w h e r e T = estimated service life o f the pipeline, i n years.
contain requirements t o the following:
8.3.4.3.4 P a r a m e t e r Z s h a l l b e c a l c u l a t e d from
anchors, anchor chains/cables (lines) a n d anchor
Table 8.3.4.3.4 based o n a a n d X parameters:
Table 8.3.4.3.4 winches;
Parameter Z fastening pipeline strings at t h e b e g i n n i n g o f l a y i n g ;
positioning t h e vessel a n d positioning control;
z a
dynamic positioning equipment ( i f any);
0,9999 0,99995 0,99999
systems and equipment f o r m o n i t o r i n g the position
1,0 9,21 9,90 11,51 and g e o m e t r y o f the laid pipeline part;
0,8 10,70 11,43 13,11
seaworthiness o f the vessel i n t h e region;
X 0,6 13,46 14,25 16,06
0,4 20,00 20,91 22,99 crane equipment, including those f o r l o w e r i n g /
0,2 47,98 49,31 52,27 lifting the pipeline strings, a n d t h e pipe loading
procedures;
8.3.4.3.5 B u r i a l f a c t o r К s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d b y process equipment f o r pipeline installation a n d laying,
the formula i n c l u d i n g stinger, tensioners, b u o y a n c y devices, etc.
8.4.2 A m a i n t e n a n c e m a n u a l f o r a l l s y s t e m s a n d
К = ZX h 2
k (8.3.4.3.5) equipment t o p r o v i d e safety o f operations shall b e available
o n board the ship. P r i o r t o operation the vessel a n d systems
being a criterion o f necessity f o r t h e subsea pipeline shall b e surveyed b y t h e Register (refer t o 8.1.3).
burial into t h e seabed soil o n t h e route section i n 8.4.3 F o r a n c h o r i n g o f t h e p i p e - l a y i n g v e s s e l i t i s
question: necessary t o prepare a layout chart o f anchor lines.
where 1 burial o f the pipeline is n o t required; T h e pipe-laying vessel shall operate i n strict compliance
w h e r e К > 1 burial o f the pipeline is required. w i t h t h e layout chart o f anchors p r o v i d i n g t h e required
8.3.4.3.6 T h e d e s i g n v a l u e o f e x a r a t i o n a t t h e forces o n t h e tensioners. T h e technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n
pipeline section under consideration h , i n m , shall be N
submitted f o r the Register approval shall contain the
determined b y the formula following information:
88 Rules for
expected pipeline route and laying corridor; location
o f existing pipelines and installations;
prohibited anchoring zones; p o s i t i o n o f each anchor
line t o u c h d o w n points and cable t o u c h d o w n point;
vessel p o s i t i o n for r u n n i n g each anchor and w o r k i n g
p o s i t i o n o f the vessel w h e n the anchor r u n n i n g is
completed;
anchor lines handling w i t h regard to weather
limitations.
8.4.4 T h e m i n i m u m d i s t a n c e s s h a l l b e s p e c i f i e d
between the anchors, anchor chains (ropes) and any
e x i s t i n g fixed s t r u c t u r e s o f s u b s e a i n s t a l l a t i o n s , p i p e l i n e s
or cables.
8.4.5 R e q u i r e m e n t s s h a l l b e s p e c i f i e d f o r t h e
positioning s y s t e m and its accuracy f o r each type o f
the vessel and appropriate environmental conditions
w i n d and current velocities, w a v e parameters and water
area depths. T h e accuracy o f the h o r i z o n t a l surface
positioning systems shall be consistent w i t h the require-
ments for the permissible deviations o f the pipeline
c e n t e r l i n e i n t h e p r o c e s s o f l a y i n g w h i c h , as a r u l e , s h a l l
n o t e x c e e d ±3,0 m . I n o r d e r t o m o n i t o r t h e p o s i t i o n i n g ,
the appropriate m o n i t o r i n g systems shall be developed,
reference points shall be established.
8.4.6 P o s i t i o n i n g s y s t e m s s h a l l h a v e a t l e a s t 1 0 0 %
redundancy t o avoid errors and faults i n positioning.
D o c u m e n t a t i o n s h o w i n g that the s y s t e m has been
checked w i t h i n the specified limits o f accuracy shall be
prepared for familiarization to the surveyor to the
Register prior to commencement o f the pipeline laying.
8.4.7 A v e s s e l u s i n g a d y n a m i c p o s i t i o n i n g s y s t e m
for station keeping and location purposes shall meet the
requirements o f I M O M S C / C i r c . 645 (the Guidelines for
Vessels w i t h D y n a m i c Positioning Systems).
8.4.8 P r i o r t o c o m m e n c e m e n t o f a s s e m b l y o p e r a -
tions, the d y n a m i c p o s i t i o n i n g s y s t e m shall be tested t o
ensure that a l l control devices operate w i t h i n the
prescribed l i m i t s o f accuracy. T h e r e m o t e c o n t r o l s y s t e m
o f propellers shall be tested i n operation w i t h the
r e f e r e n c e s y s t e m , as w e l l as i n d i f f e r e n t f a i l u r e m o d e s .
M o n i t o r i n g , a l a r m and back-up systems shall be
tested i n accordance w i t h t h e established test procedures.
T h e tests s h a l l be w i t n e s s e d b y a s u r v e y o r t o t h e Register.
8.4.9 S p e c i a l i z e d v e s s e l s a n d b a r g e s fitted w i t h
the equipment for subsea pipelines burial shall meet
the applicable requirements i n 8.4.1 t o 8.4.8. Besides,
the technical documentation o n subsea pipeline burial to
be reviewed b y the Register shall contain requirements to
the following:
devices for b u r y i n g pipelines, including soil
dumping/sampling;
devices for trench backfilling;
systems for controlling end position o f the buried
pipeline;
pipeline strength testing w h e n m o v i n g it into
the trench.
the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
8.5 M E T H O D S O F P I P E L I N E L A Y I N G O N SEABED
8.5.1 S u b s e a p i p e l i n e s m a y b e l a i d o n s e a b e d u s i n g
d i f f e r e n t m e t h o d s , t h e b a s i c m e t h o d s a r e as f o l l o w s :
s e a b e d p u l l , f r e e i m m e r s i o n , l a y i n g from t h e p i p e - l a y i n g
b a r g e o r v e s s e l , l o w e r i n g from i c e , d i r e c t i o n a l d r i l l i n g .
Other methods or their combination m a y be applied.
8.5.2 D u r i n g s e l e c t i o n o f t h e l a y i n g m e t h o d a c c o u n t
shall be t a k e n o f e n v i r o n m e n t a l c o n d i t i o n s , sea depth,
seabed soil properties, d u r a t i o n o f ice f o r m a t i o n period,
type o f m e d i u m to be transported, possibility o f tensile
forces i n the pipeline d u r i n g l a y i n g , geometrical pipe
parameters and pipeline material properties.
8.5.3 T h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e l a y i n g p r o c e d u r e s h a l l b e See
based o n its m o v e m e n t t o the r o u t e cross section a n d Circular
l o w e r i n g t o the seabed. Subsea pipeline l a y i n g flow 1216
diagrams shall indicate l o c a t i o n o f the installation site,
m e t h o d s o f pipeline m o v e m e n t t o the route cross section,
application o f tensile forces t o the pipeline, pipeline
b u o y a n c y control and tie-in o f the strings.
F o r p i p e l i n e l a y i n g o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g p r o c e s s flow
diagrams m a y be used:
. 1 p i p e l i n e l a y i n g from a p i p e - l a y i n g v e s s e l w i t h
s u c c e s s i v e t i e - i n o f t h e s t r i n g s o r u n r e e l i n g from a r e e l ;
.2 s e a b e d p i p e l i n e p u l l o f t h e p i p e l i n e w i t h t h e
p r e l i m i n a r y f u l l - l e n g t h i n s t a l l a t i o n at t h e coastal assem-
b l y site;
.3 s e a b e d p u l l o f t h e p i p e l i n e w i t h s u c c e s s i v e t i e - i n
operations;
.4 p i p e l i n e l o w e r i n g b y f r e e i m m e r s i o n w i t h
p r e l i m i n a r y installation i n the route cross section;
.5 p i p e l i n e l o w e r i n g b y f r e e i m m e r s i o n w i t h
successive tie-in o f the strings;
.6 n e a r - b o t t o m t o w s a n d l o w e r i n g o f t h e s t r i n g s i n t o
the cross section;
.7 l o w e r i n g w i t h the use o f inclined drilling.
C o m b i n a t i o n o f d i f f e r e n t l a y i n g m e t h o d s at subsea
pipeline sections m a y be applied depending o n the
environmental conditions and route profile.
8.5.4 P i p e l i n e l a y i n g b y s e a b e d p u l l .
8 . 5 . 4 . 1 T h e l a y i n g flow d i a g r a m s r e f e r r e d t o
i n 8.5.3.2 a n d 8.5.3.3 s h a l l b e used f o r short subsea
p i p e l i n e s , s e l e c t i o n o f t h e p a r t i c u l a r l a y i n g flow d i a g r a m
shall consider the pipeline length, route profile, w e i g h t
and buoyancy, pulling facilities and their possible
location (ashore and/or aboard).
8.5.4.2 W h e n p u l l i n g o f t h e p i p e l i n e ( s t r i n g ) i t s
b e n d i n g r a d i u s at l a u n c h w a y s s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n t h e
v a l u e stated i n 8.2.6. W h e n t h e less b e n d i n g r a d i u s is
assigned (curvature radius o f l a u n c h w a y s ) the pipeline
(string) strength shall be confirmed b y the relevant
calculation.
T o decrease p u l l i n g force i t is acceptable t o use
pontoons relieving the pipeline strings due to their lifting
force and reducing the force o f friction w i t h the seabed.
 P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
8.5.4.3 W h e n t h e p u l l i n g m e t h o d i s u s e d , t h e
f o l l o w i n g process documentation shall b e prepared a n d
submitted t o the Register for review:
assembly a n d w e l d i n g procedure o f t h e pipeline
strings at t h e coastal a s s e m b l y site;
pulling f l o w diagram w i t h indication o f force
application parameters a n d w a y s o f rope anchoring;
procedure for pipeline string j o i n i n g (tie-in);
pontoon pattern a n d calculation o fpipeline (string)
strength near p o n t o o n location;
See calculation o f t h e p u l l i n g force a n d t h e pipeline
Circular (string) drag force;
1216 structural diagram o f lauchways.
8.5.5 P i p e l i n e l a y i n g b y t o w i n g a f l o a t .
8.5.5.1 A p p l i c a t i o n o f l a y i n g f l o w d i a g r a m s r e f e r r e d
to i n 8.5.3.4 t o 8.5.3.6 related t o sea operations w i t h t h e
floating pipelines (strings) shall b e limited b y t h e
allowable weather conditions along h e pipeline route
during laying a n d shall consider t h e sea depth, pipeline
(string) length, w e i g h t a n d buoyancy, applicable t o w i n g
devices and m e t h o d o f pipeline l o w e r i n g o n t o the seabed.
8.5.5.2 T h i s m e t h o d o f l a y i n g m a y a l s o b e u s e d w h e n
installing t h e pipeline o n t h e pipe-laying vessel, w h i c h is
held motionless at anchor, a n d p u l l i n g t h e pipeline string,
for example, t o w a r d t h e coast o r a w a t e r area w h e r e t h e
pipe-laying vessel is limited b y its draught
I n a n y case, t h i s m e t h o d requires t h e f l o a t i n g s t r i n g
to b e sufficiently strong a n d straight, especially i n
presence o f w i n d , currents a n d w a v e s . I n case o f
considerably l o n g strings o r distant place o f l a y i n g ( l o n g
t o w i n g distance), measures shall b e taken t o secure t h e
pipeline string w h e n e v e r hydrometeorological para-
meters exceed t h e permissible ones ( f o r example,
to several pre-installed dead anchors).
8.5.5.3 W h e r e p i p e l i n e i s l a i d b y t o w i n g a f l o a t t h e
following shall be developed a n d submitted t o the
Register for review:
assembly a n d w e l d i n g procedure o f t h e pipeline
strings at t h e coastal a s s e m b l y site;
pipeline (strings) launching and t o w i n g f l o w diagrams;
p o n t o o n structural d i a g r a m and p o n t o o n patterns ( i n
case o f n e g a t i v e b u o y a n c y t o t h e p i p e l i n e o r string);
pipeline (string) additional ballasting f l o w diagram
at excessive p o s i t i v e b u o y a n c y ;
w a t e r filling o r p o n t o o n s release f l o w diagram;
pipeline (string) strength analysis w h e n l o w e r i n g
o n t o t h e seabed;
procedure for pipeline string j o i n i n g (tie-in);
d i a g r a m o f p i p e l i n e string release i n s t o r m c o n d i -
tions.
8.5.5.4 A t s i g n i f i c a n t s e a d e p t h r e s u l t i n g i n e x c e s s o f
a l l o w a b l e stresses d u r i n g l a y i n g , m e t h o d o f free i m m e r -
sion o f the pipeline (string) shall be supplemented b y
application o f tensile forces o r self-tensioning o f t h e
pipeline (string) w h e n fastening its ends t o t h e fixed
shore piers. Pipeline strength analysis for determination
89
o f the required tensile force value shall be submitted t o
the Register for review.
F o r this purpose, i n case o f excessive p o s i t i v e
buoyancy t o the pipeline (string) i t is allowed t o use
temporary ( w h i l e laying) w e i g h t ballasting.
8.5.5.5 W h i l e m a k i n g a d e s i g n m o d e l f o r s t r e n g t h
analysis o f the submerged pipeline (string) section, n o n -
zero limit conditions o f the floating pipeline (string)
sections shall b e considered. See Circular 1216
8.5.6 S t e e l p i p e l i n e l a y i n g f r o m a p i p e l a y e r .
8.5.6.1 S u b s e a p i p e l i n e l a y i n g f l o w d i a g r a m r e f e r r e d
to i n 8.5.3.1 shall meet technical parameters o f t h e
pipelayer (including pipeline lowering methods and w o r k
limitations due t o weather conditions), take into
consideration sea depth a n d route configuration, geome-
trical parameters a n d properties o f pipe material.
8.5.6.2 T h e p i p e l i n e s t r e n g t h d u r i n g l a y i n g o p e r a -
t i o n s s h a l l b e p r o v i d e d as w e l l as t h e absence o f i n i t i a l
p i p e d a m a g e s after l a y i n g , s u c h as r e s i d u a l plastic
deformations a n d corrugations (local buckling) o f t h e
pipe w a l l a n d b r e a k d o w n o f ballast system o r insulation
s h a l l b e e n s u r e d . T e n s i o n e r s s h a l l b e u s e d ( t e n s i l e forces s h a l l
be applied) at considerable depths o f the pipeline l a y i n g .
8.5.6.3 W h e n m e t h o d o f t h e p i p e l i n e l a y i n g from a
pipelayer w i t h successive tie-in o f the strings is used t h e
f o l l o w i n g process documentation shall b e prepared a n d
submitted t o t h e Register:
laying f l o w diagram a n d design model;
assembly a n d w e l d i n g procedure o f the pipeline strings;
pipeline strength analysis during laying;
d o c u m e n t a t i o n specified i n 8.4.1 t o 8.4.9.
8.5.6.4 L a y i n g o f p i p e l i n e b y . / - m e t h o d s h a l l a s s u m e
application o f the horizontal force t o the upper end o f the
p i p e l i n e , sufficient t o ensure safe l a y i n g . T h e force s h a l l
be created b y tensioners, a n c h o r i n g s y s t e m o r d y n a m i c
positioning system o f the pipelayer. Reliable positioning
systems h a v i n g a t least d o u b l e r e d u n d a n c y o f t h e t o t a l
p u l l i n g force shall b e used. I t is preferable t o u s e t h e
pipelayers (pipe-laying vessels) o f semisubmersible type
or stop l a y i n g i n w a v e s w h i c h m a y cause initial pipe
damage.
8.5.6.5 H o r i z o n t a l f o r c e a p p l i e d t o t h e u p p e r e n d o f
the pipeline during its laying b y ./-method shall n o t be
l e s s t h a n t h e v a l u e o f F, i n k N , d e t e r m i n e d o n t h e b a s i s o f
the following:
S%-S S x h p <0,9k<,Rl-Sl p (8.5.6.5-1)
where S h - h o o p stress, i n M P a , obtained f r o m the formula
p
Shp= P ^ ^ l O - 6
; (8.5.6.5-2)
S = total longitudinal stress, i n M P a , obtained f r o m the formula
X
S = S i+ S ;
X 2 (8.5.6.5-3)
S i = longitudinal stress d u e t o t h e horizontal force, i n M P a ,
obtained from the formula
Si = - — - — - 1(T ; 3
(8.5.6.54)
90 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

S - 2 longitudinal stress due to b e n d i n g i nthe m i n i m u m pipeline 8.5.6.8 R e e l i n g o f t h e p i p e l i n e ( s t r i n g s ) s h a l l n o t

c u r v a t u r e , i n M P a , o b t a i n e d from t h e f o r m u l a
result i n the axial pipe strain exceeding 0,3%. T h e pipe-
M
10"°; (8.5.6.5-5) laying vessel shall b e fitted w i t h a device t o restore
the shape o fthe pipe cross-section w h i l e unreeling o f
M - m a x i m u m b e n d i n g m o m e n t i n the pipeline, i n k N m , obtained the pipeline.
from the formula

E i z P f M ~ (1 ~ ^ J D ^ \ h ( 1 + m ) ( 2 + ni)
M 10
' 64L 2 m
6 [ l + (2 + т ) / 6 < 2 1+т 2
>й /£ ] '2 3 2
8.6 S U B S E A P I P E L I N E T E S T I N G B Y P R E S S U R E

(8.5.6.5-6)

L - f r e e s p a n l e n g t h , i n m , o b t a i n e d from t h e f o r m u l a 8.6.1 G e n e r a l .
8.6.1.1 S u b s e a p i p e l i n e p r e s s u r e t e s t s h a l l b e
IFh p e r f o r m e d after t h e complete installation o f pipeline
(8.5.6.5-7)
system o r its section (full backfilling, setting o f valves,
m - dimensionless parameter, obtained from the formula i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n s a n d protectors, etc.), p i p e l i n e bore
VYI — C
* (8.5.6.5-8) smart p i g g i n g , as w e l l as s u b m i t t i n g t h e required
3F ' documentation t o t h eRegister (refer t o 8.6.2).
2
A = p i p e cross section area, i n m , obtained f r o m the f o r m u l a
8.6.1.2 S u b s e a p i p e l i n e p r e s s u r e t e s t i n g s h a l l b e
A = Tzt {D + c int giO" ;6
(8.5.6.5-9) c o n d u c t e d i n t w o successive steps: strength test a n d l e a k
test. S t r e n g t h a n d l e a k t e s t s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t b y
where E = Y o u n g ' s M o d u l u s o fpipe material, i n M P a ;
g = gravity acceleration, i n m / s ; 2 h y d r a u l i c m e t h o d ; i t i s a l l o w e d t o p e r f o r m l e a k test o f
h - sea d e p t h a t the l a y i n g area, i n m ; gas p i p e l i n e s b y p n e u m a t i c m e t h o d .
3
y = specific w e i g h t o fthe pipe i nwater, i n k N / m ;
p
3
Pipeline hydraulic testing b y water at air temperature
p = sea water density, i n k g / m ;
w

D - internal pipeline diameter, i n m m ;

i n t
b e l l o w zero and/or at sea freezing temperature is a l l o w e d
t - pipe wall thickness, i n m m ;
c provided that t h e pipeline, valves a n d instrumentation
k„ - s t r e n g t h f a c t o r a s s i g n e d a c c o r d i n g t o T a b l e 8.5.6.5.
a r e p r o t e c t e d a g a i n s t freezing. T e s t i n g b y p r e s s u r e i s
only allowed w h e n hotline communication is
Table 8.5.6.5 provided. See Circular 1216
8.6.2 D o c u m e n t a t i o n .
Strength Pipeline class T h e pressure test s h a l l b e described i n a test p r o g r a m
factor
L, L I L2 L3 G, G l G2 G3
or process documentation, w h i c h is subject t o approval
b y Register prior t o testing. T h edocumentation shall
К 1,0 0,95 0,9 1,0 0,95 0,9 contain the following:
.1 operation manuals, including: See Circular 1216
p i p e l i n e filling w i t h t e s t m e d i u m ;
8.5.6.6 D u r i n g p i p e l i n e l a y i n g from a p i p e l a y e r m e t h o d a n d rate o f pressurization;
b y S-method, t h e pipeline strength analysis shall b e equipment/sections t o b e isolated during a holding
submitted t o the Register for review, the m i n i m u m force period;
i n t h e tensioner s h a l l b e assigned as t h e result o f a b o v e m e t h o d a n d rate o f pressure relief;
analysis, h a v i n g regard t o stinger o r slip geometry, d e w a t e r i n g a n d r e m o v a l o f t h e test m e d i u m ;
p r o v i d e d t h e pipe strength criteria is m e t at each pipe internal d r y i n g o f pipeline, i f necessary;
section emergency a n d safety procedures and precautions;
.2 e q u i p m e n t a n d s y s t e m s :
2 2 2
S -S S p+S p<0,9k<,R
x h (8.5.6.6) description o f t h e pipeline section t o b e tested
( d i m e n s i o n s , v a l v e s , p u m p s , etc.);
where S =total longitudinal stress i n the pipe at the risk sections o f description o f the test m e d i u m , i n c l u d i n g possible
the m i n i m u m curvature, i n M P a ;
5^, = h o o p s t r e s s i n t h e p i p e a t t h e r i s k s e c t i o n s o f t h e m i n i m u m use o f chemical additives;
curvature, i nM P a ; к - strength factor assigned according t o specification o f instrumentation a n d measuring
T a b l e 8.5.6.5. d e v i c e s ( t e m p e r a t u r e , p r e s s u r e , flow r a t e ) , i n c l u d i n g
their location a n d connection;
8.5.6.7 D u r i n g p i p e l i n e l a y i n g from a p i p e l a y e r w i t h description o f calibration and m a r k i n g o f equipment;
u n r e e l i n g from a r e e l , t h e f o l l o w i n g p r o c e s s d o c u m e n t a ­ distribution o f temperature measuring devices along t h e
tion shall b e submitted t o the Register i n addition t o o n e length o f the pipeline;
specified i n 8.5.6.3: .3 c a l c u l a t i o n s :
reeling the pipeline o n the reel (changeable d r u m ) ; temperature a n d other environment influence o n
pipeline tension control. pressure, i n c l u d i n g estimation o f t h e sensitivity o f
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
t h e test m e d i u m t e m p e r a t u r e d u e t o v a r i a t i o n s o f t h e
seawater temperature;
"pressure-volume" assumption diagram.
8.6.3 S a f e t y m e a s u r e s .
T h e test area s h a l l b e s u r r o u n d e d w i t h w a r n i n g
signboards displayed i n order t o prevent unauthorized
p e r s o n n e l from e n t e r i n g d u r i n g t h e p r e s s u r e test.
8.6.4 S t r e n g t h t e s t
P i p e l i n e s t r e n g t h t e s t i n g b y pressure s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t
for v e r i f i c a t i o n o f the pipeline capability t o operate at t h e
w o r k i n g pressure w i t h a specified safety m a r g i n . M i n i m u m
p r e s s u r e d u r i n g t h e h y d r o s t a t i c s t r e n g t h test s h a l l b e e q u a l .
for oil-products pipelines a n d gas pipelines
t o 1,25 t i m e s design pressure.
D u r i n g h y d r o s t a t i c s t r e n g t h testing t h e t o t a l stresses
in t h e pipe shall n o t exceed 0,95 t h e pipe metal y i e l d
stress f o r t h e p i p e w a l l t h i c k n e s s t a k e n w i t h n e g a t i v e w a l l
thickness tolerance.
W h e n testing t h e pipeline, t h e pressure b u i l d i n g u p
rate s h a l l n o t exceed 0 , 1 M P a / m i n , as s o o n as t h e
pressure v a l u e reaches 0 , 9 o f t h e test pressure, t h e rate o f
pressure buildup/drop shall b e reduced u p t o 0,01 M P a / m i n .
H o l d i n g t i m e o f t h e p i p e l i n e at test pressure ( w i t h o u t
r e g a r d o f pressure b u i l d u p a n d / o r d r o p t i m e , as w e l l as
holding time f o r equalization o f temperature a n d
pressure) shall b e m i n i m u m 1 2 h .
T h e p i p e l i n e i s c o n s i d e r e d as h a v i n g passed t h e
s t r e n g t h test, i f o v e r t h e test p e r i o d t h e pressure d r o p
shall n o t exceed 1 % under continuous m o n i t o r i n g o f
pressure a n d temperature values o r their discrete
measurements every 3 0 m i n .
8.6.5 L e a k test o f t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s h a l l b e c a r r i e d
o u t a f t e r t h e s t r e n g t h t e s t i n g b y r e d u c i n g t h e test p r e s s u r e t o
t h e v a l u e e x c e e d i n g 1 , 1 0 times d e s i g n p r e s s u r e . D u r a t i o n o f
l e a k test s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e t i m e r e q u i r e d f o r
i n s p e c t i o n o f t h e w h o l e r o u t e o r t h e test s e c t i o n , t h e test
duration shall b e m i n i m u m 1 2 h w i t h o u t regard o f pressure
91
b u i l d u p a n d / o r d r o p t i m e , as w e l l as h o l d i n g time f o r
equalization o f temperature a n d pressure.
T h e p i p e l i n e i s c o n s i d e r e d as h a v i n g passed t h e l e a k
test, i f o v e r t h e test p e r i o d n o l e a k a g e w a s detected, a n d
change o f pressure shall n o t exceed ±0,2 % under
continuous m o n i t o r i n g o f pressure a n d temperature
values o r t h e i r discrete measurements e v e r y 3 0 m i n .
Pressure variations i n the pipeline u p t o ± 0,4 % shall b e
allowed due t o fluctuations i n the ambient temperature
a n d s e a l e v e l d u r i n g t h e test p e r i o d .
8.6.6 T e s t m e d i u m .
T h e test m e d i u m s h a l l n o r m a l l y b e f i l t e r e d fresh w a t e r
o r filtered seawater, w h i c h , i n order t o a v o i d internal
c o r r o s i o n i n the pipeline, m a y b e c h e m i c a l l y treated.
8.6.7 P i p e l i n e f l o o d i n g a n d p r e s s u r i z a t i o n .
8.6.7.1 D u r i n g f l o o d i n g o f t h e test section, p r e c a u t i o n s
s h a l l b e t a k e n t o l i m i t t h e a i r i n c l u s i o n t o less t h a n
±0,2 % o f the t o t a l f i l l i n g v o l u m e .
8.6.7.2 F o r a l l m e t h o d s o f s t r e n g t h a n d l e a k tests, t h e
pressure shall b e measured using calibrated remote
instruments o r pressure gauges w i t h a range equal t o 1,25
t h e test p r e s s u r e a n d t h e a c c u r a c y class n o t less t h a n 1 .
8.6.7.3 A i r i n c l u s i o n m e a s u r e m e n t i n t h e t e s t s e c t i o n
shall b e carried o u t during initial pressurization. T h i s
m a y b e done b y establishing a "pressure-volume"
d i a g r a m based o n t h e pressure a n d v o l u m e values
measured during t h e pressurization.
8.6.8 C o n s e r v a t i o n o f t h e t e s t s e c t i o n .
I n order t o avoid internal corrosion, conservation o f
t h e test s e c t i o n s h a l l b e d o n e after t h e pressure test. I n e r t
gas o r i n h i b i t e d w a t e r m a y b e u s e d f o r t h e p u r p o s e .
8.6.9 D e w a t e r i n g a n d d r y i n g . See Circular 1216
Disposal o f inhibited w a t e r o r its recycling requires
p e r m i s s i o n from t h e n a t i o n a l s u p e r v i s o r y b o d i e s . W h e r e
drying is required, i n order t o prevent internal corrosion
or hydrate formation, t h e detailed description o f t h e
procedure shall b e submitted t o the Register for approval.
92 Rules for the Classification
9 M A I N T E N A N C E
9.1 MAINTENANCE
9.1.1 G e n e r a l .
9.1.1.1 S a f e t y , e f f i c i e n c y a n d r e l i a b i l i t y o f s u b s e a
pipeline operation shall be ensured w i t h t h e regulated
pipeline maintenance system, w h i c h shall be developed
b y a pipeline o w n e r o n t h e basis o f the requirements o f
supervisory bodies, standards o f t h e firms t h e above
o w n e r is associated w i t h , a n d t h e Rules requirements.
9.1.1.2 T h e m a i n t e n a n c e o f s u b s e a p i p e l i n e i t e m s
shall include: periodic inspections o f the pipeline route;
instrumental studies o f t h e pipeline route a n d t h e
pipeline itself (pipeline fault detection);
periodical monitoring o f the pipeline items a n d
systems condition;
h y d r a u l i c tests o f the p i p e l i n e ;
repairs a n d repair-and-prevention w o r k s , i n c l u d i n g those
after p o t e n t i a l e x p o s u r e t o t h e a c c i d e n t a l e x t r e m e l o a d s .
9.1.1.3 H y d r a u l i c t e s t s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t a f t e r
repair, m o d i f i c a t i o n a n d e x p i r a t i o n o f t h e estimated
service l i f e o f p i p e l i n e s , as w e l l as i n case o f f a i l u r e t o
perform (incomplete performance) o f flaw detection
during t h e periodical inspections a n d examinations.
9.1.1.4 P e r i o d i c a l m o n i t o r i n g o f t h e p i p e l i n e i t e m s
and systems condition shall b e carried out w i t h regard to:
cathodic protection/galvanic anode s y s t e m and ballasting;
isolation valves;
automation a n d a l a r m systems;
flanged joints;
standpipes a n d pipeline shore approaches.
9.1.1.5 T h e R S p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n p e r i o d i c a l e x a m i n a -
t i o n a n d studies depends o n t h e quality o f m a i n t a i n i n g
the pipeline transport system b y its o w n e r a n d is a
p r e r e q u i s i t e t o c o n f i r m t h e R S class f o r t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e .
9.1.1.6 M a i n t e n a n c e r e g u l a t i o n s f o r t h e s u b s e a
pipeline items included i n the Nomenclature o f items
o f the R S technical supervision o f subsea pipelines (refer
t o 1.6 o f t h e S P G u i d e l i n e s ) a r e s u b j e c t t o t h e R S
approval.
9.1.1.7 A n y c h a n g e s o f t h e m a i n t e n a n c e r e g u l a t i o n s
regarding t h e subsea pipeline items specified i n 9.1.1.6,
including a n y repairs, shall b e agreed w i t h t h e Register.
9.1.2 E x a m i n a t i o n a n d s t u d i e s p r o g r a m .
T h e o w n e r o f t h e subsea pipeline transport system
establishes t h e p r o c e d u r e f o r e x a m i n a t i o n s , studies a n d t h e
pipeline maintenance regulations, w h i c h specify their
frequency a n d extent, i n c l u d i n g t h e extent o f initial,
p e r i o d i c a l , s p e c i a l e x a m i n a t i o n s a n d studies a n d m e t h o d s
o f their performance (in-line inspection, measurements o f the
e x t e r n a l defects, etc.). I t i s r e c o m m e n d e d t o h a r m o n i z e t h e
o w n e r ' s s y s t e m o f p i p e l i n e e x a m i n a t i o n s a n d studies w i t h t h e
R S s y s t e m o f p e r i o d i c a l s u r v e y s ( r e f e r t o 1.4 o f P a r t I o f t h e
S P Rules a n d Section 4 o f the S P Guidelines).
and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
A N D R E P A I R
T h e document containing the above provisions shall
be submitted t o t h e Register f o r r e v i e w prior t o t h e
subsea pipeline c o m m i s s i o n i n g .
9.1.3 P e r i o d i c a l e x a m i n a t i o n a n d s t u d i e s .
9.1.3.1 T h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e t r a n s p o r t s y s t e m i n
operation shall b e subject t o periodical examinations a n d
studies. T h e i r performance is m a n d a t o r y f o r t h e o w n e r
w h o shall notify the Register about the terms, methods
and extent o f t h e inspection. T h e examinations a n d
studies shall b e carried o u t b y t h e R S - r e c o g n i z e d
organization i n v o l v e d i n t h e in-water surveys and/or i n -
line inspections o f subsea pipelines, i n accordance w i t h
t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f S e c t i o n 1.8 o f t h e S P G u i d e l i n e s , a n d
shall b e supervised b y t h e S u r v e y o r t o t h e Register.
9.1.3.2 T h e b a s i c r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r e x a m i n a t i o n s a n d
studies a n d e v a l u a t i o n o f their results are specified
i n 9.1.4 a n d 9.1.5.
9.1.3.3 T h e t e r m s o f p e r i o d i c a l e x a m i n a t i o n s a n d
studies, a n d t h e c o m p o s i t i o n o f parameters t o b e m o n i t o r e d
d u r i n g their performance shall b e specified i n accordance
w i t h 4.1.2 a n d 4.1.4 o f the S P Guidelines. I n so doing, the
actual technicall condition o f t h e subsea pipeline a n d
potential subsea p i p e l i n e damages after e x t r e m e natural o r
t e c h n o g e n i c i m p a c t s ( e a r t h q u a k e s , s t o r m s , r e g i s t e r e d effects
o f fishing tools, etc.) shall b e considered.
9.1.4 F r e q u e n c y o f p e r i o d i c a l e x a m i n a t i o n s a n d
studies.
Setting t h e dates f o r c o n d u c t i n g p e r i o d i c a l e x a m i n a -
tions a n d studies, t h e f o l l o w i n g shall b e considered:
predicted values o f corrosive a n d erosive wear o f
pipes a n d potential deterioration o f t h e mechanical
properties o f material during m u l t i y e a r operation;
presence o f active l i t h o d y n a m i c processes o f t h e
seabed soil;
presence o f seabed soil drift/erosion a n d ice exara-
tion, including i n w a y o f the pipeline shore crossing;
unsteadiness o f the hydrometeorological parameters
i n a w a t e r area;
results o f the p r e v i o u s e x a m i n a t i o n s a n d studies.
Periodical examinations a n d studies shall b e c o n -
ducted annually according t o the regulations agreed u p o n
w i t h t h e Register, f o l l o w i n g therewith t h e instructions
o f 4.1.4 o f the S P Guidelines.
I n t h e event o f extreme natural o r technogenic impacts
o n t h e subsea pipeline, p r o v i s i o n shall b e m a d e f o r
e x t r a o r d i n a r y e x a m i n a t i o n s a n d s t u d i e s , as w e l l as f o r
pertinent repairs, w h i c h extent is agreed u p o n t h e Register.
9.1.5 S c o p e o f p e r i o d i c a l e x a m i n a t i o n s a n d s t u d i e s .
9.1.5.1 I n o r d e r t o a s s e s s t h e t e c h n i c a l c o n d i t i o n a n d
t o p r o v i d e t h e f u r t h e r safe o p e r a t i o n o f t h e subsea
p i p e l i n e , as w e l l as t o p l a n t h e m a i n t e n a n c e , t h e
periodical e x a m i n a t i o n s a n d studies shall p r o v i d e f o r
the f o l l o w i n g types o f w o r k s :
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
general study o f the pipeline route, including
d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f its attitude p o s i t i o n a n d t h e free span
l e n g t h o f its sections;
determination o f the depth o f the protective layer o f the
seabed soil ( f o r subsea pipelines b u r i e d into t h e seabed soil);
inspection o f corrosion-protection coating condtion;
inspection o f ballasting condition;
in-line inspection a n d external underwater studies t o
detect defects (fault detection);
inspection o fvalves condition;
inspection o f cathodic protection/sacrificial anode
system condition. T h e composition o f subsea pipeline
parameters recorded i n the above w o r k s shall meet the
requirements o f 4.1.2 a n d 4.1.3 o f the S P Guidelines.
9.1.5.2 F o r p e r i o d i c a l e x a m i n a t i o n s o f standpipes, t h e
f o l l o w i n g i t e m s apply, i n a d d i t i o n t o t h o s e specified i n 9 . 5 . 1 . 1 :
examination o f clamps a n d bolts;
e x a m i n a t i o n o f flanges condition;
assessment o f m a r i n e fouling.
9.1.5.3 T h e a s s e s s m e n t o f t h e t e c h n i c a l c o n d i t i o n o f
subsea pipeline valves shall provide for:
checking o f the remote drive operation;
f l a w detection f o r flange a n d fastenings defects;
hydraulic testing;
f l a w detection f o r t h e v a l v e b o d y defects;
flaw detection f o r shut-off a n d sealing components.
9.1.6 R e c o r d s o f p e r i o d i c a l e x a m i n a t i o n a n d
studies results.
9.1.6.1 T h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e o w n e r s h a l l s u b m i t t o
the Register r e v i e w t h e results o f periodical examinations
and studies performed i n terms a n d t o t h e extent
specified i n 9.1.4 a n d 9.1.5.
9.1.6.2 T h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e o w n e r s h a l l r e c o r d a n d
take into account t h e completed results o f periodical
examinations a n d studies during t h e entire pipeline
service life.
9.1.7 M o d i f i c a t i o n .
Design modification o f the existing pipeline system
shall b e subject t o approval b y t h e Register. A l l
documentation w i t h calculations a n d explanations shall
be submitted t o t h e Register f o r r e v e i w prior t o
commencement o fmodification w o r k a n d shall contain
the following information:
design modification;
assessment o f the environmental influence i n
performance o f modification;
list o f equipment t o b e used during m o d i f i c a t i o n ;
quality control a n d acceptance criteria.
9.2 R E P A I R O F S U B S E A PIPELINES
9.2.1 G e n e r a l .
9.2.1.1 R e p a i r o f s u b s e a p i p e l i n e ( s c h e d u l e d ,
emergency) shall b e carried o u t based o n t h e results o f
93
its c o m p l e x s u r v e y a n d f l a w d e t e c t i o n m a d e i n
compliance w i t h 4.1.2 a n d 4.1.3 o f the S P Guidelines.
9.2.1.2 B a s e d o n t h e r e s u l t s o f t h e s u r v e y a n d flaw
detection t h e f o l l o w i n g is t o be carried out:
specification o f a faulty section o fthe pipeline;
p l a n n i n g o f m e a s u r e s f o r safe o p e r a t i o n o f t h e p i p e l i n e ;
selection o frepair type a n d method;
evaluation o f pipeline technical condition prior a n d
after repair w o r k .
9.2.1.3 T y p e a n d m e t h o d o f r e p a i r w o r k , a s w e l l a s
engineering a n d design documentation developed f o r its
implementation (refer t o 9.2.2) shall be approved b y
the Register.
9.2.1.4 I t i s p r o h i b i t e d t o c a r r y o u t w o r k o n s e l e c t i v e
repair o f defects, i n c l u d i n g e l i m i n a t i o n o f i m p e r m i s s i b l e
free span lengths a n d stripping, w i t h o u t d e v e l o p i n g t h e
relevant technical documentation.
9.2.1.5 R o u t i n e repair, as a r u l e , i s c a r r i e d o u t t o g e t h e r
w i t h technical maintenance o f subsea pipeline according t o
the operation regulations approved b y t h e Register o r a
d o c u m e n t replacing t h e r e o f and o n the basis o f the operating
standards o f the enterprise-owner/pipeline operator.
9.2.1.6 M a n d a t o r y s u r v e y o f r e p a i r s s e c t i o n s o f t h e
subsea pipeline shall b e carried o u t b y t h e Register
w i t h i n t h e next periodical survey.
9.2.2 T e c h n i c a l d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
9.2.2.1 A n y p u r p o s e r e p a i r o f t h e s t r u c t u r e s ,
arrangements a n d equipment o f t h e subsea pipeline
system shall b e carried o u t i n compliance w i t h technical
documentation approved b y t h e Register.
9.2.2.2 T e c h n i c a l d o c u m e n t a t i o n o f r e p a i r o p e r a t i o n s
shall include the following:
permissible parameters o f weather a n d hydrologic
conditions f o rrepair conducting;
type o fdamage t o b e repaired;
engineering documentation f o r welding (where
required);
c o n d i t i o n s o f repair, i n c l u d i n g t h e c o n d i t i o n s o f safe
lifting o f the pipeline string above t h e w a t e r surface f o r
repair (where necessary);
list o f equipment a n d t o o l i n g backup required f o r
preparing a n d conducting o f repair a n d after-repair w o r k ;
preparing a place f o rrepair w o r k ;
repair technology;
after-repair procedures, including nondestructive
m e t h o d s o f testing, pressure tests a n d acceptance criteria;
job safety a n d ecological safety requirements.
9.2.3 R e p a i r t e c h n o l o g y .
9.2.3.1 R e p a i r w o r k o n t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s s h a l l b e
carried o u t b y specialized organizations h a v i n g Certifi­
c a t e o f F i r m C o n f o r m i t y (ССП) ( f o r m 7 . 1 . 2 7 ) i s s u e d b y
the Register (refer t o 1.11 o f S P Guidelines).
9.2.3.2 W e l d e r s h a v i n g v a l i d W e l d e r A p p r o v a l T e s t
Certeficate ( f o r m 7.1.30) i n compliance w i t h 5.3.5 shall b e
permitted t o conduct w e l d i n g operations. W e l d i n g materials
and technologies shall b e approved b y t h e Register.
94 Rules for the Classification
9.2.3.3 A f t e r r e p a i r t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s h a l l b e
restored w i t h substantiating the calculating service life i n
compliance w i t h the design technical requirements a n d
m o d e s o f o p e r a t i o n . T h e necessity o f pressure tests after
repair subject t o special consideration i n each particular
case w i t h d u e regard t o t h e scope o f repair w o r k
performed.
9.2.3.4 I n c a s e o f m a j o r d e f e c t s w h i c h m a y r e s u l t i n
restrictions o f pipeline operating modes a n d reduction o f
design service life, t h e appropriate calculations subject t o
special consideration o f the Register.
9.2.4 R e p a i r o f t h e p i p e l i n e s s t r u c t u r e s .
9.2.4.1 P i p e s o r p i p e l i n e s w i t h d e f e c t s o r d a m a g e i n
excess o f t h e n o r m s o f technical requirements t o t h e
permissible defect v a l u e shall b e repaired.
Defects subject t o m a n d a t o r y repair include: external
pipe damage;
damage o f corrosion-resistant coating o f t h e pipe,
w e i g h t coatings/ballast weights;
damage o fcathodic o r galvanic protection;
defects o f w e l d e d j o i n t s ;
deformation a n dbuckling (sagging) o fthe pipeline;
damage o f field joints;
damage due t o corrosion;
d a m a g e o f fasteners, c o n t r o l i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n , etc.
9.2.4.2 D e f e c t i v e s e c t i o n s o f t h e p i p e l i n e r o u t e s h a l l
also b e repaired, s u c h as p i p e l i n e s t r i p p i n g , b e d l o a d ,
defects o f b u n d e d area a n d structures crossing o t h e r
subsea pipelines, cables, etc.
9.2.4.3 E x t e r n a l d a m a g e o f s t e e l p i p e l i n e s e c t i o n s ,
s u c h as notches, r o u g h n e s s , etc. m a y b e e l i m i n a t e d b y
scraping. I n t h i s case, t h e m i n i m u m p i p e w a l l thickness
shall b e w i t h i n tolerances.
9.2.4.4 R e p a i r o f w e l d i n g j o i n t w h e r e i m p e r m i s s i b l e
defects h a v e b e e n f o u n d b y n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e testing o r
visual examination shall be carried o u t according t o t h e
schedule approved b y t h e Register including t h e methods
f o r defect e l i m i n a t i o n a n d a defective section w e l d i n g .
A f t e r repair t h e repeated check o f w e l d i n g quality shall
be carried o u t b y visual-inspection control a n d n o n -
destructive testing.
9.2.4.5 R e p a i r o f c o r r o s i v e a n d e r o s i o n s e c t i o n s s h a l l
be a l l o w e d o n l y after their f l a w detection a n d e v a l u a t i o n
o f condition f o r compliance w i t h the technical require-
ments. A decision o n performing repair shall not be made
t i l l t h e e x t e n t o f t h e c o r r o s i v e defects i s d e t e r m i n e d .
9.2.4.6 P i p e l i n e s e c t i o n s h a v i n g i m p e r m i s s i b l e
deformations a n d w h i c h are n o t subject t o repair shall
b e c u t as a w h o l e w i t h s u b s e q u e n t r e p l a c e m e n t .
9.2.5 R e p a i r o f p i p e l i n e s y s t e m w i t h o u t i n t e r r u p -
tion o fits operation.
9.2.5.1 T h e p o s s i b i l i t y o f t h e p i p e l i n e r e p a i r
resulting i n a temporary interruption o f its operation
shall b e a l l o w e d o n l y subject t o special consideration b y
the Register. A n y such repair shall result i n a restored
and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
serviceability o f the pipeline system o r its serviceability
for t h e r e m a i n i n g period o f its service life.
9.2.5.2 T h e f o l l o w i n g d e f e c t s i n e x c e s s o f t h e
acceptable ones refer t o t h e pipeline damage resulting
i n a t e m p o r a r y interruption o f its operation:
damage due t o corrosion and erosion (internal and
external);
cracks o f a n y origin;
damage due t o external impact w i t h violation o f integrity
o f coatings, surface a n d geometrical shape o f the pipe;
unacceptable sagging o f the pipeline;
significant disturbance o f ballast neight (loss o f
ballast weights).
9.2.5.3 V a l u e s o f p i p e w a l l d e f e c t s m e a s u r e d d u r i n g
the f l a w detection shall b e b e assessed b y t h e m e t h o d s
approved b y the Register i n compliance w i t h 4.1.3o f
the S P Guidelines.
9.2.6 R e p a i r o f a d a m a g e d s e c t i o n w i t h i n s t a l l a t i o n
o f bolted clamps a n d other devices perceiving internal
pressure o f the c o n v e y e d m e d i a m a y b e accepted subject
to special consideration b y t h e Register.
Repair o f cracks b y w e l d i n g according t o t h e
procedures approved b y t h e Register is permitted i n
cases w h e n t h e case i s k n o w n a n d t h e m e a s u r e s a r e t a k e n
f o r e l i m i n a t i o n o f s u c h causes.
9.2.7 T h e p o s s i b i l i t y o f c o n d u c t i n g a n d m e t h o d s o f
repair w o r k f o r t h e f l e x i b l e pipelines subject t o special
consideration o f the Register.
9.2.8 D u r i n g w e l d i n g a n d t h e r m a l c u t t i n g o f s t e e l
pipelines intended f o r conveying o f fire-hazardous a n d
explosive substances special safety measures shall b e
taken.
9.2.9 O n e o f p o s s i b l e w a y s o f p i p e l i n e n o n -
interruption repair, u p o n agreement w i t h t h e Register,
is t h e u s e o f r e i n f o r c i n g (squeezing) c l a m p s , w h i c h are
placed o n t h e pipeline a n d their bolted connections are
tightened; they produce t h e contact pressure thus
s i g n i f i c a n t l y r e d u c i n g t h e p i p e h o o p stresses i n t h e area
o f defect area a n d stopping its propagation.
9.2.10 T h e u s e o f t h e r e i n f o r c i n g c l a m p s t o r e p a i r
defects i n steel pipelines i s subject t o special considera-
t i o n b y t h e R e g i s t e r d e p e n d i n g o n a t y p e o f defect.
9.2.11 S t e e l o r c o m p o s i t e r e i n f o r c i n g c l a m p s , h a v i n g
type approval o f t h e Register, shall b e used. T h e
defective area s h a l l b e o v e r l a p p e d w i t h a c l a m p at least
5 0 m m from e a c h e d g e , a n d t h e p i p e l i n e d e f e c t ( d e f e c t i v e
a r e a ) s h a l l b e filled w i t h a c u r a b l e c o m p o u n d .
9.2.12 T h e c o l l a r i n s t a l l a t i o n p r o c e d u r e s h a l l b e
r e v i e w e d b y t h e Register. F o r t h e clamps installed under
water, t h e compounds capable for underwater application
shall b e used.
9.2.13 T h e u s e o f r e i n f o r c i n g c l a m p s s h a l l b e
v e r i f i e d b y calculating t h e strength o f t h e defective area,
taking into account the existing operational conditions o f
a subsea pipeline.
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 95

10 S A F E T Y A S S E S S M E N T

10.1 S C O P E O F A P P L I C A T I O N
10.1.1 F o r t h e p u r p o s e o f t h i s S e c t i o n t h e objects o f safely
assessment are: subsea field o i l , condensate a n d gas pipelines;
subsea m a i n o i l , condensate, gas a n d o i l product
pipelines;
subsea distribution o i l product a n d gas pipelines;
technological product pipelines containing hazar-
dous substances.
10.1.2 T h i s S e c t i o n d o e s n o t a p p l y t o h o s e s a n d
temporary assembled pipelines used o n t h e offshore gas
and o i l producing facilities.
10.1.3 S a f e t y a s s e s s m e n t s h a l l c o v e r t h e a c c i d e n t s
caused b y t h e f o l l o w i n g impacts a n d loads:
extreme hydrometeorological conditions; seismic events;
hazardous geological p h e n o m e n a o n t h e seabed;
hazardous hydrological phenomena;
external impacts o n pipelines;
internal a n d external corrosion;
processing equipment failures;
h u m a n errors during pipeline operation;
combinations o f these events, p h e n o m e n a a n d
conditions.
10.1.4 T h e f o l l o w i n g h a z a r d s a n d t h e i r c o n s e q u e n c e s
shall b e considered f o r t h e safety assessment:
errors i n t h e pipeline design;
leakages i n t h e pipeline;
damage a n d failures o f the pipeline protection;
pipeline displacement relative t o the location w i t h i n
the design project;
explosions;
fires;
c o m b i n a t i o n s o f these accidents;
other possible accidents.
10.1.5 P i p e l i n e s a f e t y a s s e s s m e n t s h a l l b e s u b m i t t e d
to t h e Register:
for t h e personnel o fthe operating c o m p a n y a n d f o r
population;
for t h e environment;
for objects a n d structures located i n t h e areas o f
pipeline route a n d installation facilities.
10.2 T E R M S , D E F I N I T I O N S A N D E X P L A N A T I O N S
10.2.1 T h e m a i n t e r m s , d e f i n i t i o n s a n d e x p l a n a t i o n s
r e l a t i n g t o g e n e r a l s a f e t y t e r m i n o l o g y a r e s p e c i f i e d i n 1.2.
10.2.2 F o r t h e p u r p o s e o f t h i s S e c t i o n t h e f o l l o w i n g
additional definitions are used.
A c c i d e n t means a hazardous technogenic acci-
dent that causes at a n object, certain area o r w a t e r area
a threat t o t h e h u m a n life a n d health a n d results i n
destruction o f buildings, structures, equipment a n d
transport means, i n manufacturing o r transport process
irregularity, o r environmental damage.
Accident o n t h e p i p e l i n e means an
accident o n t h e pipeline route resulting i n t h e e m i s s i o n
o r s p i l l a g e u n d e r p r e s s u r e o f h a z a r d o u s c h e m i c a l o r fire-
hazardous substances a n d resulting i n occurrence o f
technogenic emergency. Hereinafter, o n l y a n occurrence
w i l l b e considered that m i g h t result i n a b n o r m a l ingress
o f t h e conveyed hazardous substance ( o i l , o i l products,
condensate a n d gas) i n the environment.
R i s k a n a l y s i s means a process o f hazard
identification a n d assessment o f risk f o r individuals o r
groups o f population, property o r t h e environment. T h e
risk analysis means use o f all available information f o r
hazard identification (detection) a n d assessment o f risk
o f a certain event defined earlier (accident a n d
emergencies i n v o l v e d ) caused b y these hazards.
F r e e - f a i l u r e o p e r a t i o n means capability o f
an i t e m (object) t o retain its serviceability during t h e
specified period o f t i m e o r until t h e c o m p l e t i o n o f a
certain w o r k w i t h o u t forced breaks, e.g. f o r repairs.
S a f e t y i n e m e r g e n c y s i t u a t i o n s means
c o n d i t i o n o f p o p u l a t i o n protection, objects o f n a t i o n a l
e c o n o m y a n d e n v i r o n m e n t against hazards i n emergency
situations.
H a z a r d i d e n t i f i c a t i o n means a process o f
h a z a r d i d e n t i f i c a t i o n , r e c o g n i t i o n o f its existence, as w e l l
as d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f h a z a r d c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s .
A c c i d e n t i n i t i a t i n g e v e n t means a n event,
occurrence o r external condition creating o n its o w n o r i n
combination w i t h other event, occurrences a n d external
conditions a possibility o forigination a n d evolvement o f
a n accident.
W o r k i n g o r d e r m e a n s a c o n d i t i o n o f a n object,
at w h i c h i t c o m p l i e s w i t h a l l t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e
normative a n d technical and/or design documentation.
Failure criterion o f subsea pipeline
means a n indication o r a combination o f indications o f
t h e p i p e l i n e o p e r a b l e c o n d i t i o n disturbance as specified
in the normative a n d design documentation.
Q u a n t i t a t i v e r i s k i n d i c a t i o n s a r e as f o l l o w s :
i n d i v i d u a l r i s k means a frequency o f indivi-
d u a l i n j u r y as a result o f hazardous effects (factors o f
d a n g e r ) o r i g i n a t i n g from e m e r g e n c y s i t u a t i o n s ;
p o t e n t i a l l o s s o f l i f e ( P L L ) means a n
e x p e c t e d n u m b e r o f p e o p l e i n j u r e d t o a s p e c i f i e d d e g r e e as a
r e s u l t o f p o s s i b l e a c c i d e n t s d u r i n g a c e r t a i n p e r i o d o f time;
p o t e n t i a l t e r r i t o r i a l r i s k m e a n s spatial
and t i m e frequency distribution o f materialization o f a
hazardous effect o f a certain level;
96 Rules for the Classification
s o c i e t a l r i s k means a relation between the
frequency o f events a n d severity o f their consequences
expressed as data o n f r e q u e n c y o f h a z a r d o u s events ( F ) a t
w h i c h there is a possibility t o strike the n u m b e r o f people
at a s p e c i f i e d d e g r e e i n excess o f t h e n u m b e r d e t e r m i n e d ( N ) .
R e l i a b i l i t y means a property o f a n object t o
retain w i t h the t i m e w i t h i n the specified limits the values
o f the parameters characterizing capability t o fulfill t h e
required functions w i t h i n t h e specified operating condi-
tions a n d application conditions, maintenance, storage
and transportation.
H a z a r d means a n objectively existing possibility
(probability) o f a negative effect o n t h e society,
individual, e n v i r o n m e n t , w h i c h c a n result i n a loss o r
damage impairing t h e condition a n d giving undesirable
dynamics o r parameters t o their development.
H a z a r d o f t e c h n o g e n i c n a t u r e means a
condition specific t o t h e technical system, industrial o r
transport object that realizes i n t h e f o r m o f h a r m t o t h e
e n v i r o n m e n t w h e n it occurs o r i n the f o r m o f the direct o r
indirect damage t o a n individual a n denvironment during
n o r m a l o p e r a t i o n o f the objects.
Hazardous s u b s t a n c e s means flammable,
oxidizable, combustible, explosive, toxic, highly toxic
substances a n d substances causing hazard t o t h e
environment.
F a i l u r e means malfunction i n serviceability o f the
object.
R i s k a s s e s s m e n t means a process o f an extent
o f risk identification o f a considered hazard t o t h e health
o f individual, property o r environment. R i s k assessment
includes t h e analysis o f frequency o f the risk occurrence,
analysis o fconsequences a n d combination o f both.
D a m a g e means disturbance o f the conveyed order
o f t h e object, w i t h t h e serviceable c o n d i t i o n b e i n g
maintained.
N e g l i g i b l e r i s k means a degree o f risk, above
w h i c h measures shall b e taken for elemination thereof.
A c c e p t a b l e r i s k means the risk, w h i c h level is
allowable a n d substantiated based o n economic a n d
social considerations. T h e risk o f a n industrial object
(subsea pipeline) operation is acceptable, p r o v i d e d its
magnitude is so insignificant that t h e society is prepared
t o r u n t h e r i s k t o b e n e f i t from t h e o b j e c t o p e r a t i o n .
S e r v i c e a b l e c o n d i t i o n means a condition o f
a n object, at w h i c h values o f a l l t h e parameters that
characterize a capability t o fulfill the specified functions are
c o m p l y w i t h the normative a n d technical documentation.
R i s k means a combination o f event probability a n d
its c o n s e q u e n c e s .
A c c i d e n t s c e n a r i o means a complete and
f o r m a l i z e d description o f the f o l l o w i n g events: accident
initiation event, accident process a n d emergency situa-
t i o n , losses i n accident, i n c l u d i n g specific quantitative
characteristics o f t h e accident events, their space-time
parameters a n d causal relationship.
and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
Technogenic emergency s i t u a t i o n
m e a n s a c o n d i t i o n w h e r e , as a r e s u l t o f o c c u r r e n c e o f
the technogenic emergency situation source at the object,
i n certain area o r w a t e r area, n o r m a l c o n d i t i o n s o f life
and activities o f people are disturbed, their lives a n d
health are threatened, damage is done t o t h e national
economy and environment.
10.3 B A S I C PRINCIPLES
10.3.1 S u b s e a p i p e l i n e i s a n o b j e c t o f h i g h r i s k
(potentially hazardous object, hazardous p r o d u c t i o n
facility). Accidents o n subsea pipelines are caused b y
an e x t r e m e l y w i d e spectrum o f factors d u e t o t h e
e n v i r o n m e n t a n d other objects.
10.3.2 S a f e t y a s s e s s m e n t i s b a s e d o n t h e a s s u m p t i o n
that design, calculations, manufacture, construction,
operation a n d maintenance o f the subsea pipelines shall
comply w i t h a l lthe requirements o f the R S normative
documents a n d best applied technologies.
10.3.3 S a f e t y s h a l l b e a s s e s s e d a t a l l s t a g e s o f t h e
s u b s e a s e r v i c e l i f e b e g i n n i n g from g i v i n g b i r t h t o a n i d e a
a n d concept o f its creation.
10.3.4 F o r s a f e t y a s s e s s m e n t a d e s i g n e r s h a l l s u b m i t
the following information:
environmental conditions;
f u n c t i o n s , m o d e s a n d specifics o f t h e p i p e l i n e o p e r a t i o n ;
design impacts a n d loads;
drawings o f t h e pipeline route, ballasting, under-
water trenches, galvanic anode arrangement, shore
approach structures, etc.;
hydraulic calculations, calculations o f ballasting,
material substantiation a n d pipeline w a l l thickness
calculation, effectiveness o f corrosion protection, w e i g h t
o f galvanic anodes, etc.;
i n f o r m a t i o n o n associated structures a n d supporting
facilities;
list a n d description o f basic arrangements a i m i n g at
reducing p r o b a b i l i t y o f accidents;
description o f measures a i m e d t o reduce conse-
quences o f a n accident;
acceptable r i s k criteria for personnel, population a n d
environment; confirmation based o n calculations that
consequences o f extreme environmental conditions a n d
accident effects m e e t t h e adequate safety criteria.
10.3.5 S a f e t y a s s e s s m e n t i s c a r r i e d o u t i n a c c o r d a n c e
w i t h safety concepts based o n the f o l l o w i n g principles o r
combinations thereof:
principle o f unconditional p r i o r i t y o f safety a n d
h e a l t h o f p e o p l e as c o m p a r e d t o a n y o t h e r t e c h n i c a l a n d
e c o n o m i c benefits a n d advantages;
principle o f risk acceptability, i n compliance w i t h
w h i c h t h e l o w permissible a n d upper desirable r i s k
levels, a n d w i t h i n this range a n acceptable r i s k level are
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines
established w i t h regard t o t h e social a n d economic
factors;
principle o f the m i n i m u mhazard, i n compliance w i t h
w h i c h t h e r i s k l e v e l i s established as l o w as r e a s o n a b l y
practicable;
principle o f successive a p p r o x i m a t i o n t o the absolute
safety.
10.3.6 T h e A L A R P ( " a s l o w a s r e a s o n a b l y p r a c t i c -
able") concept that materializes principle "to foresee a n d
to prevent" is adopted i n the S P Rules a n d i n m o s t o f the
international a n d n a t i o n a l classification societies.
10.3.7 R i s k a n a l y s i s i s a n i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e s a f e t y
control system, w h i c h a i m is t o prevent a n d reduce
hazards t o pipelines.
R i s k analysis being t h e m a i n link i n p r o v i s i o n o f
safety is based o n t h e i n f o r m a t i o n collected a n d defines
t h e measures o n m o n i t o r i n g o f t h e subsea p i p e l i n e safety.
10.3.8 S a f e t y a s s e s s m e n t o f t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e a t a l l
stages o f design cycle s h a l l b e m a d e f o r t h e p u r p o s e o f
selection o fthe most favorable design solution meeting
t h e basic principles a n d r e q u i r e m e n t s o f safety. T h e result
o f this assessment shall c o n f i r m that correct decisions
w e r e m a d e i n design, w h i c h p r o v i d e t h e required safety
level a n d w o u l d not result later i n a necessity o f m a k i n g
significant modifications i n design a n d construction due
to non-compliance w i t h t h e safety requirements.
10.3.9 P o s i t i v e s a f e t y a s s e s s m e n t o f t h e s u b s e a
pipeline shall demonstrate a n adequately l o w probability
o f h u m a n a n d f i n a n c i a l losses, social a n d e n v i r o n m e n t a l
risk. Safety assessment shall result i n confirmation o f the
fact that the subsea p i p e l i n e c o m p l i e s w i t h t h e criteria o f
sufficient (acceptable) safety.
10.4 B A S I C R E Q U I R E M E N T S F O R R I S K ANALYSIS
10.4.1 R i s k a n a l y s i s f o r t h e p e r s o n n e l , p o p u l a t i o n a n d
e n v i r o n m e n t shall b e mandatory f o r subsea pipelines.
R i s k a n a l y s i s m a y b e c a r r i e d o u t o n i t s o w n o r as a p a r t
o f safety declaration o f hazardous p r o d u c t i o n facility. I t s
results shall b e considered i n safety assessment a n d
expertise, shall b e t a k e n i n t o account d u r i n g technical a n d
e c o n o m i c a n a l y s i s , as w e l l a s d u r i n g s a f e t y a n a l y s i s a n d
assessment o f i n d u s t r i a l objects a n d regions.
10.4.2 R i s k a n a l y s i s i s a t o o l f o r d e t e c t i o n a n d deter-
m i n a t i o n o f hazards a n d r i s k s . R i s k a n a l y s i s s h a l l b e a i m e d a t
j u s t i f i c a t i o n o f o b j e c t i v e decisions o n acceptable a n d a c h i e v -
able r i s k l e v e l s o n t h e p i p e l i n e . T h i s w i l l e n a b l e t o d e v e l o p
r e q u i r e m e n t s a n d r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s o n t h e safety c o n t r o l .
10.4.3 T h e p r o c e s s o f r i s k a n a l y s i s s h a l l c o n t a i n :
planning and organization o f w o r k ;
identification o f hazards;
risk assessment;
elaboration o f recommendations o n reduction o f risk
levels (risk control).
97
Appropriate documentation shall b e prepared f o r
e v e r y stage o f the r i s k analysis.
10.4.4 P l a n n i n g a n d o r g a n i z a t i o n o f w o r k .
10.4.4.1 A t t h e s t a g e o f w o r k p l a n n i n g i t i s
necessary: t o describe t h e necessity o f r i s k analysis;
to choose the system t o b e analyzed a n d provide its
r e v i e w i n detail; t o appoint t h e risk analysis performers;
to identify sources o f i n f o r m a t i o n a n d provide
availability o finformation o n the system t o be analyzed
i n c l u d i n g decisions t o assure i t s safety, as w e l l as
information o n similar systems;
t o assess l i m i t a t i o n s o n i n i t i a l data, financial
resources affecting t h e scope a n d completeness o f r i s k
analysis;
t o d e f i n e t h e final target a n d tasks o f t h e r i s k a n a l y s i s ;
t o select a n d j u s t i f y t h e r i s k analysis techniques;
t o d e v e l o p a n d substantiate t h e a c c e p t a b l e r i s k c r i t e r i a .
10.4.4.2 F o r t h e p u r p o s e o f s e l e c t i o n a n d a p p o i n t -
m e n t o f the risk analysis performers t h e necessary a n d
p o s s i b i l i t y t o i n v o l v e e x p e r t s , s p e c i a l i s t s from t h e d e s i g n
organizations and the R S representatives shall b e studied.
10.4.4.3 A t d e f i n i n g t a r g e t a n d t a s k s o f r i s k a n a l y s i s
all stages o f t h e subsea p i p e l i n e life cycle (design,
construction, commissioning, operation a n d possible
modification a n d decommissioning) shall be reviewed.
10.4.4.4 W h i l e c h o o s i n g r i s k a n a l y s i s t e c h n i q u e , i t i s
necessary t o take i n t o account t h e set target a n d tasks,
c o m p l e x i t y o f t h e processes under consideration, t h e
a v a i l a b i l i t y a n d completeness o f t h e i n i t i a l data.
10.4.4.5 T h e a c c e p t a b l e r i s k c r i t e r i a m a y b e :
based o n the normative and legal documentation;
established at t h e r i s k analysis p l a n n i n g stage w i t h
possible clarification i n the course o f stage c o m p l e t i o n o r
obtaining analysis results.
The m a i n requirements f o r choosing the risk
criterion are:
compliance w i t h t h e best w o r l d practices a n d best
applied technologies;
its v a l i d i t y a n d certainty.
10.4.5 H a z a r d i d e n t i f i c a t i o n .
10.4.5.1 T h e h a z a r d i d e n t i f i c a t i o n t a s k i s d e t e c t i o n ,
definition a n d m a x i m u m complete description o f a l l
possible hazards f o r t h e particular pipeline. D e t e c t i o n o f
the existing hazards is m a d e o n the basis o f the i n f o r m a t i o n
o n t h e g i v e n object operational conditions, operation
e x p e r i e n c e o f t h e s i m i l a r s y s t e m s a n d e x p e r t data.
10.4.5.2 H a z a r d s s h a l l b e i d e n t i f i e d s y s t e m a t i c a l l y t o
ensure a full scope r e v i e w a n d assessment o f importance
o f a l l detected hazards. F o r t h e subsea pipelines t h e
importance o f hazards is evaluated b y t h e presence o f
hazardous substances a n d their m i x t u r e s i n the pipelines,
potentiality o f their uncontrolled leaks (outburst),
possibility o f ignition (explosion) source occurrence
and external (technogenic a n d natural) impacts.
T h e i m p o r t a n c e o f hazard identification stage lies i n
the fact that t h e hazards n o t detected at the identification
98 Rules for the Classification
stage w i l l n o t b e later considered a n d n o t t a k e n into
account.
10.4.5.3 F o r t h e p u r p o s e o f i d e n t i f i c a t i o n , a n a l y s i s
and c o n t r o l o f t h e hazards associated w i t h t h e subsea
pipelines, regular a n d t h o r o u g h recording o f accidents
shall b e maintained a i m i n g at m i n i m i z i n g t h e conse-
quences o f such accidents. T h e m o s t hazardous accidents
are d a m a g e s a n d faults caused b y t h e p i p e l i n e leaks d u e
to breaks a n d fractures i n t h e base m e t a l o f pipes a n d
welds, corrosion w o r m h o l e s , j o i n t leaks, pipe w a l l
thinning d o w n t o impermissible values, etc.
10.4.5.4 I n f o r m a t i o n o n t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e a c c i -
dents shall contain description o f conditions at t h e
beginning o f t h e accident a n d measures o f fighting
against t h e accident t a k e n t o e l i m i n a t e its consequences;
i n f o r m a t i o n o n d e v e l o p m e n t o f accidents; p h y s i c a l a n d
statistical m o d e l s , etc.
10.4.5.5 T h e p r e l i m i n a r y a n a l y s i s o f h a z a r d i d e n t i -
fication permits t o determine w h a t components o fthe
pipeline system require m o r e careful analysis a n d w h a t
c o m p o n e n t s a r e o f lesser interest i n t e r m s o f safety.
10.4.5.6 A s a r e s u l t o f h a z a r d i d e n t i f i c a t i o n , a l i s t o f
undesirable events causing a n accident is compiled.
Hazard identificationis completed w i t h determinationo f
further activities, namely:
w h e t h e r o r n o t t o stop t h e further analysis because o f
hazard insignificance;
whether t o m a k e m o r e thorough risk analysis;
e l a b o r a t e r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s o n reduction o f t h e
hazard level.
10.4.6 R i s k a s s e s s m e n t
10.4.6.1 A t t h e s t a g e o f t h e r i s k a s s e s s m e n t t h e h a z a r d s
detected i n t h e course o f identification shall b e a n a l y z e d i n
t e r m s o f t h e i r c o m p l i a n c e w i t h t h e acceptable r i s k criteria.
I n s o d o i n g , t h e acceptable r i s k criteria a n d results m a y b e
s h o w n q u a l i t a t i v e l y as a t e x t ( t a b l e s ) o r q u a n t i t a t i v e l y b y
calculation o f risk indications (refer t o A p p e n d i x 2 ) .
W h e r e there are grounds t o believe that hazards a n d
their associated consequences o f events are insignificant
or their probability is very doubtful, the simplified hazard
assessment m a y be assumed a n d decisions t o exclude
t h e m from f u r t h e r c o n s i d e r a t i o n m a y b e t a k e n .
10.4.6.2 I n s e l e c t i n g m e t h o d s o f r i s k a n a l y s i s t h e
priority shall b e given t o the qualitative engineering methods
for r i s k analysis based o n t h e approved procedures, special
a u x i l i a r y m a t e r i a l s (e.g., d e t a i l e d m e t h o d o l o g i c a l g u i d e s ) a n d
practical experience o f t h e experts. A l o n g w i t h that,
qualitative methods f o r r i s k assessment m a y b e v e r y useful,
a n d s o m e t i m e s t h e y a r e t h e o n l y acceptable o n e s , e.g. f o r
comparison o f different design decisions and/or f o r
c o m p a r i s o n o f i m p o r t a n c e o f h a z a r d s o f d i f f e r e n t o r i g i n , as
w e l l as f o r rorifirmation o f r e s u l t s n e u t r a l i t y .
10.4.6.3 R i s k a s s e s s m e n t i n c l u d e s t h e frequency
analysis o f initial a n d intermediate events, analysis o f
intensity o f hazardous effects a n d consequences o f t h e
e v e n t s revealed a n d a n a l y s i s o f t h e result u n c e r t a i n t i e s .
and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
F o r thepurpose o f the event frequency analysis a n d
assessment, t h e f o l l o w i n g approaches are n o r m a l l y used:
statistical data o n accidents a n d reliability o f t h e
subsea pipeline s i m i l a r i n design a n d operating condi-
tions t o t h e type considered are used;
logic methods o f event tree analysis o r fault tree
analysis applied;
expert appraisal w i t h consideration o f the opinions
o f specialists i n the area o f subsea pipelines is p e r f o r m e d .
10.4.6.4 I t i s r e c o m m e n d e d t o u s e e x p e r t a p p r a i s a l s
a n d risk r a n k i n g m e t h o d s i n c a s e o f s t a t i s t i c a l d a t a l a c k .
W h e r e such approach is used, the events under
consideration are subdivided b y a probability, severity
o f consequences into several groups (categories, ranks)
w i t h risk a s s e s s m e n t b y c o m b i n a t i o n o f p r o b a b i l i t y a n d
severity, e.g. w i t h h i g h , intermediate, l o w a n d i n s i g n i f -
i c a n t risk d e g r e e . N o r m a l l y t h e h i g h risk d e g r e e i s
unacceptable, t h e intermediate degree requires a c o m p l e x
o f m e a s u r e s t o b e t a k e n f o r r e d u c t i o n o f risk, t h e l o w
degree is recognized t o b e acceptable a n d insignificant
degree is neglected (refer t o A p p e n d i x 2 ) .
10.4.6.5 T h e a n a l y s i s o f t h e a c c i d e n t c o n s e q u e n c e s
includes assessment o f impacts o n people, e n v i r o n m e n t
and third party property. A n a l y s i s o fconsequences shall
consider assessment o f p h y s i c a l a n d c h e m i c a l character-
istics o f hazardous effects (fires, e x p l o s i o n s , e m i s s i o n s o f
t o x i c substances). F o r this purpose, t h e tested accident
models a n d criteria o f damage t o affected objects
including t h e subsea pipeline itself shall b e applied.
10.4.6.6 E n v i r o n m e n t a l risk a s s e s s m e n t i n c l u d e s
calculation o f the following indicators:
values o f m a x i m u m design emissions o f transported
h a r m f u l substances i n t o e n v i r o n m e n t , t h e i r i n t e n s i t y a n d
d u r a t i o n a t accidents o n p i p e l i n e s e c t i o n s c o n s i d e r i n g t h e
p i p e l i n e route, t e c h n i c a l characteristics a n d o p e r a t i n g m o d e s
under n o r m a l conditions o f operation and failures o f the leak
m o n i t o r s y s t e m a n d emergency s h u t d o w n s y s t e m o f pipage;
annual frequency o f excess o f the specified leakages
(it is recommended t o m a k e calculation f o r excess
o f 0,5 t, 5 0 t , 5 0 0 t a n d 5 0 0 0 t o f h a r m f u l substance);
annual average o f leak a n d emission frequency at
p i p e l i n e l e a k a g e d u e t o a n y reasons;
average values o f leakages;
average total leakages;
Calculation o f m a x i m u m leakages f o r a l l modes
shall be combined w i t h hydraulic calculations o f
pipelines o r shall b e carried o u t separately u s i n g tested
hydraulic models.
10.4.6.7 I n risk a s s e s s m e n t u n c e r t a i n t y a n d a c c u r a c y
o f t h e results s h a l l b e a n a l y z e d . T h e m a i n c a u s e s o f
uncertainties are insufficient i n f o r m a t i o n o n subsea
p i p e l i n e o p e r a t i n g c o n d i t i o n s , reliability o f t h e e q u i p -
m e n t a n d c o m p o n e n t s used, a n d a h u m a n factor, as w e l l
as a s s u m p t i o n s i n t h e a c c i d e n t m o d e l s .
Analysis o f uncertainties is transmission o f the initial
p a r a m e t e r u n c e r t a i n t i e s a n d a s s u m p t i o n s u s e d i n risk
P a r t I. Subsea pipelines 99

assessment i n t o result uncertainties. T h e causes o f acceptable r i s k criteria, specific features o f t h e subsea

uncertainty shall b e identified a n d presented i n t h e results. pipeline, nature o f potential hazards.
10.4.7 R e c o m m e n d a t i o n s o n risk r e d u c t i o n . Availability o f the required and reliable information,
10.4.7.1 T h e f i n a l stage o f t h e r i s k a n a l y s i s i s e l a - resources allocated f o r t h e analysis, experience a n d
boration o f recommendations o n risk reduction (risk control). qualification o f t h e personnel p e r f o r m i n g t h e analysis,
R i s k m a y b e reduced due t o measures either o f and other factors shall b e considered.
technical o r organizational nature, at that, d u r i n g subsea 10.5.2 M e t h o d s o f r i s k a n a l y s i s s h a l l m e e t t h e
pipeline operation the organizational arrangements m a y following requirements:
compensate a limitation o f possible measures o n to be scientifically a n d methodically grounded a n d
reduction o f hazard. consistent w i t h its scope o f application;
W h e n measures o n risk reduction are developed, to give t h e results i n such a f o r m that a l l o w s
account shall b e t a k e n o f their effectiveness (influence o n understanding o f the risk nature i n the best possible w a y ,
the level o f safety) a n d possible limitations o f t h e develop a n d evaluate the m o s t effective w a y s for the risk
resources ( b o t h financial a n d material). P r i m a r i l y , simple reduction;
r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s a n d m e a s u r e s t h a t r e q u i r e less e x - to b e repeatable a n d verified.
penses shall b e considered. 10.5.3 G e n e r a l l y , o n e o r s e v e r a l m e t h o d s o f r i s k
10.4.7.2 I n a l l c a s e s , t h e m e a s u r e s t h a t r e d u c e analysis described b e l o w shall b e used at t h e hazard
probability o f a n accident shall p r e v a i l o v e r t h e measures identification stage:
that reduce accident consequences. Selection o f measures checklist;
to reduce a hazard has the following priorities: "What-if...?";
.1 measures that reduce probability o f accident c o m b i n a t i o n o f check list a n d " W h a t - i f analysis;
occurrence including: hazard a n d serviceability analysis;
measures that reduce probability o ffault occurrence; failure type a n d consequences analysis;
measures that reduce probability o f fault develop- failure a n d event tree analysis;
m e n t i n t o accident; appropriate equivalent methods.
measures related t o accident p r e v e n t i o n a n d m o n - Brief information o n the above methods o f risk
itoring; analysis a n d conditions o f their application is specified
.2 m e a s u r e s t h a t r e d u c e s e v e r i t y o f t h e a c c i d e n t in A p p e n d i x 3.
consequences; 10.5.4 R e c o m m e n d a t i o n s f o r s e l e c t i o n o f t h e r i s k
measures that p r o v i d e change i n t h e subsea pipeline analysis m e t h o d s at different stages o f activities a n d
conception o r design, f o r example, selection o f a n appro- subsea pipeline operation (design, routing, c o m m i s s i o n -
p r i a t e p i p e w a l l t h i c k n e s s , c o r r o s i o n p r o t e c t i o n , r e r o u t i n g etc; ing a n d decommissioning, operation, modification) are
measures dealing w i t h organization, equipment a n d s h o w n i n Table 10.5.4.
readiness o f emergency services. T h e methods m a y be used individually o r i n
W i t h equal possibility t o i m p l e m e n t t h e elaborated combination. Qualitative methods m a y include quantita-
recommendations, p r i o r i t y shall b e g i v e n t o t h e accident t i v e r i s k criteria, based m a i n l y o n t h e expert appraisals,
prevention measures. u s i n g s u c h h a z a r d r a n k i n g m a t r i c e s , as " p r o b a b i l i t y —
severity o f consequences" (refer t o A p p e n d i x 2 ) .
Complete quantitative risk analysis m a y include a l l t h e
10.5 M E T H O D S O F R I S K ANALYSIS
methods listed.

10.5.1 M e t h o d s o f r i s k a n a l y s i s s h a l l b e s e l e c t e d ,
w i t h regard t o t h e purpose a n d tasks o f analysis, adopted
Table 10.5.4
Stages o f activity a n d functioning
Method
Design Arrangement Commissioning/ Operation Modification
and routing decommissioning

"What-if analysis + 0 ++ ++ +
Checklist method + 0 + ++ +
Hazard a n d serviceability analysis ++ 0 + + ++
Failure type a n d consequences analysis ++ 0 + + ++
Failure a n d event tree analysis ++ 0 + + ++
Quantitative risk analysis ++ ++ 0 + ++

0 — the least suitable method;

+ — recommended method;
+ + — the m o s t suitable method.
 P A R T II. R I S E R S
1 G E N E R A L
1.1 S C O P E O F A P P L I C A T I O N
1.1.1 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h i s P a r t c o v e r p r o d u c t i o n
a n d export f l e x i b l e risers o f a n y t y p e a n d c o n f i g u r a t i o n ,
w h i c h connect subsea production systems ( S P S ) and
floating offshore oil-and-gas production units/ floating
single point m o o r i n g ( F P L V F S P M ) or fixed offshore
platforms ( F O P ) into an integrated subsea pipeline
transport system.
1.1.2 S P S , i n c l u d i n g u m b i l i c a l s p i p e l i n e e n d m a n i -
folds/subsea pipeline terminals, shall meet the require­
ments o f Rules for the Classification and Construction o f
Subsea Production Systems (SPS Rules).
1.1.3 I f F P U m a n e u v e r i n g ( r o t a t i o n ) a r o u n d t h e
o p e r a t i o n site is needed, risers s h a l l be connected t o the
m o o r e d turrets. W h e r e p r o v i s i o n w a s m a d e for the
possibility t o leave the operation site b y F P U , risers shall
be connected to the m o o r e d submerged buoys, including
those w i t h embedded turrets.
1.1.4 F P U / F S P M a n d t h e i r t u r r e t s s h a l l m e e t t h e
requirements o f the Rules for the Classification, C o n ­
struction and Equipment o f Floating Offshore Oil-and-
Gas Production Units ( F P U Rules), w h i l e F O P shall meet
the requirements o f the Rules for the Classification,
Construction and Equipment o f M o b i l e Offshore Drilling
Units and Fixed Offshore Platforms ( M O D U / F O P
Rules).
1.1.5 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h i s P a r t d o n o t a p p l y
to subsea hoses that shall meet the requirements o f
Section 6, Part V H I "Systems and P i p i n g " o f the Rules
for the Classification and Construction o f Sea-Going
Ships.
1.1.6 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h i s P a r t m a y b e a p p l i e d t o
existing risers b u i l t w i t h o u t the R S technical supervision
for the purpose o f carrying out survey o f technical
c o n d i t i o n and assessing the possibility o f assigning the
R S class.
1.1.7 T h e R e g i s t e r m a y a p p r o v e r i s e r s b u i l t i n
compliance w i t h other rules, regulations or standards
alternatively or additionally to the requirements o f this
Part.
1.1.8 D e s i g n , c o n s t r u c t i o n a n d o p e r a t i o n o f r i s e r s
shall meet the requirements o f supervisory bodies.
1.1.9 R i s e r f o u n d a t i o n s i n t e r m s o f t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
to structural fitting o n the seabed soil shall meet
t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f P a r t ГУ " F o u n d a t i o n s " o f t h e S P S
Rules.
1.1.10 I n a l l o t h e r r e s p e c t s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.1.7
a n d 1.1.6, P a r t I " S u b s e a P i p e l i n e s " s h a l l b e m e t .
1.2 D E F I N I T I O N S A N D A B B R E V I A T I O N S
1.2.1 D e f i n i t i o n s .
F l e x i b l e r i s e r means a riser w h i c h allows large
deflections f r o m straightness w i t h o u t significant increase
i n b e n d i n g stresses.
H y b r i d r i s e r m e a n s a riser w h i c h consists o f
pipes made o f different structural materials.
P r o d u c t i o n r i s e r means a vertical part o f the
subsea piping system, w h i c h connects subsea production
systems w i t h the w e l l fluid gathering/treatment/storage
systems o n floating offshore oil-and-gas production
units/ floating single point m o o r i n g ( F P U / F P S M ) or
fixed o f f s h o r e p l a t f o r m s ( F O P ) .
N o t e . P r o d u c t i o n risers m a y b e u s e d f o r w a t e r / g a s i n j e c t i o n ,
gaslift, as w e l l as for placing um-bilicals o f the subsea production
s y s t e m control a n d m o n i t o r i n g facilities.
Riser tensioner system/Vertical mo­
tion compensator means a riser tensioner and
r o l l i n g c o m p e n s a t i o n s y s t e m f o r floating o f f s h o r e o i l -
and-gas production units/floating single p o i n t m o o r i n g
( F P U / F P S M ) a n d t h e riser.
R i s e r f o u n d a t i o n means a n appliance for
fixing the riser comprising buoyancy structural c o m p o ­
nents o n the seabed soil.
P a c k a g e r i s e r means a riser comprising a
package (batch) o f parallel riser pipes and umbilicals.
P o l y m e r i c - m e t a l r i s e r means a riser w i t h
flexible p o l y m e r - m e t a l p i p e .
C o m p o s i t e m a t e r i a l means a heterogeneous
system composed o f a polymeric matrix and filler
(reinforcing material).
S w a m p w e i g h t means a riser component
h a v i n g negative b u o y a n c y , w h i c h is f i x e d t o the riser
for creating tensile forces.
C o m p o s i t e r i s e r means a riser w i t h a
composite pipe consisting o f an outer pressure sheath,
inner tight liner and end fittings.
R i s e r s y s t e m means a complex o f additional
systems, equipment and facilities, w h i c h ensure func­
t i o n i n g o f t h e r i s e r ( o r s e v e r a l r i s e r s ) as a c o m p l e x
pipeline transportation system.
R i s e r p i p e s e c t i o n means an assembly unit o f
t h e r i s e r p i p e w h i c h i n c l u d e s c o n n e c t o r s ( e n d fittings) a t
the ends.
S t a t i c e l a s t i c l i n e o f t h e r i s e r means
a r i s e r a x i a l e q u i l i b r i u m l i n e u n d e r t h e s o l e effect o f g r a v i t y ,
b u o y a n c y a n d static r e a c t i o n forces f r o m F P U / F S P M / F O P .
 P a r t II. Risers
R i s e r p i p e is means riser component f o r m i n g a
channel for transporting t h e w e l l fluid, water o r gas.
E x p o r t r i s e r means a vertical part o f the subsea
piping system, w h i c h connects t h e w e l l fluid offloading
systems o n floating offshore oil-and-gas production
units/floating single point m o o r i n g ( F P U / F P S M ) o r fixed
offshore platforms ( F O P ) w i t h the subsea p i p i n g systems.
B u o y a n c y e l e m e n t is a riser component
h a v i n g positive b u o y a n c y w h i c h is fixed t o t h e riser f o r
creating tensile forces.
1.2.2 A b b r e v i a t i o n s .
F O P — fixed offshore platform;
S P — subsea pipeline;
S P S — subsea production system;
F P U — floating offshore oil-and-gas production
unit;
F S P M { F l o a t i n g Single P o i n t M o o r i n g ) — f l o a t i n g
single point m o o r i n g .
1.3 C L A S S I F I C A T I O N
1.3.1 T h e c l a s s n o t a t i o n a s s i g n e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r t o
the riser consists o f t h e character o f classification,
distinguishing marks a n d descriptive notations defining
its d e s i g n a n d p u r p o s e .
1.3.2 T h e c h a r a c t e r o f c l a s s i f i c a t i o n a s s i g n e d b y t h e
Register t o the riser consists o f the f o l l o w i n g distinguish­
ing m a r k s : R®, R * o r R * .
Depending o n the supervisory body under w h i c h
supervision t h e riser h a s been constructed, t h e character
o f classification i s established as f o l l o w s :
risers constructed i n accordance w i t h t h e R S rules
and under t h e R S technical supervision, are assigned a
class n o t a t i o n w i t h t h e character o f classification R®;
risers constructed i n accordance w i t h t h e rules a n d
under supervision o fa classification society o r national
s u p e r v i s o r y b o d y r e c o g n i z e d b y the R e g i s t e r are assigned
a class n o t a t i o n w i t h t h e character o f classification R * ;
risers constructed w i t h o u t supervision o f the classi­
fication society o r national supervisory body recognized
b y t h e Register a r e assigned a class n o t a t i o n w i t h t h e
character o f classification R * .
See Circular 1216 1.3.3 T h r e e g r o u p s o f a d d i t i o n a l d i s t i n g u i s h i n g
m a r k s are added t o t h e character o f classification:
1.3.3.1 A d d i t i o n a l d i s t i n g u i s h i n g m a r k s c o r r e s p o n d ­
ing w i t h t h eriser purpose:
P — p r o d u c t i o n riser, i n c l u d i n g risers f o r water/gas
injection;
E — e x p o r t riser.
1.3.3.2 A d d i t i o n a l d i s t i n g u i s h i n g m a r k s c o r r e s p o n d ­
ing w i t h t h etype o fw e l l fluid produced/transported:
G — gas;
L — liquid o r a two-phase transported m e d i u m ,
including water.
101
1.3.3.3 A d d i t i o n a l d i s t i n g u i s h i n g m a r k s c o r r e s p o n d ­
ing w i t h the riser pipe material:
S — steel;
T — titanium alloy;
A — a l u m i n i u m alloy;
С — composite;
H — h y b r i d riser;
F — polymeric-metal pipe.
1.3.4 T h e f o l l o w i n g d e s c r i p t i v e n o t a t i o n s s h a l l b e
added t o the character o f classification a n d distinguishing
mark:
1.3.4.1 F o r p r o d u c t i o n o f w e l l f l u i d w i t h c o r r o s i v e
characteristics ( s u l p h u r a t e d h y d r o g e n ) — c o r r o s i o n - a c t i v e .
1.3.4.2 T h e rest d e s c r i p t i v e n o t a t i o n s a r e t h e f o l l o w i n g :
g e o g r a p h i c a l area;
t y p e o f transported m e d i u m ; w o r k i n g pressure, i n M P a ;
m a x i m u m t e m p e r a t u r e o f t r a n s p o r t e d m e d i u m , i n °C;
n o m i n a l r i s e r p i p e diameter, i n m m / n u m b e r o f pipes, D C S .
For example, R * P L F , corrosion-active, B a r e n t s
s e a , 19 M P a , 3 0 °C, 3 0 0 / 1 .
1.3.5 A s s i g n m e n t o f t h e R S c l a s s m e a n s c o n f i r m a ­
tion o f t h e riser compliance w i t h t h e applicable
requirements o f the S P R u l e s a n d acceptance o f the riser
under technical supervision f o rt h e specified period o f
time w i t h performance o f all surveys required b y the
R e g i s t e r t o c o n f i r m t h e class. A s s i g n m e n t o f t h e R S class
to t h e riser is c o n f i r m e d b y issuing a standard
Classification Certificate.
1.3.6 I n a l l o t h e r c a s e s , r i s e r c l a s s i f i c a t i o n r e q u i r e ­
m e n t s s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h 1.3.5 t o 1 . 3 . 1 2 , P a r t I " S u b s e a
Pipelines".
1.4 S C O P E O F S U R V E Y S
1.4.1 T e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n o f r i s e r s c o n s i s t s o f
checking t h eriser compliance w i t h t h e R S requirements
during:
review a n d approval (agreement) o f technical
documentation;
survey o f the items o f technical supervision during
manufacture, construction, operation, including modifi­
cation a n d repairs.
1.4.2 T h e R S a c t i v i t i e s p e r t a i n i n g t o c l a s s i f i c a t i o n o f
risers, technical s u p e r v i s i o n a t t h e stages specified
i n 1.4.1 shall b e p e r f o r m e d based o n t h e contracts w i t h
the clients.
1.4.3 D u r i n g t e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n o f t h e r i s e r s
Reports o n survey (upon completion o f the construction,
annual/intermediate/special survey) a n d other docu­
ments, i f necessary, shall b e issued b y t h e Register.
1.4.4 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r r i s e r s u r v e y s s h a l l m e e t
t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.4.1 t o 1.4.4, P a r t I " S u b s e a P i p e l i n e s " .
1.4.5 I t i s r e c o m m e n d e d t o a g r e e d a t e s o f t h e R S
classification i t e m periodical surveys at t h e specific
102 Rules for
offshore oil-and-gas field: subsea pipelines, risers and
subsea production systems.
1.5 T E C H N I C A L DOCUMENTATION
1.5.1 P r i o r t o c o m m e n c e m e n t o f t h e r i s e r c o n s t r u c -
tion, technical documentation w h i c h allows ascertaining
that the r e q u i r e m e n t o f the R S rules f o r this riser are met,
shall be submitted to the Register for review.
T h e scope o f the riser/riser system technical
d o c u m e n t a t i o n i s s p e c i f i e d i n 1.5.2 t o 1 . 5 . 8 .
1.5.2 G e n e r a l :
.1 riser specification;
.2 r i s e r d r a w i n g s ( s e t u p d i a g r a m , s t a n d a r d c o m p o -
nents and connectors);
.3 o p e r a t i o n a r e a e n g i n e e r i n g s u r v e y r e p o r t w i t h
indication o f the current, w a v e and soil parameters ( w h e n
riser f o u n d a t i o n s t o b e i n s t a l l e d o n the seabed are used);
.4 l i s t o f c o m p o n e n t s a n d e q u i p m e n t w i t h i n d i c a t i o n
o f the m a i n technical characteristics, manufacturer and
approval b y the Register o r another classification/super-
visory body.
1.5.3 D o c u m e n t a t i o n o n r i s e r p i p e s , i n c l u d i n g
connectors:
.1 drawings o f riser pipe sections, i n c l u d i n g those
w i t h e n d fittings ( i n case o f a detachable c o n n e c t i o n ) ;
.2 s p e c i f i c a t i o n f o r t h e p i p e d e l i v e r y o r t e c h n i c a l
requirements f o r the pipe purchasing, certificates f o r riser
pipes a n d test reports thereof;
.3 d r a w i n g s o f t h e r i s e r p i p e c o n n e c t o r s a n d t h e r i s e r /
riser pipe connection to F P U / F S P M / F O P and S P S ;
.4 d r a w i n g s o f t h e r i s e r p i p e w e l d e d j o i n t s , e d g e
preparation for welding, description o f welding modes
( i n case o f w e l d e d j o i n t s ) ;
.5 t y p e s a n d s c o p e o f t e s t s ;
.6 m e t h o d s a n d s c o p e o f n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g ;
.7 i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h e m e d i u m t o b e t r a n s p o r t e d ;
.8 h y d r a u l i c c a l c u l a t i o n s o f a n e q u i l i b r i u m c o n f i g u -
r a t i o n o f a riser pipe (the static elastic line p o s i t i o n ) a n d
the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
the positions o f m a x i m u m a l l o w a b l e relative displace-
ments o f the upper and l o w e r riser parts according t o
three linear degrees o f f r e e d o m (vertical displacement,
longitudinal displacement and transverse horizontal
displacement).
1.5.4 T h e f o l l o w i n g c a l c u l a t i o n s a n d o t h e r d e s i g n
documentation shall be submitted together w i t h the
d r a w i n g s a n d i n f o r m a t i o n a c c o r d i n g t o 1.5.3:
.1 design and guidelines for offshore riser installation;
.2 c a l c u l a t i o n o f t h e r i s e r s t a t i c e q u i l i b r i u m ( d e t e r -
m i n i n g static elastic l i n e o f the riser);
.3 c a l c u l a t i o n o f t h e r i s e r d y n a m i c s u n d e r t h e e f f e c t
o f current, waves and F P U / F S P M / F O P displacements,
as w e l l as i n t e r a c t i o n w i t h S P S o r s e a b e d s o i l .
.4 c a l c u l a t i o n o f t h e r i s e r p i p e w a l l t h i c k n e s s ;
.5 c a l c u l a t i o n o f f a t i g u e s t r e n g t h ;
.6 c a l c u l a t i o n o f t h e r i s e r s t r e n g t h d u r i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n .
1.5.5 D o c u m e n t a t i o n o n t h e r i s e r c o m p o n e n t
buoyancy:
.1 calculation o f the c o m p o n e n t buoyancy;
.2 a r r a n g e m e n t p l a n o f b u o y a n c y e l e m e n t s ;
.3 b u o y a n c y e l e m e n t m a t e r i a l c e r t i f i c a t e s ;
.4 b u o y a n c y e l e m e n t d r a w i n g s .
1.5.6 D o c u m e n t a t i o n o n s w a m p w e i g h t s / r i s e r f o u n -
dations:
.1 calculation o f s w a m p w e i g h t i n w a t e r o r
determination o f design load o n the riser foundation;
.2 a r r a n g e m e n t p l a n o f t h e s w a m p w e i g h t s / r i s e r
foundation base;
.3 t h e s w a m p w e i g h t / t h e r i s e r f o u n d a t i o n m a t e r i a l
certificates;
.4 t h e s w a m p w e i g h t / r i s e r f o u n d a t i o n d r a w i n g s .
1.5.7 D o c u m e n t a t i o n o n t h e r i s e r o p e r a t i o n m o n i t o r -
ing and control facilities;
1.5.8 D o c u m e n t a t i o n o n p r o t e c t i v e c o a t i n g s a n d
cathodic protection/galvanic anode system.
1.5.9 D o c u m e n t a t i o n o n r i s e r r i s k a n a l y s i s .
1.5.10 I n a l l o t h e r r e s p e c t s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r r i s e r
technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h 1.5.11 t o
1.5.19, P a r t I "Subsea P i p e l i n e s " .
P a r t II. Risers 103

2 D E S I G N L O A D S

F , =0,8c p a
w r a w w r
2
D + O^CxpJYw.- V) | V
w w V \Dw n

2 . 1 D e s i g n loads acting o n risers shall take i n t o (2.5-1)

consideration the f o l l o w i n g impact loads:
.1 pressure o n the riser pipe w a l l due to the where i v = riser particle acceleration d u e to w a v e s , i n m / s ;
c o m b i n e d effect o f internal pressure o f the transported V = water particle velocity d u e to w a v e s at the g i v e n depth,
w

in m/s, which is determined for the given geographical

f l u i d o r gas a n d e x t e r n a l h y d r o s t a t i c p r e s s u r e o f w a t e r ; region with 1 0 - 2
1/year probability b a s e d o n the engineering
.2 transverse l o a d due t o the sea current, w h o s e s u r v e y ( r e f e r t o A p p e n d i x 5);
v e l o c i t y a n d d i r e c t i o n are g e n e r a l l y depth stratified; K = riser particle velocity due to waves, i n m / s ;
w r

c„ a n d c = i n e r t i a a n d v e l o c i t y r e s i s t a n c e f a c t o r s d e t e r m i n e d a c c o r d i n g
x

.3 t r a n s v e r s e l o a d d u e t o t h e w a v e p a r t i c l e f l o w ( d e p e n ­ t o d i a g r a m i n F i g . 2.5 d e p e n d i n g o n t h e K e u l e g a n - C a r p e n t e r
ding o n depth o f riser installation and w a v i n g parameters); n u m b e r КС ( r e f e r t o F o r m u l a (2.5-2)).
.4 temperature loads due to the difference i n the
transported m e d i u m temperatures at t h e i n i t i a l a n d e n d КС = V i/D w r (2.5-2)
points o f the riser;
w h e r e x = w a v e p e r i o d , i n s, d e t e r m i n e d f o r the g i v e n g e o g r a p h i c a l
.5 g r a v i t y and b u o y a n c y o f a l l riser c o m p o n e n t s , region with 1 0 - 2
1/year probability b a s e d o n the engineering
including buoyancy elements/swamp weight; s u r v e y ( r e f e r t o A p p e n d i x 5).
.6 reactions i n the riser connection t o F P U / F S P M / F O P
induced b y their deviation f r o m the equilibrium condi­
2,6
t i o n due t o the c o m b i n e d effects o f w a v e s , w i n d , surface
2,4
sea c u r r e n t a n d o p e r a t i o n o f tensile legs a n d d y n a m i c \
2,2 \\
positioning and m o o r i n g systems; 2,0 V
\
.7 reactions o f m e m b e r s i n w a y o f the riser 1,8 \> 2
i
connection t o S P S (riser foundation) or interaction w i t h 1,6

<Sl,4 у
seabed soil, including those induced b y seismic loads. A
3 l , 2
— —
2.2 I n addition t o the loads specified i n 2.1 the riser -1 — J

shall be tested f o r the effect o f loads acting d u r i n g the

1,0
1
1 \\ /
r

riser installation and testing. Unless otherwise specified,

0,8 1
1 /
0,6
each design load shall be m u l t i p l i e d b y significance 0,4

factor у i n accordance w i t h Table 2 . 1 , Part I "Subsea 0,2

Pipelines". 0,0
0 5 10 IS 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
2.3 D e s i g n pressure acting o n the riser pipe
КС
w a l l p , i n M P a , is d e t e r m i n e d b y F o r m u l a ( 2 . 2 . 1 ) , Part
0

F i g . 2.5
I "Subsea Pipelines", where:
D e p e n d e n c e o f t h e v e l o c i t y c (1) x
internal pressure p , i n M P a , is d e t e r m i n e d b y the
t
a n d i n e r t i a c„ (2) r e s i s t a n c e f a c t o r s
riser h y d r a u l i c c a l c u l a t i o n a n d is the riser h e i g h t variable; from the Keulegan-Carpenter number
the v a l u e o f p a n , i n M P a , is d e t e r m i n e d b y
g n

F o r m u l a (2.2.2), Part I "Subsea Pipelines" w h e r e the value 2.6 Reactions o f members i n w a y o f the riser
o f d a a a . s h a l l b e t a k e n as t h e m i n i m u m d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n connections t o F P U / F S P M / F O P and S P S (seabed soil)
t h e r i s e r t o p a n d t h e s t i l l w a t e r l e v e l , t a k i n g i n t o a c c o u n t tides a r e d e t e r m i n e d f o r t h e F P U / F S P M / F O P d e v i a t i o n s from
2
a n d s t o r m s u r g e effects w i t h 1 0 ~ 1/year p r o b a b i l i t y . t h e e q u i l i b r i u m c o n d i t i o n d u e t o t h e c o m b i n e d effects o f
2
2 . 4 T r a n s v e r s e l i n e a r sea c u r r e n t l o a d o n t h e riser w a v e s , w i n d , surface sea c u r r e n t w i t h 1 0 ~ 1/year
particle F , i n N / m , shall be determined b y the f o r m u l a
c r
probability and effectively functioning positioning sys­
tem.
F , = 0,95
c P w a ^ + 0 , 7 p ( ^ - V )\ V„-V \D ,
w c c r (2.4) 2.7 D e s i g n external loads acting o n the riser shall be
determined for the most unfavorable combination o f
where D = riser external diameter, i n m ;
=
r

riser particle acceleration d u e to the current, i n m / s ; 2 loads. M e t h o d s o f assigning design loads, including
Vcr = riser particle velocity d u e to the current, i n m / s ; those w h i c h have been developed based o n the national
V = c design current velocity (with due accountfor the direction)at and/or international rules, standards and regulations,
the given depth, i n m / s w h i c h is determined for the given
geographical region with 1 0 - 2
1/year probability b a s e d o n shall be approved b y the Register during consideration o f
the engineering survey; the riser technical documentation.
3
p = sea water density, i n k g / m .
w
2.8 D i s t r i b u t i o n o f design loads acting o n risers
based o n physical p h e n o m e n a determining their occur­
2.5 Transverse linear w a v e load o n the riser particle rence shall c o m p l y w i t h 2.1.2 to 2.1.6, Part I "Subsea
F w r , i n N / m , shall be determined b y the formula Pipelines".
104 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

3 R E Q U I R E M E N T S F O RD E T E R M I N I N G R I S E R D Y N A M I C R E S P O N S E
T O E N V I R O N M E N T A L C O N D I T I O N S A N D L O A D S

3.1 GENERAL С в = О Д О Д О - D U r ) — b e n d i n g stiffness; (3.2.4-2)

3.1.1 Strength analysis o f risers shall consist o f C T = 0 , l E ( D - D ^ ) — t o r s i o n a l stiffness,

r (3.2.4-3)
t h e f o l l o w i n g stages: where E = Young's m o d u l u s o f the riser pipe material, i n M P a ;
.1 d e t e r m i n i n g t h e riser elastic static l i n e i n D = external diameter o f the riser pipe, i n m ;
r

the equilibrium condition; О = internal d i a m e t e r o f the riser, i n m .

ы r

.2 d e t e r m i n i n g t h e p r o d u c t i o n riser d y n a m i c r e ­ T h e respective generalized stiffnesses f o r c o m p o s i t e

sponse t o t h e effect o f current, w a v e s , as w e l l as t h e risers are specified i n 1.1.6 o f A p p e n d i x 9 .
effects o f i n t e r a c t i o n w i t h S P S ( o r seabed s o i l ) o r 3.2.5 C a l c u l a t i o n o f elastic static l i n e s h a l l b e carried
F P U / F S P M / F O P , w h e n displaced; out using n u m e r i c methods w i t h d u e account f o r large
.3 t e s t i n g l o c a l s t r e n g t h a n d s t a b i l i t y o f t h e r i s e r . displacements (geometrical non-linearity). T h eriser pipe
w a l l thickness, buoyancy- a n d s w a m p weight para­
meters, other riser system component parameters shall b e
3.2 D E T E R M I N I N G R I S E R E L A S T I C S T A T I C LINE
selected t o t h e intent that a l l riser sections are tensioned
to a v o i d general b u c k l i n g o f t h e riser pipe.

3 . 2 . 1 T h e riser elastic static l i n e shall b e d e t e r m i n e d

according t o the methodology approved b y the Register 3.3 D E T E R M I N I N G D Y N A M I C RESPONSE
using numerical methods.
3 . 2 . 2 I n t h e first s t e p t h e r i s e r p i p e w a l l t h i c k n e s s t n

i n m m , shall b e determined as: 3.3.1 D y n a m i c response o f t h e riser shall b e

.1 f o r m e t a l riser pipe determined according t o t h e methodology approved b y
the R e g i s t e r u s i n g n u m e r i c m e t h o d s . E l a s t i c static l i n e o f
^ = ^ + Ci (3.2.2) the riser shall b e taken as t h e riser initial position. T h e
following environmental loads shall b e taken into
where p 0= design pressure i n theriser pipe determined i n accordance account i n dynamic calculation:
w i t h 2.3, i n M P a ;
D r - external diameter o f the riser pipe, i n m ; g r a v i t y ( s i m i l a r t o t h e elastic static l i n e calculation)
йе = t h em i n i m u m yield stress o f the riser p i p e material, i n M P a ; and added masses o f water;
ci = corrosion allowance which i sdetermined as:
b u o y a n c y ( s i m i l a r t o t h e elastic static l i n e calculation);
Ci = 0,2T — for steel riser pipes, i n m m ;
w h e r e T = p l a n n e d service life o f the riser, i n years; t e m p e r a t u r e ( s i m i l a r t o t h e elastic static l i n e c a l c u l a t i o n ) ;
c\ - 0 — f o r r i s e r p i p e s m a d e o f t i t a n i u m a n d a l u m i n i u m a l l o y s . h y d r o d y n a m i c d u e t o t h e current, including vortex-
induced vibration;
.2 composite riser w a l l thickness t o b e d e t e r m i n e d i n hydrodynamic due t o the water wave motion;
compliance w i t h Section 2 o fAppendix 9. reactions t o t h e riser connection t o S P S o r interaction
3.2.3 T h e riser elastic static l i n e shall b e calculated w i t h seabed soil;
w i t h due account f o r t h e f o l l o w i n g impact loads: reactions i n t h e riser connection t o F P U / F S P M / F O P
gravity; induced b y their deviation f r o m the equilibrium condi­
buoyancy; t i o n d u e t o t h e c o m b i n e d effects o f w a v e s , w i n d , surface
temperature loads; sea c u r r e n t a n d o p e r a t i o n o f tensile legs a n d d y n a m i c
reactions i n t h e riser connection t o S P S o r interaction positioning a n d m o o r i n g systems.
w i t h t h e seabed soil; reactions o f the riser connection t o 3.3.2 W h e n considering t h e r i s e r - F P U / F P S M / F O P
F P U / F S P M / F O P i n still water. interaction availability o f t h e riser tensioner system and/or
3.2.4 Forces o f gravity a n d buoyancy shall b e vertical m o t i o n compensators shall b e taken i n t o account.
calculated separately f o r t h e m a i n riser pipe, s w a m p 3.3.3 I t is r e c o m m e n d e d t o u s e a m e t h o d o f 3 - D
weight, buoyant elements a n d other riser system mathematical simulation o f the riser-FPU/FSPM/FOP
components w i t h due account for their mass and v o l u m e . j o i n t dynamics that shall result i n t h e total m a x i m u m
T h e f o l l o w i n g generalized stiffnesses f o r t h e m e t a l riser values o f i n t e r n a l forces i n t h e riser, n a m e l y : a x i a l force,
pipes shall b e u s e d i n t h e elastic static l i n e calculations: bending and torsional moments.
3.3.4 T h e riser p i p e w a l l thickness s h a l l b e such as t o
C L
2
= 0,7Щ1У -1У1а,г) — l o n g i t u d i n a l stiffness; ( 3 . 2 . 4 - 1 ) e n s u r e t h a t t h e f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s a r e m e t i n a l l cases
o f dynamic calculation:
P a r t II. Risers 105

.1 absence o f t h e riser p i p e g l o b a l b u c k l i n g ; 3.4 L O C A L S T R E N G T H CRITERIA O F RISER PIPES

.2 m e e t i n g t h e m a x i m u m s t r e s s r e q u i r e m e n t :

cw<0,5tf , e (3.3.4) 3 . 4 . 1 M e t a l riser p i p e .

The resultant internal force values shall b e used i n
—
w h e r e (Tmax t h e m a x i m u m v o n M i s e s s t r e s s ( f o r m e t a l riser p i p e s ) ; determining the local strength criterion o f riser pipes i n
f o r m o f t h e m a x i m u m e q u i v a l e n t stresses a , in M P a
m a x

.3 m e e t i n g t h e r i s e r p i p e l o c a l b u c k l i n g r e q u i r e ­
ments: <W = 0,7V(CJI - a f + ( с т - с т ) + (<*i -<*з)
2 2 3
2 2
(3.4.1)
for m e t a l riser pipes i n accordance w i t h 3.4.2, Part I
"Subsea Pipelines" w i t h the safety factor n = 2,0; c
w h e r e c i i , ст , ст = m a i n s t r e s s e s , i n M P a .
2 3

for composite riser pipes — refer t o Section 4 o f I n this respect the provisions o f F o r m u l a (3.3.4) shall
Appendix 9; be met.
for p o l y m e r i c m e t a l riser pipes — refer to 3.8, Part I 3.4.2 C o m p o s i t e riser p i p e s .
"Subsea Pipelines". The requirements t o local strength criteria o f
.4 meeting the w e l d e d j o i n t fatigue strength require­ composite riser pipes shall c o m p l y w i t h Section 1 o f
ments (for m e t a l riser pipes). Appendix 9.
3.4.3 P o l y m e r i c - m e t a l riser p i p e s .
The requirements t o local strength criteria o f
polymeric-metal riser pipes shall c o m p l y w i t h 3 . 8 ,
Part I "Subsea Pipelines".
106 Rules for the Classification
4 M A T E R I A L S
4.1 GENERAL
4.1.1 M a t e r i a l s a n d p r o d u c t s u s e d i n m a n u f a c t u r e o f
risers and/or riser systems shall b e s u r v e y e d b y t h e
Register. T h e general provisions regulating t h e scope a n d
procedure o f technical supervision o f materials a n d
products are specified i n Section 5, Part I "General
Regulations f o r Technical Supervision" o f Rules f o r
Technical Supervision D u r i n g Construction o f Ships a n d
Manufacture o f Materials a n d Products f o r Ships a n d i n
S e c t i o n 1 , P a r t ХШ " M a t e r i a l s " o f R u l e s f o r t h e
Classification a n d Construction o fSea-Going Ships.
4.1.2 T h e m a t e r i a l s f o r m e t a l r i s e r p i p e s s u b j e c t t o
the R S technical supervision, shall b e produced b y the
manufacturers recognized b y the Register a n d have the
R e c o g n i t i o n C e r t i f i c a t e f o r M a n u f a c t u r e r (СПИ)
( f o r m 7.1.4.1).
4.1.3 C o m p o s i t e r i s e r p i p e s a n d p o l y m e r i c m e t a l
riser pipes shall b e approved b y t h e Register w i t h t h e
i s s u e o f T y p e A p p r o v a l C e r t i f i c a t e (СТО) ( f o r m 6 . 8 . 3 ) .
4.1.4 P r o d u c t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r m a t e r i a l s a n d
products w h i c h contain adequate information needed f o r
the product ordering, manufacture o r acceptance, shall b e
submitted t o the Register f o r approval i n f o r m o f
specifications/technical r e q u i r e m e n t s as part o f t e c h n i c a l
d o c u m e n t a t i o n o n risers (refer t o l . 5 . 3 ) .
4.1.5 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e R S s u r v e y a n d
technical supervision o f t h e riser pipe materials shall
c o m p l y w i t h 4.2.1 a n d 4.2.2, Part I "Subsea Pipelines".
4.2 M E T A L R I S E R P I P E S
4.2.1 S t e e l r i s e r p i p e s s h a l l m e e t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t
o f 4.5, Part I "Subsea Pipelines".
4.2.2 R i s e r p i p e s m a d e o f a n o t h e r m e t a l o r a l l o y
( a l u m i n i u m a n d t i t a n i u m a l l o y s ) are subject t o special
consideration b y t h e Register.
4.3 R I S E R P I P E S O F C O M P O S I T E MATERIALS
4.3.1 T e r m s a n d d e f i n i t i o n s .
I n a d d i t i o n t o 1.2 o f t h i s P a r t t h e f o l l o w i n g t e r m s a n d
definitions f o r t h e riser pipes m a d e o f composite
materials have been introduced:
R e i n f o r c i n g m a t e r i a l means the composite
p l y c o m p o n e n t (fabric, tape, r o v i n g , fiber, etc.), i n t e n d e d
to ensure its stiffness a n d strength.
and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
L i n e r means thetight (usually made o f metal) p l y
o f the composite riser pipe, w h i c h is i n contact w i t h t h e
transported m e d i u m .
M a t r i x means the cured p o l y m e r material w h i c h
provides compatibility o f reinforcing pliers o f composite
material.
O r t h o t r o p y m e a n s special case o f anisotropy,
w h i c h is characterized b y t h e existence o f 3 m u t u a l l y
perpendicular planes o f material symmetry.
D e - l a m i n a t i o n m e a n s t h e separation o r loss o f
bonds o f plies o f material i n a laminate.
P 1 у means t h ebasic building block o f a composite
material representing o n e layer o f reinforcing material
soaked i n b o n d a n d cured.
R e i n f o r c e m e n t s t r u c t u r e m e a n s t h e se­
quence o f orientation o f pliers i na composite laminate i n
relation t o t h e longitudinal axis o f t h e composite riser
pipe section.
4.3.2 G e n e r a l .
4.3.2.1 S e l e c t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t a t
the design stage o f t h e composite riser pipe s y s t e m t o
ensure its integrity, reliability a n d durability, considering
the potential changes o f operational conditions a n d
material properties during t h e design riser service life
and operating conditions, including t h e preliminary
stages o f the riser storage, t r a n s p o r t a t i o n a n d i n s t a l l a t i o n .
4.3.2.2 T h e c o m p o s i t e r i s e r p i p e p r e s s u r e s h e a t h
shall b e m a d e o f composite pliers. These pliers shall
ensure structural a n d technological strength for transport­
ing m e d i a w i t h the prescribed parameters under the effect
o f design loads.
The tight inner liner a n d e n d fittings shall be
m a n u f a c t u r e d o f steels m e e t i n g t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 4 . 5 ,
Part I "Subsea Pipelines".
4.3.2.3 A l l t h e m a t e r i a l s u s e d i n t h e c o m p o s i t e r i s e r
systems shall be certified f o r application i n the
corresponding e n v i r o n m e n t (seawater) a n d t h e trans­
ported (natural gas, o i l , etc.) m e d i a w i t h i n t h e range o f
operating pressures a n d temperatures.
4.3.2.4 S e r v i c e l i f e o f t h e c o m p o s i t e r i s e r s h a l l b e
specified taking into account t h e allowance f o r degrada­
tion o ft h e mechanical properties o f the material during
the riser l o n g - t e r m service.
4.3.3 C o m p o s i t e m a t e r i a l s .
4.3.3.1 T h e n o m e n c l a t u r e o f t h e R S - c o n t r o l l e d
technological characteristics o f t h e riser pipe pressure
sheath manufacturing is specified o n t h e assumption o f
the f o l l o w i n g range o f parameters:
.1 m a t e r i a l c o m p o s i t i o n :
grade a n d type o f reinforcing material (fiber, r o v i n g ,
tape, fabric);
P a r t II. Risers
type o f fabric texture;
t y p e o f b o n d ( e p o x y , polyester, etc.);
grade o f bond;
.2 p r o d u c t i o n p r o p e r t i e s :
manufacturing method;
curing temperature;
curing pressure;
curing behaviour;
method o f controlling the reinforcing material
orientation;
method o f controlling weight/volume content o f
the reinforcing material.
4.3.3.2 N o m e n c l a t u r e o f t h e R S - c o n t r o l l e d p r o p e r ­
ties o f c o m p o s i t e pliers used i n t h e m a n u f a c t u r e o f t h e
composite riser pipe pressure sheath is specified o n t h e
assumption o f the f o l l o w i n g range o f parameters.
.1 m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s :
m o d u l i o f elasticity i n t h e direction o f axes 1 , 2 a n d 3;
shear m o d u l u s w i t h i n t h e reinforcement plane;
t h r o u g h t h i c k n e s s s h e a r m o d u l i w i t h i n p l a n e s 1-3
and 2-3;
P o i s s o n ' s F a c t o r s w i t h i n p l a n e s 1 - 2 , 1-3 a n d 2 - 3 ;
ultimate tensile strength i n t h e direction o f axes 1 , 2
and 3;
ultimate compressive strength i n the direction o f
axes 1 , 2 a n d 3;
ultimate shear strength w i t h i n t h e reinforcement
plane;
t h r o u g h u l t i m a t e t h i c k n e s s s t r e n g t h w i t h i n p l a n e s 1-3
and 2-3;
factor o f t h e direct stress c o m p o n e n t interference;
.2 p h y s i c a l p r o p e r t i e s : d e n s i t y ;
linear factors o f t h e r m a l expansion i n t h e direction o f
axes 1 , 2 a n d 3;
Factors considering t h e ambient h u m i d i t y impact o n t h e
composite p l y properties i n t h e direction o f axes 1 , 2 a n d 3;
.3 o t h e r p r o p e r t i e s :
c h e m i c a l resistance t o t h e e n v i r o n m e n t a n d t h e
transported media;
ageing;
creeping;
endurance;
acceptable defects.
4.3.4 T e s t s o f c o m p o s i t e riser p i p e s .
4.3.4.1 T e s t s o f c o m p o s i t e r i s e r p i p e s a r e c o n d u c t e d
to t h e extent o f :
the t y p e tests d u r i n g t h e R S s u r v e y s o f t h e
manufacturer f o r issuing the Type A p p r o v a l Certificate
(СТО) ( f o r m 6 . 8 . 3 ) ;
t h e tests d u r i n g t h e c o m p o s i t e r i s e r p i p e s m a n u f a c t u r e .
4.3.4.2 T y p e t e s t s o f c o m p o s i t e r i s e r p i p e s .
4.3.4.2.1 T y p e t e s t s o f c o m p o s i t e r i s e r s a r e c o n ­
ducted according t o the program approved b y
the Register. T h e p r o g r a m shall b e based o n t h e
107
requirements o f this section, national and/or international
standards.
4.3.4.2.2 T y p e t e s t s a r e c o n d u c t e d t o c o n f i r m t h e
basic design parameters o f t h e risers o f a certain
d i m e n s i o n - t y p e series, w h i c h range s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d
taking into account t h e following:
internal/external diameter;
number a n d orientation o fthe composite pliers;
grade o freinforcing material;
grade o f bond;
method o f manufacture;
curing temperature;
curing pressure;
curing behaviour;
liner structure;
internal/external temperature o fthe m e d i u m ;
operational conditions a n d service life.
4.3.4.2.3 E a c h t y p e o f t h e c o m p o s i t e r i s e r p i p e s h a l l
pass t y p e tests, w h i c h a r e g e n e r a l l y c o n d u c t e d t o t h e
fracture o f s p e c i m e n s , a n d s h a l l i n c l u d e , as a m i n i m u m ,
the following:
i n t e r n a l p r e s s u r e b u r s t tests;
h y d r o s t a t i c b u c k l i n g tests;
t e n s i o n tests;
t o r s i o n resistance tests.
4.3.4.2.4 T h r e e s p e c i m e n s f o r e a c h t y p e t e s t a r e
s a m p l e d from e a c h t y p e o f t h e c o m p o s i t e r i s e r p i p e .
4.3.4.3 T e s t s d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e o f t h e c o m p o s i t e
riser pipes.
4.3.4.3.1 T e s t s d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e o f t h e c o m p o s i t e
riser pipes are conducted i n compliance w i t h t h e
requirements o f this section according t o the programme
approved b y t h e Register a n d developed o n t h e basis o f
the n a t i o n a l and/or i n t e r n a t i o n a l standards.
4.3.4.3.2 E a c h c o m p o s i t e r i s e r a f t e r m a n u f a c t u r e
s h a l l b e subjected, as a m i n i m u m , t o :
drift tests;
non-destructive test t o d e t e r m i n e t h e area o f
embedded flaw;
h y d r o s t a t i c i n t e r n a l pressure tests.
4.4 P O L Y M E R I C - M E T A L R I S E R P I P E S
4.4.1 T e r m s a n d d e f i n i t i o n s r e l a t e d t o p o l y m e r i c -
m e t a l riser p i p e s a r e i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h t h e t e r m s
specified i n 3.8, Part I "Subsea Pipelines".
4.4.2 P o l y m e r i c - m e t a l riser p i p e s a n d t h e i r e n d
fittings s h a l l m e e t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 4 . 6 , P a r t I " S u b s e a
Pipelines".
4.4.3 T e s t i n g r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r p o l y m e r i c - m e t a l
riser p i p e s s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h 4 . 2 . 4 , P a r t I " S u b s e a
Pipelines".
108 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

5 C O R R O S I O N P R O T E C T I O N

5.1 T h e external corrosion protection requirements
t o m e t a l r i s e r p i p e s , as w e l l as m e t a l c o n n e c t o r s ( e n d
fittings) o f polymeric-metal pipes and composite riser
pipes shall c o m p l y w i t h S e c t i o n 7, Part I "Subsea
P i p e l i n e s " , as a p p l i c a b l e .
5.2 F o r steel riser pipes and m e t a l components o f
p o l y m e r i c - m e t a l p i p e s ( e n d fittings a n d c a r c a s s ) t r a n s -
porting corrosion-active media, provision shall be made
for measures specified i n 7.2, Part I "Subsea Pipelines".
P a r t II. Risers
6 R I S E R C O N S T R U C T I O N , I N S T A L L A T I O N
6.1 P r i o r t o c o n s t r u c t i o n a n d i n s t a l l a t i o n o f a riser/
riser s y s t e m t h e R e g i s t e r s h a l l r e v i e w a n d a p p r o v e
t e c h n i c a l d o c u m e n t a t i o n s p e c i f i e d i n 1.5.2 t o 1 . 5 . 8 ,
as w e l l as d e s i g n p r o c e s s d o c u m e n t a t i o n o n t h e
following:
. 1 p r e - a s s e m b l y ( m a n u f a c t u r e ) o f t h e riser p i p e / r i s e r
pipe section;
.2 m a n u f a c t u r e o f b u o y a n c y e l e m e n t s , s w a m p
w e i g h t a n d riser f o u n d a t i o n ( f o r t h i s p u r p o s e r e f e r
to 1.1.9);
.3 s t o r a g e , t r a n s p o r t a t i o n a n d h a n d l i n g o f t h e riser
components specified i n 6.1.1 and 6.1.2;
.4 s t a g e s o f t h e w h o l e riser s y s t e m p r e - a s s e m b l y
( m a n u f a c t u r e ) , i n c l u d i n g h y b r i d risers a n d p a c k a g e
risers;
.5 r e q u i r e m e n t s t o t h e riser/riser s y s t e m i n s t a l l a t i o n
and connection to the F P U / F P S M / F O P or S P S systems
and facilities.
6.2 T h e s c o p e a n d p r o c e d u r e o f t h e R S t e c h n i c a l
s u p e r v i s i o n is prescribed b y the L i s t o f i t e m s o f the R S
technical supervision during construction and installation
o f risers, w h i c h i s d e v e l o p e d b y t h e f a c t o r y a n d a p p r o v e d
b y the R S Branch Office performing the technical
supervision. T h e List (or any other interchangeable
d o c u m e n t : i n s p e c t i o n test p l a n , q u a l i t y p l a n , etc.) is
d r a w n up o n the basis o f the design and process
documentation approved b y the Register and w i t h due
account for Nomenclature o f items o f the R S technical
s u p e r v i s i o n o f s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s a n d risers ( r e f e r t o 1.6 o f
the SP Guidelines).
6.3 T h e riser p i p e s h a l l b e p r o v i d e d w i t h s h u t - o f f
valves b o t h o n the respective S P S component and
on F P U / F S P M / F O P .
6.4 W h e n s t e e l riser p i p e s a r e u s e d , t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
for w e l d e d j o i n t s s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h S e c t i o n 5, P a r t I
"Subsea Pipelines".
6.5 I n s t a l l a t i o n a n d t e s t i n g o f risers s h a l l b e
conducted w i t h due regard to the conclusions and
r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s o b t a i n e d u p o n r e s u l t s o f risk a n a l y s i s
o f the above processes, based o n the requirements o f
Section 10, Part I "Subsea Pipelines".
6.6 T h e riser s y s t e m d e s i g n s h a l l p r o v i d e f o r t h e
measures a i m e d at m a i n t a i n i n g the required a x i a l tensile
s t r e s s i n t h e riser p i p e i n o r d e r t o a v o i d t h e o c c u r r e n c e
and d e v e l o p m e n t o f u n a l l o w a b l e bending strains.
6.7 T h e d e s i g n a n d g u i d e l i n e f o r m a r i n e o p e r a t i o n s
f o r t h e riser/riser s y s t e m i n s t a l l a t i o n i n t h e o p e r a t i o n f i e l d
is s u b j e c t t o s p e c i a l c o n s i d e r a t i o n b y t h e R e g i s t e r . M a r i n e
o p e r a t i o n s f o r d e l i v e r i n g t h e riser c o m p o n e n t s / r i s e r
system components to the installation field shall meet
the requirements o f the Rules for Planning and Execution
o f M a r i n e Operations.
109
A N D T E S T I N G
6.8 T h e riser s h a l l b e p r e s s u r e t e s t e d a f t e r i t s
complete installation and connection t o the F P U / F S P M / F O P
a n d S P S s y s t e m s a n d f a c i l i t i e s . D u r i n g t h e riser p i p e
m a n u f a c t u r e a t t h e p r e - m a n u f a c t u r e s t a g e t h e riser p i p e
h y d r a u l i c s t r e n g t h t e s t i n g p r i o r t o t h e riser i n s t a l l a t i o n i s
a l l o w e d as a g r e e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r .
6.9 R i s e r s i n t e n d e d f o r t r a n s p o r t a t i o n o f f l u i d m e d i a
shall be pressure tested b y h y d r a u l i c m e t h o d . Risers
i n t e n d e d f o r t r a n s p o r t a t i o n o f gaseous m e d i a are
generally tested proceeding f r o m the f o l l o w i n g c o n d i -
tions:
s t r e n g t h tests are c o n d u c t e d b y h y d r a u l i c m e t h o d ;
l e a k tests are c o n d u c t e d b y h y d r a u l i c m e t h o d . I t is
a l l o w e d t o p e r f o r m l e a k test b y p n e u m a t i c m e t h o d .
6.10 P r e s s u r e t e s t s a r e c o n d u c t e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h See
Circular
the p r o g r a m approved b y the Register. T h e p r o g r a m shall
1216
include:
m e t h o d and rate o f pressurization;
description and arrangement diagram o f measuring
devices;
m e t h o d and rate o f pressure relief;
dewatering and drying method;
emergency and safety procedures and precautions.
6.11 T h e riser p i p e s h a l l b e h y d r a u l i c s t r e n g t h t e s t e d
b y t e s t p r e s s u r e e q u a l t o a t l e a s t 1,25 t i m e s w o r k i n g
p r e s s u r e . W h e n t e s t i n g t h e riser p i p e a f t e r i n s t a l l a t i o n t h e
m a x i m u m permissible e n v i r o n m e n t a l loads acting o n the
riser d u r i n g t h e t e s t s ( w a v e s , c u r r e n t , d i s p l a c e m e n t s o f
t h e riser c o n n e c t i o n s t o F P U / F S P M / F O P o r S P S ) s h a l l b e
agreed u p o n w i t h t h e Register. T h e test pressure h o l d i n g
t i m e s h a l l b e n o t less t h a n 1 2 h .
6.12 D u r i n g t h e h y d r a u l i c s t r e n g t h t e s t s t h e t o t a l
s t r e s s e s i n t h e s t e e l riser p i p e s h a l l n o t e x c e e d 0 , 9 5 o f t h e
p i p e m a t e r i a l y i e l d stress. T h e s t r e n g t h r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r
p o l y m e r i c - m e t a l riser p i p e s a n d p o l y m e r i c c o m p o s i t e
riser p i p e s d u r i n g t h e h y d r a u l i c s t r e n g t h t e s t s s h a l l
c o m p l y w i t h 3.8, Part I "Subsea Pipelines" and
A p p e n d i x 9.
6.13 L e a k t e s t s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t a f t e r t h e s t r e n g t h
t e s t i n g u s i n g t h e t e s t p r e s s u r e e q u a l t o 1,1 t i m e s t h e
w o r k i n g p r e s s u r e . H o l d i n g t i m e i s 1 2 h . T h e riser s h a l l b e
c o n s i d e r e d as h a v i n g p a s s e d t h e l e a k t e s t , i f n o l e a k s a r e
detected o v e r t h e test p e r i o d , a n d t h e pressure v a r i a t i o n s
do not exceed ± 0,2 % under continuous m o n i t o r i n g o f
pressure and temperature values every 15 m i n .
6.14 W h e n m e e t i n g t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h i s S e c t i o n
and f o l l o w i n g the positive results o f a l l surveys
prescribed b y the L i s t o f items o f the R S technical
s u p e r v i s i o n ( r e f e r t o 6 . 2 ) i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 1.3
t h e r i s e r / r i s e r s y s t e m i s a s s i g n e d t h e R S class t h a t m e a n s
acceptance o f the riser/riser s y s t e m under the R S technical
supervision.
по Rules for
7 R I S E R M A I N T E N A N C E A N D
7.1 GENERAL
7.1.1 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r o p e r a t i o n m a i n t e ­
nance o f risers shall c o m p l y w i t h 9.1.1, Part I "Subsea
P i p e l i n e s " , as a p p l i c a b l e .
7.1.2 T h e o w n e r / o p e r a t o r o f t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e
transport s y s t e m c o m p r i s i n g risers establishes the
procedure for inspections, examinations and riser m a i n ­
tenance regulations, w h i c h specify their frequency and
scope, i n c l u d i n g the scope o f initial, periodical, special
inspections and examinations and methods o f their
performance (in-line inspection, measurements o f the
e x t e r n a l d e f e c t s , e t c . ) , as w e l l as a l l o w a b l e d e f e c t s i z e s . I t
is r e c o m m e n d e d t o h a r m o n i z e t h e r i s e r o w n e r ' s s y s t e m o f
e x a m i n a t i o n s and studies w i t h the R S s y s t e m o f period­
ical surveys (refer to 7.2.1). F o r this purpose the availability
a m o n g the field facilities o f other RS-classed items
requiring similar surveys shall be considered.
7.1.3 T h e d o c u m e n t r e f l e c t i n g t h e p r o v i s i o n s
specified i n 7.1.2 (operation regulations, factory speci­
fication, etc.) is s u b m i t t e d t o the R e g i s t e r f o r r e v i e w p r i o r
to accept the riser/riser s y s t e m i n operation.
7.1.4 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r p e r i o d i c a l e x a m i n a ­
tions and studies o f risers shall c o m p l y w i t h 9.1.3
a n d 9 . 1 . 4 , P a r t I " S u b s e a P i p e l i n e s " , as a p p l i c a b l e .
7.2 T E C H N I C A L S U P E R V I S I O N O F R I S E R S F N O P E R A T I O N
7.2.1 R i s e r s c l a s s e d w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r s h a l l b e
operated under the R S technical supervision i n the f o r m
o f periodical surveys. T h e Register m a y apply to the
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.4.3.2 — 1.4.3.4 a n d 1.4.4, P a r t I
" S u b s e a P i p e l i n e s " as t h e g e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r r i s e r
surveys.
7.2.2 T h e R S s u r v e y s a i m e d a t a s s e s s i n g t e c h n i c a l
c o n d i t i o n a n d e n s u r i n g safe o p e r a t i o n o f risers i n t h e
f u t u r e , as w e l l as a t s c h e d u l i n g m a i n t e n a n c e o f r i s e r s ,
shall include:
.1 s u r v e y o f u n d e r w a t e r a n d a b o v e w a t e r ( i f there are
riser sections above w a t e r ) parts o f risers, i n c l u d i n g
monitoring of:
general c o n d i t i o n o f structures, systems, equipment
and facilities o f the riser/riser system;
riser pipes and umbilicals;
riser connections to the S P S and F P U / F S P M / F O P
components, including tension system, angular and
vertical m o t i o n compensators, o n turrets o r submerged
buoys;
condition o f corrosion-protection coating and catho­
dic protection/galvanic anode system;
the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
R E P A I R
condition of buoyancy elements/swamp weights and
their connectors.
.2 i n - l i n e i n s p e c t i o n a n d / o r e x t e r n a l n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e
testing o f the riser pipe, connectors and end fittings;
.3 m e a s u r i n g t h i c k n e s s o f t h e r i s e r p i p e w a l l a n d
other structures a n d facilities (e.g., b u o y a n c y m o d u l e ) ;
.4 m e a s u r i n g t h i c k n e s s o f c o r r o s i o n - p r o t e c t i o n c o a t ­
ings and localizing damaged corrosion-protection and
insulation coatings;
.5 m e a s u r i n g c a t h o d i c p o t e n t i a l o f t h e r i s e r m e t a l
components protected against electrochemical corrosion;
.6 s u r v e y s a n d i n s p e c t i o n s o f u m b i l i c a l s , a u t o m a t i o n
and a l a r m systems;
.7 s u r v e y s o f v a l v e s ( m a y b e p e r f o r m e d d u r i n g t h e
surveys o f SPS and F P U / F S P M / F O P , w h e n installing
fittings o n these items).
7.2.3 H y d r a u l i c t e s t s o f t h e r i s e r p i p e s m a y b e
p e r f o r m e d u p o n the R S request, w h e n surveys specified
in 7.2.2.2 and 7.2.2.3 h a v e n o t b e e n carried o u t (have
b e e n carried o u t i n c o m p l e t e l y ) , o r after t e r m i n a t i o n o f the
riser service life specified i n the design.
7.2.4 S u r v e y o f t h e r i s e r c o n n e c t i o n s t o t h e S P S
or F P U / F S P M / F O P components o n agreement w i t h the
Register m a y be performed during periodical surveys o f
the F P U / F S P M / F O P (including turrets and submerged
buoys), and SPS (including riser foundations and
connections to the SPS components).
7.2.5 F r e q u e n c y o f t h e R e g i s t e r s u r v e y s s p e c i f i e d
i n 7.2.2 s h a l l b e b a s e d o n that specified i n 1.4.4, P a r t I
"Subsea Pipelines" and shall be:
for above w a t e r parts o f risers/riser s y s t e m — once
a year;
for subsea part o f risers/riser s y s t e m — once e v e r y
2 years;
for cathodic protection/galvanic anode system —
once every 3 t o 5 years;
for in-line inspection and/or non-destructive testing —
i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h the Register, b u t n o t less t h a n once
every 3 years.
7.2.6 I n s p e c t i o n s a n d s u r v e y s o f t h e u n d e r w a t e r p a r t
o f riser/riser system shall be p e r f o r m e d b y divers o r b y
means o f remote control/autonomous u n m a n n e d sub-
mersibles.
7.2.7 S u r v e y s s p e c i f i e d i n 7 . 2 . 2 s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t
w i t h p a r t i c i p a t i o n o f firms r e c o g n i z e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r
and having the Recognition Certificate (СП)
(form 7.1.4.2).
7.2.8 T h e r i s e r / r i s e r s y s t e m d e f e c t s , w h i c h h a v e b e e n
i d e n t i f i e d as t h e r e s u l t o f s u r v e y s p e r f o r m e d , s h a l l b e
c h e c k e d f o r c o m p l i a n c e w i t h t h e a l l o w a b l e defect v a l u e s o n
the basis o f the R S - a p p r o v e d regulations (refer t o 7.1.3) o r
the RS-recognized rules, standards and regulations.
P a r t II. Risers
7.2.9 I n t h e s c o p e o f p e r i o d i c a l s u r v e y s t h e R e g i s t e r
shall approve the f o l l o w i n g calculations prepared b y the
owner/operator:
allowability o f the m i n i m u m identified thickness o f
t h e riser p i p e w a l l f o r f u r t h e r s e v i c e ;
a s s e s s m e n t o f c o r r o s i v e w e a r r a t e o f t h e riser p i p e ;
r e s i d u a l s e r v i c e l i f e o f t h e riser p i p e ;
allowable w o r k i n g pressure value;
as w e l l as t h e p l a n o f a c t i o n s t o e n s u r e s a f e o p e r a t i o n
o f t h e riser i n t h e f u t u r e .
7.2.10 P r o c e e d i n g f r o m t h e r e s u l t s o f s u r v e y s
p e r f o r m e d the Register issues standard reports o n the
b a s i s o f u n i c h t h e riser c l a s s i s a s s i g n e d / c o n f i r m e d g i v e n
the positive survey results.
7.2.11 A f t e r t h e effect o f a c c i d e n t a l ( e m e r g e n c y )
l o a d s a c t i n g o n t h e riser s u b j e c t t o t h e R S t e c h n i c a l
supervision occasional survey shall be carried out, based
on w h i c h results the documents specified i n 7.2.8
and 7.2.9 shall be submitted to the Register f o r approval.
A c t i o n s t a k e n b y the owner/operator based o n the results
111
o f studies f o r further operation shall be agreed with
the Register.
7.3 R I S E R REPAIR
7.3.1 D e s i g n process documentation o n scheduled
repairs o r repairs after the effect o f accidental ( e m e r -
gency) loads shall be approved b y the Register.
7 . 3 . 2 T h e riser r e p a i r s s h a l l b e p e r f o r m e d u n d e r t h e
RS technical supervision based o n the approved technical
d o c u m e n t a t i o n w h i c h considers, inter alia, the last s u r v e y
results according to 7.2.2.
7.3.3 T h e Register shall s u r v e y a l l repaired riser
sections at t h e n e x t p e r i o d i c a l survey.
7.3.4 U p o n completing the repairs the o w n e r /
operator shall prepare and s u b m i t to the Register the
d o c u m e n t s c o n f o r m i n g safe o p e r a t i o n o f t h e riser/riser
system for approval (refer to 7.2.9).
112 Rules for
R E C O M M E N D A T I O N S O N P R O V I S I O N O F R E L I A B D L I T Y
A N D S A F E T Y O F S U B S E A P I P E L I N E S O N S E A B E D
1 GENERAL
1.1 A t t h e current l e v e l o f t e c h n i c a l d e v e l o p m e n t o f
subsea pipeline systems a probability o f their damage
d u r i n g construction a n d operation due t o v a r i o u s causes
m a y not be excluded. T h e following m a y be referred to
the m a i n causes:
pipeline v i b r a t i o n and m o v e m e n t under the effect o f
h y d r o d y n a m i c factors;
physical damages o f subsea pipelines and their
coatings b y anchors, t r a w l s , scrapers, vessel keels, ice
f o r m a t i o n s , etc.;
external and internal corrosion (refer to Section 7,
Part I "Subsea Pipelines");
i m p r o p e r ballasting o f the pipeline (refer t o Section 6,
Part I "Subsea Pipelines");
w e l d defects o f the p i p e l i n e base m e t a l (refer t o
Section 5, Part I "Subsea Pipelines");
subsea pipeline b u c k l i n g o n the seabed soil (refer to
Section 3, Part I "Subsea Pipelines");
pipeline free spans i n the area o f the seabed soil
erosion;
inadequate m o n i t o r i n g o f the subsea pipeline condi-
t i o n during construction and operation (refer t o Section 9,
Part I "Subsea Pipelines").
T h e types o f subsea p i p e l i n e d a m a g e s are breaks a n d
cracks o n the pipe base m e t a l and o n welds, t h r o u g h
corrosion f l a w s , j o i n t leakages, t h i n n i n g o f the pipe w a l l
to unacceptable limits i n places o f abrasion against the
seabed soil, h i g h corrosive wear, dents, d i s c o n t i n u i t y o f
p r o t e c t i v e c o a t i n g s , etc. T h e m o s t s e v e r e c o n s e q u e n c e s
o f the subsea p i p e l i n e damages are leakages and
emergency spills o f o i l and o i l products, condensate,
gases a n d l i q u e f i e d gases i n case o f seal f a i l u r e .
1.2 S e a b e d s o i l m a y b e w a s h e d o u t u n d e r t h e p i p e l i n e
due t o erosion processes caused b y w a v e s a n d currents,
l i t h o d y n a m i c processes o f seabed shape changes, w h i c h
m a y r e s u l t i n t h e p i p e l i n e s a g g i n g at l o n g d i s t a n c e s .
A n opposite p h e n o m e n o n - covering o f the pipelines laid
o n the seabed o r i n a trench w i t h o u t b a c k f i l l i n g - m a y take
p l a c e d u e t o t h e s a m e causes. U n d e r t h e effect o f s a n d
( m o v a b l e ) soil erosion, the pipeline m a y go deeper into the
seabed, self-deepening w i l l occur, a n d its stability i n the
seabed soil w i l l i m p r o v e .
For the pipeline laying o n the stiff and r o c k y seabed
soil, underwater currents m a y cause the lateral m o v e m e n t
o f t h e p i p e l i n e a n d excessive b e n d i n g stresses.
F l o w o f the p i p e l i n e l a i d o n the seabed creates
depression area behind the pipeline ( i n the direction o f
the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
APPENDIX 1
SODL
the flow). Seabed soil erosion becomes m o r e intensive i n
the pipeline l a y i n g area due to the differential pressure.
1.3 I n t h e a r e a o f t h e s e a b e d s o i l e r o s i o n b e l o w t h e
p i p e l i n e , s i g n i f i c a n t static stresses act o n t h e p i p e l i n e due
to the internal pressure, its o w n w e i g h t , drag force,
hydrostatic pressure, a n d d y n a m i c stresses due t o
alternating h y d r o d y n a m i c forces that cause pipeline
oscillations (vibration).
1.4 O n e o f t h e c a u s e s o f t h e s e a b e d s o i l e r o s i o n i n
the pipeline l a y i n g area m a y be the action o f the h e a v y
water f l o w s produced b y a r u n n i n g vessel propeller i n
s h a l l o w water. T h e danger o f such effect increases w i t h
reduction i n depth under the vessel b o t t o m and increase
in vessel engine power.
1.5 A s i g n i f i c a n t d a n g e r f o r s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s ,
especially i n s h a l l o w w a t e r areas a n d i n the areas w i t h
considerable fluctuations o f the w a t e r l e v e l are p h y s i c a l
damages to pipelines and their coatings b y anchors,
vessel keels, t r a w l s , scrapers, ice f o r m a t i o n s and other
objects.
1.6 M o s t d a n g e r o u s f o r s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s i n t h e
regions, w a t e r areas o f w h i c h are c o v e r e d w i t h ice d u r i n g
l o n g periods o f the year, are ice f o r m a t i o n s . T h e y are
characterized b y large diversity, variability o f properties
a n d c a n e x i s t i n d i f f e r e n t f o r m s , s u c h as: l e v e l i c e , i c e
w i t h ice brash beneath, h u m m o c k s , stamukhas, icebergs.
D i f f e r e n t types o f ice f o r m a t i o n s affect the pipeline
structures d u r i n g installation and operation i n different
way.
Ice f o r m a t i o n m a y be s u b d i v i d e d i n t e r m s o f fast a n d
drifting l e v e l ice thickness i n t o f o u r categories, n a m e l y :
light - up to 30 cm, m e d i u m — up to 100 cm, heavy —
up to 200 c m and very heavy — over 200 cm. T h e n all
p r o s p e c t i v e o i l - a n d gas sea areas i n R u s s i a m a y b e
s u b d i v i d e d i n t o f i v e categories ( r e f e r t o T a b l e 1.6).
It s h o u l d be n o t e d that ice fields o f the s a m e thickness i n
t h e s e a s o f R u s s i a a r e o b s e r v e d f a r from b e i n g e v e r y -
where.
A n a l y s i s o f seasonal changes i n traveltime and
m o r p h o l o g i c a l parameters o f ice c o v e r i n the w a t e r areas
o f o i l a n d gas deposits i n t h e A r c t i c a n d t h e F a r E a s t seas
o f Russia s h o w s that there exists n o t h i n g similar i n the
w o r l d practice.
1.7 S p e c i a l p l a c e a m o n g d y n a m i c p h e n o m e n a t h a t
t a k e p l a c e i n t h e sea ice c o v e r is t a k e n b y large ice
formations drift m o v e m e n t , w h i c h i n interaction w i t h the
seabed, m a y result i n its g o u g i n g .
P r o b a b i l i t y o f seabed g o u g i n g b y ice f o r m a t i o n s ,
possibility o f occurrence o f concentrated additional loads
Appendix 1 113
Классификация перспективных на нефтегазоносность акваторий морей России
The Caspian and
Water area the B a l t i c S e a s , South-western
the S e a o f A z o v part
and the Black Sea of the Barents Sea
basin,
south-western shelf
of Sakhalin Island
Sea depths, i n m 30 — 2 0 0 70 — 3 3 0
Ice conditions Light Light, medium
A v e r a g e ice period duration, m o n t h s 0 — 2 0 — 2
o n the subsea pipelines u n d e r the effect o f stamukhas a n d
icebergs settled o n t h e seabed soil m a y have a
determining influence o n selection o f pipeline routes,
pipeline structure, b u r i a l depth i n t o the seabed, seasonal
periods for pipeline assembly, and, m o s t importantly, o n
safety o f construction and operation.
1.8 T h e p h e n o m e n o n o f t h e s e a b e d e r o s i o n b y m e l t
water plunge pools is n o t ordinary process. P l u n g e pools
are craters f o r m e d i n s h a l l o w areas o f t h e seabed. R i v e r
a n d m e l t w a t e r f l o w i n g t o the fast ice surface w h e n s n o w
is t h a w i n g p e n e t r a t e t h r o u g h s c o u r s u n d e r t h e i c e a n d
f l o w v e r y fast v e r t i c a l l y d o w n . D u e t o i n e r t i a forces a n d
g r a v i t a t i o n f l o w s o f this w a t e r are v o r t e x e d a n d w a s h o u t
plunge pools i n the seabed for several meters i n depth.
W a s h - o u t p l u n g e p o o l s themselves are n o t dangerous
for the subsea pipeline but t h r o u g h stripping the pipeline
t h e y cause hazardous sagging o f the pipeline and situate
conditions for pipeline vulnerability due t o h u m m o c k
a n d s t a m u k h a backbones, a n d i n case o f o p e n water,
due t o anchors and other objects.
1.9 B i g a r e a s o f t h e A r c t i c s e a s a r e l o c a t e d u n d e r
frozen soil w i t h different geocryological conditions.
I n case o f p i p e l i n e s c o n v e y i n g h y d r o c a r b o n s at a t e m p e r a t u r e
h i g h e r t h a n t e m p e r a t u r e s o f f r o z e n s o i l s , t h e l a t t e r start t o
m e l t a n d settle. I t c a n result i n p i p e l i n e stripping
a c c o m p a n i e d b y o c c u r r e n c e o f a d d i t i o n a l stresses i n t h e
p i p e a n d o t h e r associated n e g a t i v e p h e n o m e n a .
I n order t o prevent t h e above phenomena, a
feasibility study shall precede t h e selection o ft h e
pipeline burial depth i n t h e frozen soil, a n d additional
protective measures shall b e taken. A p p l i c a t i o n o f pipes
w i t h thick insulation ( u p t o several centimeters thick)
covered w i t h a protective metal jacket, for example, m a y
b e referred t o s u c h measures. I n case o f short lengths o f
frozen soils, a possibility o f t h e pipeline engineering
protection m a y b e considered that provides combined
laying i n one trench o f the m a i n p i p i n g and a tracer line
o f a s m a l l diameter that has a negative temperature.
1.10 I n t h e r e g i o n s o f h i g h s e i s m i c a c t i v i t y t h e s o i l
sliding m a y occur especially i n t h e inclined layers
f o r m i n g seabed deformation. T s u n a m i m a y also lead to a
great seabed e r o s i o n a n d increase o f t h e hydrostatic
pressure o n the pipeline. T h a t is w h y i t is necessary t o
Table 1.6
South-eastern part
o f the Barents Sea, Coastal shallow Shelf
north-eastern shelf water of the K a r a Sea
of Sakhalin Island of the K a r a Sea
15 — 100 0 — 10 50 — 150
Medium, heavy Very heavy Very heavy
3 — 9 9 — 10 9—10
p e r f o r m analysis o f geological structure o f the founda­
t i o n s o i l a n d g e o d y n a m i c r i s k s t o select t h e p i p e l i n e
route.
2 PROTECTION OF SUBSEA PIPELINES AGAINST
HYDRODYNAMIC AND MECHANICAL EFFECTS
2.1 G e n e r a l
2.1.1 I n o r d e r t o p r o t e c t t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s a g a i n s t
damages a n d t o ensure fail-safe operation, u s e m a y b e
made o f various methods, most o f w h i c h shall be
developed at t h epre-conceptual a n d conceptual design
stages. R e f e r r e d t o s u c h m e t h o d s m a y b e : redundancy,
restrictions o n t h e m i n i m u m permissible distance
between t h e parallel pipelines, laying i n a trench w i t h
subsequent backfilling, seabed reinforcement i n s h a l l o w
waters, inshore a n d coast revetment i n t h e transition
section o f t h e p i p e l i n e exposed t o t h e greatest w a v e
effects.
2.2 R e d u n d a n c y
2.2.1 I n o r d e r t o a s s u r e r e l i a b i l i t y o f t h e p i p e l i n e
system t h e redundancy o f t h e subsea pipeline b y
installation t h e booster pipeline parallel t o t h e m a i n
pipeline m a y b e allowed. T h e expediency o f redundancy
shall b e supported b y technical and economic feasibility
study.
2.3 D i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e p a r a l l e l p i p e l i n e s
2.3.1 T h e c o r r e c t s e l e c t i o n o f a d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e
pipelines laid i n parallel provides to a considerable extent
safety o f the subsea pipeline operation and uninterrupted
transfer o f transported media. T h e distance b e t w e e n the
parallel pipelines shall b e determined based o n t h e
conditions, under w h i c h a n accident o r catastrophe o f
one pipeline does n o t cause failure o f the nearest parallel
pipeline.
2.3.2 I n g e n e r a l c a s e , t h e d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e
parallel subsea pipelines shall b e specified based o n
geological a n d hydrological conditions, methods o f
digging underwater trenches, i f any, convenience o f
l a y i n g pipelines t h e r e i n , safety o f t h e p i p e l i n e i n case o f
a n accident. I n a l l cases, t h e m i n i m u m distance b e t w e e n
the parallel subsea pipelines shall b e :
114 Rules for
f o r gas p i p e l i n e s b u r i e d i n t h e seabed:
3 0 m — at diameters t o 1 0 0 0 m m inclusive;
5 0 m — at diameters o v e r 1 0 0 0 m m ;
f o r gas p i p e l i n e s l a i d o n t h e seabed:
1 0 0 m — at a l l diameters.
F o r o i l - and o i l product pipelines these distances
m a y b e t h e s a m e as f o r g a s p i p e l i n e s ; t h e y m a y b e
reduced subject t o adequate substantiation and agreement
b y the Register.
2.4 P i p e l i n e b u r y i n g i n a t r e n c h w i t h s u b s e q u e n t
backfilling
2.4.1 A n e f f i c i e n t p r o t e c t i o n m e a s u r e o f t h e s u b s e a
pipeline against a destructive effect o f w a v e s , currents,
storms, ice f o r m a t i o n s , p h y s i c a l damages b y anchors,
t r a w l s , scrapers, etc. is b u r y i n g o f t h e p i p e l i n e i n a t r e n c h
w i t h subsequent backfilling. T h i s is a labor-consuming
and expensive arrangement that requires performance o f
big volume o f underwater earthwork.
2.4.2 A n e c e s s i t y o f t h e p i p e l i n e b u r y i n g a n d b u r i a l
depth are dictated b y h y d r o g e o l o g i c a l conditions o f the
region, probability o f the pipeline damage under external
a n d i n t e r n a l effects, e c o n o m i c considerations.
I n shallow water, especially w h e r e a probability o f
ice f o r m a t i o n occurrence exists, p i p e l i n e b u r y i n g is
mandatory. Pipelines m a y be laid w i t h o u t b u r y i n g and
b a c k f i l l i n g o n l y at large depths, h o w e v e r , b u r y i n g is also
r e q u i r e d i n t h e coastal areas. D e p t h s f r o m 2 5 t o 3 0 m a n d
o v e r m a y b e c o n s i d e r e d t o b e f a i r l y safe. S m a l l e r depths
are subject t o special consideration. M o s t reliable w i l l be
a decision that is based o n the m o s t t h o r o u g h investiga-
t i o n o f t h e p i p e l i n e r o u t i n g area f o r each p a r t i c u l a r case.
2.4.3 B u r y i n g o f p i p e l i n e s i n t h e s e a b e d s h a l l b e
normally done b y laying t h e m i n preliminarily dug or
washed-out trenches. R o c k y soils excavation using b o t h
crushing equipment or explosive methods m a y be
allowed and such technology shall be approved b y the
technical supervisory bodies. T h e designed trench profile
is n o r m a l l y a s s u m e d t o b e a t r a p e z i u m . T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
for trench construction and selection o f m a i n geometrical
parameters (slope grade, trench w i d t h , distance b e t w e e n
the p i p e side a n d a c o m m u n i c a t i o n cable, etc.), w i t h
regard t o a free passage f o r a d i v e r f o r the pipeline
inspection after l a y i n g o f the pipeline i n the trench,
seabed sediments, pipeline diameters and b u r i a l depth,
shall be specified i n the technical design.
2.4.4 I n c e r t a i n c i r c u m s t a n c e s , p i p e l i n e s m a y b e
b u r i e d after l a y i n g t h e m o n the seabed w i t h the a i d o f
pipe b u r y i n g vessels o r other special m e c h a n i s m s . P i p e
b u r y i n g vessels shall be used w h e r e p i p e l i n e can be
preliminarily laid following the natural contour o f the
seabed w i t h acceptable b e n d i n g r a d i i a n d w h e r e there are
n o underwater rocks.
2.4.5 Tn case o f ice c o v e r i n s h a l l o w w a t e r , a t r e n c h m a y
b e d u g b y a m e c h a n i s m o p e r a t i n g t h r o u g h o p e n i n g s i n t h e ice.
2.4.6 T h e i n c r e a s e o f t h e t r e n c h d e p t h r e q u i r e s a
substantial increase o f p o w e r inputs. T h e r e f o r e deep
the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
trenches shall be d u g u s i n g several passages. D i g g i n g o f
m o r e n a r r o w trenches w i t h strengthening o f their w a l l s
b y t e m p o r a r y baffles t o prevent their fall m a y be
an alternative.
2.4.7 P i p e l i n e s l a i d i n t r e n c h e s a r e b a c k f i l l e d w i t h a
s o i l t o t h e d e s i g n r e f e r e n c e m a r k s s e l e c t e d s o as t o
protect the pipeline against the physical damages.
H a v i n g been l a i d i n the trench and tested before
backfilling, the pipeline shall be examined b y a diver.
T h e f o l l o w i n g shall be determined i n the course o f
the diver's examination:
local soil erosion, pipeline sagging and displace-
ments i n relation to the design route, deviation f r o m the
design reference m a r k s ;
damages to external corrosion-protection coatings;
breaks i n solid w e i g h t coatings and correct arrange-
ment o f weights o n the pipeline.
T h e defective places f o u n d are m a r k e d w i t h b u o y s ,
a n d measures are t a k e n t o e l i m i n a t e t h e defects.
2.4.8 U p o n l a y i n g , s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s a r e b a c k f i l l e d t o
the design reference m a r k s indicated i n the design
specification. T h e thickness o f the seabed soil layer
a b o v e t h e p i p e l i n e s h a l l b e n o t less t h a n t h e d e s i g n v a l u e
or shall exceed i t b y n o t m o r e than 2 0 c m .
T h e m e t h o d o f trench b a c k f i l l i n g shall be selected
depending o n the season o f the y e a r ( w h e t h e r i t is w i n t e r
or s u m m e r ) , trench depth, water depth, current velocity
and earthwork to be done.
W h e r e the l o c a l seabed soil i n terms o f its
mechanical-and-physical properties is n o t suitable f o r
backfilling, it shall be substituted b y a specially brought
soil. Sometimes, under special conditions w h e r e drifting
sand currents occur, a sanding-up p h e n o m e n o n can be
u s e d f o r t r e n c h b a c k f i l l i n g ( r e f e r t o 1 . 1 ) , as w e l l as f o r
p l u n g e p o o l s e l f - f i l l i n g (refer t o 1.8), w h i c h a l l o w s
considerable decreasing o f t h e e a r t h w o r k cost.
2.4.9 I n e x c e p t i o n a l c a s e s , w h e r e t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e
b u r y i n g is n o t e c o n o m i c a l l y feasible, a n d the l e n g t h o f
t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e i s r e l a t i v e l y s m a l l , b a g s filled w i t h
sand o r stones, o r mattresses o f v a r i o u s types m a y be p u t
a b o v e the p i p e l i n e o r i t is covered w i t h p o l y m e r boards,
r e i n f o r c e d concrete slabs, o r c o m b i n a t i o n s o f t h e a b o v e
m e t h o d s are used.
2.4.10 F o r s a f e t y r e a s o n s t h e p i p e l i n e r o u t e i s
s o m e t i m e s transferred t o the area w i t h m o r e favorable
conditions for pipeline construction and operation
a l t h o u g h i t m a y result i n increase o f the pipeline l e n g t h
a n d cost.
2.4.11 I n a n y c a s e , t o d e t e r m i n e t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e
routing and the required burial depth, comprehensive
investigation o f the suggested area f o r the pipeline
installation shall be conducted. Such investigation shall
include t h o r o u g h studies o f the seabed relief, depths,
c o m p o s i t i o n o f the seabed soil, statistical data o n w i n d s ,
waves, currents, local changes i n seabed shape, duration
o f ice coverage period, ice c o v e r dynamics, especially o f
Appendix 1 115

large ice f o r m a t i o n . I t is also n e c e s s a r y t o k n o w l o c a l the area o f the pipeline route. T h e m o r e t h o r o u g h

s p e c i f i c s , s u c h as p r e s e n c e o f f r o z e n s o i l s u n d e r t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n is c o n d u c t e d , the m o r e e x a c t l y the b u r i a l
seabed, probability o f a thermal action o f the product d e p t h o f the p i p e l i n e w i l l be d e t e r m i n e d and the safer its
c o n v e y e d t h r o u g h the pipeline o n the frozen soils, o p e r a t i o n w i l l be.
f o r m a t i o n o f p l u n g e p o o l s i n t h e s e a b e d s o i l , etc. S o m e generalized recommendations o n burial depths
2.4.12 T h e r e does not exist a strict regulation o f o f s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s i n t h e sea b e d s o i l a r e s p e c i f i e d i n
the pipeline burial depth, and it cannot basically exist. T a b l e 2 . 4 . 1 2 b e l o w . W h e r e n o m o r e r e l i a b l e d a t a are
A n issue o f e a c h p i p e l i n e p r o t e c t i o n a n d its safe a v a i l a b l e , t h e s e r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s m a y b e u s e d at e a r l i e r
o p e r a t i o n shall be decided i n each particular case stages o f the subsea p i p e l i n e d e s i g n (refer t o 8.3,
individually based o n investigation o f the situation i n Part I "Subsea Pipelines").
Table 2.4.12
R e c o m m e n d a t i o n s o n selection o f pipeline b u r i a l d e p t h
Prevailing external factor Burial depth Note

L a r g e ice formations The burial depth shall b e determined b y the m a x i m u m depth o f R e c o m m e n d a t i o n does not allow
g o u g i n g f u r r o w p l u s 1,0 m for extreme cases
Seabed plunge pools T h e b u r i a l d e p t h s h a l l b e e q u a l t o t h e d e p t h o f p l u n g e p o o l p l u s 1,0 m
F r o z e n soils W h e r e pipelines for c o n v e y i n g h y d r o c a r b o n s at a temperature h i g h e r
than the surrounding frozen soils are laid, their burial depth shall be
selected b a s e d o n the calculation m a d e u s i n g numerical m e t h o d s that
w o u l d allow to exclude melting a n d settling process capable to result
in pipeline stripping
S e a b e d soil erosion b y currents, w a v e s , The burial depth shall be determined b y the m a x i m u m possible height
flows f r o m o p e r a t i n g v e s s e l ' s p r o p e l l e r s
o f t h e w a s h e d - o u t s o i l s p l u s 1,0 m
Currents and waves W h e r e rocks penetrate the seabed, the burial depth shall b e the s u m
e q u a l t o t h e p i p e l i n e d i a m e t e r p l u s 0,5 m
Horizontal displacements W h e r e currents a n d w a v e s shall be taken into account, the burial
depth shall b e selected so as to exclude the d a n g e r o u s horizontal
displacements
Anchoring o f marine engi neering T h e burial depth i n the area o f possible anchoring o f vessels or other U s e o f trawls, scrapers and
facilities e n g i n e e r i n g f a c i l i t i e s s h a l l b e a s s u m e d e q u a l t o 2,5 m other objects towed along the
seabed shall be taken into
consideration separately
Ecological water purity W h e r e pipelines are laid b e l o w the seabed o f fresh water lakes a n d
basins, their b u r y i n g depth shall be b a s e d o n the conditions that
totally exclude loss o f the water purity i n the lakes a n d basins
Problems with burying W h e r e it is i m p o s s i b l e to p r o v i d e the required b u r i a l depth, the
pipeline route shall b e transferred to the area w i t h m o r e favorable
conditions for the pipeline construction a n d operation
L a r g e ice formations In the areas w i t h large ice formations, the burial depth m a y be R e c o m m e n d a t i o n does not allow
a s s u m e d e q u a l to zero (laying o n the seabed) at possitive results o f for extreme cases
morthometric anylisis o f ice formations that p r o v e the absence o f
g o u g i n g w i t h specified probality. Generally this condition m a y be m e t
a t d e p t h s from 25 m t i l l 30 m a n d o v e r
116 Rules for
I N D I C E S O F R I S K
1 GENERAL PROVISIONS AND CHARACTERISTICS
1.1 T h e r i s k c o n c e p t i s u s e d f o r m e a s u r e m e n t o f
hazards that objectively associated w i t h industrial activities
a n d leading t o accidents resulted i n a loss o f h e a l t h a n d
f a t a l i t i e s , h a r m f u l effects o n t h e e n v i r o n m e n t , d e s t r u c t i o n s
o f m a t e r i a l objects a n d losses o f p r o p e r t y a n d benefits.
1.2 T h e r i s k i s m e a s u r e d b y e v a l u a t i o n o f t h e d e g r e e
o f r i s k as a s e t o f r i s k i n d i c e s a n d t h e i r v a l u e s . T h e
degree is d e t e r m i n e d based o n the results o f the r i s k
analysis w h i c h is a m e a n s t o i d e n t i f y e x i s t i n g a n d
potential hazards, to determine undesirable events w i t h
assessment o f possible frequency and consequences o f
their occurrence, and to develop recommendations o n
r e d u c t i o n o f degree o f r i s k i n case o f acceptable l e v e l o f
r i s k is exceeded.
1.3 D e p e n d i n g o n t h e p u r p o s e o f r i s k a n a l y s i s a n d
available i n f o r m a t i o n the quantitative or qualitative
indicators a n d m e t h o d s o f r i s k analysis are used.
I n case o f q u a n t i t a t i v e analysis, t h e results are
obtained b y calculation o f numerical indicators o f the
degree o f risk.
I n case o f q u a l i t a t i v e analysis its results are
presented b y r a n k i n g and/or classification o f accident
frequency a n d consequences o f accidents u s i n g the
predetermined appraisals and/or o p i n i o n s o f qualified
experts.
R e s u l t s o f r i s k analysis are presented i n the f o r m o f
the text analysis, quantitative indicators, tables, dia-
grams, charts a n d other means.
1.4 T h e d e g r e e o f r i s k o f a c c i d e n t s w i t h a n
engineering s y s t e m is d e t e r m i n e d based o n the analysis
o f a l l indices o f risk f o u n d i n analysis o f undesirable
events capable cause accidents u n d e r certain c i r c u m -
stances (e.g., leakage o f p i p e l i n e a n d e q u i p m e n t , failure
o f w a r n i n g , a l a r m and m o n i t o r i n g systems, errors o f
attending personnel, unfavorable weather conditions,
e x t e r n a l m e c h a n i c a l impacts, etc.).
Based o n the principal cause o f risk occurrence, risks
a r e s u b d i v i d e d as f o l l o w s :
n a t u r a l r i s k s m e a n risks associated w i t h the
n a t u r a l d i s a s t e r , s u c h as e a r t h q u a k e s , f l o o d i n g s , s t o r m s ,
t o r n a d o s , etc.;
e n g i n e e r i n g r i s k s m e a n risks associated w i t h
the hazards caused b y technical objects;
B a s e d o n the objects e x p o s e d t o danger, risks are
s u b d i v i d e d as f o l l o w s :
h u m a n i t a r i a n ( s o c i a l ) r i s k s m e a n risks
associated w i t h danger t o life, health o r l i v i n g e n v i r o n -
ment;
the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
APPENDIX 2
A N A L Y S I S
p r o p e r t y ( f i n a n c i a l ) r i s k s m e a n risks
associated w i t h the hazard o f i n v e n t o r y loss, m a l f u n c t i o n
o f t h e s u b s e a p i p e l i n e , reduction o f results o f f i n a n c i a l
and economic activities;
e n v i r o n m e n t a l r i s k s m e a n risks associated
w i t h the adverse e n v i r o n m e n t a l impact.
2 POTENTIAL TERRITORIAL RISK
2.1 P o t e n t i a l t e r r i t o r i a l r i s k means
a spatial distribution o f frequency o f consequences o f a
certain l e v e l o r hazardous effects o f a certain t y p e l e a d i n g
to these consequences o v e r a certain p e r i o d o f t i m e . F o r
example, the potential risk o f fatality o n a certain
t e r r i t o r y is d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e frequency o f at least o n e
lethal o f a n accident o n the considered area (shock w a v e ,
t h e r m a l effect o f fire, c h e m i c a l c o n t a m i n a t i o n , etc.).
Potential r i s k characterizes the hazardous object and
t e r r i t o r y regardless o f p r e s e n c e o f p e o p l e i n t h e a r e a o f
hazardous exposures.
2.2 I n p r a c t i c e t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n o f p o t e n t i a l r i s k i s
d e f i n e d as a s e t o f f r e q u e n c y v a l u e s o f a c e r t a i n l e v e l
hazard occurrence o n the territories for a l l or single
sources (objects a n d accidents o n t h e m ) a n d a l l o r s o m e
d a m a g e effects o f accidents.
2.3 P o t e n t i a l r i s k i s a n i n t e r m e d i a t e m e a s u r e o f a
hazard used for assessment o f individual and societal
risks.
I n d i v i d u a l r i s k is calculated b y a g i v e n territorial r i s k
using distribution o f frequency o f presence o f an
i n d i v i d u a l i n the particular areas o f the territory.
Societal r i s k is defined b y a g i v e n territorial r i s k
using distribution o f number, places and t i m e o f staying
o f people i n the area under consideration.
3 INDIVIDUAL RISK
3.1 I n d i v i d u a l r i s k m e a n s a p r o b a b i l i t y
(frequency) o f i n d i v i d u a l injury P o f a certain degree
caused b y action o f type A hazard factors o v e r a certain
period o f time.
I n case o f technical hazards, i n d i v i d u a l r i s k is
basically determined b y a potential risk and probability
o f presence o f a n i n d i v i d u a l i n the area o f possible action
o f accident hazardous factors d u r i n g the t i m e sufficient
for l e t h a l effect.
Appendix 2 117
I n d i v i d u a l risk i s d e t e r m i n e d i n m a n y r e s p e c t s b y t h e
t a k e n safety measures (e.g., t i m e l y p u b l i c alert, applica-
t i o n o f p r o t e c t i o n m e a n s , e v a c u a t i o n etc.), s k i l l s o f
people t o act i n hazardous situations a n d t h e i r protectabi-
lity.
3.2 I n d i v i d u a l risk i s m e a s u r e d b y a p r o b a b i l i t y o f
a certain degree o f consequences (fatality, injuries,
disability) over a certain period o f t i m e (usually over
a year).
3.3 A t v a r i o u s e f f e c t s ( e . g . , b l a s t i n j u r y , t h e r m a l
effect o f fire, c h e m i c a l p o i s o n i n g w i t h h a r m f u l sub-
stances o r c o m b u s t i o n products, etc.), the t o t a l i n d i v i d u a l
risk m a y b e d e t e r m i n e d as a s u m o f risks f o r s e p a r a t e
effects p r o v i d e d t h e i r independence.
3.4 I n p r a c t i c e , t h e i n d i v i d u a l risk a n a l y s i s i s m a d e
for groups o f people characterized b y approximately the
same t i m e o f staying i n different hazardous zones and
use s i m i l a r protection means rather than f o r an
individual. Individual risk o f attending personnel,
personnel o f an object i n general and population o f
s u r r o u n d i n g areas is n o r m a l l y considered.
4 SOCIETAL RISK
4.1 S o c i e t a l risk c h a r a c t e r i z e s t h e s c a l e o f p o s s i b l e
a c c i d e n t s a n d c a t a s t r o p h e s a n d i s d e t e r m i n e d as a
function called FiV-curve. Depending o n the purpose o f
the analysis, N m a y m e a n either the total n u m b e r o f
people affected o r the n u m b e r o f fatalities o r another
indicator o f severity o f consequences. F means the
frequency o f events w i t h a severity o f consequences
exceeding the given value N . T h e example o f plotting
F i V - c u r v e s is g i v e n i n the R u l e s f o r the C l a s s i f i c a t i o n a n d
Equipment o f M O D U / F O P .
4.2 T h e c r i t e r i o n o f t h e a c c e p t a b l e d e g r e e o f risk i s
d e t e r m i n e d i n s u c h case n o t b y d a m a g e f r o m a single
event but a curve plotted f o r a l l possible scenarios and
consequences o f accidents.
A general approach f o r the analysis is use o f t w o
c u r v e s — f o r t h e c a l c u l a t e d s o c i e t a l risk a n d a c c e p t a b l e
s o c i e t a l risk. W h e r e t h e c u r v e o f c a l c u l a t e d risk i s a b o v e
t h e c u r v e o f t h e a c c e p t a b l e risk a t l e a s t o n o n e l i n e
p o r t i o n (the greater n u m b e r o f i n j u r e d at the s a m e
frequency o r higher frequency for the same conse-
quences) then the relevant design decision and/or taken
safety measures shall be considered unacceptable and
t h e y shall be subject t o r e v i e w . T h e area b e t w e e n these
c u r v e s d e f i n e s t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e d e g r e e o f risk a n d t h e
issue regarding h o w t o reduce i t shall be decided based
o n the feasibility study and o n agreement u p o n w i t h the
Register.
4.3 A s s u m e d as v a r i a b l e N m a y b e p r o p r i e t a r y o r
environmental damage, then, corresponding to these
v a l u e s F i V - c u r v e s t h a t w i l l s e r v e as a m e a s u r e o f
insurance or environmental damage can be plotted.
5 POTENTIAL LOSS O F LIFE (PLL)
5.1 P o t e n t i a l l o s s o f l i f e ( P L L ) i s a n i n t e g r a l m e a s u r e
o f a hazard and determines the expected n u m b e r o f
i n j u r e d r e s u l t e d from a n a c c i d e n t o n t h e t e r r i t o r y o f
a n object o v e r a certain p e r i o d o f t i m e (e.g., o v e r a year
or o v e r the w h o l e period o f object operation).
5.2 T h e i n d i v i d u a l a n d p o t e n t i a l l o s s o f l i f e m a y b e
t r a n s f e r r e d i n t o e c o n o m i c a n d financial c a t e g o r i e s . F o r
this purpose, v a r i o u s approaches t o define "the cost o f
life" are used i n practice:
t o d e v e l o p s a f e t y m e a s u r e s — as a v a l u e o f e x t r a
costs f o r object construction a n d operation necessary t o
reduce potential loss o f life per unit;
t o e v a l u a t e d a m a g e — as a v a l u e o f c o s t s a n d
c o m p e n s a t i o n s i n case o f fatality.
T h e concept content definition and relevant values
s h a l l b e d e f i n e d t o e s t a b l i s h a c c e p t a b l e risks c r i t e r i a .
6 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK
6.1 E n v i r o n m e n t a l r i s k m e a n s d a m a g e t o t h e
e n v i r o n m e n t after the accidents o n hazardous objects.
6.2 T h e f o l l o w i n g i n d i c a t o r s m a y b e u s e d t o a s s e s s
e n v i r o n m e n t a l safety:
the value o f the m a x i m u m calculated v o l u m e s ,
intensity and duration o f emissions o f transported
h a r m f u l substances i n t o t h e e n v i r o n m e n t at accidents
o n pipeline sections;
annual exceedance frequencies o f the specified
l e a k a g e s (FN c u r v e s ) ;
a n n u a l a v e r a g e frequency o f l e a k a g e s a n d e m i s s i o n s
at p i p e l i n e leakage b y a n y reason;
average v o l u m e a n d average t o t a l v o l u m e o f leakages.
6.3 T h e f o l l o w i n g i n d i c a t o r s m a y b e u s e d t o
d e t e r m i n e e n v i r o n m e n t a l risk i n v a l u e t e r m s ( e . g . , f o r
insurance purposes):
statistically expected compulsory payments and
obligatory indemnifications f o r h a r m f u l substances
emission into the environment;
statistically expected costs f o r r e m e d i a l action.
T h e above indicators shall be calculated i n direct
v a l u e t e r m s a n d as a risk o f d a m a g e ( t h e v a l u e
d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e p r o d u c t o f t h e a c c i d e n t frequency b y
a damage).
118 Rules for
M E T H O D S O F R I S K
The principal methods recommended for application
i n r i s k analysis are g i v e n i n this A p p e n d i x . T h e
representative scenarios o f p o t e n t i a l accidents at subsea
p i p e l i n e s a r e a l s o p r o v i d e d as f a i l u r e t r e e s a n d a t r e e o f
events, w h i c h m a y develop after the occurence o f a n
emergency event. F o r reference, the i n f o r m a t i o n o n the
accident rate o f subsea pipelines is added.
1 Checklist a n d " W h a t - i f m e t h o d s or their
combination refer t o a group o f qualitative hazard
assessment procedures based o n studying compliance
o f the operating conditions o f the object (the subsea
pipeline) w i t h the safety requirements i n force.
1.1 T h e checklist is a m e t h o d f o r i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f
compliance o f a designed o r operated object w i t h the
e x i s t i n g standards. T h i s m e t h o d is used at a n y stage o f
the object's life cycle a n d a l l o w s i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f the
existing hazards.
1.2 T h e c h e c k l i s t m e t h o d is d r a w n u p , w h e r e
necessary, f o r specific situations a n d is used, f o r e x a m p l e ,
for assessment o f correctness o f m a r i n e operations, s o l u t i o n
o f the problems that require careful attention.
1.3 T h e r e s u l t o f t h e c h e c k l i s t m e t h o d i s a l i s t o f
questions and answers regarding compliance o f the
subsea pipeline w i t h safety requirements. A n e x a m p l e o f
d r a w i n g u p o f the checklist f o r the analysis o f accident
s i t u a t i o n is g i v e n i n the R u l e s f o r the C l a s s i f i c a t i o n a n d
Equipment o f M O D U / F O P .
1.4 T h e c h e c k l i s t m e t h o d d i f f e r s from t h e " W h a t - i f
m e t h o d i n m o r e complete presentation o f the initial data
and results o f safety v i o l a t i o n consequences.
1.5 T h e " W h a t - i f m e t h o d u s e s t h e q u e s t i o n s
beginning w i t h " W h a t - i f and considers the development
o f a situation after these w o r d s . T h e compilers o f a n
analysis shall be v e r y cautious and adequately realistic i n
order to a v o i d improbable scenarios o f the event
development i n emergency situations.
1.6 T h e " W h a t - i f m e t h o d m a y b e u s e d d u r i n g
design, modernization or operation o f the subsea pipe-
line. I t results i n a list o f hazard zones that are potential
for accidents a n d the m e t h o d s supposed f o r accident
avoidance and prevention.
1.7 T h e a b o v e m e t h o d s a r e f a i r l y s i m p l e i f
preliminary provided with auxiliary forms, unified forms
for analysis and presentation o f the results, relatively
inexpensive and m o s t effective i n studying w e l l - k n o w n
objects w i t h a m i n o r r i s k o f m a j o r accidents.
2. F a i l u r e M o d e a n d E f f e c t A n a l y s i s ( F M E A ) is
used for qualitative safety assessment o f engineering
systems a n d is applied f o r d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f failures
causing o r c o n t r i b u t i n g t o occurrence o f accidents.
the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
APPENDIX 3
A N A L Y S I S
T h e specific feature o f this m e t h o d is consideration o f
possible failures o f each engineering system part
(the pipeline component) or an individual component
( t y p e a n d cause o f f a i l u r e ) a n d f a i l u r e effects d u r i n g t h e
subsea pipeline operation.
2.1 A t the design stage o f the subsea p i p e l i n e F M E A
m a y be used to determine the necessity o f additional
safety measures or their reduction. I n m o d e r n i z a t i o n o f
the subsea pipeline, F M E A permits to determine their
influence o n the existing structures and equipment. T h e
m e t h o d m a y be applied during operation o f the pipeline
for identification o f single failures likely to result i n
severe consequences.
2.2 Subjectivity o f F M E A m e t h o d requires i n v o l v e -
m e n t o f several experts i n its application, competent i n
issues o f the pipeline transport processes and the
e q u i p m e n t used. T h e m e t h o d o f analysis o f failure types
and consequences m a y be used together w i t h other
m e t h o d s o f h a z a r d i d e n t i f i c a t i o n , e.g., H A Z O P .
2.3 F a i l u r e M o d e , Effects and Critical A n a l y s i s
( F M E C A ) i s s i m i l a r t o F M E A b u t , d i f f e r e n t from t h a t
m e t h o d , i t a l l o w s t o add results o f analysis due t o the fact
that each type o f failure is ranked w i t h regard to t w o
criticality components - combinations o f probability (or
frequency) and severity o f failure consequences. R e c o r d
o f criticality parameters a l l o w s to substantiate the
p r i o r i t y o f safety measures. T h e concept o f criticality is
close to the r i s k concept and therefore m a y be used i n
quantitative analysis o f accident risk.
2.4 F M E C A results are presented i n the f o r m o f
standardized tables w i t h a f u l l list o f e q u i p m e n t a n d
components, types and causes o f possible failures,
frequency, consequences, criticality, failure detection
m e a n s ( a l a r m s , m o n i t o r i n g devices, etc.) a n d r e c o m m e n -
dations o n hazard mitigation.
2.5 T h e following criteria m a y be considered i n
terms o f severity o f consequences:
catastrophic - results i n fatalities, causes long-lasting
a n d large-scale d a m a g e t o the e n v i r o n m e n t , significant
d a m a g e t o m a t e r i a l objects;
critical (non-critical) failure — threatens (does n o t
threaten) h u m a n life, e n v i r o n m e n t , m a t e r i a l objects;
failure w i t h negligible consequences — a failure
w h i c h refers, i n t e r m s o f its c o n s e q u e n c e s , t o n o n e o f t h e
above three categories.
2.6 R e c o m m e n d e d indicators (indices) o f the level
and criticality criteria i n terms o f probability and severity
o f consequences o f f a i l u r e ( e v e n t ) are s h o w n b e l o w i n
the "Probability — severity o f consequences" m a t r i x
(refer to Table 2.6).
Appendix 3 119

Table 2.6

Severity
Expected frequency of consequences Failure
o f o c c u r r e n c e (1/year) with negligible
Catastrophic Critical Non-critical consequences
failure failure failure

F r e q u e n t failure > 1 A A A С
Probable failure 1-10" 2
A A В С
2 4
Possible failure lO" - Ю" A В В С
Infrequent failure 4
10" - 10" 6
A В С D
Practically unlikely failure < 10" 6
В С с D

I n practice, f o u r groups o f affected objects t o w h i c h
d a m a g e m a y be caused b y a n accident, m a y be selected
for the analysis, namely: attending personnel, population,
e n v i r o n m e n t , m a t e r i a l objects. I n the case, u n d e r
consideration, rank A corresponds to the highest
(unacceptable) risk degree that requires i m m e d i a t e safety
measures to be taken. R a n k s В and С correspond to the
i n t e r m e d i a t e r i s k degrees, a n d r a n k D t o t h e safest
conditions.
Depending o n the hazard rank:
A — t h o r o u g h detailed risk analysis is mandatory,
special safety measures are r e q u i r e d f o r r e d u c t i o n o f risk;
В — detailed r i s k analysis is desirable, safety
measures are required;
С — r i s k analysis a n d safety measures are
recommended;
D — n o r i s k analysis a n d safety measures are
required.
I n risk analysis, contributions o f risks o f the subsea
pipeline component failures to the j o i n t risk o f an
accident shall be assessed a n d these data shall be used f o r
the development o f recommendations.
2.7 F M E A a n d F M E C A m e t h o d s m a y b e u s e d f o r
analyzing designs or during m o d e r n i z a t i o n o f the subsea
pipelines. T h e analysis w i t h application o f such methods
is n o r m a l l y m a d e b y a t e a m o f 3 t o 7 p e o p l e w i t h
m a n d a t o r y i n v o l v e m e n t o f the independent experts.
3 Hazard a n d Operability Study (HAZOP)
investigates the effect o f deviations o f technical para­
m e t e r s ( p r e s s u r e , t e m p e r a t u r e , e t c . ) from n o r m a l o p e r a t ­
i n g c o n d i t i o n s from t h e v i e w p o i n t o f h a z a r d o c c u r r e n c e .
H A Z O P m e t h o d m a y be used i n design, modernization
and operation o f the subsea pipelines. I n terms
o f c o m p l e x i t y and detailedness o f the results,
the H A Z O P m e t h o d is consistent w i t h the F M E A a n d
F M E C A methods.
3.1 I n t h e c o u r s e o f a n a l y s i s p o s s i b l e d e v i a t i o n s i n
o p e r a t i o n a n d t h e i r causes are identified, a n d a list o f
measures and recommended alterations, proposals or
actions to i m p r o v e safety and/or operability a i m e d
t o detect a n d p r e v e n t the d e v i a t i o n s is c o m p i l e d f o r each
subsea p i p e l i n e a n d its equipment.
3.2 A s t a n d a r d s e t o f k e y w o r d s t h a t h e l p s t o r e v e a l
s y s t e m a t i c a l l y a l l p o s s i b l e d e v i a t i o n s ( s u c h as " n o " ,
" m o r e " , " l e s s " , "as w e l l as", " a n o t h e r " , " o t h e r t h a n " ,
"opposite t o " , etc.) are used t o characterize the devia­
tions. T h e concrete combinations o f the w o r d s w i t h
technical parameters are d e t e r m i n e d b y specifics o f the
media transported through the pipelines and appropriate
conditions. T h e approximate combinations o f k e y words
a r e as f o l l o w s :
N O — n o direct supply o f the transported m e d i u m
w h e n it shall take place according to the process;
M O R E ( L E S S ) — increase (reduction) i n values o f
operational variables i n comparison w i t h the specified
values (pressure, t h r o u g h p u t , temperature, etc.);
A S W E L L A S — n e w components included (air,
water, impurities);
A N O T H E R — c o n d i t i o n d i f f e r e n t from n o r m a l
o p e r a t i o n (start-up, stop, etc.);
O T H E R T H A N — total change o f the process,
c o n t i n g e n c y , d e s t r u c t i o n , d e - p r e s s u r i z a t i o n , etc.;
O P P O S I T E T O — logic opposition to intention,
backflow o f the transported m e d i u m .
3.3 T h e H A Z O P m e t h o d r e s u l t s a r e p r e s e n t e d o n
special f l o w sheets (tables). T h e degree o f hazard m a y be
determined quantitatively b y assessment o f probability
and severity o f consequences o f the accident under
consideration, using criticality criteria similar to F M E C A
method.
I n addition to identification o f hazards and their
ranking, the H A Z O P method similar to F M E C A permits
to clear u p uncertainties and inaccuracies i n safety
instructions and to improve them. Efficiency and
effectiveness o f this m e t h o d depend t o a considerable
extent o n qualification o f experts. T h e disadvantages o f
H A Z O P and F M E C A methods can be explained b y
the absence o f possibility to analyze combinations and
cause-effect relations o f events causing a n accident.
4 Logic a n d graphic methods of "failure a n d
event trees" analysis
4.1 " F a i l u r e a n d e v e n t t r e e s " a n a l y s i s m e t h o d s a r e
logic a n d graphic m e t h o d s used t o r e v e a l cause-effect
relations between the events.
4.2 F a u l t t r e e a n a l y s i s ( F T A ) p e r m i t s t o d e t e c t
combinations and sequence o f equipment and component
failures, personnel errors and external (technogenic,
n a t u r a l ) effects causing t h e m a i n event, i.e. a n accident.
120 Rules for
T h e F T A m e t h o d is used f o r analysis o f l i k e l y causes o f
accident occurrence and calculation o f frequency based
o n the k n o w l e d g e o f initial event frequencies. E x a m p l e s
o f construction and application o f the fault tree f o r
analysis o f accidents is g i v e n i n the R u l e s f o r the
Classification and Equipment o f M O D U / F O P .
4.3 T h e E v e n t T r e e A n a l y s i s ( E T A ) i s a n a l g o r i t h m
o f plotting sequence o f events resulted f r o m some m a i n
event (accident), w h i c h under certain conditions (occur-
rence or absence o f other events, actions and/or
circumstances) m a y lead to a n accident situation.
F o r analysis o f accident development, the event tree
is m a t e r i a l i z e d i n t h e f o r m o f r i s k d i s t r i b u t i o n d i a g r a m .
T h e p l o t t i n g o f t h e e v e n t t r e e b r a n c h e s s t a r t s from e v e n t s
s u g g e s t e d b y i n f o r m a t i o n o n a c c i d e n t s i n t h e p a s t , as w e l l
as c o m p i l i n g a p r i o r i t y l i s t o f h a z a r d s d e t e c t e d b y
qualitative methods o f analysis.
T h e frequency o f each stage o f d e v e l o p m e n t o f a n
accident is f o u n d b y m u l t i p l y i n g the p r e v i o u s stage b y
probability o f occurrence o r absence o f the event o r
c o n d i t i o n expected at this stage. F o r instance, accidents
w i t h l e a k a g e o f subsea o i l o r gas p i p e l i n e ( o c c u r e n c e o f
ignition source) can develop w i t h and w i t h o u t ignition
depending o n the particular conditions. I n turn, the
ignition under certain circumstances (drop o f pressure i n
a n a c c i d e n t s e c t i o n ) c a n d e v e l o p f o l l o w i n g t h e j e t fire o r
f o c a l fire s c e n a r i o ( f l o o d fire).
T h e tree is constructed u n t i l the occurence o f events
being subject o f risk analysis (injury o f people, e m i s s i o n
o f h a r m f u l substances into the e n v i r o n m e n t , etc.).
Particular probabilities o f these events occurred during
m a t e r i a l i z a t i o n o f v a r i o u s scenarios are integrated t o get
consolidated risk indicators for the m a i n analyzed event.
4.4 F a u l t a n d e v e n t t r e e t e c h n i q u e s a l l o w t o r e v i e w
the events and conditions o f various nature i n combina-
tion — initial failures o f processing and m o n i t o r i n g
equipment, operation o f safety systems, actions o f
operators, e x t e r n a l effects, etc.
4.5 F a u l t a n d e v e n t t r e e t e c h n i q u e s a r e l a b o r
consuming and shall be used f o r analysis o f designs or
revamping o f sophisticated engineering systems. Specific
objects subject to the quantitative risk analysis
(the p i p e l i n e s y s t e m i n general, its part o r p r o d u c t i o n
assembly, certain types a n d scenarios o f accidents, etc.)
shall b e d e t e r m i n e d at p r e v i o u s stages o f r i s k analysis.
5 Q u a n t i t a t i v e m e t h o d s o f r i s k a n a l y s i s are
characterized b y calculation o f risk indices specified i n
A p p e n d i x 2 and can include one or several o f the above
methods or use their results.
5.1 T h e e f f i c i e n c y o f t h e q u a n t i t a t i v e r i s k a n a l y s i s
becomes m a i n l y apparent:
the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
at object design stage;
i n safety assessment o f the objects w h i c h have
equipment o f the same type;
w h e r e c o m p l e x evaluation o f accident impact o n
people, e n v i r o n m e n t a n d m a t e r i a l objects is necessary;
i n d e v e l o p m e n t o f a list o f priority measures o n
protection o f the hazardous object.
5.2 P e r f o r m a n c e o f t h e q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s r e q u i r e s
high qualification o f personnel, big v o l u m e o f informa-
t i o n o n failure rate o f equipment, consideration o f
specific features o f the locality, w e a t h e r conditions, t i m e
o f staying people i n the r i s k area o f the hazardous object
territory, the conditions o f population staying i n the
n e i g h b o u r i n g regions and other factors.
Mathematical models and calculation procedures for
the assessment o f physical-chemical and other events
a c c o m p a n y i n g t h e accident s h a l l be u s e d at i n t e r m e d i a t e
stages o f t h e analysis.
5.3 L i m i t a t i o n s o f t h e q u a n t i t a t i v e r i s k a n a l y s i s
m e t h o d s include: h i g h labour intensity, cost and d u r a t i o n
o f p r e p a r a t i o n a n d a n a l y t i c a l w o r k s , as w e l l as p o s s i b i l i t y
o f obtaining results characterizing significant statistical
uncertainty, w h i c h doesn't a l l o w t o j u s t i f y practical safety
measures.
6 Representative scenarios of potential accidents
at subsea pipelines
T h e e x a m p l e o f the representative failure tree f o r the
subsea p i p e l i n e is s h o w n i n F i g . 6 - 1 .
T h e representative scenarios o f p o t e n t i a l accidents at
s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s as t h e t r e e s o f f a i l u r e s r e s u l t i n g i n
breaking the pipeline integrity at external and internal
corrosive w e a r are s h o w n i n F i g s . 6-2 a n d 6-3.
T h e e x a m p l e o f the tree o f events, w h i c h m a y
develop after the occurence o f a n emergency event
( b r e a k i n g the p i p e l i n e i n t e g r i t y due t o c o r r o s i v e w e a r ) is
s h o w n i n F i g . 6-4.
7 Information on the accident rate of the subsea
pipelines o n the basis of foreign experienceof subsea
pipelines operation
A t present the systems o f subsea pipelines i n terms
o f their number, length and operational experience have
been established i n the N o r t h Sea and the G u l f o f
M e x i c o . T h e data o n the accident rate o f subsea pipelines
for those systems are available i n the f o l l o w i n g sources:
data o f the H e a l t h and Safety E x e c u t i v e ( U K ) — o n
the N o r t h Sea pipelines;
data o f the O f f i c e o f Pipeline Safety o f the U S A
Department o f Transpotation ( U S A ) — o n the G u l f o f
M e x i c o pipelines.
T h e characteristics b e l o w feature the accident rate o f
subsea pipelines.
Appendix 3 121

I Accident

Effect o f transported E x t e r n a l effects Hazardous hydrological

Operational effects E q u i p m e n t failures
medium o f third parties a n d g e o l o g i c a l effects
Г\

Flooding Drilling Landslides and Ice gouging

Hydraulic External
o f structures platforms of shut-off falls o f s e a - f l o o r of seabed
shock corrosion
(loss, burial) fittings sediments

~ ~ 2 — ~~О IT
F i g . 6-2

Hydrate Internal Fishing Pipe-layng Failures Subsidence Heat processes

block corrosion nets a n d trawls vessels of joints o f seabed soil

~Z5~ "2S~ — z x —
F i g . 6-3

Material Current effects Ice b l o w u p

Deposits Ship's anchor (erosion
on pipe walls defects a n d drift)
О
Events presented
"OR" in the R u l e s
Unacceptable type events ( F i g s . 6-2 a n d 6 - J Concealed Earthquakes
damages during ice p h e n o m e n a
o f transported
medium Л construction
Events
7S" "AND" recommended О О
type events for analysis

Q Л APCS
Shore erosion/
Initial events accumulation
failure
Initial events A
О U

Fig.6-1
F a i l u r e tree for s u b s e a pipeline accidents (break o f p i p e integrity)

L e a k a g e at external corrosion

Signs
N o protection measures
o f external corrosion

Break B r e a k for repairs Operation with signs

o f external insulation in pipeline inspection of corrosion

ft 3f
Break Break Non-observance P o o r quality P o o r quality Violation Violation
Poor quality
of basic coating o f coating integrity o f inspection dates o f ir o f tests o f operational o f electrochemical
o f repairs
integrity at p i p e j o i n t s mode protection

ТУ 7Г ~ZT — s —

F i g . 6-2
F a i l u r e tree for a n accident associated w i t h external corrosion o f a s u b s e a pipeline
122 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

L e a k a g e i n internal corrosion

Signs N o protection measures

o f external corrosion

Ж
x 1
Mistakes B r e a k for repairs Restricted operation
o f internal corrosion in pipeline inspection

ж Ж
Non-observance Poor quality Poor quality Poor quality Violation Violation
Base metal Welded joints o f pigs operational
o f inspection dates o f inspection o f repairs o f tests o f operational m o d e
modes

Corrosive Use Corrosive Use

medium o f inhibitors medium o f inhibitors

T7~ T7"

F i g . 6-3
Failure tree for accident associated w i t h internal corrosion o f a s u b s e a pipeline

E m e r g e n c y protection functions Technological functions E m e r g e n c y events

Control system functions
Leakage monitoring Pressure monitoring P u m p equipment Shut-off fittings

No No г

Visual optical Closure

Operator's P u m p s stop
detection o f gate valves
actions
ofleakade Yes

No No

Operator's Closure
P u m p s stop
actions Yes o f gate valves Yes

Signal P u m p s stop Closure

monitoring system processing o f gate valves

Break of
integrity

Operator's P u m p s stop Closure

actions o f gate valves

No

Signal Closure
processing P u m p s stop
monitoring system o f gate valves

Fig.4
E v e n t tree for s u b s e a pipeline accidents (break o f pipe integrity)
Appendix 3 123

7.1 T h e N o r t h S e a p i p e l i n e s
1069 steel subsea pipelines o f 4 0 inches i n diameter
w i t h the total operational experience o v e r 3 0 0 0 0 0 k m x year
h a v e b e e n i n operation i n the N o r t h Sea b y the e n d o f 2 0 0 0
(refer t o Table 7.1-1):
Table 7.1-1

Pipeline diameter, N u m b e r o f pipelines Total length o f pipelines L i f e l e n g t h f o r 1971 t o 2000,

inches b y t h e e n d o f 2000 b y the e n d o f 2000 k m x year
A l l steel pipelines 1069 22848,0 307246,0

up to 9 552 5034,0 52973,0

B y diameter, 10 t o 16 266 3889,0 47536,0
inches 18 t o 24 126 4352,0 58843,0
26 t o 40 84 8441,0 147571,0
no data 41 1131,0 322

T h e accident rate o f t h e given system o f subsea

pipelines during t h e entire period o f its operation is
characterized b y t h e indices specified i n 7.1-2:
Table 7.1-2

Pipeline diameter, Lifelength, N u m b e r o f accidents D e s i g n f r e q u e n c y , 10 4

( k m x year) 1

inches k m x year
accidents followed accidents accidents followed accidents
b y repairs with leakages b y repairs with leakages

Up to 9 45679,0 11 7 2,41 1,53

243843,0 15 4 0,62 0,16
O f them:
10 t o 16 44286,0 11 1 2,48 0,23
18 t o 2 4 56728,0 1 1 0,18 0,18
25 t o 40 146052,0 4 2 0,27 0,27

7.2 T h e G u l f o f M e x i c o p i p e l i n e s
T h e f o l l o w i n g accident rate o n t h e accidents
r e s u l t i n g i n leakages i n t o t h e e n v i r o n m e n t w a s t h e case
i n t h e G u l f o fM e x i c o during a period o f 1985 t o 1 9 9 9
w i t h the operational experience o f 184000 k m x year
(refer t o Table 7.2):
Table 7.2

Pipeline diameters and leakage volumes Lifelength, Number D e s i g n frequency,

4 1
k m x year o f leakages for period 10" ( k m x y e a r ) "

< 10 i n c h e s i n d i a m e t e r 7 0,66
b y l e a k a g e v o l u m e s (barrels)
50 t o 100 105390 2 0,19
100 t o 1000 2 0,19
1000 t o 10000 2 0,19
>10000 1 0,09

> 10 i n c h e s 8 1,01
b y leakage volumes (barrels)
50 t o 100 78879 1 0,13
100 t o 1000 2 0,25
1000 t o 10000 4 0,51
>10000 1 0,13
124 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

7.3 B a s e d o n the specified data, the f o l l o w i n g levels
o f risk m a n a g e m e n t a c c o r d i n g t o t h e A L A R P p r i n c i p l e
m a y b e r e c o m m e n d e d i n s p e c i f y i n g t h e risk c r i t e r i a o f
l e a k a g e o c c u r r e n c e ( e n v i r o n m e n t a l risk) f o r t h e s u b s e a
pipelines being designed:
4
i n a d m i s s i b l e risk l e v e l — 1,0 x 1 0 ~ ( k m x y e a r ) ~ ;
n e g l i g i b l e risk l e v e l — 0 , 5 x 1 0 - 5
(kmx year) ; - 1
risk l e v e l t o b e a n a l y s e d — f r o m 0 , 5 x 1 0 "
4 1
t o l , 0 x l 0 " (kmxyear)" .
T h e establisment and observance o f such levels o f
risk m a n a g e m e n t s h a l l a l l o w e n s u r i n g t h e s a f e t y o f t h e
n e w subsea pipelines b e i n g constructed at t h e l e v e l
superior t o that i n w o r l d practice.
W h i l e e s t a b l i s h i n g t h e c r i t e r i a a n d d u r i n g t h e risk
analysis i t is necessary t o consider the details o f subsea
pipeline r o u t e sections w h i c h affect the degree o f
a hazard o f accident occurrence:
sections w i t h i n t h e safety z o n e s o f o f f s h o r e gas a n d
oil producing facilities and wells w i t h underwater
wellhead;
1
s e c t i o n s i n a r e a s w i t h s h i p p i n g , fishing a n d o t h e r
activities i n t h e w a t e r area;
5
sections i n areas w i t h hazardous g e o l o g i c a l p h e n o -
mena;
sections i n areas w i t h d e f o r m a t i o n o f the seabed a n d
coastlines;
sections i n areas w i t h hazardous ice a n d c r y o p e d o -
logical effects;
sections, w h i c h threaten w i t h p o l l u t i o n o f specially
guarded a n d sensitive territories i n case o f leakages.
Appendix 4 125
S P E C I A L T E S T P R O C E D U R E S F O RS T E E L
1 DETERMINATION O F CRITICAL BRITTLENESS
TEMPERATURE USING DWTT PROCEDURE
1.1 T h e procedure is applicable t o t h e test specimens
cut o u t f r o m the base m e t a l o f steel pipes w i t h a diameter
equal to and exceeding 500 m m , w a l l thickness
exceeding 7,5 m m a n d f r o m r o l l e d sheets, skelps
( h e r e i n a f t e r r e f e r r e d t o as " p l a t e " ) o f t h e s a m e t h i c k n e s s
as f o r t h e i r m a n u f a c t u r e . T h e t e s t c o n s i s t s o f i m p a c t b e n d
l o a d i n g o f a s p e c i m e n w i t h t h e stress c o n c e n t r a t o r
p r o v i d e d b y a free f a l l i n g w e i g h t o r i m p a c t - t e s t i n g
m a c h i n e p e n d u l u m t i l l fracture. A s e r i e s o f 1 0 s p e c i m e n s
is u s u a l l y t e s t e d a t r o o m a n d l o w t e m p e r a t u r e s ( t w o
specimens per the temperature) to determine the
percentage o f ductile c o m p o n e n t i n fractures and
drawing up the fiber percentage to temperature ratio.
A s a result, the f o l l o w i n g shall be determined:
the temperature, at w h i c h the specimens m e e t the
criterion to the specified content o f fiber component i n
the fracture;
a v e r a g e a n d m i n i m u m c o n t e n t o f fiber c o m p o n e n t i n
t h e fracture a t t h e o p e r a t i o n t e m p e r a t u r e f o r t h e s t e e l
grade t o be tested.
The pipe sample (billet) shall be cut out transverse to
the pipe longitudinal axis i n compliance w i t h F i g . 1.1.
The plate sample (billet) shall be cut out transverse to the
r o l l e d p r o d u c t a x i s from t h e first q u a r t e r o f t h e p l a t e
width.
F i g . 1.1 S p e c i m e n c u t o u t :
a — longitudinal welded pipe with one longitudinal seam;
b — longitudinal welded pipe with two longitudinal seams;
с — spiral w e l d e d pipe; L specimen length
APPENDIX 4
P I P E S A N D R O L L E D P R O D U C T S
T h e q u a n t i t y o f pipes o r plates t o be tested is
specified i n Table 4.2.3.5.1.1, Part I "Subsea Pipelines",
unless o t h e r w i s e stated. W h e n a s a m p l e (billet) is cut o u t
u s i n g f l a m e c u t t i n g the m a c h i n i n g a l l o w a n c e s h a l l be at
l e a s t 1 5 m m from t h e c u t l i n e t o t h e s p e c i m e n e d g e .
The pipe sample straightening shall be carried out
u s i n g static l o a d i n g . A f t e r c o m p l e t i o n o f straightening
the bend deflection shall prevent the specimen from
r o t a t i o n i n t h e p l a n e o f l o a d a p p l i c a t i o n d u r i n g t h e test. I t
is p e r m i t t e d t o u s e s p e c i m e n s w i t h t h e i r m i d s e c t i o n h a s
not b e e n straightened at the l e n g t h equal t o t w o
thicknesses; i n t h i s case, s i m u l t a n e o u s s t r a i g h t e n i n g o f
b o t h sample ends is r e c o m m e n d e d .
G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r s p e c i m e n straightening are
similar to those specified i n Section 2 o f this A p p e n d i x
for C T O D - t e s t e d specimens.
W h e r e there is a difference i n test results o b t a i n e d o n
straightened and non-straightened specimens, the pre­
ference s h a l l be g i v e n t o n o n - s t r a i g h t e n e d specimens at
a r b i t r a t i o n tests.
1.2 T h e t e s t s s h a l l b e c o n d u c t e d o n p r i s m s p e c i m e n s
w i t h a n o t c h o n a s u r f a c e i n t e n s i o n , from w h i c h c r a c k
propagation under impact loads m a y take place
(Fig. 1.2-1). M i l l e d n o t c h is n o t p e r m i t t e d . Pressed n o t c h
(refer t o F i g . 1.2-1, A ) a n d c h e v r o n n o t c h (refer t o F i g . 1.2-1, B )
are p e r m i t t e d .
I n a d d i t i o n t o p e r c e n t a g e o f fiber c o m p o n e n t i t i s
reasonable to register the energy consumed for the
specimen destruction.
300 ±5
250 ±2
В 90±2°
F i g . 1.2-1
S p e c i m e n a n d t e s t i n g e q u i p m e n t (t — t h i c k n e s s )
126 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

Basic d i a g r a m o f appliers r e c o m m e n d e d for pressing- the specimens are c o n t i n u o u s l y tested w i t h i n the p e r i o d

in the concentrators and dimensions o f the hob working e x c e e d i n g 1 0 s a f t e r b e i n g t a k e n o u t from t h e b a t h , t h e y
s e c t i o n a r e s h o w n i n F i g . 1.2-2. T h e c h e v r o n notch is shall b e recooled t o the temperature determined experi­
m a d e u s i n g the disk cutter o r m e t a l slitting saw, radius at mentally, a n d t h e temperature measurement shall be
its top i s n o t specified. carried o u t t o t h e m o m e n t o f impact using a thermo­
couple inserted i n t o the s p e c i m e n orifice a t least 15 m m
deep.
j 1.3 W h e n d e t e r m i n i n g t h e p e r c e n t a g e o f s h e a r a r e a
i n t h e fractures o f s p e c i m e n s w i t h t h i c k n e s s u p t o 1 9 m m
inclusive, consideration shall not be given to t (specimen
t h i c k n e s s ) fracture s e c t i o n s a d j a c e n t t o t h e n o t c h o f t h e
root a n d t o t h e edge struck b y t h e hammer. F o r t h e
specimens w i t h thickness exceeding 19 m m , considera­
vhhkt t i o n s h a l l n o t b e g i v e n t o fracture s e c t i o n s 1 9 m m l o n g
from e a c h s i d e .
A f t e r t e s t i n g , t h e c o m p l i a n c e o f t h e fracture w i t h i n
t h e a c c o u n t a r e a w i t h o n e o r s e v e r a l t y p e s o f fractures a s
s h o w n i n F i g . 1.3 s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d . I f fractures a r e
c o m b i n e d , the total crystalline c o m p o n e n t area i s t o b e
a s s e s s e d u s i n g a n a p p r o a c h a s a c c e p t e d f o r t h e fracture o f
type III.
F i g . 1.2-2
Notch pressing-in device

/ я Ш /V V VI VII VIII

T h e required capacity o f an impact-testing machine

m a y be evaluated b y the formulae:

h5 544
KDWTT p = 5,93t KV°' ; (1.2-1)

h5 544
KDWTT ch = 3,95t KV°' (1.2-2)

w h e r e KDWTT= DWTT i m p a c t e n e r g y w i t h a c h e v r o n (ch) a n d p r e s s e d

n o t c h (p);
t = specimen thickness, in m m ;
KV = i m p a c t e n e r g y , i n J .

T h e specimen is m o u n t e d o n supports i n such a w a y F i g u r e 1.3 F r a c t u r e s w i t h i n t h e A c c o u n t A r e a

that the i m p a c t o f striker s h a l l b r e a k the test s p e c i m e n
from t h e s i d e o p p o s i t e t o t h e c o n c e n t r a t o r . T h e s p e c i m e n
shall b e placed i n such a w a y as t o p r o v i d e t h e
concentrator s y m m e t r i c a l location t o supports a n d its
axis shall b e aligned w i t h the striker center line w i t h i n
+ 2 m m . T h e specimen shall b e m o u n t e d o n supports o f
the impact-testing m a c h i n e and b e supported b y special
thrusts i n such a w a y as t o p r e v e n t its a x i a l r o t a t i o n u n d e r
i m p a c t w h e n tested. T h e i m p a c t v e l o c i t y s h a l l b e n o t less
T h e a c c o u n t a r e a Щ m e a n s t h e fracture a r e a , w i t h i n
w h i c h t h e available cleavage/brittle a n d shear/fibrous
c o m p o n e n t s are evaluated after testing. T h e d i m e n s i o n s
o f the account area shall b e d e t e r m i n e d before testing.
T h e cleavage/brittle a n d shear/fibrous component
areas s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d as f o l l o w s :
the cleavage area П i s m e a s u r e d w i t h a m a n u a l
с1

than 5 m/s and, preferably, n o t m o r e than 6 m/s.
T h e specimens are cooled i n liquid (alcohol) at the
temperature equal t o t h e test temperature w i t h a n
a c c u r a c y o f + 2 °C. T h e s p e c i m e n s w i t h t h i c k n e s s e q u a l
t o 19 m m o r less s h a l l b e s o a k e d f o r a t least 1 5 m i n i n a
c o o l i n g bath after reaching t h e specified temperature.
T h e specimens w i t h thickness exceeding 19 m m shall b e
soaked o n the basis o f 1 m i n per 1 m m o f thickness. Pre-
cooling i n cryochamber is permitted.
T h e s p e c i m e n s s h a l l b e t a k e n o u t from t h e t h e r m o ­
static b a t h a n d b e b r o k e n w i t h i n 1 0 s m a x i m u m . W h e r e
m e a s u r i n g t o o l a n d the percent shear area i s calculated;
the same percent shear area В i s calculated b y t h e
p h o t o g r a p h o f s p e c i m e n fracture s u r f a c e w i t h t h e h e l p o f
computer software;
t h e v a l u e s o b t a i n e d from b o t h m e t h o d s a r e c o m p a r e d
w i t h each other. I f the values differ b y m o r e t h a n 5 % , the
measuring and calculation procedure shall b e corrected.
The value measured b y the photograph shall be
considered as preferable.
T h e p e r c e n t s h e a r a r e a B , i n %, i s d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e
formula
Appendix 4 127

I V — t h e a r r o w areas s h a l l b e t a k e n i n t o account as a
в = (п -п )/п т%
0 с1 0 (1.3) crystalline c o m p o n e n t w i t h k n o c k - d o w n factor, unless
located at w i t h i n the shear lips: 7 7 = 0,5ЕД. c /
2
w h e r e П = a c c o u n t fracture area, i n m m ;
0
2
LJ i = a r e a o f c l e a v a g e / b r i t t l e f r a c t u r e s p o t ( s ) , i n m m .
c
V— alternating fracture, П с1 = Я (^ 0 + t)/(2t)
T h e shear area i n a fracture l o o k s d u l l grey w i t h
where t = thickness o f a t h e non-deformed specimen
typical "fibres", n o r m a l l y w i t h contraction a n d plastic
before testing. T h e shear j u n c t i o n s are n o t t a k e n into
d e f o r m a t i o n i n t h e section, a n d includes shear lips
account i f crystalline cleavage spots are located t h r o u g h ­
adjacent t o s p e c i m e n lateral surfaces located a t a n angle
out the height o f the fracture. O t h e r w i s e , the fracture is
to the specimen notch plane.
c l a s s i f i e d a s t y p e III.
T h e cleavage/brittle area i s a part o f fracture surface
h + h +
w i t h n o contractions o r visible signs o f plastic deforma­ V I — cleavage tab, П с1 = ( £ )ъ
tion. T h e cleavage/brittle component n o r m a l l y has a
where b = a tab length.
crystalline shine; f o r e x t r a h i g h s t r e n g t h steels, t h i s
c o m p o n e n t m a y h a v e l i g h t e r c o l o u r s o n l y . T h e spots o f VII — s e p a r a t i o n s p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o t h e f r a c t u r e
cleavage/brittle component m a y b e b o t h w i t h i n the notch surface a r e n o t t a k e n i n t o account as a cleavage area,
plane and b e located at a significant angle t o this plane. n i = 0 , B = 1 0 0 % (both halves o f the specimen shall be
c

" A r r o w s " f r a c t u r e means the triangular analyzed). T h e m a x i m u m separation height shall b e

f r a c t u r e a r e a s w i t h a l t e r n a t i n g s t r i p s o f finer s t r u c t u r e . measured w i t h i n the fracture plane and reported.
T h e s e areas m a y b e considered as b e l o n g i n g t o t h e shear VIII — a r e a o f c l e a v a g e s p o t s l o c a t e d a t a n a n g l e t o
area, i f t h e y are located w i t h i n shear lips. O t h e r w i s e , t h e the notch plane shall b e taken into account i nt h e
fracture area corresponding t o this t y p e o f fracture shall p r o j e c t i o n o n t h e n o t c h plane. I n case o f s i g n i f i c a n t
be referred t o shear and cleavage components i n the ratio d e v i a t i o n from t h e n o t c h p l a n e , b o t h h a l v e s o f t h e
o f 1:1, unless a n y special fractographic examinations are s p e c i m e n s h a l l b e a n a l y z e d t o d i s t i n g u i s h t h e fracture o f
performed. t y p e V n m d VIR
A l t e r n a t i n g f r a c t u r e means a vertical crys­ I f non-compliance w i t h the temperature conditions,
talline b a n d i n a fracture w i t h t h i n j u n c t i o n s o f the shear wrong specimen alignment, misalignment o f load
component. application i n relation t o the concentrator axis and other
S e p a r a t i o n s m e a n the n a r r o w splits, projections malfunctions o f t h e impact-test machine have been
a n d recessions, "tongues" i n a fracture, w h i c h are parallel detected d u r i n g t h e tests, as w e l l as i f t h e s p e c i m e n h a s
to r o u g h m e t a l l i c surface o n t h e o n e o r b o t h pairs o f p r o v e d t o b e defective or p o o r l y prepared, irrespective o f
fracture surfaces. T h e y a r e f o r m e d d u r i n g testing. T h e w h e t h e r i t w a s detected before o r after t h e specimen
separation surface m a y i n c l u d e cleavage areas w h i c h are fracture, the test results shall b e considered i n v a l i d a n d
not t a k e n into account during fracture assessment. repeated tests s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t o n t h e s a m e n u m b e r o f
T h e procedure f o r attributing fracture regions t o specimens.
crystalline type (brittle fracture) a n d f o rcalculation o f T h e test results shall b e recorded t o t h e report
c r y s t a l l i n e c o m p o n e n t a r e a 7 7 a c c o r d i n g t o F i g . 1.3
c / containing the i n f o r m a t i o n specified i n 2.2.1.4 o f the S P
depending o n fracture types i s as f o l l o w s : Guidelines and the following:
/ — s h e a r a r e a , d u l l g r e y s u r f a c e , 7 7 / = О, В = 1 0 0 % .
с m a x i m u m i m p a c t e n e r g y m a r g i n d u r i n g t h e tests;
I I — c l e a v a g e / b r i t t l e a r e a , 7 7 = Щ, В = 0 % . I f t h e r e
c / load-lifting height;
are shear lips, these s h a l l b e n o t t a k e n i n t o account, i f i m p a c t rate.
t h e y are n o t m o r e t h a n 0,5 m m w i d e per side. Test results are presented i n t h e f o r m o f t h e
I l l — separate spots o f cleavage/brittle c o m p o n e n t , f o l l o w i n g table:

No. T, Thickness, N e t height, A c c o u n t area, C l e a v a g e area, Fibre, Note

2 2
in°C in m m in m m in m m in m m in%
128 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

2 DETERMINATION O F CTOD Lateral pittings u p t o 2 0 % o f thickness are permitted

o n specimens, except f o r t h e n o t c h e d z o n e (at least o n e
t h i c k n e s s t o b o t h s i d e s from t h e n o t c h ) .
To determine t h e C T O D value specimens w i t h a Preference shall b e g i v e n t o bend-type specimens;
notch a n d fatigue ptecracked specimens are used. the specimen height is equal t o t h e doubled
C u t t i n g o u t o f specimens a n d n o t c h i n g o n heat-affected width (Fig. 2-2).
z o n e ( H A Z ) shall b e carried o u t after final heat treatment,
i n t h i s case, t h e n o t c h l o c a t i o n — t h r o u g h - s p e c i m e n -
thickness, a n d the crack propagation direction shall b e e= 0,06Wmax
transverse t o the pipe.
A s t h e test result i s considerably d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e
s p e c i m e n thickness, t h e latter shall b e assigned as f a r as
possible close t o t h e base m e t a l thickness. F o r pipe
m e t a l , especially as regards t h e transverse specimens,
billet straightening is inevitable (refer t o Table 2 ) . T o
l i m i t the plastic deformation additionally induced i nthe
notched zone, the billet straightening i nthe f o r m o f a
"gull w i n g " is recommended (Fig. 2-1). After that t h e
through-billet-thickness mechanical treatment m a y b e
carried out.

F i g . 2-2
Preferred s p e c i m e n type for C T O D tests

T h e specimens shall b e tested using testing m a c h i n e

w i t h t h e crosshead-move-ment rate under quasistatic l o a d
p r o v i d i n g t h e s t r e s s i n t e n s i t y f a c t o r Kf g r o w t h w i t h i n
5
0 , 5 — 3 , 0 MPa-m°' /s. I n t h e c o u r s e o f t h e t e s t s , a
d e f o r m a t i o n curve shall b e plotted as "load — crack edge
opening" coordinate system. T h e specimen shall b e
loaded u p t o total o r partial destruction o r until the load
reaches its m a x i m u m value. Verification o f compliance
w i t h t h e correctness conditions shall b e carried o u t after
test c o m p l e t i o n .
T h e angle b e t w e e n t h e n o t c h line a n d lateral surfaces
o f t h e s p e c i m e n s h a l l b e w i t h i n t h e r a n g e 9 0 + 5°.
W h e n testing t h e pipe base m e t a l , t h e preparatory
edge m i l l i n g procedure i s r e c o m m e n d e d t o b e carried
out, as i t i s described i n t h e w e l d e d s p e c i m e n testing
procedure (refer t o Section 5, Part I "Subsea Pipelines").
T h e necessity o f stress r e l i e v i n g u s i n g s u c h m e t h o d m a y
F i g . 2-1
be d e t e r m i n e d e x p e r i m e n t a l l y o n t h e test specimen.
Transverse pipe billet straightening

Таблица 2
Billet straightening properties f o r three-point b e n d test

Wall thickness t c Height First procedure: Second procedure: Thickness o f the three-point
to o u t s i d e of non-straightened straightening o f the straightening i m p a c t b e n d test
diameter D ratio
a billet h w h o l e billet o f billet ends specimen
to t h e h e i g h t h
x

^0,05 tc
Not required <0,95t c

^0,07 >l,4f c
Required <0,95t c

^0,09 >2,5t c Required ^ 0,95^ w i t h p e r m i t t e d p i t t i n g s

c

>0,09 > 3,4* c Compact specimens are recommended

Appendix 4 129

After completion o f specimens manufacture t h e measured w i t h a n accuracy exceeding + 0 , 0 0 3 m m

fatigue crack g r o w t h at r o o m temperature shall b e w h e n measuring t h e displacements u p t o 0,3 m m
conducted. T h e cyclic loading regime shall b e chosen and ± 1 % w i t h larger displacements. P r i o r to commence­
i n compliance w i t h the three f o l l o w i n g conditions: m e n t o f testing, the specimen thickness В and height W
m a x i m u m v a l u e o f Ff— c y c l e l o a d a t t h e f i n a l s t a g e shall b e measured w i t h a n accuracy o f ±0,1%. W h e n
o f crack propagation shall not exceed testing the bend-type specimen, the span shall b e w i t h i n
S = 4W± 0 , 2 a n d t h e m o u n t i n g a c c u r a c y s h a l l b e ± 1 %
2
o f S w i t h regard t o t h e load application — notch
P B(W-a) (a + a )
f
= v t s v t p
(2-1) alignment line. T h e temperature shall b e measured w i t h
AS
a n a c c u r a c y o f ± 2 °C, a c t i o n s s h a l l b e t a k e n t o t h e
specimen thickness temperature equalization.
where В — specimen thickness; W h e r e a pop-in is available, number n is considered
W = specimen height;
a = current length o f a crack; significant and the C T O D value shall b e determined j u s t
S = span; f o r t h i s e v e n t i f c o n d i t i o n d„ > 5 % i s m e t , w h e r e t h e
Qyts, Gytp = y i e l d s t r e s s a n d t e n s i l e s t r e n g t h o f t h e m a t e r i a l a t t h e c r a c k v a l u e o f d„, i n %, s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d u s i n g g r a p h i c a l
growth temperature;
plotting (refer t o F i g . 2-3) b y the f o r m u l a
m a x i m u m c y c l i c v a l u e o f s t r e s s i n t e n s i t y f a c t o r Kf
shall not exceed ад) = ю о ( 1 - ^ ( ^ ) ) %

KflE = 3,2-10 m (2-2) where F - load;

D = displacement.

w h e r e E = m o d u l u s o f elasticity;

i n tests o b t a i n i n g t h e correct K l c values o f material pop-in 1 pop-in 2 pop-in 3

t h e R v a l u e s h a l l n o t exceed
FrceF
Kf - 0 , 6 K l c (2-3)

w h e r e <y = m a t e r i a l y i e l d s t r e s s a t t e s t t e m p e r a t u r e .
ys

F o r l o w - a l l o y e d steels, calculations m a d e a c c o r d i n g
t o F o r m u l a ( 2 . 1 ) , as a r u l e , r e s u l t i n less l o a d v a l u e s , as
compared t o those according t o F o r m u l a (2.2), and t h e
correctness conditions o f K are n o t m e teven att h e
i c

l o w e s t test t e m p e r a t u r e . I n t h i s case, F o r m u l a ( 2 . 3 ) i s n o t V-notch e d g e opening displacement o r loading line displacement q

used w h e n selecting the load.
T h e l o a d at the initial stage o f fatigue crack g r o w t h F i g . 2-3
T h e assessment procedure for pop-in significance
s h a l l b e a d d i t i o n a l l y l i m i t e d : n o t e x c e e d i n g l,3Kf —
on the deformation curve
level w i t h the crack equal t o the notch depth.
Testing procedure:
t o scale d e f o r m a t i o n curves m e e t i n g t h e standard
r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s t o slope angle o f t h e curve elastic
s e g m e n t a n d t o c u r v e d i m e n s i o n s i n У-axis d i r e c t i o n : t o W h e n analysis o f fracture surface s h o w s that load
calibrate crack o p e n i n g sensors; a n d displacement (crack o p e n i n g ) p o p - i n is caused b y t h e
t o m o u n t the specimen o n supports, t o f i t crack o p e n i n g appearance o f non-opened lamination parallel t o the plate
sensor and t o c o o l u p t o specified testing temperature; surface a n d there a r e n o c r y s t a l l i n e t y p e areas i n t h e
to l o a d the s p e c i m e n a t the specified crosshead rate. fracture, t h a t p o p - i n m a y n o t b e considered as a c r i t i c a l
T h e specimens shall b e loaded u p t o unstable fracture event.
(obvious break o f deformation curve) o r until obvious T h e fatigue crack length i n t h e fracture shall b e
exceeding o f m a x i m u m load. After that t h e crack measured at nine equidistant points along the specimen
opening sensor is r e m o v e d and complete destruction o f cross-section w i t h a n a c c u r a c y n o t less t h a n ± 0 , 2 5 % o f
the s p e c i m e n i s p e r f o r m e d at the test temperature. the average length. E x t r e m e measurements shall b e m a d e
to m a k e a l l necessary measurements i n the specimen at a distance o f 1 % o f t h e s p e c i m e n w i d t h f r o m t h e
fracture: l e n g t h o f initial fatigue crack a n d v a l u e o f stable surface. T h e average l e n g t h o f the initial fatigue crack a 0

crack extension, i f any. shall b e calculated as a s u m o f s e v e n i n t e r n a l m e a s u r e ­

T h e test l o a d shall b e m e a s u r e d w i t h a n accuracy o f ments and h a l f a s u m o f t w o near-surface measurements
a t l e a s t ± 1 %. T h e c r a c k e d g e s o p e n i n g s h a l l b e divided b y eight. T h e difference b e t w e e n a n y t w o o u t o f
130 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

seven internal crack length measurements shall n o t T h e value o f functionXao/H ) shall b e determined b y 7

exceed 1 0 % o f the average crack length. the f o l l o w i n g ratio:

C h e c k i n g o f a^JW r a t i o i s a d d i t i o n a l l y r e q u i r e d : i t
s h a l l b e w i t h i n t h e r a n g e o f 0 , 4 5 < a^lW < 0 , 5 5 .
Aao/W) =
C a l c u l a t i o n o f C T O D v a l u e (designated as 5 i n f o r m u l a e )
shall b e carried out using the formula 0 5
_ 3(ап/^ ' Г1,99-(ап/^1 - O c / W ) ( 2 , l 5 - 3 , 9 3 ^ + 2 , 7 ^ / ^ ) 1
1 5
2(1 +2a /W)(l-ao/W) - 0

5 = \ F S ^aoVpg-ti ) 2
0,4W-a )V„ 0 (2-5) (2-6)
° Lg^i-s/Vjp/J 2a E y s 0,4^+0,6a 0 + z T h e v a l u e o f a f o r t h e t e s t t e m p e r a t u r e T, i n °C,
y s

u n l e s s k n o w n from t h e e x p e r i m e n t , m a y b e d e t e r m i n e d
where F - load at the selected point o n the curve;
b y the formula
V - p relevant ductile c o m p o n e n t o f displacement;
E, ц = m o d u l u s o f elasticity a n d Poisson's ratio o f material; 1 q 5 / 4 9 1
(2-7)
<jys = y i e l d stress o f selected m a t e r i a l at the test temperature. <V= < V + ( + 1,87)-189.

T e s t results are r e c o m m e n d e d t o b e p r e s e n t e d i n the

f o r m o f a table as f o l l o w s :

Standard No. Material grade

T y p e o f metal products N o . o f cast

C o n d i t i o n o f m a t e r i a l ( w e l d etc.) No. o f plate

N o m i n a l thickness, in m m Billet marking

Type of specimen Welding procedure No.

Orientation o f crack Marking of specimen

Geometrical parameters

T h i c k n e s s b, i n m m b after compression, i n m m

W i d t h W, i n m m Overall height C, in m m

S p a n S, i n m m Half-height H, in m m

N o t c h d e p t h h, i n m m O r i f i c e d i a m e t e r d, i n m m

T h i c k n e s s o f p r i s m a t i c e d g e s z, i n m m S e m i - d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n orifices h , i n m m

Crack propagation parameters

F i n a l m a x i m u m c r a c k l o a d Ff i n k N

M i n i m u m - m a x i m u m l o a d ratio, R Total n u m b e r o f cycles, N

Temperature and strength

T e s t t e m p e r a t u r e , i n °C Y i e l d s t r e s s ст^, i n M P a

T e n s i l e s t r e n g t h o,,^, i n M P a A t a test temperature o ^ , i n M P a

Appendix 4 131

Fracture

a 3 a 4 "6 "7 is a 9 Average Note

Aa

Presence o f a n arrested brittle Welding defects

crack extension
Metal delamination parallel "Steps" i n the fracture
to the surface
Test results interpretation

Kg, МРа^т Critical event

FmaJFQ CTOD, m m

M e t a l l o g r a p h y (for s p e c i m e n s f r o m the heat-affected zone)

Target structure to the scribe line

Metallography results Weld HAZ HAZ Base metal Finding:

at t h e f u s i o n line distant target structure
%

3 BEND TESTS T e s t s p e c i m e n s s h a l l b e t a k e n from t h e a r e a s n e a r

B e n d tests o n the m a n d r e l are m a n d a t o r y f o r
t h e face-, r o o t - a n d side-bends (side-bend tests s h a l l be
carried out for welds only).
Face-bend tests s h a l l be carried o u t o n f u l l - t h i c k n e s s
specimens w i t h r o l l e d surface. P r e - d e f o r m a t i o n b e t w e e n
t w o planes is p e r m i t t e d o n l y f o r specimens w i t h the i n n e r
t h o s e from w h i c h s p e c i m e n s f o r o t h e r t e s t s h a v e b e e n c u t
o u t t o c o m p a r e b e n d test results w i t h o t h e r m a t e r i a l
properties. S e c t i o n i n g u s i n g g u i l l o t i n e shears is n o t
permitted. W h e n mechanical treatment is completed, the
s p e c i m e n e d g e s s h a l l b e free from t r a n s v e r s e g r o o v e s
m a d e w i t h t h e cutter. R o u g h n e s s o f m e c h a n i c a l l y treated
surface shall n o t exceed R 4 0 m i c r o n . Sharp edges shall
z

p i p e s u r f a c e t o b e e x t e n d e d i n t e n s i o n , as s t i p u l a t e d b y be rounded to the radius n o t exceeding 0,1a.

the personnel safety requirements. Side-bend straighten­ Unless otherwise specified i n the regulatory docu­
i n g o f specimens is n o t r e c o m m e n d e d . ments o n metal products, the mandrel diameter shall
W h e r e the plate thickness is u p t o 3 2 m m , the c o m p l y w i t h those g i v e n i n Table 3, the m a n d r e l
specimen thickness shall be equal to the plate thickness; h a r d n e s s s h a l l b e from 5 5 t o 6 0 H R C a l o n g t h e l o a d i n g
w h e r e the thickness exceeds 3 2 m m , i t is p e r m i t t e d surface. T h e w i d t h o f supports shall exceed the s p e c i m e n
to carry out specimen planning up to the thickness w i d t h . T h e d i a m e t e r o f s u p p o r t r o l l s s h a l l b e from 3 0 t o
o f 2 5 m m o n o n e side. T h e s p e c i m e n w i d t h s h a l l range 5 0 m m . Clear distance b e t w e e n supports, unless other­
from 1,6 t o 5 t h i c k n e s s e s . T h e s p e c i m e n l e n g t h s h a l l b e w i s e specified i n the regulatory documents o n m e t a l
L = 2 ( a + d) + 1 0 0 + 5 0
m m , w h e r e a is the s p e c i m e n products, shall be taken equal to d + 2,5a.
thickness, d is the m a n d r e l diameter. T h e tests consist o f b e n d l o a d i n g o f s p e c i m e n s b y
F o r side-bend use is m a d e o f g r o u n d s m o o t h w i t h concentrated l o a d at t h e m i d - s p a n b e t w e e n supports at
thickness o f 10 m m . t h e r o o m t e m p e r a t u r e ( F i g . 3, a, b).
Table 3
M a n d r e l d i a m e t e r d u r i n g b e n d tests
M i n i m u m guaranteed yield Face-bend/root-bend mandrel diameter Side-bend mandrel diameter, i n m m
stress o f base metal, i n M P a (a i s t h e s p e c i m e n t h i c k n e s s ) ( s p e c i m e n t h i c k n e s s i s 10 m m )

N o t h i g h e r t h a n 390 2a 30
4 2 0 — 620 4a 40
690 6a 60
132 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
I n c a s e t h e s p e c i m e n i s free from v i s i b l e d e f e c t s
d u r i n g t h e test, l o a d i n g s h a l l b e a p p l i e d u n t i l t h e r e q u i r e d
bending angle is achieved. W h e n the load is removed,
the s p e c i m e n s h a l l b e t e s t e d f o r d e f e c t s o n i t s t e n s i o n a n d
side surfaces a t the r e q u i r e d b e n d i n g angle.
I n case there are v i s i b l e defects o n t h e s p e c i m e n i n
the c o u r s e o f t h e t e s t , l o a d i n g s h a l l b e s t o p p e d . A f t e r
r e m o v a l o f l o a d t h e s p e c i m e n shall b e tested f o r defects
on its t e n s i o n a n d side surfaces a t the a c h i e v e d b e n d i n g
angle.
Side surfaces, edges a n d e x t e r n a l surface o f t h e
specimen curved section shall b e examined. Determina-
t i o n o f test results r e g a r d i n g p e r m i s s i b i l i t y o f defects
detected shall b e carried o u t i n compliance w i t h t h e
regulatory a n dtechnical documentation o n metal pro-
ducts. U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e specified, t h e specimen i s
c o n s i d e r e d a s h a v i n g p a s s e d t h e t e s t w h e n i t i s free
from v i s i b l e fracture, d e l a m i n a t i o n s , t e a r s a n d c r a c k s
w i t h t h e b e n d a n g l e a e q u a l t o 120°.
T h e b e n d a n g l e a , i f i t i s l e s s t h a n 180°, s h a l l b e
m e a s u r e d i n accordance w i t h F i g . 3 , d after r e m o v a l o f
load. T h e s p e c i m e n sides shall b e b e n t t o a n angle o f
180° t i l l t h e y a r e p a r a l l e l ( F i g . 3 , c ) . B e n d i n g o n s u p p o r t s
is p e r m i t t e d t i l l t h e b e n d a n g l e r e a c h e s 140°.
a) b)
d)
Fig. 3 B e n d test
I f t h e b e n d a n g l e i s 180°, s o m e d e f e c t s s p e c i f i e d
in 4 . 8 . 7 . 1 , P a r t I "Subsea pipelines" o f the S P R u l e s are
accepted.
4 P R O C E D U R E F O RD E T E R M I N I N G S U L P H I D E STRESS
CRACKING RESISTANCE
T h e tests s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t o n t h r e e s p e c i m e n s
t a k e n from e a c h t e s t e d p i p e . U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e s p e c i f i e d
i n the r e g u l a t o r y d o c u m e n t s o n m e t a l products, the test
environment w i l l be a solution containing a sodium
chloride aqua s o l u t i o n — 5 % N a C l a n d glacial acetic
acid — 0,5 % C H C O O H ( p Ho f solution is 2 , 7 )
3
s a t u r a t e d w i t h h y d r o g e n s u l p h i d e a t t h e p r e s s u r e o f 0,1 M P a .
T h e tests s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t a t a p e r m a n e n t f o u r -
point bend loading o f a full-thickness specimen o r at
tensioning o f the cylindrical specimen being soaked i n
the test s o l u t i o n w i t h i n 7 2 0 h u n d e r t h e stresses
o f 8 5 % o f t h e specified m i n i m u m y i e l d stress f o r pipes.
The acceptance criterion — t h e absence o f cracks
p r o c e e d i n g from r e s u l t s o f m a g n e t i c flaw d e t e c t i o n a n d
metallographic e x a m i n a t i o n o n macrosections after t h e
test.
5 DETERMINATION O F HYDROGEN-INDUCED CRACKING
T h e tests s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t o n t h r e e s p e c i m e n s
t a k e n from e a c h t e s t e d p i p e . U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e s p e c i f i e d
i n the r e g u l a t o r y d o c u m e n t s o n m e t a l products, the test
environment will be a solution containing sodium
chloride aqua s o l u t i o n — 5 % N a C l a n d glacial acetic
acid — 0,5 % C H C O O H ( p Ho f solution is 2 , 7 )
3
saturated w i t h h y d r o g e n sulphide w i t h the concentration
o f 3 0 0 0 p p m at the pressure o f 0,1 M P a .
The specimens shall b e soaked i n the test s o l u t i o n
w i t h i n 9 6 h , w h e r e u p o n t h e quantity o f cracks i n
s p e c i m e n s s h a l l b e assessed.
The specimen size shall b e 100 x 2 0 m m x product
thickness.
U p o n the R S request the quantitative assessment o f
the a b s o r b e d h y d r o g e n ( d i f f u s i o n i n g l y c e r i n w i t h i n 7 2 h
a t t h e t e m p e r a t u r e o f 4 5 °C).
I n t e r n a l c r a c k i n g shall b e assessed u s i n g m i c r o g r a p h
m e t h o d (section cutting a n d crack measurement),
criterion
C L R = ^£-100 % ^ 1 5 %;
C T R = - ^ - 1 0 0 % ^ 5 %;
C S R = - 5WT^ - 1 0 0 % < 2
%
where a = length o f crack, i n m m ;
b = width o f crack, i n m m ;
W = specimen length, in m m ;
T = specimen width, in m m ;
Appendix 5 133

APPENDIX 5

D E T E R M I N A T I O N O FV A L U E S O FW A V E P A R T I C L E V E L O C I T I E S
A N D A C C E L E R A T I O N S I NB O T T O M L A Y E R

1. T h e components o f w a v e particle velocity a n d W i n d a n d W a v e Conditions m a ybe used f o r specifying

acceleration i n b o t t o m layer V , V , a ^ , a WiX WiZ
d e t e r m i n e d b y Tables 1-1 t o 1-4, d e p e n d i n g o n :
h — seawater depth i n w a y o f the pipeline section i n
question, i n m ;
2
WiZ are the w a v e height a n d p e r i o d w i t h 1 0 ~ 1/year p r o b a b i l i t y
for those regions o f sea w a t e r areas (pipeline r o u t e
sections) w h e r e i n these values w e r e determined.
The design values o f velocity V a n d acceleration a
w w

H — w a v e height w i t h 1 % p r o b a b i l i t y p e r year, i n m ; are d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e f o r m u l a e :

т — w a v e p e r i o d w i t h 1 % p r o b a b i l i t y p e r y e a r , i n s.
T h e intermediate values o f velocity a n d acceleration V\v ~ -\l^w,x"^ V\v,z г (2-1)
components are determined b y linear interpolation.
2. T h e values o f H and т are determined o nthe basis
o f a hydrometeorological engineering survey lengthwise a w = y / a t , x + at.z • (2-2)
o f the subsea pipeline route. T h e R S Reference D a t a o n

Table 1-1
Horizontal c o m p o n e n t o fvelocity V „ i n m / s
Wy

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 10 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
1 2 3 4 5

5 0,24 0,48 0,72 0,96 1,11

7 0,37 0,74 1,10 1,45 1,75
9 0,43 0,88 1,32 1,74 2,11
11 0,47 0,98 1,48 1,95 2,35
13 0,51 1,06 1,60 2,10 2,52
15 0,53 1,13 1,70 2,22 2,65

Seawater depth h - 20 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
1 3 6 8 10

5 0,051 0,168 — — —
7 0,163 0,492 0,996 1,315 1,514
9 0,235 0,709 1,417 1,863 2,248
11 0,275 0,841 1,690 2,224 2,692
13 0,301 0,932 1,890 2,488 3,011
15 0,319 1.004 2,050 2,695 3,254

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 30 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
1 3 6 10 15

5 0,010 0,037 — — —
7 0,075 0,229 0,479 0,834 —
9 0,145 0,437 0,881 1,471 2,065
11 0,191 0,575 1,156 1,916 2,744
13 0,219 0,665 1,343 2,230 3,205
15 0,237 0,727 1,481 2,470 3,551
134 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

Table 1-1 — continued

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 40 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
1 5 10 15 20

5 0,002 0,018 — — —
7 0,034 0,182 0,418 — —
9 0,091 0,462 0,951 1,436 -
11 0,138 0,694 1,393 2,073 2,629
13 0,169 0,852 1,708 2,533 3,246
15 0,189 0,962 1,939 2,877 3,697

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 50 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
1 10 15 20 25

5 0,0001 — — — —
7 0,015 0,205 — — —
9 0,057 0,609 0,953 — —
11 0,101 1,027 1,552 2,050 2,344
13 0,133 1,345 2,014 2,650 3,183
15 0,155 1,576 2,357 3,099 3,746

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 70 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
5 10 20 25 30

7 0,017 0,049 — — —
9 0,111 0,243 — — —
11 0,272 0,557 1,177 1,476 —
13 0,427 0,860 1,744 2,177 2,565
15 0,546 1,096 2,196 2,730 3,226

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 100 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x in s
5 10 20 25 30

7 0,002 0,006 — — —
9 0,026 0,060 — — —
11 0,104 0,216 0,488 0,642 —
13 0,218 0,442 0,922 1,177 1,435
15 0,330 0,663 1,345 1,693 2,042

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 125 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
5 10 20 25 30

7 — 0,001 — — —
9 0,008 0,018 — — —
11 0,046 0,097 0,230 0,312 —
13 0,123 0,250 0,533 0,691 0,858
15 0,216 0,436 0,893 1,133 1,379

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 150 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
5 10 20 25 30

9 0,002 0,006 — — —
11 0,020 0,043 0,108 0,151 0,193
13 0,068 0,140 0,305 0,402 0,507
15 0,141 0,285 0,589 0,752 0,923
Appendix 5 135

Table 1-2
Vertical component o fvelocity V , WtZ i n m/s
S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 10 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
1 2 3 4 5

5 0,04 0,08 0,11 0,14 0,16

7 0,04 0,07 0,11 0,14 0,16
9 0,03 0,06 0,09 0,12 0,15
11 0,03 0,06 0,09 0,12 0,14
13 0,02 0,05 0,08 0,11 0,14
15 0,02 0,05 0,08 0,11 0,13

Seawater depth h - 20 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
1 3 6 8 10

5 0,008 0,026 — — —
7 0,014 0,042 0,081 0,101 0,111
9 0,014 0,041 0,079 0,100 0,117
11 0,012 0,037 0,072 0,093 0,110
13 0,011 0,033 0,066 0,087 0,105
15 0,010 0,030 0,062 0,083 0,101

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 30 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
1 3 6 10 15

5 0,002 0,006 — — —
7 0,006 0,019 0,038 0,060 —
9 0,008 0,023 0,046 0,073 0,094
11 0,008 0,023 0,044 0,071 0,095
13 0,007 0,021 0,041 0,066 0,091
15 0,006 0,019 0,038 0,061 0,087

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 40 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
1 5 10 15 20

5 — 0,003 — — —
7 0,003 0,014 0,030 — —
9 0,005 0,023 0,046 0,065 —
11 0,005 0,025 0,049 0,069 0,083
13 0,005 0,024 0,047 0,067 0,082
15 0,005 0,022 0,044 0,063 0,079

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 50 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
1 10 15 20 25

7 0,001 0,015 — — —
9 0,003 0,029 0,043 — —
11 0,004 0,035 0,051 0,064 0,069
13 0,004 0,035 0,051 0,065 0,075
15 0,003 0,034 0,049 0,062 0,073
S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 70 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
5 10 20 25 30

7 0,001 0,003 — — —
9 0,005 0,011 — — —
11 0,009 0,018 0,036 0,043 —
13 0,011 0,021 0,041 0,050 0,056
15 0,011 0,022 0,042 0,050 0,058
136 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

Table 1-2 — continued

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h = 100 m

Wave period W a v e h e i g h t ff, i n m

x, i n s
5 10 20 25 30

9 0,001 0,003
11 0,003 0,007 0,015 0,019
13 0,005 0,011 0,021 0,026 0,031
15 0,006 0,012 0,024 0,030 0,035
S e a w a t e r d e p t h h = 125 m

Wave period W a v e h e i g h t ff, i n m

x, i n s
5 10 20 25 30

9 0,001
11 0,002 0,003 0,007 0,009
13 0,003 0,006 0,012 0,015 0,018
15 0,004 0,008 0,016 0,020 0,024
S e a w a t e r d e p t h h = 150 m

Wave period W a v e h e i g h t ff, i n m

x, i n s
5 10 20 25 30

11 0,001 0,001 0,003 0,004

13 0,002 0,003 0,007 0,009 0,011
15 0,003 0,005 0,010 0,013 0,016

Table 1-3
2
Horizontal component o facceleration а , щх inm/s
S e a w a t e r d e p t h h = 10 m

Wave period W a v e h e i g h t ff, i n m

x, i n s
1 2 3 4 5

5 0,30 0,60 0,90 1,17 1,33

7 0,32 0,64 0,94 1,22 1,45
9 0,29 0,58 0,86 1,13 1,37
11 0,26 0,52 0,80 1,07 1,32
13 0,23 0,49 0,77 1,04 1,29
15 0,21 0,47 0,75 1,02 1,27

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h = 20 m

Wave period W a v e h e i g h t ff, i n m

x, i n s
1 3 6 8 10

5 0,064 0,211
7 0,146 0,439 0,881 1,149 1,300
9 0,163 0,485 0,950 1,230 1,460
11 0,155 0,463 0,905 1,178 1,416
13 0,142 0,427 0,851 1,119 1,364
15 0,129 0,395 0,808 1,078 1,326

Seawater depth h = 3 0 m

Wave period W a v e h e i g h t ff, i n m

x, i n s
1 3 6 10 15

5 0,013 0,046
7 0,067 0,205 0,429 0,741
9 0,101 0,304 0,609 1,005 1,372
11 0,108 0,324 0,643 1,046 1,459
13 0,105 0,314 0,621 1,009 1,426
15 0,098 0,294 0,585 0,961 1,381
Appendix 5 137

Table 1-3 — continued

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 40 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
1 5 10 15 20

5 0,003 0,023 — — —
7 0,030 0,163 0,374 — —
9 0,064 0,322 0,660 0,985 —
11 0,079 0,393 0,782 1,145 1,421
13 0,081 0,404 0,797 1,159 1,456
15 0,079 0,391 0,770 1,123 1,426

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 50 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
1 10 15 20 25

5 0,001 — — — —
7 0,013 0,184 — — —
9 0,040 0,424 0,661 — —
11 0,058 0,582 0,874 1,141 1,282
13 0,064 0,639 0,945 1,226 1,447
15 0,065 0,640 0,942 1,220 1,453

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 70 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
5 10 20 25 30

7 0,015 0,044 — — —
9 0,078 0,170 — — —
11 0,155 0,318 0,668 0,833 —
13 0,206 0,414 0,832 1,031 1,203
15 0,228 0,454 0,898 1,105 1,292

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 100 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
5 10 20 25 30

7 0,001 0,005 — — —
9 0,018 0,042 — — —
11 0,059 0,123 0,279 0,365 —
13 0,105 0,213 0,444 0,566 0,688
15 0,138 0,277 0,560 0,703 0,845
S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 125 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
5 10 20 25 30

7 — 0,001 — — —
9 0,005 0,013 — — —
11 0,026 0,055 0,131 0,178 —
13 0,059 0,121 0,257 0,334 0,413
15 0,091 0,183 0,373 0,473 0,575
S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 150 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
5 10 20 25 30

9 0,002 0,004 — — —
11 0,011 0,025 0,062 0,086 —
13 0,033 0,068 0,148 0,194 0,244
15 0,059 0,119 0,246 0,315 0,386
138 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

Table \A
2
Vertical component o f acceleration a ,in
WrZ m/s
S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 10 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
1 2 3 4 5

5 0,05 0,10 0,15 0,18 0,21

7 0,03 0,07 0,11 0,14 0,17
9 0,03 0,05 0,09 0,12 0,15
11 0,02 0,05 0,08 0,11 0,14
13 0,02 0,04 0,07 0,10 0,13
15 0,01 0,04 0,07 0,10 0,13
S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 20 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
1 3 6 8 10

5 0,010 0,033 — — —
7 0,013 0,039 0,074 0,089 0,103
9 0,010 0,029 0,057 0,075 0,091
11 0,007 0,023 0,048 0,064 0,080
13 0,006 0,019 0,042 0,058 0,074
15 0,005 0,017 0,039 0,054 0,069

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 30 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
1 3 6 10 15

5 0,002 0,007 — — —
7 0,006 0,017 0,035 0,055 —
9 0,005 0,016 0,033 0,050 0,068
11 0,004 0,013 0,026 0,042 0,061
13 0,003 0,011 0,022 0,037 0,055
15 0,003 0,009 0,019 0,033 0,050

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 40 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
1 5 10 15 20

5 - 0,003 — — —
7 0,002 0,013 0,028 — —
9 0,003 0,017 0,033 0,046 —
11 0,003 0,015 0,028 0,040 0,050
13 0,002 0,012 0,024 0,035 0,045
15 0,002 0,010 0,020 0,031 0,041

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 50 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
1 10 15 20 25

7 0,001 0,013 — — —
9 0,002 0,021 0,031 — —
11 0,002 0,020 0,030 0,036 0,041
13 0,002 0,017 0,025 0,032 0,039
15 0,001 0,015 0,022 0,029 0,035

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 70 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
5 10 20 25 30

7 0,001 0,003 — — —
9 0,004 0,008 — — —
11 0,005 0,011 0,021 0,025 0,000
13 0,005 0,011 0,020 0,024 0,027
15 0.005 0.009 0.017 0.021 0.025
Appendix 5 139

Table 1-4— continued

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 100 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
5 10 20 25 30

9 0,001 0,002 — — —
11 0,002 0,004 0,009 0,011 —
13 0,003 0,005 0,011 0,013 0,015
15 0,003 0,005 0,010 0,013 0,015
S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 125 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
5 10 20 25 30

9 — 0,001 — — —
11 0,001 0,002 0,004 0,005 —
13 0,001 0,003 0,006 0,008 0,009
15 0,002 0,003 0,007 0,009 0,010

S e a w a t e r d e p t h h - 150 m

Wave period Wave height H , i n m

x, i n s
5 10 20 25 30

11 — 0,001 0,002 0,003 —

13 0,001 0,002 0,003 0,004 0,005
15 0,001 0,002 0,004 0,006 0,007
140 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

APPENDIX 6
1
D E T E R M I N A T I O N O FF A C T O R S T OC A L C U L A T E W A V E L O A D S

1. D r a g a n d inertia factors c a n d c for w a v e particle d t 2 . F o r p i p e l i n e s l y i n g a t d i s t a n c e d, i n m ,

f l o w perpendicular t o pipeline sections shall m a i n l y (refer t o F i g . 2 ) a b o v e t h e seabed, c a n d c factors a r e d t

d e p e n d o n t h e K e u l e g a n - C a r p e n t e r n u m b e r КС, t h e determined b y the formulae:

relative roughness к o f the pipeline surface, a n d shall b e
2,5d/D ,
c a l c u l a t e d a c c o r d i n g t o t h e d i a g r a m s i n F i g s . 1-1 a n d 1-2. с ^/В ) а = c+ d (c -c )edb d
a
(2-1)

фЮ ) а = С;+(С; -С )е- > <* ' Ь г

2 5 Ю
(2-2)

1/20
c = 1,8 + 0 , 1 3 6 ^ C
db at()^C^5;
1,5 1/50 where { _ _,_ -р _ y (2-3)
•^- - 1/100
{c = 1,25+ 2 , 1 4 - 1 0
db
л n c 0 л л 1 Л /
(^C-160f a t I C > 5
•" - 1/200
1/500 - - -
1/Ю00
u - m • 1/2000 m-mm
( cc= ih ib 3,3-0,0375^C at()^C^8;
..mm mm m
0 267
a t КС > 8. (2-4)
1/5000 \ c ib = 1J42KC- '
1,0
k< 1/10000 - - -- --vVviv.

0,5
10 20 30 40 ^ ^ ^ ^
КС
Fig. 2
D i a g r a m o f a pipeline lying at distance near the seabed
F i g . 1-1
F a c t o r c i n r e l a t i o n t o t h e K e u l e g a n - C a r p e n t e r n u m b e r , КС,
d

a n d r e l a t i v e r o u g h n e s s , k, o f t h e p i p e l i n e s u r f a c e
3. F o r partially buried pipelines t h e influence o f the
burial depth A (refer t o F i g . 2 ) o n t h e c a n d c factors d t

shall b e determined i n accordance w i t h Fig. 3.

Cd(Ayc ; db Q(A)/Q 6
2,0
i,o
m

k< 1/10000

5?======; 1/1000
1/2000
ггггггг: 0,8, 4 ^
mica
1,5 |*=====i
0,6,
C<A)/<-lb /
10 20 30 40
0,4
КС
F i g . 1-2
F a c t o r c i n r e l a t i o n t o t h e K e u l e g a n - C a r p e n t e r n u m b e r , КС,
t
0,2,
a n d r e l a t i v e r o u g h n e s s , k, o f t h e p i p e l i n e s u r f a c e 0,05 0,10 0,15 0,20 0,25 0,30 0,35 0,40
AIDa

T h e K e u l e g a n - C a r p e n t e r n u m b e r КС s h a l l be Fig. 3
determined b ythe formula: c a n d Ci f a c t o r r a t i o i n r e l a t i o n
d

t o t h e r e l a t i v e p i p e l i n e b u r i a l A/D a

КС = V x/D
w a (1)

w h e r e V = w a t e r p a r t i c l e v e l o c i t y , i n m / s ( r e f e r t o 2.6.2, P a r t I " S u b s e a
w
4. F o r pipelines located i n o p e n trenches (refer
Pipelines");
т = w a v e p e r i o d , i n s ( r e f e r A p p e n d i x 5); t o F i g . 4 ) , t h e i n f l u e n c e o f t r e n c h d e p t h 5^, i n m , a n d
D = r e f e r t o F o r m u l a e (2.5.1-1), (2.5.1-2) a n d (2.5.1-3),
a s l o p e S o n c a n d с -factors
t a is determined i n accordance
г

Part I "Subsea Pipelines", i n m . w i t h Table 4 .

1
A p p e n d i x i s prepared according t o the regulations o f a recognized classification society a n d i s a r e c o m m e n d a t i o n only.
Appendix 6 141

Table 8
Influence o fo p e n trenches o nc v a l u e v

bJD a
0,5 1,0 1,0

5 5 3

c (b ,s )/c
v t t v 0,85 0,7 0,65
Fig. 4
Diagram o f a pipeline in open trenches
9. I n case o f c o m b i n e d l i n e a r current a n d w a v e loads
the c , c , c factors are corrected depending o n t h e
db ib v

Table 4 design current velocity and design w a v e particle velocity

I n f l u e n c e o f o p e n t r e n c h e s o n c a n d с,- f a c t o r s
d
— r a t i o (3 ( r e f e r 2 . 5 a n d 2 . 6 , P a r t I " S u b s e a p i p e l i n e s " ) ,
0,5 1,0 1,0
w h i c h i s e q u a l t o (3 = V/V^ i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h
b/D a

F i g . 9-1 t o 9-3.
s t
5 5 3

cdbt>^lc db 0,8 0,7 0,6 Cdb

0,9 0,8 0,75 2,2

5 . F a c t o r c s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d from t h e f o r m u l a e :
v
2,0
K C = 1 5

\4
>c = 5,05 at O ^ K C ^ 5,335 1,8
v

1,6
% = 1 , 3 - 0,105 ^ ^ 5°) at 5,335 < K C ^ 80 (5)

1,4 N.
c = -«7-0,001667+1,4333 a t K C > SO
v

\
1,2
6 . T h e i n f l u e n c e o f a s m a l l d i s t a n c e d, m , b e t w e e n VP5Q \KC=30
K C = 7Q
pipeline section and the sea b o t t o m o n the near b o t t o m 1,0
lift factor c shall b e determined b y the f o r m u l a :
v 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,1 1,0 1,2 1,4

-2,5d/D
c (d/D ) = ce
v a v
a

(6)
F i g . 9-1
7. F o r partially buried pipelines the influence o f the F a c t o r саь i n r e l a t i o n t o f a c t o r (3

burial depth A , i n m , o n c factor shall b e determined v

from F i g . 7 .

c (A)/c
v v

0 0,05 0,10 0,15 0,20 0,25 0,30 0,35 0,40

AJD a

0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4

Fig. 7
c (A)/c v v factor in relation to the relative pipeline burial AIDa

F i g . 9-2
Factor c ib i n r e l a t i o n t o f a c t o r (3
8. F o r pipelines i n o p e n trenches, t h e influence o f
t r e n c h d e p t h 8^, i n m , a n d s l o p e S o n c f a c t o r s h a l l b e
t v

determined i n accordance w i t h Table 8.

142 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

T h e r e s u l t a n t c ($) a n d c ($) v a l u e s w i l l b e t r u e f o r
db ib

s u b s e a p i p e l i n e s l y i n g a t d i s t a n c e d, i n m , a b o v e
the seabed, f o r p a r t i a l l y b u r i e d pipelines a n d pipelines
i n open trenches.

K C = 1 5

1
—
KC=70j
\ k C = 5 0 \KC=30

0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 p

F i g . 9-3
F a c t o r c i n r e l a t i o n t o f a c t o r (3
v
Appendix 7 143

APPENDIX 7

M O D E L S O FS U B S E A P I P E L I N E D Y N A M I C R E S P O N S E
1
T O V O R T E X - I N D U C E D V I B R A T I O N S

1 Ш-LINE R E S P O N S E M O D E L
1.4 T h e r e s p o n s e m o d e l i s c o n s t r u c t e d f r o m
t h e c o o r d i n a t e s i n F i g 1.3 a n d s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d
1.1 T h e i n - l i n e v o r t e x - i n d u c e d v i b r a t i o n s ( V T V ) by the formulae:
i n d u c e d stress r a n g e S shall b e calculated b y t h e
IL

formula for K S d < 0,4

(0,6 + K A
2A i l ^ K i l J s (1.1) v
R, onset
S
for 0,4 < K S d < 1,6
У Jon /
where A = u n i t stress a m p l i t u d e (stress d u e t o u n i t d i a m e t e r in-line f o r Ksa > 1,6
I L
(2,2/jon)
m o d e shape deflection A = D ) ; y a

A y / D = t h e m a x i m u m in-line V I V r e s p o n s e a m p l i t u d e (relative),
a

w h i c h depends o n t h e reduced velocity V a n d t h e stability R

parameter K ; s ^ 1 = Ю(^)+ tionsei,

^ol, i l t h e c o r r e c t i o n f a c t o r f o r c u r r e n t flow r a t i o oc;
=

y = t h e safety factor to b e multiplied to t h e stress range

s

(Ys = 1,05).
VR,2 = V R,end—'^^),
I

1.2 W h e n c a l c u l a t i n g r e l a t i v e v i b r a t i o n a m p l i t u d e A,°b-0,%K ioxK < Sd Sd 1,0

Ay/D t h e design values f o r t h e reduced velocity a n d
a
' Я end \ 3 7 for K >l,0
s d

stability parameter shall be applied:

V Rd = V y;
R f
(1.2-1) w h e r e ^ / e , i ( 4 , ®rei) a n d ^те,2 ( 4 ) =
reduction factors to account f o r
the effect o f t h e turbulence intensity a n dangle o f attack
( i n r a d i a n s ) f o r t h e flow, w h i c h a r e d e t e r m i n e d a s f o l l o w s :
v — (1.2-2)
2
Rm,i = l - 7 r ( y - V 2 e r e / )(/ -0,03)
c O ^ ^ ^ l ; (1.4-1)

where y a n d y = safety factors related to t h enatural frequency a n d

f k
(4-о оз)
?

d a m p i n g respectively. I nt h e absence o f experimental data it 0^Д/е.2^1; (1.4-2)

0,17
i s r e c o m m e n d e d t o t a k e y y = 1,2; y = 1,3. k
=
^a, i l reduction factor to account for reduced in-line V I V i n w a v e
dominated conditions:
1.3 P i p e l i n e d y n a m i c r e s p o n s e m o d e l i n t h e
Ay/D — V coordinates shall be designed i n accordance
a R
0,0 f o r oc < 0,5
w i t h t h e d i a g r a m i n F i g . 1.3. (oc-0,5)/0,3 f o r 0,5 < oc < 0,* (1.4-3)
1,0 f o r oc > 0,8

= 1,10 = s a f e t y f a c t o r f o r t h e i n i t i a l v a l u e V ; R

A ,i/D
y a
I = r e f e r t o 2.7.5.4 P a r t I " S u b s e a P i p e l i n e s " ;
c

oc = r e f e r t o 2.7.5.3 P a r t I " S u b s e a P i p e l i n e s " .

2 CROSS-FLOW RESPONSE M O D E L

2.1 T h e cross-flow vortex-induced vibrations ( V I V )

i n d u c e d stress r a n g e S F s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d b y
C

the f o l l o w i n g formula:
F i g . 1.3
Response m o d e l generation principle

!
A p p e n d i x i s prepared according to t h e regulations o f a recognized classification society a n d i s a recommendation only.
144 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

2A f^R (2.1) where ^f p r 0 x i , onset correction factor accounting for the seabed
•>CF CF kJs
proximity

where A = unit stress a m p l i t u d e (stress d u e t o unit d i a m e t e r cross-

CF
1 / d \ d
flow m o d e s h a p e d e f l e c t i o n A = D ); z a — 1 4 + 1 , 2 5 — ) f o r — < 0,8
V
A /D = r e l a t i v e c r o s s - f l o w V I V a m p l i t u d e i n c o m b i n e d c u r r e n t a n d
z a
5 D ' D (2.3-1)
Y p r o x i , onset '
w a v e flow c o n d i t i o n s , w h i c h i s t a k e n i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h
d i a g r a m s s p e c i f i e d i n F i g . 2.2; 1,0 for > 0,1
R = the amplitude reduction factor d u e to d a m p i n g ;
k

у = t h e safety factor t o b e multiplied o n t h e stress range

5

(J = 1,05). s ^ t r e n c h , onset correction factor for onset cross-flow d u e to the effect o f

=

p i p e i n t r e n c h ( r e f e r t o F i g . 2.3).

2.2 M o d e l o f pipeline dynamic response i n ^ t r e n c h , onset = 1 + 0,5(~^~)

the A J D — V coordinates is constructed i n accordance
a R a

w i t h t h e diagram specified i n F i g . 2 . 2 .
w h e r e A /D 0 a = the relative trench depth determined b y the formula:
AJD a
AQ _ 1,256,-rf/ ^ A 0 \ (2.3-3)
A 0 _ 1,255,-rf/ A 0
D D ^ ^ D ^ '
A ,JD z a A /D
z>2 a =
(f +\,cFlfn,cF) t h e cross-flow frequency ratio for t w o consecutive

1
n

( c o n t r i b u t i n g ) c r o s s flow m o d e s .

0,1

F i g . 2.2
Basic dynamic cross-flow response m o d e l principle
F i g . 2.3
Location o f pipes i n trench

2.3 Coordinates o f points o n t h e b r o k e n line

specified i n F i g . 2 . 2 shall b e determined b y t h e formulae:
2.4 T h e characteristic a m p l i t u d e response f o r cross-
F _ З ^ Р Г С Ш , onset ^}trench, onset
onset f l o w V I V m a y b e reduced d u e t o t h e effect o f d a m p i n g .
У on
T h e reduction factor R is determined b y t h e f o l l o w i n g k

ratio:
0 VR. Vjtonset) (1
onset) A
ъ _ z> l Y
7- V }
1,15 ' D a >
l-0,l5K sd for K ^4
sd

(2.4)
VR/2 - VR end
F
— (УЗХ'Т)^)' ^R endF
- 16;

+ 1 C F
/ 0,9 f o r a > 0,8 (^ ' ) < 1,5
Jn, C F

0,9 + 0 , 5 ( ^ ^ - 1 , 5 ) fora>0,8 1 , 5 ^ ( ^ ^ ) ^ 2 , 3
Jn Jn, C F

1,3 f o r oc > 0 , 8 (&±kCF) > 2,3

JП

0,9 for a ^ 0 , 8 ^ 0 30
0,7 + 0,01(£C-10) for a ^ 0 , 8 ю ^ с о о
\ 0,7 for a ^ 0 , 8 KC< 1 0
Appendix 8 145

APPENDIX 8

B A S I C R E Q U I R E M E N T S
F O R S U B S E A S T E E L P I P E L I N E S T R E N G T H T E S T E D U N D E R S E I S M I C L O A D S

1 INITIAL SEISMIC LOADS 1.3 C a l c u l a t i o n o f n o n - l i n e a r i m p a c t w i t h r e s p e c t t o

the Ductility level earthquake ( D L E ) is based o n the
1.1 B a s i c v a l u e t o characterize s e i s m i c l o a d is accelerogram o f standard earthquake w i t h t h e respective
the design measure o f earthquake intensity / w i t h measure o fearthquake intensity.
t h e r e s p e c t i v e frequency o f o c c u r r e n c e . Spectral density factors a a n d 8 m a y b e t a k e n w i t h i n
Calculation o f S L E using linear spectral t h e o r y the ranges specified i n 1.1, dispersion D is determined
is b a s e d o n l i n e a r spectral d e n s i t y : according t o the measure o fearthquake intensity s h o w n
i n T a b l e 1.2. T h e precise factor v a l u e s m a y b e o b t a i n e d
by processing the earthquake accelerogram for the region
in question.
The peak ground acceleration values according t o
w h e r e <x, 0 = s p e c t r a l d e n s i t y f a c t o r s ;
<x = 6 — 8,5 c " : 1 the measure o f earthquake intensity shall correspond
9 = 14 — 2 0 c " ; 1
w i t h T a b l e 1.3.
2 2 2
m = a + 0 ;
2 2 Table 1.3
a=a -0 .
P e a k g r o u n d acceleration values
1.2 S p e c t r a l d e n s i t y o f a r a n d o m f u n c t i o n o f s e i s m i c M e a s u r e o f earthquake intensity, / 7 8 9 10
ground m o v e m e n t w i t h t h e respective measure o f
2
Seismic acceleration a , i n c m / s 100 200 400 800
e a r t h q u a k e i n t e n s i t y / i s p r e s e n t e d as F o r m u l a ( 1 . 2 ) c

(refer t o F i g . 1.2).

(1.2)
2 SUBSEA PIPELINE PARAMETERS T O B E CONSIDERED
IN SEISMIC S T A B I L I T Y ANALYSIS

2.1 W h e n computation modeling the following

p a r a m e t e r s o f t h e subsea p i p e l i n e a n d i t s routes s h a l l b e
considered:
pipe internal diameter;
pipe w a l l thickness;
pipe material density;
28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 pipe w e i g h t coating thickness;
pipe w e i g h t coating density;
F i g . 1.2 S p e c t r a l d e n s i t y (with the spectral density
_ 1 _ 1 2 2
pipe burial depth ( a distance b e t w e e n t h e subsea
f a c t o r s <x = 6 c ; 0 = 14 c a n d d i s p e r s i o n D = 0,0625 m / s )
pipeline upper section a n d t h e seabed);
internal pressure o f the transported product;
pipe d u m p i n g width a n d height;
Dispersion values D f o r the magnitude 7, 8 and 9 mechanical-and-physical properties (specific w e i g h t )
e a r t h q u a k e a r e s p e c i f i e d i n T a b l e 1.2 o f the pipeline dumping;
p i p e m a t e r i a l "stress — d e f o r m a t i o n " d i a g r a m ;
Table 1.2
sea d e p t h i n t h e specified area.
2 2
M e a s u r e o f earthquake intensity, / D, in m /s

7 0,0625
8 0,25
9 1,00
146 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

1
3 SEABED SOIL PARAMETERS

3.1 Seabed soil parameters are obtained based o n

the results o f g e o t e c h n i c a l tests, w h i c h d e t e r m i n e :
depth o f the respective soil layer;
soil layer strength parameters, w h i c h usually i n ­
clude: soil density, Young's m o d u l u s , cohesion and angle
o f friction.
3.2 I n the absence o f seabed soil strength character­
istics data, the soil characteristics according to their t y p e
may be taken i n compliance with the following
I — plasticity index
p

algorithm:
3.2.1 Lateral (horizontal) d y n a m i c stiffness K , L F i g . 3.2.3 D e p e n d e n c e o f k s from p l a s t i c i t y i n d e x I p

in M P a , i s determined b y the formula

T a b l e 3.2.4
K L =AF /A8 L L (3.2.1-1)
Type Plasticity index Content
of clayey soil IP
of sand particles
where AF = d y n a m i c horizontal force between pipe a n d soil per unit
L
(2 — 0,5 m m ) ,
length o f pipe, k N / m ;
% by mass
A8 L = associated vertical displacement o f the pipe, in m .
Sandy loam:
For determination o f K , t h e following expression L sandy 1 — 7 ^50
m a y b e applied: silty 1 — 7 < 50
Clay loam:
light sandy l o a m 7—12 ^40
K L = 0,76G(1 +v ), g (3.2.1-2) light silty l o a m 7—12 <40
heavy sandy loam 1 2 — 17 ^40
where G = shear modulus, in M P a ; h e a v y silty l o a m 1 2 — 17 <40
v = the Poisson's ratio.
g Clay:
light sandy clay 17 — 2 7 >40
3.2.2 F o r the vertical d y n a m i c stiffness K , i n M P a , v
light silty clay 17 — 2 7 <40
the f o l l o w i n g expression m a y b e applied heavy > 27 Not regulated

0^8G ( 3 2 2 )

4 COMPUTATION SIMULATION
3.2.3 S o i l stiffness m a y b e e v a l u a t e d from the
m a x i m u m shear m o d u l u s G o f the soil. m a x

4.1 C o m p u t a t i o n scheme involves the finite element

^ m a x - 625 Q З + Qy 2 V
G
G
^ s (3.2.3) modelling w h i c h takes into account pipe material
properties, w e i g h t coating parameters, soil characteristics
a n d sea w a t e r e f f e c t f o r t h r e e p i p e l i n e s e c t i o n t y p e s :
w h e r e a = m e a n effective stress in soil, in k P a ;
s

a = a t m o s p h e r i c p r e s s u r e (100 k P a ) ;
a
shore approach;
e = v o i d ratio.
s linear section o f unburied subsea pipeline, including
OCR = o v e r c o n s o l i d a t i o n r a t i o f o r c l a y e y s o i l s , t o b e s e t e q u a l that w i t h dumping;
t o 1,0 f o r s a n d s .
k = factor determined experimentally depending o n t h e soil
s
linear section o f buried subsea pipeline.
p l a s t i c i t y i n d e x I t o b e o b t a i n e d from d i a g r a m s p e c i f i e d
p T y p i c a l f i n i t e e l e m e n t m o d e l structures are s h o w n i n
i n F i g . 3.2.3.
Figs. 4.1.1 t o 4.1.3.
4.2 F i n i t e e l e m e n t m o d e l p a r a m e t e r s .
3.2.4 T h e plasticity index I shall be obtained b y means p 4.2.1 The recommended mesh parameters m a y be
o f s o i l g e o t e c h n i c a l tests u n d e r t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f c u r r e n t t a k e n as f o l l o w s :
s t a n d a r d s , e.g., G O S T 5 1 8 0 - 8 4 a n d G O S T 2 5 1 0 0 - 9 5 . horizontal longitudinal size o f c o m p u t a t i o n m o d e l ­
F o r c l a y e y s o i l s t h e p l a s t i c i t y i n d e x I m a y b e i n g a r e a — ( 1 8 0 — 200)Д,;
p

determined accordig Table 3.2.4.

S e c t i o n o f the A p p e n d i x i sprepared b a s e d o n the regulations o f a recognized classification society a n d i s a recommendation only.

Appendix 8 147

4.2.2 F i n i t e element types t o b e applied:

for a pipe — shell elements w i t h t h e possibility
to consider physical and geometrical non-linearity;
for soil — solid elements w i t h t h e possibility
to consider physical non-linearity o f the soil behaviour
according t o the Ducker-Prager model;
for liquid — solid elements w i t h t h e possibility
to consider physical non-linearity;
for weight coating — solid elements;
for considering pipeline-soil interaction — friction
element — one solid element o r t w o solid elements.
F i g . 4.1-1
T y p i c a l finite e l e m e n t m o d e l s t r u c t u r e
o f the subsea pipeline shore approach
5 CALCULATION PARAMETERS

5.1 Seismic stability o f a subsea pipeline shall b e

calculated applying the f o l l o w i n g methods:
linear spectral m e t h o d f o r S L E ;
water direct d y n a m i c m e t h o d for D L E .
5.2 L i n e a r s p e c t r a l m e t h o d .
5.2.1 T h e S L E impact o n the g i v e n subsea pipeline
section shall b e calculated i n the f o l l o w i n g order (refer
Seabed
also t o 5.4):
.1 characteristic points o f pipeline deflected m o d e
analysis shall b e chosen;
.2 a m p l i t u d e - f r e q u e n c y characteristics s h a l l be d r a w n
u p f o r deformations w i t h i n t h e chosen characteristic
F i g . 4.1-2 p o i n t s 8 ( ) , w h e r e ю i s t h e frequency o f i n d u c e d s e i s m i c
г Ш

T y p i c a l finite e l e m e n t m o d e l s t r u c t u r e
load;
o f the non-linear unburied subsea pipeline
.3 s p e c t r a l d e f o r m a t i o n d e n s i t i e s i n г'-point s h a l l b e
calculated as f o l l o w s :

^ ( ш ) = е?(ш№(ш) (5.2.1.3)

w h e r e S^ti) = the design spectral density o f seismic load with the

m e a s u r e o f e a r t h q u a k e i n t e n s i t y /;

. 4 d i s p e r s i o n o f d e f o r m a t i o n s i n t h e г'-point s h a l l b e
calculated as f o l l o w s :
oo
F i g . 4.1-3
D = \S (a)do);
B j ei (5.2.1.4)
Typical f inite element m o d e l structure о
o f linear buried subsea pipeline to b econtinued with d u m p i n g .5 t h e r e q u i r e d d e s i g n d e f o r m a t i o n v a l u e s h a l l b e
calculated as f o l l o w s :
vertical sub-size o f the area b e t w e e n the b o t t o m and
u p p e r surface o f t h e m o d e l i n g a r e a — m i n ( ( 2 0 — 2 5 ) D , H); a s^ = 3VL\. (5.2.1.5)
w h e r e D i s the external pipe diameter a n d H is the sea
a

depth; 5.3 D y n a m i c d e s i g n a n a l y s i s m e t h o d ( t i m e h i s t o r y
h o r i z o n t a l c r o s s - s e c t i o n a l a r e a — ( 9 0 — 100)Д,; analysis method)
vertical sub-size o f the area b e t w e e n the b o t t o m and Direct dynamic method is intended t o fully solve
l o w e r s u r f a c e o f t h e m o d e l a r e a — ( 2 5 — 30)Д,; the equation o f the sub-sea pipeline m o v e m e n t i n t h e
peripheral m e s h size a l o n g h o r i z o n t a l a n d vertical specified area under t h e effect o f earthquake w i t h t h e
edges o f the m o d e l — D ; a m e a s u r e m e n t o f i n t e n s i t y /, s e t a c c e l e r o g r a m w i t h i n t h e
inner cross-sectional area o f t h e pipe — t i m e p e r i o d o f a t l e a s t 1 0 s. M o r e o v e r , t h e c a l c u l a t i o n
( 0 , 0 2 — 0,025)Д,; shall take into account physical non-linearity o f t h e
m e s h s i z e a l o n g t h e p i p e — ( 0 , 0 4 — 0,05)Д,. pipeline m a t e r i a l a n d soil, as w e l l as geometrical n o n -
148 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

linearity o f all system elements. T h e m a x i m u m deformation 5.4 F l o w c h a r t o f d e t e r m i n i n g s e i s m i c l o a d s f o r

values obtained i n t h e process o f i m p l e m e n t a t i o n m a y b e unburied subsea pipeline using linear spectral
t a k e n a s d e s i g n p a r a m e t e r s t o b e u s e d i n t h e criteria. m e t h o d (refer t oF i g . 5.4).

Pipeline initial data: Pipeline route initial data: Geological conditions a l o n g

- o u t e r p i p e d i a m e t e r i n c l u d i n g a n y c o a t i n g , £>, m ; - s e i s m i c i t y o f the a r e a c o n s t r u c t i o n , /, (he pipeline r o u t e
- p i p e l i n e s p e c i f i c m a s s i n w a t e r . /)/,„,„., k g / m ; c o n s i d e r i n g s o i l c o n d i t i o n s (refer t o
- water specific a d d e d m a s s (equal water m a s s in v o l u m e o f T a b i c 1.3 A p p e n d i x 8);
- coefficient o f stiffness for seabed soil
p i p e l i n e l e n g t h u n i t s ) , т^ , K g / m ;
ре - unfastening steps and/or the permitted 1
2 e l a s t i c b a s e (bed c o e f f i c i e n t ) , a, K N / m -
- b e n d i n g s t i f f n e s s o f the p i p e l i n e , EJ, K N - m ; free s p a n lengths, m .
- l o n g i t u d i n a l f o r c e i n t h e p i p e l i n e , N, K N { t a k e n i n t o a c c o u n t i f
t h e p i p e l i n e s e t t l e m e n t Д,->0,Ш).

Analysis o f settlement along the pipeline route, A,,in i

( r e f e r to F i g . 2 A p p e n d i x 6)
д,=о by method o f conditional limiting depth o f compressed
Л/>0
width

D e t e r m i n a t i o n o fthe specific area o f contact

t h e p i p e l i n e w i t h a s e a b e d s o i l , />,-, m

[ 2 ^ { D - Д,)Д; еслиД| < 0 , 5 D

(О если Д, > 0 , 5 D

Determination natural frequency o f pipelin D e t e r m i n a t i o n n a t u r a l f r e q u e n c y o fpipeline, a s b e a m s o nthe elastic

for rigid soil, 1
b a s e , w ( / i ) , sec" ,
0
1
ti) (/,), s e c ,
0 f o r t h e first m o d e o f v i b r a t i o n :
f o r t h e first m o d e o f v i b r a t i o n a t b o u n d a r y c o n d i t i o n s :
- e n d restraint: й1(^) - 0

°>Wt) = [ Ф - '±(f) E
' " - ^ l • * ] : K i p . + "«,.)
w h e r e ^, — 4,73;
- h i n g e s u p p o r t : со (1^ =
0 ^ e y w h e r e X = 4,73 f o r e n d r e s t r a i n t ;
X = тс = 3,14 f o r h i n g e s u p p o r t

Initial data for determination o fseismic load

on the subsea u n b u r i e d pipeline:

- a s s i g n m e n t t h e s t r u c t u r a l p i p e l i n e d a m p i n g c o e f f i c i e n t a n d the s e a b e d s o i l d a m p i n g c o e f f i c i e n t ,
0,005 a n d Z = 0,02 ... 0,035, r e s p e c t i v e l y ;
soil

- s e i s m i c l o a d s p e c t r u m d e f i n i t i o n . .S'(i.o). r e s p e c t i v e l y o f e a r t h q u a k e i n t e n s i t y , / (refer 1.2 A p p e n d i x 8

- definition o f the a m p l i t u d e - f r e q u e n c y characteristic o f seismic load:

|O(i0))P = [ M ( 0 - " У г
+ ( 2 f o , „ + f„„) • щЮ • ш) ]" 2

- d e f i n i t i o n o f s y s t e m r e s p o n s e d i s p e r s i o n (strain), D . , t o a n e x t e r n a l s e i s m i c i n f l u e n c e i n t h e
E

characteristic point
H 2
D = Js (oj)'D(/)^(ia))| da>
£j

- d e f i n i t i o n o f pipeline strain, e, f r o m s e i s m i c influence:

t

D e f i n i t i o n o f s e i s m i c l o a d o n t h e s u b s e a u n b u r i e d p i p e l i n e i n t h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c p o i n t , S' , i n k N
t

S; = 3(m i„, + m ' 4 , ) •

p v v

F i g . 5.4
Appendix 9 149

APPENDIX 9
S T R E N G T H A N DS T A B I L I T Y O FR I S E R P I P E S M A D E
1
O F C O M P O S I T E M A T E R I A L S

1 LOCAL STRENGTH CRITERIA I f t h e composite p l y is transversally isotropic,

F O R R I S E R PIPES M A D E O FCOMPOSITE M A T E R I A L S i.e. t h e properties i n directions 2 a n d 3 are equal,
t h e n V12 = V13, G = G , E = E . 12 13 2 2 3 3

1.1 G e n e r a l . 1.1.3 F o r a p p r o x i m a t e c a l c u l a t i o n s ( a c a s e o f p l a n e
1.1.1 T h e m a i n s t r u c t u r a l e l e m e n t o f r i s e r p i p e s deflection mode) application o f simpler relations is
m a d e o f composite materials is a p l y representing o n e o f recommended:
t h e a r m o r i n g m a t e r i a l ( f a b r i c , t a p e , r o v i n g , fiber, e t c . )
bounded a n d cured. Qn Q12 0 -ajAr-PiAw 1

1.1.2 P h y s i c a l r e l a t i o n s o f t h e c o m p o s i t e p l y Q12 Q22 0 -a Ar-p Am} 2 2 (1.1.3)

considering t h e ambient temperature a n d h u m i d i t y 0 0 2(3 | 6 6 ei2
impact w i t h i n t h e local system o f coordinates ( 1 , 2 ,3 )
as r e l a t e d t o t h e d i r e c t i o n o f r e i n f o r c i n g fibers ( a x e s 1 w h e r e Q u = E / ( l - V i v i ) , 6 2 2 = £22/(1 - V i v i ) , ббб = G 1 2 ,
n 2 2 2 2

and 2 located w i t h i n t h e a r m o r i n g area areparallel a n d Q u = 621 = v i £ n / ( l - V12V21) = Vi £ 2/(1 - V12V21).

2 2 2

p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o t h e fiber d i r e c t i o n , a x i s 3 i s d i r e c t e d 1.1.4 P h y s i c a l r e l a t i o n s o f t h e c o m p o s i t e p l y
t r a n s v e r s a l l y ) , i n t h e case o f 3 - D d e f l e c t i o n analysis a r e arbitrary oriented relative t o t h e riser pipe ( w i t h i n t h e
g i v e n as follows: g l o b a l s y s t e m o f c o o r d i n a t e s x, y, z a x i s x i s d i r e c t e d
along t h e pipe axis, axes у a n d z are oriented tangentially
' СчЛ Qu Q12 Qn 0 0 0 a n d r a d i a l l y , r e s p e c t i v e l y ) i n t h e case o f 3 - D d e f l e c t i o n
CT 1 22 Q12 Q22 Q23 0 0 0 analysis a r e presented as f o l l o w s :
c?331 Qn Q23 Q33 0 0 0
Qn Q12 Qn 0 0 26i 6

СГ23 j 0 0 0 2Й44 0 0 Q12 Q22 Q23 0 0 2Й26

C431 0 0 0 0 2Й55 0 Qn Q23 Q33 0 0 2бзб
^12/ 0 0 0 0 0 2Q 66
->yz 0 0 0 2^44 2^45 0
' 8 ц — 0С1АГ— P i A m * 0 0 0 2Й45 2Й55 0
e 2 — а АГ— p A w
2 2 2 Qi6 Q26 Й36 0 0 2Й66
8зз-а АГ-РзА»г 3

(1.1.2) ' е — а^АГ— РдАт

п

&23 £22—ОуАГ— P y A w
en e —a AT— p Aw
3 3 z z

ei2 (1.1.4-1)
£23
where Q = E ( l - УгзГзгУА, 6 2 2 = £22(1 - v i v i ) / A ;
n n 3 3
en
Q33 = £ 3 3 ( l - V l 2 V 2 l ) / A ; 8 1 2 - MlaxytST- VlfixyAm
1
644 - G23, 655 - G 1 3 , ig 6 6 = G ; 1 2

612 = £ll(V21 + V 3 l V 23 )/A = Е (У12 + V i v 2 ) / A ;

22 3 3
4 2 2 4
613 = £ll(V31 + V 2 l V 32 )/A = £22(Vl3 + V l V 2 ) / A ;
2 3
where Q u = Q m u + 2(Q 1 2 + 2Q 6 6 )m n +Q^n ;
623 = Е (Уъ2 + V l V
22 2 3 l)/A = E (v + Vl V l)/A;
3 3 2 3 3 2 Q12 = ( Q n + е 2 - 4 ( 2 б б ) " г л + Q i i Q n + л );
2
2 2 4 4

A = 1 — V12V21 - V23V32 - V13V31 - 2V12V32V13; 2 2

E n , E , Я33 - m o d u l e s o f e l a s t i c i t y a l o n g a x e s 1,2 a n d 3 , r e s p e c t i v e l y ;
Q u = 613m + бгзл ;
2 2

G12 - shear modulus within the reinforcement plane; Qi6 = Q n m n - Q 2 2 m n - ( Q 3 3

1 2 + 2Q 6 6 ) ( m - n ) )mn;
2
> 2

G13, G23 = t h r o u g h t h i c k n e s s s h e a r m o d u l i w i t h i n p l a n e s 1 — 3 a n d Q22 = Q n n * + 2 ( Q 1 2 + 2Q 6 6 )m n + Q 2 2 ^ \

2 2

2 — 3, r e s p e c t i v e l y ;
Q23 = Q u " + 623m ; 2 2

Vj- = P o i s s o n ' s r a t i o (г, j = 1,2, 3);

oil, <*2, <*з - l i n e a r t h e r m a l e x p a n s i o n f a c t o r s a l o n g a x e s 1 , 2 a n d 3, бзз 633; =

respectively; Q26 = Q u m n - Q 2 m n + ( Q 3
2
3
1 2 + 2Q 6 6 )(m -n )mn; 2 2

P i > P 2 , Рз - f a c t o r s c o n s i d e r i n g t h e a m b i e n t h u m i d i t y i m p a c t o n Озб = ( Q n - Q 2 3 ) m n \
t h e c o m p o s i t e p l y a l o n g a x e s 1, 2 a n d 3, r e s p e c t i v e l y ;
QAA = e m + e i ; 4 4
2
5 5
2

АГ = a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e i n c r e m e n t ;
A m = ambient humidity increment 645 = (655-644)»!";

' A p p e n d i x i s prepared pursuant t o t h eregulations o f a recognized classification society a n d i s a recommendation only.

150 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

Q55 = 644л + Q 5 > n ; 2

5
2
C L = 2%RA ; N (1.1.6-1)
Q*6 = ( f i n + fi22-2Q66)mV + (2бб(т -п У, 2 2

2 2 2 2
a = ajm
x + (ХгЛ, Р = p \ m + $ n ' , х 2
C = KR(A R 2
+ 2B R + A i ) ; (1.1.6-2)
B U N
2 2 2 2
a^, = Я1Л + a m , $ = fan 2 y + fern ;
a * = a . P z = Рз;
=
3
C T = 2KR(A R 66
2
+ 2 f i t f + Dee);
6 6 (1.1.6-3)
%o> (а1-(Х2)тл, p\g, = ( Р 1 - Р г ) т л .

H e r e m = cos0, n = sin0, a n dangle 0 is measured i n where А ы = S (qi )t(n —n -i), m k k (l,m = 1 , 6 ) ;

£=1
the p o s i t i v e direction. F o r a p p r o x i m a t e calculations B = 1/2 £ =1,6);
/ m

(the case o f p l a n e d e f l e c t i o n ) a p p l i c a t i o n o f s i m p l e r £=1

relations is recommended: D / m = 1/3 £ (4m =1,6);

R = the external radius o f a riser pipe;

611612 2 Q i 6 (ец-aiAr-P^Aw \ г = the riser pipe wall thickness;
г

p - the n u m b e r o f pliers consisting o f different materials

Qi Q 2Q 2 2 2 2 6 • ) e - a M - ^ m . 7 2 y
yy 1 (composite, steel, etc.), w h i c h f o r m t h e r i s e r p i p e w a l l ;
_ Q i 6 Q 2 6 2Qee] г -У2<^АТ-VlfcyAm 12 n - t h e coordinate system o f a riser pipe wall pliers
k

(1.1.4-2) ( — t j l = л < Л1 < ... < n = г/2); 0 p

1.1.5 T h e c o m p o s i t e l a m i n a t e u l t i m a t e l i m i t s t a t e i s ?
612626 _ _ n _б]б
^ 26
<7 = 6 i i — = Г , < 7
n 1 6 =e l 6 -
determined b y a respective strength criterion: e 22 : 6 ;522 6 ^22

• ^ ( ^ 1 1o ? i
+
^ 2 2 0 2 2 + ^ззОзз + F\ d\ 2 2 + ^13013 + ^23023) + 1.1.7 F a i l u r e i n c o m p o s i t e m a t e r i a l s u s u a l l y i n v o l v e s
+ 2
/? (2^i a o 2 2 n 2 + 2#i cjiiCJ33+ 2# з02гОзз) + 3 2
a sequence o f failure mechanisms (matrix cracking, de-
+ Д(/Лст + F a п 2 2 2 + F3CT33) < 1 (1.1.5-1) l a m i n a t i o n , fiber f a i l u r e , e t c . ) , e a c h o f w h i c h l e a d s t o
local change o f material properties.
i n 2 - D stress state: 1.1.8 T h e d e v e l o p m e n t o f l o c a l f a i l u r e m e c h a n i s m s ,
w i t h corresponding local degradation o f material properties,
&(Fueii + F22O22 + ^ i o ? 2 + 2 2H a o ) 12 n 22 + m a y result i n decreased values f o r t h e g l o b a l stiffness
+ fl(F,cj,, + F2CT22) < 1 (1.1.5-2) parameters. T h i s m a y effect t h e o v e r a l l g l o b a l b e h a v i o u r
(e.g. d i s p l a c e m e n t s , b e n d i n g a n d e f f e c t i v e t e n s i o n ) o f t h e
where R = "IFISJIMIM,
riser s y s t e m T h u s , t h e parameters that serve as b o u n d a r y
_ 1 _ 1 _ 1
F _ + F l 2 Р з з +
conditions f o r t h e local a n d global analysis shall b e
" 9< )-o<->' ' ~& >-&-> '
considered i n t h e composite riser pipe design.
"ll " l l "22 "22 "33 33
__L _ _ L _ _ L 1.1.9 T h e p a r a m e t e r s t h a t s e r v e a s b o u n d a r y
F12 02' ^23 02'
— _
— ^ 7 ! ^13
^2 ^3 °Ь conditions f o r t h e local a n d global analysis shall b e
considered using o n e o f the following methods:
_ _L _L _ _ L _L _ _ L_L
F l
~ e" <n > + +
в" »n' F 2
~ e"22
< > + +
6"22
<->' Р з
~ e "33
< > e <33
>' + +
global-local procedures;
global procedure w i t h response surface.
Н12 S - ^ V F n F 2 2 ;H U ^ - ^ F U F 3 3 ; #23 = - ^ 7 ^ 3 3 The principal difference between t h e methods is
the l e v e l o n w h i c h u l t i m a t e l i m i t states a r e e v a l u a t e d .
where crff — the m a x i m u m tensile composite p l y strength i nthe Another obvious difference, w h i c h follows from
direction o f axis 1; the prior, is t h e order i n w h i c h t h e global a n d local
6ft — the m a x i m u m compression composite p l y strength i n the
direction o f axis 1; analysis is conducted.
622 = E22/EU ' 8 n — t h e m o d i f i e d t e n s i l e c o m p o s i t e p l y s t r e n g t h i n
)
1.2 G l o b a l - l o c a l p r o c e d u r e .
the direction o f axis 2;
©22 = E22/EU — the modified compression composite p l y strength
1.2.1 I n o r d e r t o e v a l u a t e t h e l i m i t s t a t e s o n e first
i n t h e d i r e c t i o n o f a x i s 2; performs global analysis o f t h e entire riser system.
S - $ — the m a x i m u m tensile composite p l y strength i n the direction T h e r e s u l t i n g g l o b a l l o a d effects (e.g. effective t e n s i o n ,
o f a x i s 3;
•83"^ — t h e m a x i m u m c o m p r e s s i v e c o m p o s i t e p l y s t r e n g t h i n t h e
bending, torsion, internal o rexternal overpressure) serve
d i r e c t i o n o f a x i s 3; as b o u n d a r y c o n d i t i o n s f o r t h e f o r t h c o m i n g l o c a l a n a l y s i s
№12 — t h e m a x i m u m i n p l a n e s h e a r s t r e n g t h o f a c o m p o s i t e p l y ; ( l o c a l d i s p l a c e m e n t fields, s t r e s s e s a n d s t r a i n s ) .
©13 — t h e m a x i m u m t h r o u g h t h i c k n e s s s h e a r s t r e n g t h o f
a c o m p o s i t e p l y w i t h i n p l a n e 1 — 3; 1.2.2 T h e l o c a l l o a d e f f e c t s r e s u l t i n g f r o m t h e l o c a l
•Згз — t h e m a x i m u m t h r o u g h t h i c k n e s s s h e a r s t r e n g t h o f a n a l y s i s a r e finally a p p l i e d i n t h e l o c a l a c c e p t a n c e
a c o m p o s i t e p l y w i t h i n p l a n e 2 — 3. criteria ( o r failure criteria) i n order t o detect possible
failure mechanisms o f the riser components. I f the local
1.1.6 W h e n c a l c u l a t i n g d e f l e c t i o n s o f a r i s e r p i p e investigations are performed b y progressive failure
made o f composite t h e following ratios shall b e used t o analysis, i t i s possible t o detect a sequence o f failure
determine longitudinalC , bending C andtorsional C L B T
m e c h a n i s m s t h a t m a y h a p p e n p r i o r t o t h e final f a i l u r e
stiffness: mechanism.
Appendix 9
1.2.3 L o c a l f a i l u r e s o f riser p i p e c o m p o n e n t s l e a d t o
r e d u c e d riser s t i f f n e s s , w h i c h m a y i n f l u e n c e t h e o v e r a l l
b e h a v i o u r o f t h e riser s y s t e m . T h e r e f o r e , i t m a y b e
necessary to repeat the global analysis ( w i t h degraded
material properties w h e r e relevant) i n order t o increase
reliability o f calculations. T h e resulting global load
effects (e.g., effective t e n s i o n , b e n d i n g , t o r s i o n , i n t e r n a l
o r e x t e r n a l o v e r p r e s s u r e ) s e r v e as b o u n d a r y c o n d i t i o n s
f o r t h e l o c a l a n a l y s i s ( l o c a l d i s p l a c e m e n t fields, d e f o r -
m a t i o n s , stresses, i n t e r n a l a n d e x t e r n a l o v e r p r e s s u r e ) o f
a riser p i p e c o m p o n e n t .
T h i s iterative local-global procedure shall be per-
f o r m e d u n t i l a n e w failure m e c h a n i s m is observed
(acceptable design) o r u n t i l a crucial failure m e c h a n i s m
is p r e d i c t e d ( u n a c c e p t a b l e d e s i g n ) .
1.3 G l o b a l p r o c e d u r e w i t h r e s p o n s e s u r f a c e .
1.3.1 A s a n alternative t o the global-local procedure
a procedure m a y be used that requires extensive local
analysis to be conducted prior to the global failure
analysis. T h e local analysis is used to establish response
surface that can be used i n subsequent g l o b a l analysis.
1 . 3 . 2 P r i o r t o t h e g l o b a l a n a l y s i s o f t h e riser s y s t e m ,
g l o b a l l i m i t states are established b y p e r f o r m i n g l o c a l
f a i l u r e a n a l y s i s ( o f t h e p i p e s as w e l l as t h e c o n n e c t o r s /
joints) for a large n u m b e r o f combinations o f global load
effects ( b e n d i n g , t o r s i o n , effective t e n s i o n a n d i n t e r n a l /
e x t e r n a l overpressure). T h e g l o b a l l i m i t states are
r e p r e s e n t e d as s u r f a c e s i n a s p a c e / c o o r d i n a t e s y s t e m
w i t h bending/torsion, effective tension and internal/
external overpressure a l o n g the axes. T h e surfaces are
obtained b y interpolating a collection o f points (load
c a s e s ) , from t h e l o c a l a n a l y s i s . S u c h g l o b a l l i m i t s t a t e s
may be established for each failure m e c h a n i s m .
1.3.3 I n t h e first step g l o b a l a n a l y s i s i s p e r f o r m e d w i t h
i n i t i a l ( n o n - d e g r a d e d ) s t i f f n e s s p r o p e r t i e s . T h e n a l i m i t state
corresponding t o a n o n - c r u c i a l f a i l u r e m e c h a n i s m gets
e x c e e d e d i n c e r t a i n g l o b a l e l e m e n t s . I n t h i s case t h e g l o b a l
analysis needs t o be repeated u s i n g t h e reduced stiffness
properties o f d a m a g e d s y s t e m c o m p o n e n t s . T h e stiffness
properties shall be reduced according to the observed local
failure mechanism. T h i s iterative procedure shall be
p e r f o r m e d u n t i l a n e w failure m e c h a n i s m is observed
(acceptable design) o r u n t i l a crucial failure m e c h a n i s m is
predicted (unacceptable design).
1.3.4 E x a m p l e o f a g l o b a l p r o c e d u r e
response surface.
The global failure criterion shall be established for
a s m a l l s e c t i o n o f t h e riser. T y p i c a l l y s u c h a s e c t i o n c o u l d
b e a riser j o i n t o f a b o u t 1 5 m l e n g t h c o n s i s t i n g o f a p i p e
s e c t i o n w i t h t w o e n d fittings. A j o i n t c o u l d a l s o b e
m o d e l e d b y establishing t w o separate response surfaces:
one for the pipe section and one for the joint. F o r a long
c o n t i n u o u s riser p i p e s a g l o b a l f a i l u r e c r i t e r i o n w o u l d
typically o n l y be established for the pipe section.
A pipe section is analyzed f o r the f o l l o w i n g loads:
p r e s s u r e P, a x i a l l o a d A, b e n d i n g m o m e n t M a n d t o r s i o n T.
151
T h e l o a d s a p p l i e d t o t h e riser p i p e s e c t i o n a r e s h o w n
in Fig. 1.3.4-1.
It s h a l l be stressed that t o r s i o n can o f t e n be neglected
f o r m e t a l risers. H o w e v e r , e v e n s m a l l t o r s i o n a l l o a d s m a y
c a u s e d a m a g e i n a p o l y m e r i c c o m p o s i t e riser, d e p e n d i n g
on the particular layout and joint geometry.
r
F i g . 1.3.4-1
G e n e r a l l o a d i n g c o n d i t i o n s f o r a c o m p o s i t e riser p i p e .
F o r each c o m b i n a t i o n a stress a n a l y s i s o f t h e s e c t i o n
is c a r r i e d o u t a n d a l l r e l e v a n t f a i l u r e c r i t e r i a a r e c h e c k e d
at a l l places o f the section. A s a result, a f o u r d i m e n s i o n a l
failure envelope can be defined for that section o f
t h e riser. A t y p i c a l f a i l u r e e n v e l o p e f o r t h e 0°/90°
c o m p o s i t e l a m i n a t e is s h o w n i n F i g . 1 . 3 . 4 - 2 .
Ghoop
G axial
F i g . 1.3.4-2
S i m p l e s c h e m a t i c o f a f a i l u r e e n v e l o p e o f a 0/90 l a m i n a t e .
I f t h e p i p e i s p u t u n d e r i n t e r n a l p r e s s u r e , t h e fibers i n
t h e h o o p d i r e c t i o n see t w i c e as m u c h s t r e s s as t h e fibers
i n the a x i a l direction (since w e have the same n u m b e r o f
fibers r u n n i n g i n b o t h d i r e c t i o n s ) . T h e b u r s t p r e s s u r e w i l l
b e r e l a t e d t o t h e m a x i m u m s t r e s s t h e fibers c a n t a k e i n
the h o o p direction, p r o v i d e d the l a m i n a t e is t h i n a n d w e
with h a v e t h e s a m e s t r e s s i n t h e h o o p fibers t h r o u g h t h e
thickness (a c o n d i t i o n that is o f t e n n o t fulfilled f o r
c o m p o s i t e risers). T h e c a l c u l a t i o n g i v e s p o i n t P i i n t h e
g l o b a l failure envelope o n the pressure axis. T h i s is
s h o w n i n F i g . 1 . 3 . 4 - 3 f o r a t w o d i m e n s i o n a l "P —A"
failure criterion.
I f t h e riser p i p e i s e x p o s e d t o e f f e c t i v e a x i a l l o a d s i n
a d d i t i o n t o i n t e r n a l pressure, t h e stresses i n t h e a x i a l
fibers w i l l i n c r e a s e . T h e s t r e n g t h o f t h e a x i a l fibers h a s t o
be large enough to carry the applied a x i a l load plus the
e n d c a p l o a d from t h e p r e s s u r e . T h i s g i v e s p o i n t s P a n d 2
P3 i n the global failure criterion. P describes
2
152 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

The intention o f this example w a s just t o s h o w t h e

axial principle o f the development o f a global failure envelope.
hoop fibre
fibre failure
failure
2 DETERMINATION O F WALL THICKNESS
OF A COMPOSITE RISER PIPE

laminate
buckling
F i g . 1.3.4-3 G l o b a l f a i l u r e e n v e l o p e f o r c o m p o s i t e riser p i p e e x p o s e d
to i n t e r n a l p r e s s u r e a n d a x i a l f o r c e
t h e m a x i m u m a x i a l l o a d u n d e r m a x i m u m pressure. I g n o r i n g
P o i s s o n ' s effects a n d i n t e r a c t i o n s b e t w e e n t h e fibers,
2 . 1 T h e s e l e c t i o n o f a c o m p o s i t e riser p i p e w a l l
thickness i s based o n t h e necessity t o ensure strength
( s t a b i l i t y ) a n d t h e r e q u i r e d s a f e t y l e v e l o f t h e riser.
Calculations shall be made f o r t h e most unfavorable
c o m b i n a t i o n o f loads.
2 . 2 T h e riser p i p e w a l l t h i c k n e s s s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d
based o n the following conditions:
l o c a l s t r e n g t h o f t h e riser p i p e ;
s u f f i c i e n t l o c a l s t a b i l i t y o f t h e riser p i p e .
2 . 3 S t r a i n v e c t o r c o m p o n e n t s o f a n y c o m p o s i t e riser
pipe section w i t h i n t h e global Cortesian coordinate
s y s t e m x, y z { s ^ ,
y z z s , e^, s , s ^ } shall b e
x z

the failure envelope is g i v e n b y lines between Р P and i \
U n d e r external pressure, collapse i s defined b y a
b u c k l i n g criterion. T h e collapse pressure i s s h o w n as P .
I f w e assume that the collapse pressure is n o t effected b y
an axial load, P indicates t h e m a x i m u m external
5
pressure a n d the m a x i m u m a x i a l load c o m b i n a t i o n .
ъ 2 determined using the values o f local displacement fields,
d e f o r m a t i o n s a n d stresses c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o t h e l o c a t i o n
4
o f t h e riser e l a s t i c s t a t i c l i n e u n d e r t h e m o s t u n f a v o r a b l e
c o m b i n a t i o n o f loads. F o r each composite p l y these
strains shall b e transformed t o strains along the p l y m a i n
a x e s 1 , 2 , 3 { 8 ц , e , £33, £23, £13, £12} u n d e r t h e b y t h e
2 2

M a n y risers a r e n o t e x p o s e d t o c o m p r e s s i v e a x i a l following formulae:

loads a n d t h e failure envelope i s n o t expanded i n t h e
negative direction along t h e "axial force" semi axis.
I f t h e riser p i p e s e e s t o r s i o n , t h e fibers o f t h e 0°/90° / en /£*Л
l a m i n a t e w i l l n o t b e stressed. T o r s i o n a l l o a d m u s t b e £22
carried b y t h e matrix. T h e torsional load is then £33
proportional t o t h e in-plane shear strength o f the m a t r i x (2.3)
(refer t o 1.3.4-4). £23
I n reality, t h e failure envelopes tend t o b e m o r e £13
c o m p l i c a t e d , b e c a u s e fiber o r i e n t a t i o n s a r e m o r e c o m ­ £12)
plicated, three d i m e n s i o n a l stresses s h a l l b e considered,
and i n particular t h e composite m e t a l interface m a y m 0 2mn
behave totally differently f r o m t h e simple pipe. n2
m 0 -2mn
0 0 0 0
where [ 7 ] =
hoop fibre failure
0 0 0 m —n 0
axial fibre failure 0 0 0 n m 0
2 2
— mn mn 0 0 (m -n )

S t r e s s e s {ст a , C J , a , ст , a } i n e a c h p l y
1Ь 2 2 3 3 2 3 13 1 2

shall b e calculated based o n the recommendations. After

that, u l t i m a t e l i m i t state s h a l l b e c a l c u l a t e d b y j u x t a p o s ­
ing t h e o b t a i n e d stress v a l u e s a n d s t r e n g t h c r i t e r i o n f o r
each ply.
laminate 2 . 4 T h e f o l l o w i n g c o m p o s i t e riser p i p e s a f e t y f a c t o r s
buckling shall b e used i n calculations:
.1 y — t h e l o a d effect factor t o b e t a k e n i n
F

F i g . 1.3.4-4 accordance w i t h Table 2.4.1

G l o b a l f a i l u r e e n v e l o p e f o r c o m p o s i t e riser p i p e e x - p o s e d
to e x t e r n a l p r e s s u r e , a x i a l f o r c e a n d t o r s i o n
Appendix 9 153

Table 2.4.1
L o a d effect factors

Type of load IF

External hydrostatic pressure 1,2

Internal fluid pressure: hydrostatic and dynamic
Water levels

W e i g h t a n d b u o y a n c y o f a riser, coating, fouling, anodes, b u o y a n c y m o d u l e s , contents a n d outfit 1,1

Internal fluid weight
Riser tension
A p p l i e d displacements a n d loads induced b y the active F P U / F S P M / F O P positioning
T h e r m a l stresses
Interaction with soil

Waves 1,3
Internal w a v e s a n d other effects d u e to the w a t e r density difference
Currents
Earthquakes
Offsets o f F P U / F S P M / F O P due to the w i n d , w a v e s a n d currents:
m e a n offset d u e to the steady w a v e drift forces, w i n d forces a n d currents;
vibrations;
low-frequency oscillations.

.2 is the p a r t i a l l o a d m o d e l factor t o a c c o u n t f o r m e t h o d s are used, c o n v e r g e n c e o f the c o m p u t a t i o n a l

inaccuracies, idealizations and biases i n the engineering procedure shall be confirmed.
model. W h e n both analytical and numerical .3 y Mis the resistance f a c t o r t o a c c o u n t f o r
(e.g., F E - m e t h o d s ) m e t h o d s are u s e d w i t h i n their the material property uncertainties. T h e numerical values
assumptions and limitations, a m o d e l factor y sd = 1,0 o f y are g i v e n i n T a b l e 2.4.3.
M

shall be used. W h e n these m e t h o d s are u s e d b e y o n d •4 Ум i s t h e r e s i s t a n c e m o d e l f a c t o r t o a c c o u n t f o r

t h e a c c e p t e d a s s u m p t i o n s a n d l i m i t a t i o n s , as a m i n i m u m , differences b e t w e e n true and predicted resistance values
a f a c t o r Jsd= Ы s h a l l b e u s e d . B e s i d e s , w h e n n u m e r i c a l given b y the failure criterion. T h e numerical values o f
у f o r e a c h failure c r i t e r i o n are g i v e n i n T a b l e 2 . 4 . 4 .
ы

Table 2.4.3
Material resistance factors
E x t e n t o f operational reliability C O V o f the strength, v

v < 10 % 10 % < v < 12,5 % 12,5 % < v < 15 %

Brittle failure type

Heavy duty 1,22 1,33 1,49

F o r transportation o f aggressive media 1,34 1,53 1,83
F o r seismically hazardous areas 1,47 1,75 2,29

Plastic or ductile failure type

Heavy duty 1,11 1,16 1,23

F o r transportation o f aggressive media 1,22 1,33 1,49
F o r seismically hazardous areas 1,34 1,53 1,83

Table 2.4.4
Resistance model factors
Failure criterion iRd

F i b e r failure 1,0
Matrix cracking 1,0—1,5
Delamination 1,0 — 2,0
Yielding 1,0
Ultimate failure o f orthotropic h o m o g e n o u s materials 1,25
Buckling 1,0 — 2,0
Displacements 1,0
Stress rupture 0,1 — 1,0
Fatigue 0,1 — 1,0
154 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines

3 S T R E N G T H C A L C U L A T I O N S F O RA C O M P O S I T E RISER axial compression;

UNDER INTERNAL PRESSURE bending;
torsion;
3.1 F a i l u r e ( r u p t u r e ) o f a c o m p o s i t e r i s e r p i p e m a y external overpressure,
occur due t o t h e internal overpressure o r a combination as w e l l a s t h e i m p a c t o f a n i s o t r o p y a n d g e o m e t r i c
o f internal overpressure, axial force, bending and torsion. imperfections o n the critical load value.
I n this case based o n t h e c a l c u l a t i o n results o f t h e riser It m a y b e relevant t o consider t h e simultaneous
elastic static line t h e l o c a t i o n o f cross-section is presence o f axial tension along w i t h bending, torsion o r
determined i nw h i c h the most unfavorable combination external pressure, o r o f internal overpressure along w i t h
o f loads occurs, f o r further deflection analysis. axial tension/compression, bending o r torsion.
T h e c a l c u l a t i o n results i n t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n o f stresses 4.1.3 A x i a l c o m p r e s s i o n m a y c a u s e g l o b a l b e a m -
and deformations i n each composite p l y a n d their c o l u m n buckling o r local buckling o f the riser wall, o r a
c o m p a r i s o n w i t h the c r i t e r i o n (refer t o 1.1.5). c o m b i n a t i o n o f the t w o . I n this case the critical values o f
3.2 I f a t l e a s t o n e c o m p o s i t e p l y r e a c h e s u l t i m a t e t h e m e a n a x i a l c o m p r e s s i v e stress f o r elastic b u c k l i n g i n
l i m i t state, t h e m a i n r e a s o n f o r i t ( f i b e r f a i l u r e o r m a t r i x t h e g l o b a l a n d l o c a l m o d e s , (Scr global a n d ( S c r i o c a i a n d t h e
cracking) needs t o b e determined. Special consideration b u c k l i n g resistance, Obuckimg is d e t e r m i n e d as f o l l o w s :
s h a l l b e g i v e n t o t h e p r e v e n t i o n o f r e i n f o r c i n g fiber
f a i l u r e d e f i n e d h e r e a s a c o m p o s i t e p l y f r a c t u r e i n fiber
1 1 1
direction (axis 1 o f t h e local system o f coordinates (4.1.3-1)
a s s o c i a t e d w i t h t h e c o m p o s i t e p l y ) . F a i l u r e o f fibers ®buckling ®buck global ®buck local
exposed t o force impact is n o t allowed. Failure
( c r a c k i n g ) o f m a t r i x a n d fiber/matrix i n t e r f a c e ( d e l a m i - 7T = Jr л
rr — R * ^ 4 global T ^ E x x , / а л *I y\
5
V buck global - A global ° c r global jji 2 ^ >
nation) m a y b e a l l o w e d provided that t h e riser pipe
tightness is maintained. A s a rule, m a t r i x cracking is
allowed for riser pipes containing metallic o r polymeric . t
r JCA local E x x K \
^5buck local h e a l ®cr heal'
liner. I n the absence o f the l i n e r tightness shall b e tested R P O - V r f V j J i a '
experimentally. (4.1.3-3)
3.3 T h e m a t r i x c r a c k i n g a n d fiber/matrix i n t e r f a c e
d e l a m i n a t i o n m a y result i n degradation o f t h e elastic where L - effective length o f the riser tube for global buckling;
R = radius o f the riser tube;
properties a n d u l t i m a t e l i m i t states o f t h e c o m p o s i t e p l y t = thickness o f the riser tube;
r

under compression o r shear that shall b e considered i n x = axial direction;

buckling analysis (critical load value). 9 = circumferential direction;
= effective m o d u l u s o f elasticity i n the riser axis direction;
v^e = effective Poisson's ratio n o r m a l t o the fiber plane;
K"i = anisotropy factor determined as follows:

4 BUCKLING ANALYSIS OFA COMPOSITE RISER PIPE

- M - ( t ) ] ( t r t ) '
(4.1.3-4)

T w o alternative approaches m a y b e i n analyzing

buckling problems o f a composite riser pipe, w h i c h are where E - effective m o d u l u s o f elasticity i n t h e circumferential
m

direction;
based o nthe following: G e = effective shear m o d u l u s i n the fiber plane.
x

analysis o f isolated components o f standard type,

s u c h as p i p e sections, b e a m s , plates a n d shells; N o t e . Elastic engineering constants shall b e defined only for
symmetric laminates.
analysis o f an entire structure.
4.1 B u c k l i n g a n a l y s i s o f i s o l a t e d c o m p o n e n t s . T h e k n o c k - d o w n factors t o account f o r geometric
4.1.1 W h e n a m e m b e r o r c o m p o n e n t o f t h e r i s e r p i p e imperfections, k A and k
g l o b a l , s h a l l b e t a k e n as 0,67
A toca

is a n a l y z e d separately a g l o b a l analysis o f t h e structure and 0,5 respectively.

s h a l l b e first a p p l i e d t o e s t a b l i s h :
the effective loading applied t o t h e riser pipe
m e m b e r / c o m p o n e n t b y the adjoining structural parts;
the boundary conditions for the structural member,
i n terms o f translational and rotational stiffness c o m p o ­
nents i n all relevant directions.
Global buckling under conditions o f displacement-
controlled loading m a y b epermitted, provided it does not
result i n local buckling, unacceptable displacements, o r
unacceptable c y c l i c effects.
4.1.4 F o r b e n d i n g i n t h e r i s e r t u b e c o m p o n e n t s ,
the critical b e n d i n g m o m e n t f o r elastic b u c k l i n g , M m

4.1.2 T h e f o l l o w i n g l o a d c o n d i t i o n s s h a l l b e a n d t h e b u c k l i n g r e s i s t a n c e m o m e n t , Affa«*«q?> a r e
considered w h e n m a k i n g buckling assessment o f determined b y the formula:
a composite riser pipe isolated components:
Appendix 9 155

2
(Dwf \(A, - 4 e ) ^ l
M ,buckling = kK MMM M c r = (4.1.4) >500. (4.1.6-3)
c r
[3(1-

where Й = radius o fthe riser tube;

t = thickness o fthe riser tube;
r
Per i s t h e l o c a l m i n i m u m i n t e r n a l p r e s s u r e n e e d e d t o
x = axial direction; prevent t h e riser pipe buckling. F o r installation w i t h
9 = circumferential direction; a drained pipe equals zero. F o r installation w i t h
= effective m o d u l u s o f elasticity i nthe riser axis direction;
v
*e> v e* ~ e f f e c t i v e P o i s s o n ' s r a t i o n o r m a l t o t h e f i b e r p l a n e ; a water-filled pipe p ^ = p . n e

Ki = anisotropy factor, 4.1.7 T h e f a i l u r e c r i t e r i o n f o r a l l c o n s i d e r e d c a s e s o f

k = k n o c k - d o w n factor t o account for geometric imperfections,
M
loading shall b e determined b y the formula:
w h i c h s h a l l b e t a k e n a s k = 0,5. M

^buckling
I n design o f t h e riser s y s t e m a m i n i m u m effective (4.1.7-1)
tension that gives a margin above t h e tension that is УMbucklelRdbuckle

predicted t o cause excessive bending m o m e n t s shall b e

established. w h e r e F- characteristic value o f the i n d u c e d stress o rstress resultant
(ст, M , T, p ) ;
4.1.5 F o r t h e c a s e o f t o r s i o n a l l o a d i n g , t h e c r i t i c a l FbucHing — c h a r a c t e r i s t i c v a l u e o f t h e r e s i s t a n c e o b t a i n e d f r o m t h e t e s t s
torsional m o m e n t f o r elastic buckling, M , and T c r (ст, M , T, p ) ;
the buckling resistance torsional m o m e n t , M , y = partial l o a d or l o a d effect factor;
F
T b u M i n g
yd = partial l o a d or l o a d effect m o d e l factor;
S

are d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e f o r m u l a : 1мьшМе ~ p a r t i a l r e s i s t a n c e & c t o r ;

iRdbuckie - p a r t i a l r e s i s t a n c e - m o d e l & c t o r .
M - k - M- I M k . n R5 A
' К^ее-^Г
M
Tbuckling-KjM C.-2.1,IKJUQQ ^ЩЪ1Л J[ n
T

r *• 66^66
T h e p a r t i a l r e s i s t a n c e f a c t o r s %мысЫе a n d умьисш
(4.1.5-1) m a y b e t a k e n a s 1,0, i f t h e k n o c k - d o w n f a c t o r s a r e
where R , L , t = radius, length a n d thickness o f t h e riser tube
r
adopted.
respectively;
=
Axx, Лее, A e l a m i n a t e e l a s t i c c o n s t a n t s f o r i n - p l a n e d e f o r m a t i o n s ;
T h e l o a d effect m o d e l factor shall take account o f
D =
xx> Dee> Дев l a m i n a t e e l a s t i c c o n s t a n t s f o r b e n d i n g d e f o r m a t i o n ; the accuracy o f representation o f geometrical imperfec­
k - k n o c k - d o w n factor t o account for geometric imperfections,
T
tions a n dboundary conditions.
which shall b e taken.
F o r cases o f c o m b i n e d l o a d i n g s o f t h e a x i a l force,
This formula is valid o n l y w h e n t h e coupling factor bending, torsion a n d external pressure t h e riser stability
By = 0 (г, j = x, 0) a s i n t h e c a s e o f a s y m m e t r i c l a m i n a t e shall b e considered ensured, b y assuming t h e f o l l o w i n g
lay-up, a n d w h e n inequation satisfied:

geef [(4 6
- 4 e ) £ 1 I 500\ ст M Mr
: (4.1.5-2)
^budding ® budding ^budding
+ budding PbuckUng

1
4.1.6 F o r t h e c a s e o f e x t e r n a l p r e s s u r e l o a d i n g t h e (4.1.7-2)
critical pressure f o r elastic buckling, p andthe 1 F*i SdYMbuckteYRdbuckle
c n

b u c k l i n g r e s i s t a n c e p r e s s u r e , PbuckUng, m a y b e estimated
from: w h e r e ст, M , M a n d p - c h a r a c t e r i s t i c v a l u e s o f t h e a x i a l c o m p r e s s i v e
r

stresses, t h e bending m o m e n t , t h etorsional m o m e n t a n d

the external pressure.
--. _ _ 3fcp(Z)ee—BQQIAQQ)
PbuckUng
t

^pPcr •
(4.1.6-1)
4.2 B u c k l i n g a n a l y s i s o f a n e n t i r e c o m p o s i t e riser
T h e k n o c k - d o w n f a c t o r , kp, t o a c c o u n t f o r g e o m e t r i c pipe.
i m p e r f e c t i o n s s h a l l b e t a k e n a s 0,75. T h e a b o v e f o r m u l a B u c k l i n g analysis o f a n entire riser pipe structure
applies f o r long tubes. F o r shorter lengths o f tube shall b e carried o u tusing numerical methods.
f o l l o w i n g formula shall b e used: 4.2.2 A p p l i c a t i o n o f n u m e r i c a l m e t h o d s r e q u i r e
convergence assessment o f the solution obtained. There­
9 9 1/4 fore, initially critical loads shall b e calculated using n o n -
- = h n _ 5,5^66 Г(^ее-^е)^Т degraded c o m p o s i t e elastic properties as i n i t i a l data. T h i s
PbucUing K
pPcr ££3/2^1/2 [ AQQD {

ее s h a l l b e r e p e a t e d w i t h a l t e r n a t i v e , finer m e s h e s , u n t i l t h e
(4.1.6-2) lowest "eigenvalues" a n d corresponding "eigenmodes"
shall not b e significantly affected b y further refinement.
that assumes a symmetric lay-up a n d is valid only T h e m a i n purposes o f this analysis shall b e t o clarify
when: the relevant buckling m o d e shapes a n d t o establish
the required m e s h density for subsequent analysis.
156 Rules for
4.2.3 A s t e p - b y - s t e p n o n - l i n e a r a n a l y s i s s h a l l b e
carried out. Geometrical non-linearity shall be included
i n t h e m o d e l . T h e f a i l u r e criteria s h a l l b e c h e c k e d at each
s t e p . I f f a i l u r e s u c h as m a t r i x c r a c k i n g o r d e l a m i n a t i o n i s
predicted, any analysis for higher loads shall be
performed w i t h the composite properties reduced.
4.2.4 T h e i n f l u e n c e o f g e o m e t r i c i m p e r f e c t i o n s o n
critical loads shall be assessed o n the basis o f p r o d u c t i o n
tolerances.
4.2.5 T h e c o m p o s i t e r i s e r p i p e c o n t a i n i n g l i n e r s h a l l
be analyzed for buckling due to hoop compression.
H e r e w i t h the f o l l o w i n g shall be considered:
b u c k l i n g due to the internal under pressure,
i.e. v a c u u m , w i t h o u t e x t e r n a l pressure;
b u c k l i n g o f t h e l i n e r d u e t o e x t e r n a l p r e s s u r e as
a consequence o f compression o f the m a i n laminate due
to external pressure;
b u c k l i n g o f the l i n e r due t o external w a t e r pressure.
T h i s is o n l y relevant i f the pressure o f the outside w a t e r
can reach the outer surface o f the inner liner;
e x p l o s i v e decompression causes a pressure t o b u i l d
up suddenly between the liner and the composite riser
t u b e , a t t h e s a m e t i m e as t h e p r e s s u r e i n s i d e t h e l i n e r
suddenly drops;
4.2.6 B u c k l i n g a n a l y s i s o f a c o m p o s i t e r i s e r p i p e
shall n o t be carried out, since local b u c k l i n g o f
c o m p o s i t e riser pipes is n o t a l l o w e d .
the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines
5 LOCAL STRENGTH CRITERIA F O RCOMPOSITE RISER
PIPES FN W A YO F CONNECTORS
5.1 F o r m e t a l e n d fittings c o n n e c t i n g c o m p o s i t e r i s e r
pipe sections the local strength criteria shall c o m p l y
w i t h 3.4.1, Part П "Risers".
5.2 S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n s h a l l b e g i v e n t o t h e s t r e n g t h o f
a j o i n t c o n n e c t i n g e n d fitting w i t h m e t a l i n n e r l i n e r a n d
a composite laminate and metal inner liner (the "metal-
composite" interface).
5.3 C a l c u l a t i o n o f l o c a l d e f l e c t i o n m o d e a n d s t r e n g t h
o f a j o i n t c o n n e c t i n g a n e n d fitting w i t h m e t a l i n n e r l i n e r
and the metal-composite interface shall be carried o u t based
o n the loads and boundary conditions determined using the
v a l u e s o f d i s p l a c e m e n t fields, d e f o r m a t i o n s a n d stresses
corresponding t o the l o c a t i o n o f the riser elastic static l i n e
under the m o s t unfavorable c o m b i n a t i o n o f loads.
5.4 W h e n c a r r y i n g o u t l o c a l d e f l e c t i o n m o d e
analysis and calculation o f strength o f a j o i n t connecting
a n e n d fitting w i t h m e t a l i n n e r l i n e r a n d t h e m e t a l -
composite interface, the f o l l o w i n g shall be considered:
possible discrepancies i n linear Factors o f t h e r m a l
expansion o f the materials connected;
m e t a l c o r r o s i o n effect.
5.5 W h e n c a r r y i n g o u t l o c a l d e f l e c t i o n m o d e
analysis and calculation o f strength o f a j o i n t connecting
t h e e n d fitting w i t h m e t a l i n n e r l i n e r , t h e f o l l o w i n g s h a l l
be considered:
axial force;
bending moment;
torsional moment;
internal/external pressure.
Reset form 8.3.36

LIST OF CIRCULAR LETTERS AMENDING/SUPPLEMENTING NORMATIVE

DOCUMENT
Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines, 2017

ND No. 2-020301-005-E
(Normative document No. and title)

Item Circular Letter No., List of amended and introduced

No. date of approval paras/chapters/sections
1. 391-06-1216c dated 12.04.2019 Part I: paras 1.1.1, 1.2, Table 1.3.3, paras 1.4.5.5,
1.5.16, Table 4.3.9.1, paras 4.3.8.3.4, 4.5.3.2, 6.1.7,
6.2.2.2, 6.2.2.3, Table 7.4.3.3, paras 8.2.1.12, 8.2.3,
8.2.4, 8.5.3, 8.5.4.4, 8.5.5.6, 8.6.1.3, 8.6.2.1, 8.6.9
Part II: para 1.3.3, 6.10

11/05
CIRCULAR LETTER No. 391-06-1216c dated 12.04.2019
Re:
amendments to the Rules for the Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines, 2017,
ND No. 2-020301-005-E
Item(s) of supervision:
subsea pipelines, risers

Entry-into-force date: Valid till: - Validity period extended till: -

from the date of publication

Cancels / amends / adds Circular Letter No. - dated -

Number of pages: 1+11

Appendices:
Appendix 1: information on amendments introduced by the Circular Letter
Appendix 2: text of amendments to Parts I "Subsea Pipelines" and II "Risers"
Director General Konstantin G. Palnikov

Text of CL:
We hereby inform that based on the results of the scientific research, 2017 ‒ 2018, and experience of
technical supervision during design, construction and operation of subsea pipelines, the Rules for the
Classification and Construction of Subsea Pipelines shall be amended as specified in Appendix 2 to the
Circular Letter. The above amendments will be introduced into the Rules at their re-publication.
It is necessary to do the following:
1. Bring the content of the Circular Letter to the notice of RS surveyors and interested persons in the area
of RS Branch Offices' activity.
2. Apply provisions of the Circular Letter.
List of the amended and/or introduced paras/chapters/sections
Part I: paras 1.1.1, 1.2, Table 1.3.3, paras 1.4.5.5, 1.5.16, 4.3.8.3.4, Table 4.3.9.1, paras 4.5.3.2, 6.1.7,
6.2.2.2, 6.2.2.3, Table 7.4.3.3, paras 8.2.1.12, 8.2.3, 8.2.4, 8.5.3, 8.5.4.4, 8.5.5.6, 8.6.1.3, 8.6.2.1, 8.6.9
Part II: para 1.3.3, 6.10
Person in charge: Andrey S. Avdonkin 391 + 7 (812) 380-19-54
"Thesis" System No. 19-70283
 Appendix 1 to Circular Letter
No. 391-06-1216c dated 12.04.2019

Information on amendments introduced by the Circular Letter

(for inclusion in the Revision History to the RS Publication)

Nos. Amended Information on amendments Number and Entry-into-force

paras/chapters/sections date of the date
Circular Letter
1 Part I, para 1.1.1 Type of transported media 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
has been specified. 12.04.2019
Reference to the cancelled
RS normative document has
been deleted
2 Part I, para 1.2 Definitions "Subsea 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
pipeline", "Pipeline 12.04.2019
construction", "Transported
media", "Pipe-layer" have
been specified
3 Part I, Table 1.3.3 Type of transported media 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
has been specified 12.04.2019
4 Part I, para 1.4.5.5 List of conditions when the 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
Classification Certificate 12.04.2019
becomes invalid has been
specified
5 Part I, para 1.5.16 Reference to the Rules for 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
Technical Supervision 12.04.2019
during Construction of Ships
and Manufacture of
Materials and Products for
Ships and name of
Certificate as per form 6.8.5
have been specified
6 Part I, para 4.3.8.3.4 Requirements for 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
acceptance criteria of 12.04.2019
ultrasonic testing have been
specified
7 Part I, Table 4.3.9.1 Requirements for type of 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
transported media have 12.04.2019
been specified
8 Part I, para 4.5.3.2 Chapter has been 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
supplemented with 12.04.2019
the requirements for
mechanical properties of
the base metal and metal of
pipe welded joints
9 Part I, para 6.1.7 Formula (6.1.7) has been 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
specified 12.04.2019
10 Part I, para 6.2.2.2 Requirements for raw 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
materials for concrete 12.04.2019
manufacture have been
specified
11 Part I, para 6.2.2.3 Requirements for concrete 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
aggregates have been 12.04.2019
specified
12 Part I, Table 7.4.3.3 Design parameters for 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
galvanic anodes have been 12.04.2019
specified
13 Part I, para 8.2.1.12 Requirements for subsea 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
pipeline crossings have 12.04.2019
been specified
14 Part I, para 8.2.3 Requirements for subsea 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
pipeline crossings including 12.04.2019
by electrical cables have
been introduced
15 Part I, para 8.2.4 Requirements for subsea 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
pipeline crossings with 12.04.2019
the shoreline have been
introduced
16 Part I, para 8.5.3 Process flow scheme of 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
pipeline laying has been 12.04.2019
specified
17 Part I, para 8.5.4.4 Requirements for pipeline 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
pulling winches have been 12.04.2019
introduced
18 Part I, para 8.5.5.6 Requirements for pipeline 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
pulling winches have been 12.04.2019
introduced
19 Part I, para 8.6.1.3 Chapter has been 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
supplemented with the 12.04.2019
requirements for subsea
pipeline pressure testing
20 Part I, para 8.6.2.1 Data to be contained in 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
operation manual has been 12.04.2019
specified
21 Part I, para 8.6.9 Para heading has been 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
specified 12.04.2019
22 Part II, para 1.3.3.2 Type of transported media 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
has been specified 12.04.2019
23 Part II, para 6.10 Data to be contained in 391-06-1216c of 12.04.2019
operation manual has been 12.04.2019
specified
 Appendix 2 to Circular Letter
No. 391-06-1216c dated 12.04.2019

RULES FOR THE CLASSIFICATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF SUBSEA PIPELINES, 2017,

ND No. 2-020301-005-E

PART I. SUBSEA PIPELINES

1 GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF APPLICATION

1 Para 1.1.1 is replaced by the following text:

"1.1.1 Requirements of the present Part of the Rules for the Classification and
Construction of Subsea Pipelines (hereinafter referred to as "the SP Rules") cover the pipelines
designed, constructed and operated offshore, subsea crossings of sections of shore main
pipelines to the isolation valves nearest to the shoreline conveying liquid, gaseous and
multi-phase hydrocarbons as well as other media capable of being transported through the
pipelines.
In addition to the SP Rules during performance of the technical supervision Russian
Maritime Register of Shipping (hereinafter referred to as "the Register") also applies the
Guidelines on Technical Supervision during Construction and Operation of Subsea Pipelines
(hereinafter referred to as "the SP Guidelines"), the standards and rules of the national technical
supervisory bodies.".

1.2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

2 Definition "Subsea pipeline" is replaced by the following text:

"Subsea pipeline means the part of the pipeline transporting system, which is located
below the water level, including the pipeline itself with protective coatings, technical devices and
equipment providing transportation of media under given operational conditions including:
i n f i e l d pipeline means a pipeline between the offshore facilities including fixed offshore
platforms and/or subsea production systems (SPS);
i n t e r f i e l d p i p e l i n e means a pipeline between the offshore facilities of various fields;
o f f l o a d i n g p i p e l i n e means a pipeline to transport products from the onshore or
offshore facilities to the export terminal/quay;
e x p o r t p i p e l i n e means a pipeline to transport products from the offshore facilities to
onshore facilities;
s u b s e a s e c t i o n o f m a i n p i p e l i n e means a section of the main pipeline laid across
the sea water area.".

3 Definition "Pipeline construction" is replaced by the following text:

"Pipeline construct ion means a set of operations related to manufacture, laying,

burial/backfilling (if applicable), connection and testing of a subsea pipeline.".

4 Definition "Transported media" is replaced by the following text:

"T r a n s p o r t e d m e d i a means liquid, gaseous and multi-phase hydrocarbon flows and

other media capable of being conveyed through pipelines. Depending on transported medium,
subsea pipelines are subdivided as follows:
g a s p i p e l i n e means a pipeline intended for gas transportation;
 o i l p i p e l i n e means a pipeline intended for degassed oil transportation;
m u l t i - p h a s e p i p e l i n e means a pipeline intended for wellstream transportation (liquid
and gaseous hydrocarbon phase, water fraction, e.g. aqueous solution of hydrate formation
inhibitor);
g a s - l i f t p i p e l i n e means a pipeline to transport gas intended for gas-lift operation of oil
wells;
w a t e r p i p e l i n e means a pipeline to transport water intended for injection.".

5 Definition "Pipe- layer ( pipe-laying vessel/barge)" is replaced by the following text:

"Pipe-layer means the special purpose vessel/barge intended for laying of subsea
pipelines.".

6 Table 1.3.3. The header of the table is replaced by the following:

"
Type of transported medium
Operational reliability level
Liquids and multi-phase flows Gas
".

1.4 SCOPE OF SURVEYS

7 Para 1.4.5.5 is replaced by the following text:

"1.4.5.5 The Classification Certificate of Subsea Pipeline becomes invalid in the following
cases:
upon the expiry of its validity;
if the subsea pipeline and its components are not submitted for periodical survey in terms
with regard to the delays provided for periodical surveys in the SP Rules;
after repair conducted without the RS supervision or replacement of the components
covered by the SP Rules;
in case the subsea pipeline is not in fit technical condition providing its safety;
operational conditions different from those indicated in the class notation;
there is no Oil Spill Response Plan (emergency response plan) approved by the
supervisory bodies and technical means for its implementation (or valid contracts with relevant
specialized organizations).".

1.5 TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION

8 Para 1.5.16 is replaced by the following text:

"1.5.16 The calculations necessary for determination of the parameters and values
regulated by the SP Rules shall be made in compliance with the provisions of the SP Rules or
according to the procedures agreed upon with the Register. The procedures and methods used
for calculations shall provide an adequate accuracy of the problem solution. Software used for
calculations shall have a Type Approval Certificate for Software (form 6.8.5). The Register may
require performance of check calculations with the aid of any programme. The Register does not
check the correctness of computing operations in calculations. The basic regulations regarding
approval of software and the calculation procedures are specified in 12.1, Part II "Technical
Documentation" of the Rules for Technical Supervision during Construction of Ships and
Manufacture of Materials and Products for Ships.".
 4 MATERIALS

4.3 PROCEDURES OF TESTING PIPES AND STEEL ROLLED PRODUCTS

9 Para 4.3.8.3.4 is replaced by the following text:

"4.3.8.3.4 The criteria for acceptance of ultrasonic testing when detecting delaminations
in the pipe body and near-edge zones shall comply with Table 4.5.5.3-1 or acceptance level U0
in compliance with ISO 10893-8, unless otherwise specified in the documentation approved by
the Register.".

10 Table 4.3.9.1 is replaced by the following:

"T abl e 4.3.9.1

Nomenclature of special tests for steel of subsea pipelines
Operational reliability level
For seismically
Type For corrosive media active regions
Basic Advanced
of transported media conveying and ice- resistant
standpipes
L, G L1, G1 L2, G2 L3, G3
Liquids and Not Corrosion tests, DWTT, NDT,
CTOD
multi-phase flows (L) required CTOD CTOD, Tkb
Corrosion tests,
DWTT, NDT, DWTT, NDT,
Gases (G) DWTT DWTT, NDT,
CTOD, Tkb CTOD, Tkb
CTOD, Tkb
No tes : 1. Corrosion tests include the tests specified in 4.3.9.5.
2. The DWTT requirements are mandatory only for steel grade PCT36 and above, for pipes with
diameter of 500 mm and above.
".

11 New para 4.5.3.2 is introduced reading as follows:

"4.5.3.2 Requirements for mechanical properties of the base metal and metal of welded
joints of the pipes that exceed the dimensions specified in Table. 4.5.3.1 may, upon agreement
with the Register, comply with the requirements of ISO 3183 or GOST 31444 for steels of similar
strength categories.".

6 BALLASTING OF SUBSEA PIPELINES

6.1 GENERAL

12 Formula (6.1.7) is replaced by the following formula:

𝐹𝑔
"𝑄𝑏 ≥ 𝑘𝑠𝑡 + (𝐹𝑣 + 𝑞𝑢 + 𝑞𝑠 )𝑘𝑒 − 𝑄𝑝 ".
𝑓𝑓𝑟

13 Para 6.2.2.2 is replaced by the following text:

"6.2.2.2 Cement of domestic grades not less than 400 according to GOST 10178-85 and
GOST 31108-2003, as well as cement of other similar grades complying with the requirements of
EN 197, BS 12, ASTM С 150, DIN 1164 or other national and international standards may be
used for the concrete coating upon agreement with the Register. In Portland cement, the
tricalcium aluminate content (3СaOАl2O3) shall not exceed 8 %.".
14 Para 6.2.2.3 is replaced by the following text:

"6.2.2.3 Concrete aggregates shall comply with the requirements of the national
standards or regulations used in manufacture of the continuous concrete coatings.
The aggregates shall not contain harmful constituents in such quantities that could affect
the concrete strength, for example, in pipeline bending or cause corrosion of reinforcing materials
in case of water permeability of the concrete.
Use of aggregates with alkali-sensitive constituents is not allowed.
The maximum grain size and grading1 curve of the aggregate shall comply with EN 206,
ASTM C 33 or other standards.
Properties of iron ore used as filler to obtain the required concrete density shall be not
lower than the requirements of GOST R 52939 or its equivalent; in such case, the sulfur content
shall not exceed 3 % by mass.".

7 CORROSION PROTECTION

7.4 ELECTROCHEMICAL PROTECTION

15 Table 7.4.3.3 is replaced by the following:

"T abl e 7.4.3.3

Design parameters for galvanic anodes
Anode immersed in sea water Anode buried into seabed soil
Anode surface
Potential Electrochemical Potential Electrochemical
Anode type temperature1,
Ag/AgCl/ capacity ε, Ag/AgCl/ capacity ε,
in ℃
sea water, in mV in А. h/kg sea water, in mV in А. h/kg
Aluminium < 30 ‒1 050 2 000 ‒1 000 1 500
60 ‒1 050 1 500 ‒1 000 800
802 ‒1 000 900 ‒1 000 400
Zinc < 30 ‒980 750
‒1 030 780
30 ‒ 503 ‒980 580
1 For the anode surface temperature between the set limits, current capacity shall he interpolated.
2 For aluminium anodes, the anode surface temperature shall not exceed 80 ℃, unless satisfactory

performance is tested and documented.

3 For zinc anodes, the anode surface temperature shall not exceed 50 ℃, unless satisfactory

performance is demonstrated in the tests and documented.

Notes: 1. Electrochemical capacity for this alloy is a function of temperature and the anode current density.
2. For the non-buried pipelines, the anode surface temperature shall be taken as the pipeline external
temperature.
".

8 PIPELINE INSTALLATION AND TESTING

8.2 PIPELINE ROUTES AND SEABED SOILS

16 Para 8.2.1.12 is replaced by the following text:

"8.2.1.12 The requirements for subsea pipeline crossings including crossing with
electrical cables (linear facilities of offshore fields) shall be specified in the design documentation
on linear facilities to be installed along the routes that cross previously laid linear facilities. For
newly constructed linear facilities, the crossing of their routes shall be avoided whenever possible.
 Where crossings along the route of the designed subsea pipeline with previously laid linear
facilities are required, the requirements of 8.2.3 shall be complied with.
When selecting the designed pipeline route, it is recommended, whenever appropriate, to
take into account the crossings of the route by other potential pipelines/cables to be laid in the
future. For example, it is recommended that a designed pipeline buried into the seabed soil shall
be further buried at the point of a planned crossing to a depth not less than that specified
in 8.2.3.3.4.".

17 Chapter is supplemented with new paras 8.2.3 and 8.2.4 reading as follows:

"8.2.3 Crossings of subsea pipelines including by subsea electrical cables.

8.2.3.1 General.
8.2.3.1.1 Design solutions for crossings of subsea pipelines including by subsea electrical
cables, shall eliminate the possibility of any damage to pipelines and electrical cables during
construction of crossing installation, disturbance of their operation and maintenance conditions.
8.2.3.1.2 Design solutions for crossing of subsea pipelines and electrical cables shall
specify the requirements concerning the following:
minimum separation between the pipeline and existing linear facilities;
parameters and technical conditions of the pipeline/electrical cable and their protective
coatings;
parameters and conditions of galvanic anode systems;
data on pipeline/electrical cable burial;
coordinates of crossing and marking of existing linear facilities;
confirmation of actual position and orientation of existing linear facilities, lay-out and profile
of crossing;
pipelayer anchoring when laying the crossing pipeline;
installation of supporting structures or gravel bed;
checking if free spans of pipelines are acceptable (if they are occurred in trenching or
excavation of pits);
methods to prevent scour and erosion around supports;
methods to control and monitor construction;
tolerance requirements for linear facilities at crossing installation;
parameters and bearing capacity of seabed soils (surface soil or soil stripped in trenching
or excavation of pits);
data on burial soil and protective supporting structures;
bathymetry and history of seabed mobility;
allowable parameters of waves and currents;
any other specific structural components of subsea pipeline crossing and technology
applied in construction (e.g. winch anchoring for pulling a string, method of subsea trenching,
excavation of pits and their profiling, etc.).
8.2.3.1.3 The design and detailed design documentation on crossing installation shall be
agreed with the owner of the existing pipelines and cable lines and approved by RS. The owner
of the utility to be crossed shall be notified of the time of the activities prior to mobilization of
pipelaying and service vessels/barges.
8.2.3.1.4 Crossing between pipelines (clear distance taking into account the coatings
applied to them) shall be kept separated by a minimum vertical distance of 0,3 m. The crossing
angle shall be at least 60° and as close as possible to 90°.
8.2.3.1.5 Crossing between pipelines and electrical cables with voltage up to 35 kV and
communication/monitoring cables shall be kept separated by a minimum vertical distance
of 0,5 m (clear distance). The crossing angle shall be close to 90°.
8.2.3.1.6 Physical contact between the designed pipeline and existing cables shall be
avoided. If necessary, supports, flexible concrete mats and other means of permanent separation
shall be installed to avoid contact and to provide the design position of the crossing installation
for the entire service life of the pipeline/electrical cable.
Generally, a new pipeline shall be laid using concrete supports at crossing of existing
subsea pipelines and using flexible concrete mats at crossing of cable lines.
 8.2.3.1.7 In the area of crossing, the designed pipeline shall be provided with magnetic
markers and galvanic anodes, one each on the crossing side.
8.2.3.2 Crossing of pipelines/cables that are not buried into the seabed soil.
8.2.3.2.1 At crossing between the existing pipelines/cable lines that are buried and not
buried into the seabed soil, the designed noт-buried pipeline shall be installed over the existing
utilities.
Vertical clear distance and crossing angle between new and existing pipelines/cable lines
shall be taken at least as specified in 8.2.3.1.4 and 8.2.3.1.5.
8.2.3.2.2 Where the soil layer is of sufficient height and stable over the pipeline/cable line
buried into the seabed soil, the pipeline to be laid may be installed without additional protection.
In this case, a separation between the piping lines shall be calculated taking into account possible
settlement of the designed piping line at the critical combination of external loads.
8.2.3.2.3 Where the soil layer is not sufficient over the pipeline/cable line buried into soil
(bunded) and where the designed pipeline crosses the pipeline/cable line laid on seabed, the
pipeline shall be laid by elevating its pipes from the bottom of the seabed surface using
non- conductive materials (sandbags, rock dumping, concrete slabs, flexible concrete mats, etc.)
or specifically designed arched concrete structure.
8.2.3.3 Crossing of pipelines/cables that are buried into seabed soil.
8.2.3.3.1 At crossing of the existing buried pipelines/cable lines, a new pipeline that is
buried into the seabed soil shall be installed over the existing utilities.
Vertical distance and crossing angle shall be taken at least as specified in 8.2.3.1.4
and 8.2.3.1.5.
A separation between the pipelines/cable lines shall be calculated taking into account the
possible settlement of the designed pipeline into the seabed soil at the critical combination of
external loads.
8.2.3.3.2 In special cases, given the design justification, e.g. to maintain the required
protective layer of seabed soil (burial depth) in areas with intensive ice gouging (refer to 8.3),
the designed pipeline may be laid under the existing pipelines.
8.2.3.3.3 In case of laying new pipelines under existing pipelines, the position of existing
pipelines shall not be changed. Temporary supports, ground beds or buoyancy devices shall be
used for existing pipelines in order to reduce or prevent their sagging after the ground underneath
has been removed.
The stability of the temporary supports shall be checked for sliding and overturning
moment.
8.2.3.3.4 At the crossing between new and existing pipelines, the vertical clear distance
(taking into account the coatings applied to them and the overall dimensions of the equipment
used) shall be determined based on the conditions of performance of construction and installation
works and the technology used, but no less than the following:
1,0 m ‒ in case of work performance applying the trench method and using pull heads to
tighten a string of the new pipeline;
3,0 m ‒ in case of work performance applying Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD).
8.2.4 Crossings of subsea pipelines with the shoreline.
8.2.4.1 General.
8.2.4.1.1 When selecting a location of shoreline crossing, the following parameters of the
planned section shall be taken into account:
geodetic and geological characteristics;
hydrometeorological parameters;
natural and environmental characteristics;
access to the pipeline during operation;
proximity to other facilities (utilities, residential areas, industrial enterprises, etc.).
8.2.4.1.2 In the landfall area, pipelines shall be buried. When calculating a burial depth
and length of the subsea pipeline in the landfall area, seabed mobility such as scour, sandbanks,
ice conditions, as well as erosion processes in the onshore area shall be considered. These
characteristics are determined based on the results of engineering and geological surveys.
 If necessary, additional measures may be taken to protect the pipeline such as applying
concrete coating, increasing the thickness of anti-corrosion coatings or pipe wall thickness,
increasing the trench depth, use of the pipe-in-pipe structure, etc.
8.2.4.1.3 The following methods of construction can be used for landfall:
open excavation works involving trenching;
open excavation works involving construction of sheet piles on the shoreline and in shallow
water (cofferdam);
HDD method where the pipeline is pulled through a pre-drilled well in the coastal area.
8.2.4.1.4 Design landfall solutions shall be approved by the Register during review of
subsea pipeline design.
8.2.4.2 Requirements for shoreline crossing methods involving trenching.
8.2.4.2.1 Landfall involving open excavation works with trenching shall be used in areas
where the geological conditions of shore approach allow for excavation works to be carried out in
shallow water without construction of sheet pile walls, and also where construction of sheet pile
walls is impossible.
8.2.4.2.2 In the landfall area, dredging equipment shall be selected taking into account
the type of soil based on the condition to provide the required burial depth of the pipes laid in soil
on the shoreline and near it, as well as the water depth at the shore approach.
The need to protect the trench against the waves and currents using rock-fill dams shall
be taken in accordance with the results of engineering and hydrometeorological survey.
8.2.4.2.3 A length of trenching is determined by a width of coastal strip starting from the
seaward where the laying from vessels cannot be performed due to insufficient depth.
In addition to a number pipeline runs to be taken into account, a width of the subsea trench
at the bottom shall be determined considering the following parameters:
outside diameter of the pipeline with protective and ballasting coatings and tolerance for
deviation of the longitudinal pipeline axis from the design trench axis when laying the pipeline;
allowable deviations across the trench width (on both sides of the axis) in the process of
trenching and the margin of bottom sediment accumulation in trench on the side of its upper slope.
8.2.4.3 Requirements for shoreline crossing methods involving cofferdam
construction.
8.2.4.3.1 Landfall involving cofferdam construction shall be used in areas where the
geological conditions of shore approach do not allow for excavation works to be performed in
shallow water without construction of sheet pile walls, and also in areas exposed to heavy bottom
sediment accumulation.
8.2.4.3.2 A length and width of a subsea trench involving cofferdam construction is
determined according to 8.2.4.2.3.
8.2.4.4 Requirements for shoreline crossing methods using HDD.
8.2.4.4.1 The HDD method shall be used in the following cases:
in sections of shoreline with steep shores, as well as where the pipeline is necessary to
be buried into seabed to large depths due to the risk of damage by ice;
shoreline with a large number of utilities to be crossed.
Restraints in performing works using the HDD method are difficult geological conditions
(e.g. rocks with high strength characteristics), limited length and diameter of the well.
8.2.4.4.2 When constructing the pipeline by the HDD method, a pilot bore is drilled using
bottom-hole tool; to drill out the pilot bore, the boring bit is replaced with a reamer. Drilling may
be carried out both from the shore and from the sea (from the temporary backfilled cofferdam).
8.2.4.4.3 The pipeline shall be pulled with the minimum break after reaming and
calibration of the drill channel have been completed. Prior to pulling, the assembled pipeline string
shall be accepted and the preliminary hydraulic test shall be performed.
When pulling, the pulling force shall not exceed the maximum allowable values specified
in the design documentation based on the condition of the pipe strength. Pipeline pulling shall be
performed continuously except for cases when connections of new pipeline strings are
technologically required.
Where necessary in difficult geological conditions, the pipeline is laid in pipe-in-pipe
casings that shall be determined at the design stage.
 8.2.4.4.4 When performing drilling operations, drilling mud discharge into marine
environment is not allowed.
8.2.4.5 Connection of onshore and offshore sections of pipeline.
8.2.4.5.1 In addition to the process flow schemes specified in 8.5.3, the following
schemes may be used for connection of the onshore and offshore pipeline sections:
pipeline string is made on the coastal assembly site and then pulled into the sea through
a pre-drilled well using a pulling winch of the pipelayer;
pipeline string is made on the coastal assembly site and then pulled into the sea through
a pre-drilled well using the HDD rig.
8.2.4.5.2 After laying the pipeline at the shoreline crossing involving trenching and
cofferdam construction, the shore and the shore slope shall be protected against collapse when
exposed to wave and ice loads, as well as against discharge of rainfall and melt waters.".

8.5 METHODS OF PIPELINE LAYING ON SEABED

18 Para 8.5.3.7 (existing) is replaced by the following text:

".7 pipeline laying using the HHD method.".

19 New para 8.5.4.4 is introduced reading as follows:

"8.5.4.4 The winches used shall be provided with indication and recording devices to
measure wire tension and their length. All instrumentation shall be calibrated.".

20 New para 8.5.5.6 is introduced reading as follows:

"8.5.5.6 The winches used shall be provided with indication and recording devices to
measure wire tension and their length. All instrumentation shall be calibrated.".

8.6 SUBSEA PIPELINE TESTING BY PRESSURE

21 New para 8.6.1.3 is introduced reading as follows:

"8.6.1.3 In the case of connecting the subsea pipeline to the branch pipes of fixed
offshore platforms (to the risers located inside the supporting block), the strength and tightness
tests of the subsea pipeline shall be carried out simultaneously with the testing of the above risers
making provision for cleaning, calibration and filling the risers and subsea pipelines with test
medium using fixed or temporary subsea pig launchers and traps.
For preliminary testing of the linear part of the subsea pipelines (without spool pieces and
risers inside offshore platforms), temporary subsea pig launchers and traps.".

22 Para 8.6.2.1 is replaced by the following text:

".1 operation manual including the following:

pipeline filling with test medium;
method and rate of pressurization;
list of equipment/part of equipment to be isolated during a holding period;
method and rate of pressure relief;
removal of test medium;
drying of pipeline bore, if necessary;
emergency and safety procedures and precautions;".
23 Heading of para 8.6.9 is replaced by the following text:

"8.6.9 Removal of test medium and drying.".

PART II. RISERS

1 GENERAL

1.3 CLASSIFICATION

24 Para 1.3.3.2 is replaced by the following text:

"1.3.3.2 Distinguishing marks corresponding to the type of formation fluid

produced/transported:
G ‒ gas;
L ‒ liquid or multi-phase transported medium, including water.".

6 RISER CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION AND TESTING

25 Para 6.10 is replaced by the following text:

"6.10 pressure tests are conducted in accordance with the program approved by the
Register. The program shall include:
method and rate of pressurization;
description and arrangement diagram of measuring devices;
method and rate of pressure relief;
method of test medium removal and drying;
emergency and safety procedures and precautions.".
 Российский морской регистр судоходства

Правила классификации и постройки морских подводных трубопроводов

Russian Maritime Register o f Shipping

R u l e s for the Classification a n d Construction o fS u b s e a Pipelines

T h e edition i s prepared
by Russian Maritime Register o f Shipping
8, D v o r t s o v a y a N a b e r e z h n a y a ,
191186, S t . P e t e r s b u r g ,
Russian Federation
www.rs-class.org/en/